Skip to main content

Full text of "Original journals of the Lewis and Clark Expedition, 1804-1806; printed from the original manuscripts in the library of the American Philosophical Society and by direction of its committee on historical documents, together with manuscript material of Lewis and Clark from other sources, including note-books, letters, maps, etc., and the journals of Charles Floyd and Joseph Whitehouse, now for the first time published in full and exactly as written"

See other formats


nr-»»»«aiTji  in\MuimimBaatx9Wi'^\~i 


# 


UNIVERSITY 

OF  PITTS HURGH 

:  IBRARY 


iS  BOOK.  WIMRNTED  BY 


^^  f-lon 


ORIGINAL   JOURNALS 

OF   THE 

LEWIS  AND  CLARK   EXPEDITION 

1804-1806 

fVITH   FACSIMILES,   MAPS,   PLANS,   VIEWS,  PORTRAITS,  AND 
A    BIBLIOGRAPHY 


VOLUME    ONE 

Part  II 

"Journali  and  Orderly  Book  of  Lewis  and  Clark,  from 

the  Fermilton  River  to  Two-Thousand-Mile  Creek 

Jug.  2J,  1804.  —  May  5,  180S 


Of  this  Edition  on  Imperial  Japan  Paper 

fifty  copies  only  have  been  printed 

of  which^this  is 


Ni 


O.cPO 


AB BilBI  HilDBiS G M/c^^;w?^^y^^'9^>/^ 


AlK IDIM  MilBlDis C M/-/,  //..../..^t^^^fi/^^// 


ORIGINAL  JOURNALS 


OF   THE 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK 
EXPEDITION 

1804- I  806 


PRINTED  FROM  THE  ORIGINAL  MANUSCRIPTS 

in  the  Library  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society  and 
by  Direction  of   its    committee  on   Historical  Documents 

TOGETHER   WITH 

MANUSCRIPT  MATERIAL  OF  LEWIS  AND  CLARK 
from  other  sources,  includinj;  Note- Books,  Letters,  Maps,  etc., 
and    the  Journals  of  Charles  Floyd    and  Joseph   Whitehouse 


NOW    FOR   THE    FIRST   TIME    PUBLISHED    IN    FULL 
AND    EXACTLY   AS    WRITTEN 


Edited,  with  Introduction,  Notes,  and  Index,  by 

REUBEN    GOLD    THWAITES,  LL.D. 

Editor  of  "  The  Jesuit  Relations  and  Allied  Documents,"  etc. 


VOLUME    ONE 
Part  II 


NEW    YORK 

DODD,  MEAD    cr    COMPANY 
1904 


Copyright,  ig04 
By  The  American  Philosophical  Society 

Copyright,  ig04 

By  Julia  Clark  Voorhis 

Eleanor  Glasgow  Voorhis 

Copyright,  igo4 
By  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Wisconsin 

Copyright,  igo4 
By  Dodd,  Mead  fef  Company 


Published  July,  1904 


CONTENTS    TO    VOL.    I 

Part   II 

rAGi 
CHAPTER  HI.  —  FROM  THE  VERMILION  TO  TETON  RIVER     121 
Clark's  Journal,  August  25 — September  24,  1804. 
Entries  and  Orders  by  Lewis,  August  26,  i8,  and  September  16,  17. 

CHAPTER  IV. —FROM  TETON  RIVER  TO  THE  MANDANS     164 
Clark's  Journal  and  Orders,  September  25  —  October  26,  1804. 
Order  by  Lewis,  October  13. 

CHAPTER   v.— AMONG    THE    MANDANS .208 

Clark's  Journal,  October  27 — December  27,  1804. 

CHAPTER   VI. —  AMONG    THE    MANDANS 242 

Clark's    Journal,    December    28,    1804 — February     2,    1805;    Feb- 
ruary 13 — March  21,   1805. 
Entries  by  Lewis,  February  3—13  and  March  16. 

CHAPTER   VII. —FROM     FORT    MANDAN    TO    THE    YEL- 
LOWSTONE       277 

Clark's  Journal,  March  22 — April  27,  1805. 
Lewis's  Journal,  April  7-27. 

CHAPTER    VIIL  —  FROM    THE     YELLOWSTONE    TO     THE 

MUSSELSHELL    (Part  I.) 348 

Lewis's  Journal,  April  18 — May  5,   1805. 
Clark's  Journal,  April  28 — May  5. 


LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS 

Vol.   I— Part   II 
Ahdih-Hiddisch,  a  Minatarre  Chief Frontispiece 

PACE 

Punka  Indians,  on  the  Missouri  River 128 

Sketch  Plan  of  Fortification 136 

Pachtuwa-Chta,  an  Arrikkara  Warrior 150 

Mandeh-Pahchu,  a  young  Mandan  Indian 166 

Page  from  the  Orderly  Book,  signed  by  both  Lewis  and  Clark      .  184 

A  Mandan  Village 220 

Manuscript  Page  by  Clark,  dated  Dec.  24,  1804 238 

Noapch,  an  Assiniboin  Indian 244 

War  Hatchet  (text  cut) 251 

Battle  Axe  (text  cut) 255 

Offering  of  the  Mandan  Indians 260 

Interior  of  the  Hut  of  a  Mandan  Chief 272 

Sketch  Map  by  Clark  of  Red  and  St.  Peters  Rivers 286 

Dance  of  Mandan  Women 292 

Idols  of  the  Mandan  Indians 300 

Manuscript  Page,  by  Lewis,  dated  Apr.  18,  1805 306 

Dog  Sledge  of  the  Mandan  Indians  .     .     .    ' 320 

Scalp  Dance  of  the  Minatarre  Indians 336 

Winter  Village  of  the"  Minatarre  Indians 352 

Junction  of  the  Missouri  and  Yellowstone  Rivers 368 

Tree  Tombs  of  the  Assiniboin  Indians 374 


i8o4]  VKRMILION    TO    TETON 


H  A  P  T   E  R        III 


/'  R  0  M    'I  H  K    VER  M  ILK)  X     T  0     T  E  T  O  N    R  I V  E  R 

Clark's  Journal,  August  2 5 -September  24,  1804 

Entries  and  Orders  by  Lewis,  August  26,  28,  and  September  16,  17 


QCIark:]  25"'  August  SatturJay  1804.  — 

A  CLOUDY  morning  Cap!  Lewis  &  Myself  concluded 
to  go  and  See  the  Mound  which  was  Viewed  with  Such 
turror  by  all  the  different  Nations  in  this  quarter, 
we  Selected  Shields  ;  J.  Fields,  W.  Bratten,  Serg!  Ordway, 
J.  Coller,  Carr,  and  Corpl  Worbington  &  Frasure,  also  G. 
Drewyer  and  droped  down  to  the  Mouth  of  White  Stone 
River,  where  we  left  the  Perogue  with  two  men  and  at  200 
yards  we  assended  a  riseing  ground  of  about  Sixty  feet,  from 
the  top  of  this  High  land  the  Countrey  is  leavel  &  open  as  far 
as  can  be  Seen,  except  Some  few  rises  at  a  great  Distance,  and 
the  Mound  v/h.\c\\  the  Indians  Call  Mountain  of  little  people  or 
Spirits,  this  Mound  appears  of  a  conic  form  &  is  N.  20.  W. 
from  the  mouth  of  the  Creek,'  we  left  the  river  at  8  oClock, 
at  4  miles  we  Crossed  the  Creek  23  yards  wide  in  an  extensive 
V'allev  and  Contin[u]ed  on  at  two  miles  further  our  Dog 
was  so  Heeted  and  fatigued  we  was  obliged  [to]  Send  him  back 
to  the  Creek,  at  i  2  oClock  we  arrived  at  the  hill  Cap"  Lewis 
much  fatigued  from  heat  the  day  it  being  verry  hot  &  he  being 
in  a  debilitated  State  from  the  Precautions  he  was  obliged  to 
take  to  prevent  the  effects  of  the  Cobalt,  &  Min'  Substance 
which  had  like  to  have  poisoned  him  two  days  ago,  his  want 
of  water,  and  Several  of  the  men  complaining  of  Great  thirst, 
determined  us  to  make  for  the  first  water  which  was  the  Creek 


*   Known   locally,  and   named  on  some   maps,  as  Spirit    Mound.      For  description 
of  its  more  recent  appearance,  see  Amer.  Anlir^uarxan,  Sept.   1891,  p.  289.  — Ed. 

[121] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS      [Aug.  25 


in  a  bend  N.  E.  from  the  Mound,  about  j  miles,  after  a 
Delay  of  about  i  hour  &  a  half  to  recrut  our  party  we  set  out 
on  our  return  down  the  Creek  thro:  the  bottom  of  about  i 
mile  in  width,  crossed  the  creek  3  times  to  the  place  we  first 
struck  it,  where  we  gathered  some  delisious  froot  such  as 
Grapes,  Plumbs,  &  Blue  Currents  after  a  Delay  of  an  hour 
we  set  out  on  our  back  trail  &  arrived  at  the  Perogue  at  Sun 
set.  We  proceeded  on  to  the  Place  we  Camp"*  last  night  and 
Stayed  all  night. 

This  Mound  is  Situated  on  an  elivated  plain  in  a  leavel  and 
extensive  prarie,  bearing  N.  20"  W.  from  the  Mouth  of  White 
Stone  Creek  nine  miles,  the  base  of  the  Mound  is  a  regular 
parallelagram  the  long  Side  of  which  is  about  300  yards  in 
length  the  Shorter  60  or  70  yards,  from  the  longer  Side  of 
the  Base  it  rises  from  the  North  &  South  with  a  Steep  assent 
to  the  hight  of  65  or  70  feet,  leaveing  a  leavel  Plain  on  the 
top  of  12  feet  in  width  &  90  in  length.  The  North  &  South 
part  of  this  Mound  is  join[ed]  by  two  regular  rises,  each  in 
Oval  forms  of  half  its  hight,  forming  three  regular  rises  from 
the  Plain  the  assent  of  each  elivated  part  is  as  Suden  as  the 
principal  mound  at  the  narrower  sides  of  its  Base. 

The  reagular  form  of  this  hill  would  in  Some  measure  justify 
a  belief  that  it  owed  its  orrigin  to  the  hand  of  man  ;  but  as  the 
earth  and  loos  pebbles  and  other  substances  of  which  it  was 
Composed,  bore  an  exact  resemblance  to  the  Steep  Ground 
which  border  on  the  Creek  in  its  neighbourhood  we  concluded 
it  was  most  probably  the  production  of  nature. 

The  only  remarkable  Charactoristic  of  this  hill  admiring  it 
to  be  a  natural  production  is  that  it  is  insulated  or  Seperated  a 
considerable  distance  from  any  other,  which  is  verry  unusial  in 
the  natural  order  or  disposition  of  the  hills. 

The  Surrounding  Plains  is  open  Void  of  Timber  and  leavel 
to  a  great  extent,  hence  the  wind  from  whatever  quarter  it  may 
blow,  drives  with  unusial  force  over  the  naked  Plains  and 
against  this  hill  ;  the  insects  of  various  kinds  are  thus  involun- 
taryly  driven  to  the  Mound  by  the  force  of  the  wind,  or  fly  to 
its  Leeward  Side  for  Shelter;  the  Small  Birds  whoes  food  they 
are.  Consequently  resort  in  great  numbers  to  this  place  in 
[  122  ] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 

Surch  of  them  ;  Perticularly  the  Small  brown  Martin  of  which 
we  saw  a  vast  number  hovering  on  the  Leward  Side  ot  the  hill, 
when  we  approached  it  in  the  act  of  catching  those  insects  ; 
they  were  so  gentle  that  they  did  not  quit  the  place  untill  we 
had  arriv''  within  a  fiew  feet  of  them. 

One  evidence  which  the  Ind-  give  for  believeing  this  place 
to  be  the  residence  of  Some  unusial  Sperits  is  that  they  fre- 
quently discover  a  large  assemblage  of  Birds  about  this  Mound 
[this]  is  in  my  opinion  a  Sufficent  proof  to  produce  in  the 
Savage  Mind  a  Confident  belief  of  all  the  properties  which  they 
ascribe  [to]  it. 

from  the  top  of  this  Mound  we  beheld  a  most  butifull  land- 
scape ;  Numerous  herds  of  buffalow  were  Seen  feeding  in  various 
directions  ;  the  Plain  to  North  N.  W.  &  N.  E.  extends  without 
interuption  as  far  as  Can  be  seen. 

From  the  Mound  to  the  Mouth  of  Stone  River  is  S.  20!  E. 
9  Miles,  to  the  woods  near  the  mouth  of  River  Jacque  is 
West,  to  the  Highland  near  the  mouth  of  Soues  River  is  S. 
70'  E.  to  the  highland  opposit  side  or  near  the  Maha  Town 
is  S.  45  E. 

Some  high  lands  to  be  seen  from  the  Mound  at  a  Great 
distance  to  the  N.  E.  some  nearer  to  the  N.  W.  No  woods 
except  on  the  Missourie  Points. 

if  all  the  timber  which  is  on  the  Stone  Creek  was  on  100 
acres  it  would  not  be  thickly  timbered,  the  Soil  of  those  Plains 
are  deiightfull. 

Great  numbers  of  Birds  are  seen  in  those  Plains,  Such  as 
black  bird,  ren,  [wreni  or  Prarie  burd,  a  kind  of  larke  about  the 
sise  ot  a  Partridge  with  a  Short  tail,  &c.,  6cc., 

25"'  Jug^'  — 

the  Boat  under  the  Com''  of  Serjl  Prvor  proceeded  on  in  our 
absence,  (after  jurking  the  Elk  I  Killed  yesterday)  Six  Miles 
and  Camped  on  the  Larboard  Side  R.  Fields  brought  in  five 
Deer,  George  Shannon  Killed  an  Elk  Buck  Som  rain  this 
evening. 

We  Set  the  Praries  on  fire  as  a  signal  for  the  Soues  to  Come 
to  the  River. 

[  123  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Aug.  26 

Course  Dist'  &  Refrf  Aug'  2$'^ 

S.    72'  W.    I        M'  on  the  p'  on  S.  S.  ops'"  a  Bluff  of  Blue  Clay  which 

is  on  the  L.  S. 
West  i^   M!  on  the  p'  S.  S.  ops'*  the  Bluff. 

N.  22°  E.     3        Ml'  to  a  p;  of  high  Willows   on  the  L.  S.  ops'^  a  Sand 

Island     passed  a  Sand  bar  on  the  L.  S. 
N.  40°  VV.    I        M!  on  the  L.  S.  ops'*  Sand  Island 
S.    86^  W.      i^   m!  on  the  L.  S.  to  a  p!  of  Willows     the  camp 


26"'  August  Sunday  1804. — 

(Joined  the  Boat  at  9  oClock  A.M.)  after  jurlcing  the  meat 
Killed  yesterday  and  prepareing  the  Elk  Skins  for  a  Toe 
Roape,  we  Set  out  Leaveing  Drewyer  &  Shannon  to  hunt  the 
horses  which  was  lost  with  directions  to  follow  us  keeping  on 
the  high  lands. 

proceeded  on  passed  a  clift  of  White  and  Blue  or  Dark 
Earth  of  2  miles  in  extent  on  the  L.  S.  and  camped  on  a  Sand 
bar  opposed  the  old  village  Called  Pitiie  Arc.  a  Small  Creek 
falls  into  the  river  15  yd!  wide  below  the  Village  on  the  Same 
Side  L.  S.'  this  Village  was  built  by  a  Indian  Chief  of  the 
Maha  nation  by  the  name  of  Petite  Arc  (or  little  Bow)  dis- 
pleas""  with  the  Great  Chief  of  that  nation  (Black  Bird)  Seper- 
ated  with  200  men  and  built  a  village  at  this  place  after  his 
death  the  two  Villages  joined,  ap!  Pat.  Gass  a  Serg!  vice 
Floyd  Deceased. 

Great  q"  of  Grapes,  Plumbs  of  three  Kinds,  2  yellow  and 
large  one  of  which  is  long  and  a  j''  kind  round  &  red  all  well 
flavored,  perticularly  the  yellow  sort. 

Course  Distance  &  ref'f  Aug'  26'!' 

S.    66°  W.    2   Ml^  to  a  Sand  bar  Makeing  out  from  the  S.  S. 
N.  82    VV.   7   M'.'  to  a  p'  of  Willows  on  the  S.  S.      passed  an  Island  on 
S.  S.  and  large  Sand  bar  on  both  Sides  of  the  river  and 
Camped  opposit  the  mouth  of  Arc  Creek  —  the  river 
Q         below  wide. 


1  Now  Bow  Creek,  Cedar  Co.,  Nebr.  —  Ed. 
[124] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 

[Orderly  Book  ;  Lewis:]  Or  Jen  August  16'*  1804. 

The  commanding  officers  have  thought  proper  to  appoint 
Patric  Gass,  a  Sergeant  in  the  corps  of  volunteers  for  North 
JVestern  Discovery;  he  is  therefore  to  be  obeyed  and  respected 
accordingly. 

Serg'  Gass  is  directed  to  take  charge  of  the  late  Serg!  F"loyd's 
mess,  and  immediately  to  enter  on  the  discharge  of  such  other 
duties,  as  have  by  their  previous  orders  been  prescribed  for  the 
government  of  the  Sergeants  of  this  corps. 

The  Commanding  officers  have  every  reason  to  hope  trom 
the  previous  faithfull  services  of  Serg!  Gass,  that  this  expres- 
sion ot  their  approbation  will  be  still  further  confirmed  by  his 
vigilent  attention  in  future  to  his  duties  as  a  Sergeant,  the 
Commanding  officers  are  still  further  confirmed  in  the  high 
opinion  they  had  previously  formed  of  the  capacity,  deligence 
and  integrety  of  Serg!  Gass,  from  the  wish  expressed  by  a  large 
majority  ot  his  comrades  tor  his  appointment  as  Sergeant. 

Meriwether  Lewis, 

Cap!  i"  U.  S.  Reg!  Infty. 
W!','  Clark.  Cp'  &c. 


^Clark  :]  27'''  August  Monday  1804.  — 

This  morning  the  Star  call"*  the  morning  Star  much  larger 
than  Common,  G.  Drewyer  came  up  and  informed  that  he 
could  neither  find  Shannon  nor  horses,  we  Sent  Shields  & 
J  Fields,  back  to  hunt  Shannon  &  the  horses,  with  detections 
to  keep  on  the  Hills  to  the  Grand  Calumet  above  on  River 
Kacure  (quecure)  ' 

We  Set  Sail  under  a  gentle  Breeze  from  the  S.  E.  at  7 
miles  passed  a  White  Clay  Marl  or  Chalk  Bluff  under  this 
Bluff  [which]  is  extensive  I  discovered  large  Stone  much  like 
lime  incrusted  with  a  clear  substance  which  I  believe  to  be 
Cobalt,  also  Ore  is  embeded  In  the  Dark  earth,  resembling 
Slate  [but]  much  Softer,     above  this  Bluff  we  had  the  Prarie 


1  A  corruption  of  Riz'iere  qui  Court,  the  French  name  of  the  Niobrara  (or  Rapid) 
River.  —  Ed. 

L125] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [Aug.  27 

Set  on  fire  to  let  the  Soues  See  that  we  were  on  the  river,  and 
as  a  Signal  for  them  to  Come  to  it. 

At  2  oCiock  passed  the  Mouth  of  River  Jacque  [or  Teank- 
/o«,]  *  one  Indian  at  the  mouth  of  this  river  Swam  to  the 
Perogue,  we  landed  and  two  others  Came  to  us,  those  Ind! 
informed  that  a  large  Camp  of  Soues,  were  on  R.  Jacque  near 
the  mouth.  We  sent  Serj!  Pryor  &  a  Frenchman  with  M' 
Durion,  the  Soues  interpeter  to  the  Camp  with  directions  to 
invite  the  principal  Chiefs  to  Council  with  us  at  a  Bluff  above 
Called  the  Calumet,  two  of  those  Indians  accompanied  them 
and  the  third  continued  in  the  Boat  Showing  an  inclination  to 
Continue,  this  boy  is  a  Mahar,  and  inform  that  his  nation, 
were  gone  to  the  Parnies  \_Panies~\  to  make  a  peace  with  that 
nation. 

We  proceeded  on  about  one  and  a  half  miles  and  inCamped 
on  a  bar  makeing  out  from  the  S.  S.  the  wind  blew  hard 
from  the  South.  A  cool  and  Pleasent  evening,  The  river 
has  fallen  verry  slowly  and  is  now  low. 

Course  Disl  &  Refr'  August  27. 

N.  73°  W.  7  Miles  to  the  upper  part  of  a  Calx  or  Chalk  Bluff  on 
the  L.  S.  haveing  pass"*  a  large  Sand  bar  on  the 
L.  S.  and  two  on  the  S.  S.  also  some  Small  Bars  in 
the  R. 

North  3        Ml"  to  a  tree  in  a  bend  to  the  S.  S.      pass  2  Sand  bars 

in  the  river. 

West  2^   Ml?^  to  the  Mouth  of  River  Jacque  on  the  S.  S.     two 

large  Sand  bars  on  the  L.  S. 

S.  80°  W.  I  y.  Ml'  on  the  Side  of  a  large  Mud  bar  Makeing  out  above 
14  the  River  Jacque  or  Yeankton. 


This  river  about  85  or  90  yds.  Wide  and  is  navagable  for 
Perogues  a  Great  distance,  it  heads  with  the  S!  Peters,  of  the 
Misissippi  &  the  red  River  which  runs  into  Lake  Winipeck 
and  Hudsons  Bay. 


1  The  James  (or  Dakota)  River.  — Ed. 

[  126  ] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 

28'*  August  Tuesday  1804.  — 

Set  out  under  a  Stiff  Breeze  from  the  South  and  proceeded 
on  pass'  a  Willow  Island  at  2  Miles  several  Sand  bars,  the 
[river]  Wide  &  Shallow  at  4  miles  passed  a  Short  White  Bluff 
of  about  70  or  80  feet  high,  below  this  Bluff  the  Prarie  rises 
gradually  from  the  water  back  to  the  Hight  of  the  Bluff  which 
is  on  the  Starboard  Side  here  the  Indian  who  was  in  the  boat 
returned  to  the  Soues  [Sieoue]  Camp  on  the  R  Jacque.  Capl 
Lewis  &  my  Self  much  indisposed  owing  to  Some  cause  for 
which  we  cannot  account  one  of  the  Perogues  run  a  Snag 
thro  her  and  was  near  Sinking  in  the  opinions  of  the  Crew, 
we  came  too  below  the  Calumet  Bluff  and  formed  a  Camp  in  a 
Butifull  Plain  near  the  foot  of  the  high  land  which  rises  with 
a  gradual  assent  near  this  Bluff'  I  observe  more  timber  in 
the  Valeys  &  on  the  Points  than  useal.  The  Perogue  which 
was  injured  I  had  unloaded  and  the  Loading  put  into  the 
other  Perogue  which  we  intended  to  Send  back  &  changed  the 
Crew  after  examoning  her  &  finding  that  She  was  unfit  for 
service  determined  to  Send  her  back  by  the  party  Some  load 
which  was  in  the  Perogue  much  Injur'd. 

The  wind  blew  hard  this  afternoon  from  the  South.  J. 
Shields  &  J.  Fields  who  was  Sent  back  to  look  for  Shannon 
and  the  Horses  joined  us  and  informed  that  Shannon  had  the 
horses  ahead  and  that  they  Could  not  overtake  him  This 
man  not  being  a  first  rate  Hunter,  we  deturmined  to  Send  one 
man  in  pursute  of  him  with  some  Provisions. 

Course  Dis:  &  Reffr'  28'"  Aug'  1804. 

S.  76.  W.   4i<    Ml"  to  the  lower  part  of  a  Bluff  of  a  Brownish   red  on 

S.  S.      pass'?  Sev!  Sand  bars. 

S.  60?  \V.  4        M!  to  the  lower  part  of  the  Calumet  Bluff  L.  S.     passed 

,  /  a  p'  on  east  Side  and  Several  Sand  bars. 

X  /  - 


1  In  Knox  Co.,  Nebr.,. opposite  Lower  Buffalo  Island.  —  CoCES  (I.  and  C,  i, 
p.   90).      Nearly  opposite  Yankton,  a  little  below.  —  E.   E.   BlaCKMaN. 


[  127  ] 


LEWIS   AND   CLARK   JOURNALS      [Aug.  28 


[Orderly  Book  ;  Lewis  :  ]  Oniers,  August  28  ?  i  S04 

The  commanding  officers  direct  that  the  two  messes  who 
form  the  crews  of  the  perogues  shall  scelect  each  one  man 
from  their  mess  for  the  purpose  of  cooking,  and  that  these 
cooks  as  well  as  those  previously  appointed  to  the  messes  of 
the  Barge  crew,  shall  in  future  be  exempted  from  mounting 
guard,  or  any  detail  for  that  duty;  they  are  therefore  no  longer 
to  be  held  on  the  royaster. 

M.   Lewis  Cap! 
1".  U.   S.   Reg!   Infty. 

W"  Clark  Cp'  &c 

rClarkn  -9'''  August  IVeJnesJay  1804. — 

Some  rain  last  night  &  this  morning.  Sent  on  Colter  with 
Provisions  in  pursute  of  Shannon,  had  a  Toe  roap  made  of 
Elk  Skin,  I  am  much  engaged  riteing.  at  4  oClock  P.  M. 
Serg!  Pryor  &  M!  Dorion  with  5  Cheifs  and  about  70  men  & 
boys  arrived  on  the  opposit  Side  we  Sent  over  a  Perogue 
&  Mr.  Dorrion  &  his  Son  who  was  tradeing  with  the  Indians 
came  over  with  Serjl  Pryor,  and  informed  us  that  the  Chiefs 
were  there  we  sent  Serj!  Pryor  &  young  Mr.  Dorion  '  with 
Som  Tobacco,  Corn  and  a  few  Kittles  for  them  to  Cook  in, 
with  directions  to  inform  the  Chiefs  that  we  would  Speek  to 
them  tomorrow. 

Those  Indians  brought  with  them  for  their  own  use  2  Elk 
&  6  Deer  which  the  young  men  Killed  on  the  way  from  their 
Camp  12  Miles  distant. 

Serj!  Pryor  informs  me  that  when  [they]  came  near  the 
Indian  Camp  they  were  met  by  men  with  a  BufFalow  roabe 
to  carry  them,  M!  Dorion  informed  they  were  not  the  owners 
of  the  Boats  &  did  not  wish  to  be  carried "  the  Scioues 
Camps  are  handsom  of  a  Conic  form  Covered  with  Buft'alow 
Roabs  Painted  different  colours  and  all  compact  &  handsomly 
arranged,  Covered  all  round  an  open  part  in  the  Centre  for 
the   fire,  with   Buffalow   roabs,      each    Lodg   has   a   place   for 

'  The  younger  Dorion  was  afterward  slain  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Columbia, 
while  trapping  for  the  unfortunate  Astoria  expedition.  — J.  N.  Baskett. 

[128] 


69 


in 
^ 


i 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 

Cooking  detached,  the  lodges  contain  from  lo  to  15  persons, 
a  Fat  Dog  was  presented  as  a  mark  of  their  Great  respect  for 
the  party  of  which  they  partook  hartily  and  thought  it  good 
and   well   flavored. 

The  River  Jacque  is  Deep  &  is  navagable  for  Perogues  a 
long  distance  up  at  the  Mouth  it  is  Shallow  &  narrow  but 
above  it  is  80  or  90  yards  Wide  passing  thro:  rich  Praries 
with  but  little  timber  this  river  passes  the  Souix  River  and 
heads  with  the  S!  Peters  and  a  branch  of  Red  river  which  falls 
into  Lake  Winepeck  to  the  North. 


10"' of  August  Thursday  1804. 

a  verry  thick  fog  this  morning  after  Prepareing  Some 
presents  for  the  Cheifs  which  we  intended  [to]  make  by  giving 
Meadels,  and  finishing  a  Speech  which  we  intended  to  give 
them,  we  sent  M!  Dorion  in  a  Perogue  for  the  Cheifs  and 
Warriers  to  a  Council  under  an  Oak  Tree  near  where  we  had 
a  flag  flying  on  a  high  flagstafl^  at  12  oClock  we  met  and 
Cap.  L.  Delivered  the  Speach  &  then  made  one  great  Chi  ft 
by  giving  him  a  Meadel'  &  Some  Cloathes,  one  1'^.  Chief  & 
three  Third  Chiefs  in  the  same  way,  they  rec?  those  things 
with  the  goods  and  tobacco  with  pleasure  To  the  Grand 
Chief  we  gave  a  Flag  and  the  parole  {^certificate)  &  Wampom 
with  a  hat  &  Chief?  Coat,"  We  Smoked  out  of  the  pipe  of 
peace,  &  the  Chiefs  retired  to  a  Bourey  \_Bowray\  made  of 
bushes  by  their  young  men  to  Divide  their  presents  and  Smoke 
eate  and  Council  Capt.  Lewis  &  My  self  retired  to  dinner 
and  consult  about  other  measures.  M.'  Daurion  is  much  dis- 
pleased that  we  did  not  invite  him  to  dine  with  us  (which  he 
was  Sorry  for  afterwards).     The  Souex  is  a  Stout  bold  looking 


'  For  excellent  description  and  illustrations  of  these  medals  (first-grade),  see 
Wheeler,  On  the  Trail  of ■  l.etuis  and  Clark  (N.  Y.,  1904),  i,  pp.  139,  140.  Three 
of  the  medals  distributed  by  Lewis  and  Clark  have  since  been  found  — at  the  mouth 
of  Wallaivalla  River,  at  Fort  Clatsop,  and  at  the  mouth  of  Potlatch  River,  respec- 
tively. —  Ed. 

2  Described  by  Biddle  as  "  a  richly  laced  uniform  of  the  United  States  artillery 
corps,  with  a  cocked  hat  and  red  feather."  — Ed. 
VOL.  I. -9  [   129  ] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Aug.  30 

people,  (the  young  men  handsom)  &  well  made,  the  greater 
part  of  them  make  use  of  Bows  &  arrows,  Some  fievv  fusees  I 
observe  among  them,  notwith  standing  they  live  by  the  Bow 
and  arrow,  they  do  not  Shoot 'So  Well  as  the  Nothern  Indians 
the  Warriers  are  Verry  much  deckerated  with  Paint  Porcupine 
quits  &  feathers,  large  leagins  and  mockersons,  all  with  buftalow 
roabs  of  Different  Colours,  the  Squars  wore  Peticoats  &  a 
White  Buffalow  roabe  with  the  black  hare  turned  back  over 
their  necks  and  Sholders. 

I  will  here  remark  a  SOCIETY'  which  I  had  never  before 
this  day  heard  was  in  any  nation  of  Indians,  four  of  which  is 
at  this  time  present  and  all  who  remain  of  this  Band.  Those 
who  become  Members  of  this  Society  must  be  brave  active 
young  men  who  take  a  Vow  never  to  give  back  let  the  danger 
be  what  it  may,  in  War  Parties  they  always  go  forward 
without  screening  themselves  behind  trees  or  anything  else  to 
this  Vow  they  Strictly  adhier  dureing  their  Lives,  an  instance 
which  happened  not  long  sence,  on  a  party  in  Crossing  the 
R  Missourie  on  the  ice,  a  whole  was  in  the  ice  imediately  in 
their  Course  which  might  easily  have  been  avoided  by  going 
around,  the  foremost  man  went  on  and  was  lost  the  others  wer 
draged  around  by  the  party,  in  a  battle  with  the  Crow"  [Kite] 
Indians  who  inhabit  the  Cout  Noir^  or  black  Mountain  out 
of  22  of  this  Society  18  was  Killed,  the  remaining  four  was 
draged  off  by  their  Party  Those  men  are  likely  fellows  the[y] 
Set  together  Camp  &  Dance  together.  This  Society  is  in 
imitation  of  the  Societies  of  the  de  Curbo  or  Crow  [De  Corbeau, 
Kite)  Indians,  whom  they  imitate. 


^  The  "  society  "  of  warriors  here  described  was  one  of  the  branches  of  "  the  mili- 
tary and  social  organization  which  existed  among  the  Blackfeet,  Sioux,  Cheyenne, 
Kiowa,  and  probably  all  the  prairie  tribes  except  the  Comanche  in  the  South,"  ac- 
cording to  Mooney  {U.  S.  Bur.  Ethnol.  Rep.,  1891-93,  i>p.  9S6-989),  who  describes 
it  as  it  existed  among  the   Arapaho.  • —  Ed. 

^  The  Crows  are  a  Hidatsa  tribe,  allied  to  the  Minitaree,  and  originally  located 
on  the  Yellowstone  River  ;  in  later  years,  they  have  been  gathered  on  the  Crow  reser- 
vation in  Montana.  —  Ed. 

'  That  is,  Cote  Noir.  "Our  authors  use  the  term  'Black  mountains'  for  anv  of 
the  elevated  country  to  the  west  of  the  Missouri  in  Northern  Nebraska  and  both 
Dakotas."  — Coues  (Z,.  and  C,  i,  p.  171). 

[  130] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    TKTON 

^\'.' of  Auguit,  1804  — 

after  the  Indians  got  their  Brackfast  the  Chiefs  met  and 
arranged  themselves  in  a  row  with  elligent  pipes  of  peace  all 
pointing  to  our  Sects,  we  Came  foward  and  took  our  Sects, 
the  Great  Cheif  'The  Shake  hand  rose  and  Spoke  to  some  length 
aproving  what  we  had  said  and  promissing  to  pursue  the  advice. 

Mar  to  ree  2''  Cheif  (White  Crain)  \_f^f^hi(e  Crane'\  rose  and 
made  a  Short  Speech  and  refured  to  the  great  Chief  Par  tiar 
ne  arpar  be  (struck  by  the  Pania)  j'!"  Chief  rose  and  made  a 
short  speech  Ar  ea  we  char  che  (the  half  man)  3':"  Chief  rose 
&  Spoke  at  some  length  much  to  the  [same]  purpose.'  The 
other  Cheif  said  but  little  One  of  the  Warriers  Spoke  after 
all  was  don  &  promissed  to  Support  the  Cheifs,  the[y] 
promis''  to  go  and  See  their  Great  father  in  the  Spring  with 
M!  Dorion,  and  to  do  all  things  we  had  advised  them  to  do. 
and  all  concluded  by  telling  the  distresses  of  their  nation  by 
not  haveing  traders,  &  wished  us  to  take  pity  on  them,  the[y] 
wanted  Powder  Ball,  &  a  little  Milk  [rum;  milk  0/  great  father 
means  spirits.'} 

last  night  the  Indians  Danced  untill  late  in  their  Dances 
we  gave  them  \_throw  into  them  as  is  usual'}  Som  Knives  Tobacco 
&  bells  &  tape  &  Binding  with  which  they  wer  Satisfied." 

We  gave  a  Certificate  to  two  Men  of  War,  attendants  on 
the  Chief,  gave  to  all  the  Chiefs  a  Carrot  of  Tobacco,  had 
a  talk  with  Mr.  Dorion,  who  agreed  to  Stay  and  Collect  the 
Chiefs  from  as  Many  Bands  of  Soux  as  he  coud  this  fall  & 
bring  about  a  peace  between  the  suoex  and  their  neighbours 
&c.  &c.  &c. 

After  Dinner  we  gave  Mr.  Peter  Dorion,  a  Commission  to 
act  with  a  flag  and  some  Cloathes  &  Provisions  &  instructions 


*  The  names  of  these  chiefs  are  thus  given  by  Biddle  :  Weiicha  ("Shake  Hand;" 
called  by  the  French  Le  Liberateur)  ;  Mahtoree  ("White  Crane");  Pawnawneah- 
pahbe  ("  Struck  by  the  Pawnee  ")  ;  and  Aweavvechache  ("  Half  Man  ")  —  explained 
as  probably  originating  in  its  owner's  modesty,  "  who  on  being  told  of  his  exploits, 
would  say,  '  I  am  no  warrior  :  I  am  only  half  a  man."  "  These  speeches  are  given 
by  Biddle  in  more  detail.  —  Ed. 

'  The  entry  for  Aug.  31  to  this  point  is  misplaced  in  the  MS.;  it  is  found  on 
pp.  58-60  of  Codex  A,  preceded  by  this  memorandum  :  "omited  to  put  in  the  31st 
of  August  in  Place."  —  Ed. 

[131] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS      [Aug.  31 

to  bring  about  a  peace  with  the  Seioux,  Mahars,  Panics,  Pon- 
caries,  [Poncas  —  Ed.]  Ottoes  &  Missouries,  and  to  employ 
any  trader  to  take  Some  of  the  Cheifs  of  each  or  as  many  of 
those  nations  as  he  Could  Perticularly  the  Seuouex  [down  to 
Wash")  I  took  a  Vocabulary  of  the  Suoux  Language,  and  the 
Answer  to  a  fiew  quaries  such  a[s]  refured  to  their  Situation, 
Trade,  Number,  War,  &c.  &c.  This  Nation  is  Divided  into 
20  Tribes,  possessing  Seperate  interests.  Collectively  they 
are  noumerous  say  from  2  to  3000  men,  their  interests  are  so 
unconnected  that  Some  bands  are  at  war  with  Nations  [with] 
which  other  bands  are  on  the  most  friendly  terms.  This  Great 
Nation  who  the  French  has  given  the  Nickname  of  Suouex, 
Call  themselves  Dar  co  tar  [Dakota — Ed.]  their  language 
is  not  peculiarly  their  own,  they  Speak  a  great  number  of 
words,  which  is  the  Same  in  every  respect  with  the  Maha, 
Poncarer,  Osarge  &  Kanzas.  which  clearly  proves  that  those 
nations  at  some  period  not  more  that  a  century  or  two  past 
are  of  the  Same  nation.  Those  Dar  ca  ter's  or  Suoux  inhabit 
or  rove  over  the  Countrey  on  the  Red  river  of  Lake  Winipeck, 
S!  Peters  &  the  West  of  the  Missi[ss]-ippie,  above  Prarie  De 
Cheen  (Prairie  de  Chien)  heads  of  River  Demoin,  and  the  Mis- 
souri and  its  waters  on  the  N.  Side  for  a  great  extent,  they 
are  only  at  peace  with  8  nations,  &  agreeable  to  their  Calcula- 
tion at  War  with  twenty  odd.  Their  trade  coms  from  the 
British,  except  this  Band  and  one  on  Demoin  who  trade  with 
the  Traders  of  S'  Louis.  The[v]  furnish  Beaver,  Martain, 
Loups,  {IVolfs)  Pekon,  [pichou)  Bear  &  Deer  Skins,  and  have 
about  40  Traders  among  them.  The  Dar  co  tar  or  Suouez  rove 
&  follow  the  Buffalow  raise  no  corn  or  any  thing  else  the  woods 
&  praries  affording  a  suff[i]cency,  the[y]  eat  Meat,  and  Substi- 
tute the  Ground  potato  which  grow  in  the  Plains  for  bread. 

The  Names  of  the  Defferent  Tribes  or  bands  of  the  Sceoux, 
or  Dar  co  tar  Nation. 

I"  Che  cher  ree  Yankton  (or  bois  ruley)  {hrule~)  now  present  inhabit 
the  Suouex  &  Demoin  Rivers  and  the  Jacque.      (^200  men.') 

2".''  Ho  in  de  borto  (Poles)  they  live  [rove]  on  the  heads  of  Souex 
and  Jacques  Rivers. 

[  13-'  ] 


i8o4j  VERMILION     TO    TETON 

3'^     Me  Ma  car  jo  (Make  fence  on  the  river)  rove  on  the  Country 

near  the  big  bend  of  the  Missouries. 
4""      Sou  on,  Te  ton   (People  of  the  Prarie)      thc[y]  rove  in  the  Plains 

N.  of  the  Riv  Missouric  above  this. 
5'''      IFau  pa  coo  tar  (Leaf  lieds)       theQv]    live   near  the    Prarie    de 

Chain  Near  the  Missippi. 
6""      Te  Car  ton  (or  Village  of  Prarie)    rove   on   the   waters  of  the 

Mississippi  above  Prarie  de  Chain, 
y'.*"      A'l?  If^as  tar  ton  (big  Waters  Town)  rove  on  the  Missippi  above 

the  S'  Peters  River. 
8'^      JTau  pa  tone  (  Leaf  Nation  )  live  lo  Leagues  up  St.  Peters  River. 
9'?     Cas  Carba  (White  Man)  live  35  Leagues  up  St.  Peters  river. 
lO'!'     Mi  ca  cu  op  si  ha  (Cut  bank)  rove  on  the  head  of  St.  Peters. 

II'.''     Sou  on  ( )  rove  on  St.  Peters  river  in  the  Praries. 

ii'I"     Sou  se  toom  ( )  live  40  Leages  up  the  St.  Peters  river. 

The  names  of  the  other  hands  neither  of  the  Souex's  in- 
terpters  could  inform  me.'  in  the  evening  late  we  gave  M' 
Dourion  a  bottle  of  whiskey,  &  he  with  the  Cheifs  ik  his  Son 
Crossed  the  river  and  Camped  on  the  Opposit  bank.  Soon 
after  night  a  violent  wind  from  the  N.  W.  with  rain  the  rain 
Continud  the  greater  part  of  the  night.  The  river  a  riseing  a 
little. 

September  \'!  Satturday  1804  — 

M.'  Dourion  lift  his  Kittle  &  Sent  back  for  it  &c.  we  Set 
out  under  a  jentle  Breeze  from  the  S.  (It  rained  half  the  last 
night)  proceeded  on  pass  the  Bluffs  comps!"  of  a  yellowish 
red,  &  Brownish  {i£)  White  Clay  which  is  a[s]  hard  as  Chalk 
{and  much   resembling  it)     this  Bluff  is   170  or    180  feet  high, 

^  These  tribes  are  enumerated  very  differently  by  Biddle,  thus  (i,  pp.  61,  62)  : 
(i)  Yanktons  —  200  warriors  ;  (2)  Tetons  of  the  burnt  woods  —  300  men  ;  (3)  Tetons 
Okandandas  —  150  men  ;  (4)  Tetons  Minnakenozzo  —  250  men  ;  (5)  Tetons  Saone  — 
300  men  ;  (6)  Yanktons  of  the  Plains,  or  Big  Devils —  500  men  ;  (7)  Wahpatone  — 
200  men  i  (8)  Mindawarcarton  —  300  men;  (9)  VVahpatoota,  or  Leaf  Beds — 150 
men;  (10)  Sistasoone — 200  men.  Cf.  Lewis's  "Statistical  View  of  the  Indian 
Nations  Inhabiting  the  Territory  of  Louisiana,"  accompanying  Jefferson's  Message  to 
Congress,  Feb.  19,  1806  (Washington,  1806);  the  substance  of  this  "View"  will 
be  republished  in  the  appendix  to  the  present  work.  For  modern  scientific  classifica- 
tion, see  Powell's  "Indian  Linguistic  Families,"  in  U.  S.  Bur.  Et/mol  Rep.,  1885- 
86,  pp.  111-118.      Cf  IVis.  Hist.  Collections,  xvi,  pp.  193,  194. — Ed. 

[133] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Sept.  i 

here  the  High  lands  approach  near  the  river  on  each  Side,  that 
on  the  S.  S.  not  so  high  as  that  on  the  L.  S.  opposit  the 
Bluffs  is  Situated  a  Large  Island  Covered  with  timber  close 
under  the  L.  S.  above  the  Is*!  the  high  land  approach  &  form 
a  Clift  to  the  river  on  the  S.  S.  this  Clift  is  Called  White 
Bear  Clift  one  of  those  animals  haveing  been  kiled  in  a  whole 
in  it. 

i'.'  of  September  Satturday  1804  — 

Some  hard  wind  and  rain,  cloudy  all  day,  the  river  Wide 
&  hills  on  each  Side  near  the  river,  pass''  a  large  (i)  Island 
which  appeared  to  be  composed  of  Sand,  Covered  with  Cotton 
wood  close  under  the  S.  S.  we  landed  at  the  lower  point  of  a 
large  Island  on  the  S.  S.  Called  bon  homme  or  Good  Man,  here 
Cap.  Lewis  &  my  self  went  out  a  Short  distance  on  the  L.  S. 
to  See  a  Beaver  house,  which  was  Said  to  be  of  Great  hite  & 
Situated  in  a  Pond  We  could  not  find  the  house  and  returned 
after  night  Drewyer  Killed  an  Elk,  &  a  Beaver,  numbers  of 
Cat  fish  cought,  those  fish  is  so  plenty  that  we  catch  them  at 
any  time  and  place  in  the  river. 

Course  Dis"  &  refr'  i"  Sept. 

N.  88  W.  4  M'.'  to  a  high  point  of  on  the  S.  S.  haveing  pass''  an 
Is'*  (i)  on  the  L.  S.  &  Several  Sand  bars. 

S.  75*^  W.  2  Ml'  to  the  lower  p!  of  a  large  Island  on  S.  S.  passed  a 
p'  on  the  L.  S.  and  a  Sand  bar. 

S.  68-  W.  4  M''  to  a  p'  on  L.  S.  pass^  the  upper  p'  of  the  IsH  SS. 
and  some  land  with  bows  [boughs  —  Ed.]  and 
evident  marks  of  being  made  24  [feet  —  Ed.]  above 
water. 

S.  80.  W.  5  M''  to  a  tree  at  the  lower  p'  of  Bon  homme  Island  on 
Y5"  S.  S.  haveing  ps"?  a  p!  on  the  S.  S.      a  Deep  bend  of 

Sand  and  Willows  on  L.  S. 

■2."f  September  Sunday  1804.  — 

Set  out  early  and  proceeded  on  passed  the  Island  and  Landed 
on  the  S.  S.  above  under  a  Yellow  Clay  bluff  of  no  feet  high, 
the  wind  blew  verry  hard  ahead  from  the  N.  W.  with  Some 
rain  and  verry  cold,  G.  Drewnyer  R.  Fields,  Newman  & 
howard  Killed  four  fine  Elk  we  had  the  meat  all  iurked  and 
[134] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    Tl.TON 


the  Skins  Dried  to  Cover  the  Perogue,  on  the  Side  of  the 
Bluff  I  observed  Bear  Grass  &  Rhue,  at  Sun  Set  the  wind 
luled  and  cleared  up  Cold,  the  high  land  on  the  L.  S.  is  verry 
high,  &  uneaven,  that  on  the  S.  S.  from  80  to  i  20  foot  &  is 
leavel  back     but  fiew  Small  Streams  falling  into  the  river. 

Course  Distance  &  rcffs  2'^  Sp! 

N.  75°  W.   3   Ml'  to  the  lower  part   of  an  antient  fortification  (i)  in  a 
bend   to  the   L.  S.      this  Course  passed  over  a  p'  of 
the  Is^  &  Sand. 
N.  45     VV.    1    M!  on   the   L.  p'  pass""  the   head   of  the  Island  at  J  of  a 
T"  mile  ops'!  a  yellow  bank  S.  S. 

I  went  out  and  made  a  Survey  of  the  antient  Works  which 
is  Situated  in  a  level  Plain  about  3  Miles  from  the  hills  which 
are  high. 

A  Discreption  of  the  Fortification 

(i)    Commenceing  on  the  river  opsi'd  the  Good  Mans  Island,  first 

Course  from  the  river  is 

S.    76°    W.      96  yards  thence 

S.    84.    W.      53   yards  (at  this  angle  a  kind  of  angle  or  horn  work) 

N.  69  W.  300  yards  to  a  high  part,  passing  the  gateway  Covered 
by  two  half  Circler  works  one  back  of  the  other 
lower  than  the  main  work  the  Gate  forms  a  right 
angle  projecting  inward. 

N.  32     W.   56  yards 

N.  20  W.  73  yards.  This  part  of  the  work  appears  to  have  [been] 
578  either  double,  or  a  covered  way.      from  this  Some 

irregular  works  appear  to  have  been  on  mounds 
between  this  and  the  river,  with  a  Deep  round 
whole  in  the  center  of  a  Gorge  formed  by  another 
angle.  This  part  of. the  work  is  from  10  to  15 
feet  8  Inches  —  the  Mounds  of  Various  bights 
the  base  of  the  work  is  from  75  to  105  feet,  Steep 
■  inward  and  forming  a  kind  of  Glassee  [Glacis] 
outwards. 

N.  32°  W.  96  yards  to  the  Commencement  of  a  Wall  from  8  to  10 
feet  high  this  Course  not  on  the  Wall  but  thro  to 
the  commencement  of  another  detached 

[135] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Sept.  2 

N.  81°    W.    1830  yards  to  the  river  &  above  where  this   banlc  Strikes 
the  river  is  the  remains  of  a  Circular  work. 

in  this  Course  at  533  yards  a  Deep  Pond  of  73  yards  Diameter  per- 
fectly round  is  in  the  Course  of  the  bank  which  is  about  8  feet  high, 
from  this  Pond  the  bank  lowers  gradually,  a  bank  about  the  same 
hight  runs  near  the  river,  and  must  have  joined  the  main  work  at  a  part 
which  is  now  washed  into  the  river,  this  is  also  perfectly  Streight  and 
widens  from  the  main  work,  as  the  river  above  has  washed  in  its  banks 
for  a  great  distance  I  cannot  form  an  Idear  How  those  two  long  works 
joined,     where  they  Strike  the  river  above,  they  are  about  1 100  y'*'  apart, 

[Another  Description.'] 

N°  I  a  Wall  of  the  Antient  Work  Commencing  on  the  bank  of  the 
River  and  running  on  a  direct  line  S.  76?  W.  96  yard,  about 
75  feet  baice  and  8  feet  high. 

2.  Wall  Continued,  and  Course  S.  84?  W.  53  yards  from  an 
angle  formed  by  a  slopeing  decent  N?  13.  has  the  appearance 
of  a  hornwork  of  nearly  the  same  hight  of  the  former  angle 
N?    I. 

3.  the  Wall  Continued  on  a  Course  N.  69?  W.  for  300  yards  in 
which  there  is  a  low  part  of  the  wall  which  is  Covered  by  two 
Circular  and  lower  Walls  one  back  of  the  other.  8.  8.  which 
covers  the  gate  way  Completely,  between  those  outer  Walls 
8.  8.  there  appears  to  have  been  a  Covered  way  out  of  the 
Main  work  into  the  vacancy  between  those  two  Walls  N°  9. 
This  Wall  No.  3  is  8  feet  high  and  about  75  feet  Bace. 

4.  a  Wide  part  of  the  Wall  which  is  about  12  feet  high  and  105 
feet  base  on  the  Course  N.  69'  W.  Continued  from  the  gate 
way. 

5.  The  Wall  about  15  feet  high  and  about  90  feet  bace  on  a 
course  N.  32'   W.  for  56  yds. 

6.  the  Wall  Continus  on  a  Course  N.  20-  W.  for  73  yards  and 
ends  abruptly  near  a  whole  near  Several  Mounds  prismiscusly 
in  the  Gorge  of  the  Work  between  this  and  the  river. 

10.  N.  32°  W.  96  yards  across  a  low  place  much  lower  than  the 
Common  leavel  of  the  plain  to  the  Commencement  of  a  wall  of 
8  feet  high  this  is  an  open  Space,  from  whence  there  is  Some 
appearance  of  a  Covered  way  to  the  Water. 


'  This  matter  is  found  in  Codex  N,  pp.  81 -85.  —  Ed. 
[136] 


V 


Ancient  Fortification  on  the  Missouri  River, 
sketch  plan  by  Clark. 


V 


IN 


Ancient  Fortification  on  the  Missouri  Ri\ 
sketch-plan  by  Clark. 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 

10.    is  a  large  hollow  place  much  lower  then  the  plain 
12.    12.    Several  little  Mounds  in  the  gouge 
7.    the  gateway  to  the  Strong  work. 

14.  a  redoubt  Situated  on  an  Island  which  is  maKeing  on  the  Side 
next  to  the  Main  Work,  the  wall  forming  this  redoubt  is  6  feet 
hi.h 

15.  15.     The  river  banks  at  the  waters  edge 

16.  a  thick  Wall  of  about  6  feet  high  passing  from  the  Rivers  edge 
at  the  gouge  of  the  Work  perfectly  streight  to  the  bend  of  the 
River  above  and  there  ends  abruptly  where  the  Missouri  is 
under  mineing  its  banks  on  this  Wall  maney  large  Cotton 
Trees  of  two  &  3  feet  diameter,  the  Bank  passes  thro'  a  wood 
in  its  whole  Course 

N°  17.  19.  a  Streight  wall  of  1830  yard  extending  from  the  Gouge  of 
the  strong  work  on  a  Course  N.  81^  W.  This  wall  is  8  feet 
high  to  a  round  pon  (N'  18)  from  then  it  becoms  lower  and 
strikes  the  Missouri  at  a  place  where  that  river  has  the  ap'";  [ap- 
pearance] of  havcing  incroachcd  on  its  banks  for  a  great  distance, 
this  wall  passes  in  it's  whole  course  thro'  a  leavel  plain. 
18.  a  Deep  pond  of  73  yards  diameter  in  the  Wall,  perfectly 
round 

20.  Thro  from  the  extremity  of  one  Wall  to  the  other  iioo 
yards. 

21.  a  Small  redoubt  on  the  bank  of  the  river. 

The  Strong  part  of  this  work  which  must  be  about  2,^  of  it's  original 
Size  Contains  Twenty  acres. 

The  part  Contained  between  the  two  Walls  is  about  500  acres,  and 
it  is  Certain  that  those  Walls  have  been  longer  and  must  have  con- 
tained a  much  greater  Space 

I  am  informed  by  our  frencli  interpeters  that  a  great  number 
of  those  antient  works  are  in  Defferent  parts  of  the  Countrey, 
on  the  Plate  River,  Kansas,  Jacque,  Osarge,  Mine  river  &c. 
A  Small  one  is  on  [an]  Island  opposit  the  one  I  have 
Disciibed,  and  two  of  our  Party  Saw  two  of  those  Antient 
f[o]rtresses  on  the  Petteet  Arc  Creek  on  the  upper  Side  near 
the  Mouth,  each  angle  of  which  were  100  yards  and  about  8 
feet  high.' 


1  The  opinion  now  prevails,  that  these  "fortifications"  were  only  natural  forma- 
tions, made  by  the  drifting  sands.  —  F.D. 

[   137  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Sept.  3 

3'!''  of  September  Monday  1804.  — 

a  verry  Cold  morning  wind  from  N.  W.  we  Set  out  at  Sun 
rise,  &  proceeded  on  to  a  Bluff  below  the  Mouth  of  Plumb 
Creek  [/i"  yds^  on  the  S.  S.  and  took  an  obsevation  of  the 
Suns  altitude. 

This  Creek  is  Small  it  "abounds  with  plumbs  of  a  Delicious 
flavour "  the  River  is  Wide  and  Crowded  with  Sand  bars, 
it  is  riseing  a  little  but  little  timber  in  this  Countrey  all  that 
is,  is  on  the  river  in  the  Points,  we  came  too  on  the  L.  S.  in 
the  edge  of  a  Plain  an[d]  Camped  for  the  night,  we  Saw 
Some  signs  of  the  two  men  Shannon  &  Colter,  Shannon  ap- 
peared to  be  ahead  of  Colter.  The  White  banks  appear  to 
continue  on  both  sides  of  the  river.  Grapes  plenty  and  finely 
flavered. 

Course  Dis'  &  refrs.  3'.''  Sept' 

West  i     M'  on  the  L.  S.  ops!"  a  Bluff 

S-  35    ^^ •   3        M'^to  the  Upper  point  of  some  wood  at  the  foot  of  the 

high   land  on   the  L.  S.      in  a  bend  of  the  river  pass 

a  large  Sand  bar  400  y'''  wide  on  the  L.  S.  and  a 

p'  &  Sand  bar  from  the  S.  S. 
West  5I      M''  to  a  obj'  in  a  Deep  bend  to  the  S.  S.      pass^  a  p"  S. 

S.  and  a  large  Sand  bar  on  the  L.  S. 
S.  45.   W.    I        M'  to   the    Mouth   of  Plumb   C'  on    the    S.    S.       ps^i 

und:  White  bank. 
South  5        M'.'  to  a  p!  on  the  S.  S.      pass"?  Several  Sand  bars  &  two 

7^5  p".^  on  the  L.  S. 

4th  September  Tuesday  1S04.  — 

a  verry  Cold  Wind  from  the  S.  S.  E.  we  Set  out  early  and 
proceeded  on  [to]  the  Mouth  of  a  Small  Creek  in  a  bend  to 
the  L.  S.  Called  White  lime,  at  i|-  Miles  higher  up  passed  a 
large  Creek  on  the  L.  S.  Called  R.  au  Platte  or  White  Paint^ 
between  those  two  Creeks  (the  latter  of  which  is  ab!  30  yd' 
Wide)  we  passed  under  a  Bluff  of  red  Ceeder,  at  4  Ml!  \ 
passed  the  mouth  of  the  River  ^e  Courre  [rapid  R)  on  the 
L.  S.  and  Came  to  a  Short  distance  above,     this   River  is   152 


1  Now  Bazile  creek.  —  Ed. 

[138] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 

yards  Wide  at  the  Mouth  &  4  feet  Deep  Throwing  out  Sands 
like  the  Piatt,  (only  Corser)  forming  bars  in  its  mouth.  I 
went  up  this  river  three  Miles  to  a  butifull  Plain  on  the  upper 
Side  where  the  Panias  once  had  a  Village  this  River  widens 
above  its  mouth  and  is  divided  by  sands  and  Islands,  the 
Current  verry  rapid,  not  navagable  for  evin  Canoes  without 
Great  dificuelty  owing  to  its  Sands  ;  the  colour  like  that  of 
the  Plat  is  light,  the  heads  of  this  river  is  not  known  [;'«  the 
Black  Mount"'  is'  waters  a  hilly  country  of  indifferent  soil"]  it 
coms  into  the  Missourie  from  the  S.  W.  by  West,  and  I  am 
told  that  i[t]s  Genl  Course  Some  distance  up  is  parrelel  with 
the  Missourie. 

Course  Dist'  &  refrf  the  4""  of  Sept; 

S.      5°  W.    li      M!  to  the  Mo.  of  a  Creek  on  the  L.  S.  below  a  Cee- 

der  Clift. 
S.    35°  ij      Ml' to  the  Mo.  of  White  Paint  River  on  the   L.  S. 

Passing  under  a  Ceeder  Clift. 
West  3        Ml'  to  the  Upper  p!  of  Wood  on  the  L.  S.  ops.'  a  Bluff 

of  bluish  Clav,     a  S*?  bar  L.  S. 
N.  72°  W.    i|     M''  to  a   Mound  on  the  L.  S.     a   Bluff  on  the  S.  S. 

several  Sand  bars  in  the  river 
West  ^^    Ml  to  the  Mouth  of  the  river  ^ue  Courre  on  the  L.  S. 

~g  the  hills  leave  the  river  on  the  S.  S.      river  Crouded 

with  Sand  bars,  &  wind  hard. 

[At  the  end  of  Codex  B,  written  on  the  inside  of  the  cover, 
is  the  following  memorandum  :] 

U  S.  Due  4°  Sep;  1804 

$ 
John  Potts  as  p[er    Duebill  20.5 

Tho'  P.  Howard  .....  8.io 

Alexander  Willard  .....  13-55 


after  this  I  will  put  the  Course  Destance  is'  refferences  of 
each  day  first  and  remk'  after. 

[  139  J 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Sept. 


Course  Dis'.'  &  Ref"  —  Sept^  5"' 

N.  85°  W.   2        Ml"  to  a  Willow  p'  on  the  S.  S.     a  BlufF  ops'! 

N.  05°  W.  3  Ml'  to  a  high  part  of  a  BlufF  on  the  S.  S.  a  large 
Isl:*  Called  Pania  Is'!  in  Middle  of  the  river. 

N.  58°  W.  3.1  to  a  Creek  on  the  S.  S.  psf  the  Is''  at  i  M!  a  Sand 
bar  makeing  from  it.  Poncarar  [Ponca]  River  op- 
posit  on  the  L.  S.  30  y'^* 

West  3.^      Ml'  to  the   Lower  point   of  a  large  Island  near  the  L. 

Side  (i) 

N.  70°  W.  1 3/  Ml'  to  the  right  Side  of  the  S'l  Island  to  the  head 
3/        passed  a  Willow  Is"!  &  a  Sand  bar 


September  5'*  Wednesday  1804  — 

Set  out  early  the  wind  blew  hard  from  the  South,  Goats, 
turkeys  Seen  today,  passed  a  large  Island  (i)  ops'  this 
Island  near  the  head  the  Poncarars  River  Corns  into  the  Mis- 
sourie  from  the  West  this  river  is  about  30  yards  wide,  dis- 
patched two  men  to  the  Poncaries  Village  Situated  in  a 
handsom  Plain  on  the  lower  Side  of  this  Creek  about  two 
miles  from  the  Missourie  the  Poncarars  Nations  is  Small  ^ 
and  at  this  time  out  in  the  praries  hunting  the  BufFalow,  one 
of  the  men  Sent  to  the  Village  Killed  a  Buffalow  in  the  town, 
the  other,  a  large  Buck  near  it,  Some  Sign  of  the  two  men 
who  is  a  head,  above  the  Island  on  the  S.  S.  we  passed  under 
a  Bluff"  of  Blue  earth,  under  which  Several  Mineral  Springs 
broke  out  the  water  of  which  had  a  taste  like  Salts,  We 
Came  too  on  the  upper  point  of  a  large  Island  (which  I  call 
No  preserves  Island)  here  we  made  a  Ceeder  Mast,  our 
hunters  brought  in  three  bucks,  and  two  elks  this  evening 
which  we  had  jurked. 

One  of  the  hunters  Shields,  informed  that  he  Saw  Several 
black  tailed  Deer,  near  the  Poncarer  Village 


1  The  Biddle  text  states  (i,  p.  66)  that  this  Ponca  tribe,  which  had  once  num- 
bered 400  men,  was  then  reduced  to  about  fifty,  who  had  taken  refuge  with  the 
Omaha.  Both  tribes  had  been  sedentary,  but  were  driven  from  their  villages  by 
war  and   pestilence.  —  Ed. 

2  Now  called  Chouteau  Bluffs.  —  Ed. 

[140] 


•804]  VERMILION    TO   TETON 


Course  Distance  and  refFerrencies.  —  6'!'  Sep'  1804. 
West  1.1      M'»  to  a  p'  of  Wood  on  the  S.  S.  opposit  a  Bluff. 

N.  85°  W.  2_  M'.»  passed  a  p'  on   the  S.  S.  at  i  yi  M"  above   which 
miles      8]  '»  »  large  Sand  bar     on  L.  S.  a  high  Clift  of  Blue 

&  redish  soft  rock,     Colter  joined  us. 

Sep'  6'*  T/iiirsJay  1804.  

a  Storm  this  morning  from  the  N.  W.  which  lasted  a  fiew 
mmits,  we  Set  out  and  proceeded  on  passed  the  head  of  the 
Is'  which  is  Seperated  from  the  L.  S.  by  a  narrow  Channel,  a 
hard  wind  from  the  N.  W.  a  Verry  Cold  day.  we  camped  on 
the  S.  S.  at  the  upper  point  of  Some  timber.  Sometime  before 
Night,  no  timber,  \_bt'ing  in  reac/i.'] 

I  saw  Several  goats '  on  the  hills  on  the  S.  S.  also  BufFalow 
in  great  numbers. 

Course  Distance  &  rcfferrences. —  7'*'  Sept.  1804. 
N.  60°  W.  3        M'^  to  the  p-  of  a  Bluff  on  the  S.  S.  ops^  a  p!  on  L.  S. 
West  2j      Miles  to  a  tree  in  a  bend  to  the  L.  S.  near  the  foot  of 

^1  a  round  mountain  resembling  a  Cupola  (  i )      passed 

2  Small  Is'"''  S.  S. 

Sept.  7';'  Friday  — 

a  verry  Cold  morning  wind  S.  E.  Set  out  at  dav  light  we 
landed  after  proceeding  5A  Miles,  near  the  foot  of  a  round 
Mounting,  which  I  saw  yesterday,  resembling  a  dome.-  Cap. 
Lewis  &  Myself  walked  up  to  the  top  which  forms  a  Cone  and 
IS  about  70  feet  higher  than  the  high  lands  around  it,  the  Base 
is  about  300  foot  in  decending  this  Cupola,  discovered  a  Vil- 
lage ot  Small  animals  that  burrow  in  the  grown  (those  animals 
are  Called  by  the  french  Petite  Chien)  Killed  one  and  Caught 
one  a  live  by  poreing  a  great  quantity  of  Water  in  his  hole^ 
we  attempted  to  dig  to  the  beds  of  one  of  those  animals,     after 

1  These  "goats"  were  antelopes  {Anlilocapra  Americana).  This  animal  was 
new  to  science  when  discovered  by  Lewis  and  Clark  in  1804,  and  was  not  techni- 
cally  named   until    1815.  — CouES   (Z,.   and  C,   i,   p.    109). 

2  A  conspicuous  landmark,  now  known  as  "the  Tower." Ed. 

»  Gass  says  (p.  51)  regarding  this  attempt,  that  "all  the  party,  except  the  guard, 
went  to  it  ;  and  took  with  them  ail  the  Kettles  and  other  vessels  for  holding  water ;  but 
though  they  worked  at  the  business  till  night,  they  only  caught  one  of  them."  —  Ed. 

[141   J 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Sept.  8 

diging  6  feet,  found  by  running  a  pole  down  that  we  were  not 
half  wav  to  his  Lodge,  we  found  2  frogs  in  the  hole,  and 
Killed  a  Dark  rattle  Snake  near  with  a  Ground  rat  {or  prairie 
dog)  in  him,  (those  rats  are  numerous)  the  Village  of  those 
animals  Cov^  about  4  acres  of  Ground  on  a  gradual  decent  of 
a  hill  and  Contains  great  numbers  of  holes  on  the  top  of  which 
those  little  animals  Set  erect  make  a  Whistleing  noise  and  whin 
allarmed  Step  into  their  hole,  we  por'd  into  one  of  the  holes 
5  barrels  of  Water  without  filling  it.  Those  Animals  are  about 
the  Size  of  a  Small  Squ[ir]rel  Shorter  {or  longer)  &  thicker,  the 
head  much  resembling  a  Squirel  in  every  respect,  except  the 
ears  which  is  Shorter,  his  tail  like  a  ground  squirel  which  they 
shake  &  whistle  when  allarm'^  the  toe  nails  long,  they  have 
fine  flir  &  the  longer  hairs  is  gray,'  it  is  Said  that  a  kind  of 
Lizard  also  a  Snake  reside  with  those  animals,  {did  not  find 
this  correct.)     Camped. 

Course  Destance  &  refferrences.  —  S"*"  Sept' 
N.  35.  W.      7   M'?  to  a   p'  on    L.  S.   ops'?  the  house  of  My  Troodo 
where  he  wintered  in  96  &  Seven  Called  the  Pania 
hof  in  a  woo[d]  to  the  S.  S.  ( i ) 
N.  88°  W.    10   M'f  to  a  p!  of  woods  S.  S.     one  mile  above  the  com- 
mencement of  this  Course  the  Low'  p!  of  a  Willow 
IsH    this  IsH  is    ij  Ml"  in  length,     in  the   middle 
ly  of  the  R.  a  Small  Sand  Is'!  at  its  upper  extremity. 

S';-  of  September  S/itturJay  — 

Set  out  early  and  proceeded  on  under  a  gentle  Breeze  from 
the  S.  E.  at  3  M'.'  passed  the  house  of  Troodo  where  he  win- 
tered in  96.  Called  the  Pania  house,  above  is  high  hills  on 
the  S.  S.  on  the  S.  S.  much  higher  hills  than  useal  appear  to 
the  North  distant  8  Miles  recently  burnt,  pass  3  Small  Islands 
at  about  5  Miles  on  this  Course  on  the  S.  S.  here  Cap.  Lewis 
Killed  a  Buffalow  in  the  river,  and  the  Men  one  other  Came 
to  on  the  lower  point  of  an  Island  in  the  midlle  of  the  river 
Called  Boat   Island"  and  incamped,     jurked  the  meat  Killed 

1  The  prairie-dog  {Cynomys  ludo'vicianus),  then  unknown  to  scientists  ;  Coues 
thinks  that   Clark  and   Gass  were  the  first  to  describe  it. — Ed. 

■^  The  present  Chicot  Island  ;  a  little  above  the  present  Fort  Randall.  —  Ed. 

[142] 


N. 

40. 

\v. 

3 

N. 

83^ 

vv. 

41 

N. 

4+' 

\v 

4 
•4i 

1804]  VERMILION    TO    TKTON 

to  day  Consisting  of  2  buifalow,  one  large  Buck  Elk,  one 
Small,  4  Deer  j  Turkeys  &  a  Squirel,  I  joined  the  boat  at 
this  Camp,     the  Countrey  on  the  S.  S.  is  pore  &  broken. 

Course  Distance  &  refcrrence. — 9"  Sept' 
N.  34'  ^^'.   3        M'.'  to  a  p'  on  an  Island  on  the  L.  S.  of  an  Is^      passed 
Sand  bars. 
M"*  to  an  upper  p!  of  a  Wood  in  a  bend  S.  S. 
M'?  to  a  p'  on  S.  S. 
M'.*  to  the  upper  p!  of  a  Wood  L.  S. 

^'"  September  Sunday  1804  — 

Set  out  at  Sunrise  and  proceeded  on  passed  the  head  of  the 
Island  on  which  we  Camped,  passed  three  Sand  &  Willow 
Islands,  the  Sand  bars  So  noumerous,  it  is  not  worth  mention- 
ing them,  the  river  Shoal  or  Shallow  wind  S.  E.  Came  too 
and  Camped  on  a  Sand  bar  on  the  L.  S.  Capt.  Lewis  went 
out  to  kill  a  buffalow.  I  walked  on  Shore  all  this  evening 
with  a  view  to  Kill  a  goat  or  Some  Prarie  Dogs  in  the  even- 
ing after  the  boat  landed,  I  Derected  Mv  Servent  York  with 
me  to  kill  a  Buffalow  near  the  boat  from  a  Numb'  then  Scat- 
tered in  the  Plains.  I  saw  at  one  view  near  the  river  at  least 
500  Buffalow,  those  animals  have  been  in  View  all  dav  feeding 
in  the  Plains  on  the  L.  S.  every^  Copse  of  timber  appear  to 
have  Elk  or  Deer..  D.  Killed  3  Deer,  I  Kiled  a  Buffalow 
Y.   2,  R.   Fields  one. 

Course  Distance  &  Referrence —  lO'^  Sept. 
Nonh  5        M'*  to  a  Sani   Is'?  und'  a   Bluff  to  the  S.  S.      passed 

Is^  on  L.  S. 
M!  to  a  p'  on  the  L.  S.     pass**  the  Is^  on  the  L.  S. 
M'  on  the  L.  S. 

M '  to  Ceder   Island   in  the  Middle  of  the  R.      found 
a  hsh  back  bone  pitrcfied  also  the  h^  just  below  the 
Is'?  on  the  top  of  a  hill  Situated  on  the  L.  S. 
N.  70°  W.   8i     M':^  to  the   Low.'  p'  of  an   Is^  in  a  bend  to  the  L.  S. 
pass  the  hf  of  Ceeder  Island  (2)  and  a  large  Is'?  on 
the  S.  S.  (3)  &  Manv  Sand  bars.     Shallow. 
N.  35.  W.    I        M;  to  the  Lower  p'  of  a  Small  Island  seperated  by  a 
~£^  Narrow  Channel. 

[143] 


N. 

65=  w. 

N. 

80°  w. 

S. 

8o    W. 

LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [Sept.  lo 

loC'  September  Monday  1804. — 

a  cloudy  dark  morning  Set  out  early,  a  gentle  breeze  from 
the  S.  E.  passed  two  Small  Islands  on  the  L.  S.  and  one  on 
the  S.  S.  all  in  the  first  Course  at  loj  Miles  passed  the  lower 
point  of  an  (2)  Island  Covered  with  red  Ceeder  Situated  in  a 
bend  on  the  L.  S.  this  Island  is  about  2  Miles  in  length  (i) 
below  this  on  a  hill  on  the  L.  S.  we  found  the  back  bone  of  a 
fish,  45  feet  long  tapering  to  the  tale,  Some  teeth  &c.  those 
joints  were  Seperated  and  all  Petrefied.  opposit  this  Island 
i\  Miles  from  the  river  on  the  L.  S.  is  a  large  Salt  Spring  of 
remarkable  Salt  Water,  one  other  high  up  the  hill  -|  M'  not 
So  Salt,  we  proceeded  on  under  a  Stiff  Breeze,  three  Miles 
above  Ceder  Island  passed  ?.  large  Island  on  the  S.  S.  no  water 
on  that  Side.  (3)  Several  elk  Swam  to  this  Island  passed 
a  Small  Island  near  the  center  of  the  river,  of  a  Mile  in  length, 
and  Camped  on  one  above  Seperated  from  the  other  by  a  Nar- 
row Chanel,  those  Islands  are  Called  Mud  Islands.  the 
hunters  killed  3  Buffalow  &  one  Elk  to  day.  The  river  is 
falling  a  little.  Great  number  of  Buffalow  &  Elk  on  the  hill 
Side  feeding     deer  scerce 

Course  Distance  &  refFi  11'?'  Sep" 

N.  35°  W.  4^  M'':  to  the  lower  p'  of  an  Island,  passed  the  Is'!  on 
which  we  Camp'? 

N.  70°  W.   2        M'"  to  the  head  of  the  Island  on  its  L.  S. 

N.  45°    W.   3        JVm  to  a  p'  on  the  L.  S.  below  an  Island  ( i) 

N.  50'?  W.  2  M'f  to  the  Upper  p'  of  an  Island  on  the  S.  S. ;  passed 
one  on  the  L.  S.  ops'?  to  which  at  |  of  a  Mile  is  a 
Village  of  the  Barking  Squirel  L.  S. 

West  4I      A-I'*  to  a  p'  on  the  L.  S.      passed  an  Is'?  on  the  S.  S. 

~[^  just  above  the  one  mentioned  in  the  last  Course. 

Sep'.  11":   Tuesday  1804  — 

A  cloudy  morning.  Set  out  verry  early,  the  river  wide  & 
Shallow  the  bottom  narrow,  &  the  river  crouded  with  Sand 
bars,  passed  the  Island  on  which  we  lay  at  one  mile,  Passed 
three  Islands  one  on  the  L.  S.  and  2  on  the  S.  S.  opposit  the 
Island  on  the  L.  S.  I  saw  a  Village  of  Barking  Squirel 
[  144] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 

[prairie-dog  —  Ed.]  970  y''.'  long,  and  800  y"*.' Wide  Situated 
on  ajentle  Slope  of  a  hill,  those  anamals  are  noumerous,  1 
killed  4  with  a  View  to  have  their  Skins  Stufed. 

here  the  Man  who  left  us  with  the  horses  22  {/6)  days  ago 
George  Shannon  He  started  26  Aug'.)  and  has  been  a  head  ever 
since  joined  us  nearly  Starved  to  Death,  he  had  been  12  days 
without  any  thing  to  eate  but  Grapes  &  one  Rabit,  which  he 
Killed  by  shooting  a  piece  of  hard  Stick  in  place  of  a  ball. 
This  Man  Supposeing  the  boat  to  be  a  head  pushed  on  as  long 
as  he  could,  when  he  became  weak  and  feable  deturmined  to 
lay  by  and  waite  for  a  tradeing  boat,  which  is  expected,  Keeping 
one  horse  for  the  last  resorse,  thus  a  man  had  like  to  have 
Starved  to  death  in  a  land  of  Plenty  for  the  want  of  Bullitts  or 
Something  to  kill  his  meat,  we  Camped  on  the  L.  S.  above 
the  mouth  of  a  run  a  hard  rain  all  the  afternoon,  &  most 
of  the  night,  with  hard  wind  from  the  N.  W.  I  walked  on 
Shore  the  forepart  of  this  day  over  Some  broken  Country 
which  Continues  about  3  Miles  back  &  then  is  leavel  &  rich 
all  Plains,  I  saw  Several  foxes  &  Killed  a  Elk  &  2  Deer  & 
Squirels.     the  men  with  me  killed  an  Elk,  2  Deer  &  a  Pelican 

Course  Distance  &  refF'*  Sept'  1 1'*" 

N.  45°  W.  4  Miles  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  L.  S.      Passed  an  Island 
in  the  Center  of  the  river  and  several  Sand  bars  (1)  on 
A         which  we  found  great  dificueltv  in  passing  the  Water 
being  verrv  Shallow 

Sep'.  12'*  H'ednesday  1804  — 

A  Dark  Cloudy  Day  the  wind  hard  from  the  N.  W.  We 
Passed  (i)  a  Island  in  the  middle  of  the  river  at  the  head  of 
which  we  found  great  dificuelty  in  passing  between  the  Sand 
bars  the  Water  Swift  and  Shallow,  it  took  ^  of  the  day  to 
make  one  mile,  we  Camped  on  the  L.  S.  ops^  a  Village  of 
Barking   Prarie  Squirels 

I  walked  out  in  the  morn:g  and  Saw  Several  Villages  of 
those  little  animals,  also  a  great  number  of  Grous  &  3  Foxes, 
and  observed  Slate  &  Coal  Mixed,  Some  verrv  high  hills  on 
each  Side  of  the  river,     rain  a  little  all  day. 

VOL.  ,.-.0  [i_^3] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [Sept.  13 

Course  Distance  and  refFerences  Sep"  13'!" 

N.  45°  E.      I J     M'?  on  the  L.  S.  a  Sand  bar  Makeing  out. 

N.  30°  E.     I        Ml  on  the  L.  Side. 

N.  60°  W.    I        M!  on  the  L.  S.  to  a  Clift. 

N.  64°  W.    2#      M''  on   the  L.  S.  to   the  Commencement  of  a   wood 

passing  under  a   Bluff  of  Slate  &   Coal,  &  a  Sand 

bar  opposit. 
North  1 1      M'f  to  a  p"  of  high  Land  on  the  S.  S.      pass'?  Sand  bars 

on  both  Sides,  Shallow 
N.   10°  W.  4       M'.'  to  the  lower  p!  of  a  timber  passing  under  a  Bluff, 
Y2  a  Sand  &  Willow  Island  on  the  L.  S. 

ly".  Sep':"  Thursday  1S04  — 

A  Dark  drizzley  Day,  G.  D.  Cought  4  Beaver  last  night 
the  wind  from  the  NW.  Cold  Set  out  early  and  proceeded 
on  verry  well,  passed  a  number  of  Sand  bars,  Cap!  Lewis 
Killed  a  Porcupin  on  a  Cotton  tree  feeding  on  the  leaves  & 
bowers  [boughs  —  Ed.]  of  the  said  tree,  the  water  is  verry 
Shallow  (i«  places)  being  Crowded  with  Sand  bars  Camped 
on  the  S.  Side  under  a  Bluff,  the  Bluff  on  the  S.  S.  not  so 
much  impregnated  with  mineral  as  on  the  L.  S.  Muskeetors 
verry  troublesom. 

Course  Distance  and  refurences  Sep!  14 

N.  68°  VV.   2 1     M'i*  to  a  p'  of  high  Land  on  the  L.  S.     pass'?  a  round 

Island  on  the  S.  S. 
S.    70°  W.   2I     M'^  to  a  tree  in  the  p'  on  the  L.  S.     passed  the  Mo. 

of  a  run  on  the  L.  S. 
N.     4°  W.    2i      M'^  to   the  mouth  of  a   Small   Creek  ^  on  the  bend  to 

the  L.  S. 
N.  10°  E.      i\     W't  to  to  the  Mouth  of  a  Creek  on  the  L.  S.      passed 
"^  a  bad  Sand  bar. 

14'/'  Sep'.  Friday  1804.  — 

Set  out  early  proceeded  on  Passed  several  Sand  bars  the 
river  wide  and  Shallow.  3  beaver  caught  last  night,  Drizelev 
rain  in  the  forepart  of  the  day.  Cloudy  and  disagreeable.      I 


1  A  little   above   the  present  site  of  Brule  City,  S.  D.  — CouEs  (/..  and  C,  i, 
p.   1.6). 

[  146  ] 


«8o+]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 


walked  on  Shore  with  a  view  to  find  an  old  Vulcanoe,  Said 
to  be  in  this  neighbourhood  by  M:  J.  McKey  of  S'  Charles. 
I  walked  on  Shore  the  whole  day  without  Seeing  any  appear- 
ance of  the  Vulcanoe,  in  my  walk  I  Killed  a  Buck  Goat 
[antelope— E D.J  of  this  Countrey,  about  the  hight  of  the 
Grown  Deer,  its  body  Shorter  the  Horns  which  is  not  very 
hard  and  forks  ^^  up  one  prong  Short  the  other  round  & 
Sharp  arched,  and  is  imediately  above  its  Eyes  the  Colour  is 
a  light  gray  with  black  behind  its  ears  down  its  neck,  and  its 
face  white  round  its  neck,  its  Sides  and  its  rump  round  its  tail 
which  is  Short  &  white:  Verry  actively  made,  has  only  a 
pair  of  hoofs  to  each  foot,  his  brains  on  the  back  of  his  head, 
his  Norstrals  large,  his  eyes  like  a  Sheep  he  is  more  like  the 
Antilope  or  Gazella  of  Africa  than  any  other  Species  of  Goat. 
Shields  killed  a  Hare  like  the  mountain  hare  of  Europe,  waigh- 
ing  6\  pounds  (altho  pore)  his  head  narrow,  its  ears  large  i,  e. 
6  Inches  long  &  3  Inches  Wide  one  half  of  each  White,  the 
other  &  out  part  a  lead  Grey  from  the  toe  of  the  hind  foot 
to  toe  of  the  for  foot  is  2  feet  11  Inches,  the  hith  is  1  foot  i 
Inch  &  2^,  his  tail  long  thick  &  white.' 

The  rain  Continued  the  Greater  part  of  the  day  in  My 
ramble  I  observed,  that  all  those  parts  of  the  hills  which  was 
clear  of  Grass  easily  disolved  and  washed  into  the  river  and 
bottoms,  and  those  hils  under  which  the  river  runs,  Sliped 
into  It  and  disolves  and  mixes  with  the  water  of  the  river,  the 
bottoms  of  the  river  was  covered  with  the  water  and  mud 
frome  the  hills  about  three  Inches  deep,  those  bottoms  under 
the  hils  which  is  covered  with  Grass,  also  receives  a  great 
quantity  of  mud. 

Passed  2  Small  Creeks  on  the  L.  S.  and  Camped  below  the 
third,  (the  place  that  Shannon  the  man  who  went  a  head  lived 
on  grapes)  Som  heavy  Showers  of  rain  all  wet,  had  the 
Goat  &  rabit  Stufed     rained  all   night. 

1  The  northern  jackass-rabbit  [Leptis  campestris).  —  Ed, 


[  147  ] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Sept.  15 


Course  Distance  &  refFerences  is'!"  Sep! 

N.  50°  E      2       M'^  to  the  p'  Mouth  of  White  River  (i)  L.  S.     passed 

Sand  bars.  Si' 
N.  26°  E       li     M'^  to  a  p'  on  the  L.  S.  a  Bluff  on  the  S.  S. 
N.  10°  W.      y^   M'f  on  the  L.  S.  to  the  Commencement  of  a  Bluff  of 

black  Slate 
N.  30°  W.   2        M'?  to  the  lower    p'  of  an  Island  Situated   near  the  L 

Side  (2) 
North  2        Miles  to  the  Mouth  of  a  Creek  on  the  L.  S.     a  point 

"g  of  high  land  opposit  under  which  we  camped. 


I  5''!  September  Satturday  1S04  — 

Set  out  early  passed  the  mo.  of  the  Creek,  and  the  inouth 
of  White  river,  (i)  Cap.  Lewis  and  my  self  went  up  this 
river  a  Short  distance  and  crossed,  found  that  this  differed 
verry  much  from  the  Plat  or  que  courre,  threw  out  but  little 
Sand,  about  300  yards  wide,  the  water  confin?  within  150 
yards,  the  current  regular  &  Swift  much  resembling  the 
Missourie,  with  Sand  bars  from  the  Points,  a  Sand  Island  in 
the  mouth,  in  the  point  is  a  butifull  Situation  for  a  Town  3 
gradual  assents,  and  a  much  greater  quantity  of  timber  about 
the  mouth  of  this  river  than  useal,  we  concluded  to  send 
Some  distance  up  this  river  detached  Sj'  Gass  &  R.  Fields. 
We  proceeded  on  passed  a  Small  (2)  Island  Covered  with 
Ceeders  on  [it]  I  saw  great  Numbers  of  Rabits  &  Grapes, 
this  Island  is  Small  &  Seperated  from  a  large  Sand  Is^  at  its 
upper  point  by  a  narrow  Channel,  &  is  Situated  Nearest  the 
L.  Side.  Camped  on  the  S.  S.  opposit  the  mouth  of  a  large 
Creek  on  which  there  is  more  timber  than  is  useal  on  Creeks 
of  this  Size,  this  Creek  raised  14  feet  the  last  rains.  I  killed  a 
Buck  Elk  &  Deer,  this  evening  is  verry  Cold,  Great  Many 
W^olves  of  Diffrent  sorts  howling  about  us.  the  wind  is  hard 
from  the  NW.  this  evening. 


[148] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 

lb"  Sep' 
N.  72°  E.    i^   Miles  to  a  p!  on  the  L.  S.  and  came  too  (i) 


16'*  of  September  Sunday  1804  — 

We  Set  out  verry  early  &  proceed'd  on  i^  Miles  between 
Sand  bars  and  Came  too  on  the  L.  S.  (i)  deturmined  to  dry 
our  wet  thi[n]gs  and  liten  the  boat  which  we  found  Could  not 
proceed  with  the  present  load  \as  fast  as  we  desired  owing  to 
Sand  bars~\  for  this  purpose  we  concluded  to  detain  the 
Perogue  we  had  intended  to  send  back  &  load  her  out  of 
the  boat  &  detain  the  Soldiers  untill  Spring  &  Send  them 
from  our  Winter  quarters.  We  put  out  those  articls  which 
was  wet,  Chan'd  the  boat  &  perogues,  examined  all  the 
Lockers   Bails  &c  &c  &c. 

This  Camp  is  Situated  in  a  butifull  Plain  Serounded  with 
Timber  to  the  extent  of  ^  of  a  mile  in  which  there  is  great 
quantities  of  fine  Plumbs  The  two  men  detachf  up  the 
White  river  joined  us  here  &  intormed  that  the  [river]  as  far 
as  they  were  up  had  much  the  appearance  of  the  Missuorie 
Som  Islands  &  Sands  little  Timber,  [£/;«]  (much  Signs  of 
Beaver,  Great  many  buffalow)  &  Continud  its  width,  they 
Saw  as  well  as  my  self  Pine  burs  &  Sticks  of  Birch  in  the 
Drift  wood  up  this  river,  they  Saw  also  Number  of  Goats, 
Such  as  I  Killed,  also  Wolves  near  the  Buffalow.  falling 
[fallow]  Deer,  &  the  Barking  Squrils  Villages.  Cap.  Lewis 
went  to  hunt  &  See  the  Countrey  near  the  Kamp  he  Killed 
a  Butfalow  &  a  Deer 

Cloudy  all  day  I  partly  load  the  emptv  Perogue  out  of  the 
Boat.  I  killed  2  Deer  &  the  party  4  Deer  &  a  Buffalow 
this  we  Kill  for  the  Skins  to  Cover  the  Perogues,  the  meat  too 
pore  to  eat.  Cap.  Lewis  went  on  an  Island  above  our  Camp, 
this  Island  is  ab!  one  mile  long,  with  a  great  perpotion  Ceder 
timber  near  the  middle  of  it. 

I  gave  out  a  flannel  Shirt  to  each  man,  &  powder  to  those 
who  had  expended  thers. 

[149] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Sept.  1 6 

TLewis  : ']  Sunday,  September  i6'*,  1804. 

This  morning  set  out  at  an  early  hour,  and  come  too  at  h 
after  7  A.  M.  on  the  Lard,  shore  i\  miles  above  the  mouth 
of  a  small  creek,  which  we  named  Corvus^  in  consequence  of 
having  kiled  a  beatiful  bird  of  that  genus  near  it.  we  con- 
cluded to  ly  by  at  this  place  the  ballance  of  this  day  and  the 
next,  in  order  to  dry  our  baggage  which  was  wet  by  the  heavy 
showers  of  rain  which  had  fallen  within  the  last  three  days, 
and  also  to  lighten  the  boat  by  transfering  a  part  of  her  lading 
to  the  red  perogue,  which  we  now  determined  to  take  on  with 
us  to  our  winter  residence  wherever  that  might  be ;  while 
some  of  the  men  were  imployed  in  the  necessary  labour  others 
were  dressing  of  skins  washing  and  mending  their  cloaths  &c. 
Capt.  Clark  and  myself  kiled  each  a  buck  immediately  on 
landing  near  our  encampment ;  the  deer  were  very  gentle  and 
in  great  numbers  in  this  bottom  which  had  more  timber  on  it 
than  any  part  of  the  river  we  had  seen  for  many  days  past, 
consisting  of  Cottonwood  Elm,  some  indifferent  Ash  and  a 
considerable  quan[ti]ty  of  a  small  species  of  white  oak  which 
[was]^  loaded  with  acorns  of  an  excellent  flavor  [having]^  very 
little  of  the  bitter  roughness  of  the  nuts  of  most  species  of 
oak,  the  leaf  of  this  oak  is  small  pale  green  and  deeply 
indented,  (not  copied  for  Dr.  Barton)  it  seldom  rises  higher 
than  thirty  feet  is  much  branched,  the  bark  is  rough  and  thick 
and  of  a  light  colour  ;  the  cup  which  contains  the  acorn  is 
fringed  on  it's  edges  and  imbraces  the  nut  about  one  half; 
the  acorns  were  now  falling,  and  we  concluded  that  the  number 
of  deer  which  we  saw  here  had  been  induced  thither  by  the 
acorns  of  which  they  are  remarkably  fond,  almost  every 
species  of  wild  game  is  fond  of  the  acorn,  the  BufFaloe  Elk, 
Deer,  bear,  turkies,  ducks,  pigians  and  even  the  wolves  feed 
on  them  ;  we  sent  three  hunters  out  who  soon  added  eight 
deer  and  two  Bufi^alo  to  our  strock  of  provisions  ;  the  Buffaloe 

>  This  entry,  and  another  which  is  here  inserted  after  Clark's  for  next  day 
(Sept.   17),  may  be  found  in  a  fragment  designated  as  Codex  Ba.  — Ed. 

^  This  name  became  Crow  Creek  on  the  maps.  — Ed. 

'  These  two  words  in  brackets  are  conjectural  readings,  the  MS.  being  torn  where 
they  occur.  —  Ed. 

[ISO] 


.  '■/„:■■/»,//..„„'//„„„> 


'^i^^r 


i8o4]  VERMILION   TO   TETON 

were  so  pour  that  we  took  only  the  tongues  skins  and  marrow 
bones  ;  the  skins  were  particularly  acceptable  as  we  were  in 
want  of  a  covering  tor  the  large  perogue  to  secure  the  baggage  ; 
the  clouds  during  this  day  and  night  prevented  my  making 
any  observations.  Sergl  Gass  and  Reubin  Fields  whom  we 
had  sent  out  yesterday  to  explore  the  White  river  returnd  at 
four  oclock  this  day  and  reported  that  they  had  followed  the 
meanders  of  that  stream  about  12  miles  it's  general  course 
[is]  West,  the  present  or  principal  channel  150  yards  wide; 
the  coulour  of  the  water  and  rapidity  and  manner  of  runing 
resembled  the  Missouri  precisely;  the  country  broken  on  the 
border  of  the  river  about  a  mile,  when  the  level  planes  com- 
mence and  extend  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach  on  either  side; 
as  usual  no  timber  appeared  except  such  as  from  the  steep 
declivities  of  hills,  or  their  moist  situations,  were  sheltered 
from  the  effects  of  the  fire,  these  extensive  planes  had  been 
lately  birnt  and  the  grass  had  sprung  up  and  was  about  three 
inches  high,  vast  herds  of  Buffaloe  deer  Elk  and  Antilopes 
were  seen  feeding  in  every  direction  as  far  as  the  eye  of  the 
observer  could  reach. 


White  River  I  7""  Sep!      Plomb    Camp. 

Course  Distance  &  refFerrence 

[Not  given.  —  Ed.] 

17'*  of  September  Monday  1S04  — 

Dried  all  our  wet  articles,  this  fine  Day,  Cap!  Lewis  went 
out  with  a  View  to  See  the  Countrey  and  its  productions,  he 
was  out  all  day  he  killed  a  Buffalow  and  a  remarkable  Bird 
(Magpy)  of  the  Corvus  Species  long  tail  the  upper  part  of  the 
feathers  &  also  the  wings  is  of  a  purplish  variated  Green,  the 
back  &  a  part  of.  the  wing  feathers  are  white  edged  with  black, 
white  bellv,  while  from  the  root  of  the  wings  to  Center  of  the 
back  is  White,  the  head  nake  [neck  —  Ed.]  breast  &  other 
parts  are  black  the  Beeke  like  a  Crow,  ab!  the  Size  of  a  large 
Pigion.  a  butifull  thing. 

[151] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Sept.  17 

I  took,  equal  altitudes  and  a  meridian  altitude.  Cap!  Lewis 
returned  at  Dark,  Colter  Killed  a  Goat  like  the  one  I  killed 
and  a  curious  kind  of  Deer  [Mule  Deer)  of  a  Dark  gray  Col' 
more  so  than  common,  hair  long  &  fine,  the  ears  large  &  long, 
a  Small  reseptical  under  the  eyes;  like  an  Elk,  the  Taile  about 
the  length  of  Common  Deer,  round  (like  a  Cow)  a  tuft  of 
black  hair  about  the  end,  this  Spec[i]es  of  Deer  jumps  like  a 
goat  or  Sheep 

8  fallow  Deer  5  Common  &  3  Buffalow  killed  to  day. 
Cap!  Lewis  saw  a  hare  &  killed  a  Rattle  snake  in  a  village  of 
B.[arking  —  Ed.]  Squarels  the  wind  from  S.  W.  Dryed 
our  provisions,  Some  of  which  was  much   Damaged. 


[[Lewis:]  Monday  September  ijth.   1804. 

Having  for  many  days  past  confined  myself  to  the  boat,  I 
determined  to  devote  this  day  to  amuse  myself  on  shore  with 
my  gun  and  view  the  interior  of  the  country  lying  between  the 
river  and  the  Corvus  Creek,  accordingly  before  sunrise  I  set 
out  with  six  of  my  best  hunters,  two  of  whom  I  dispatched  to 
the  lower  side  of  Corvus  creek,  two  with  orders  to  hunt  the 
bottums  and  woodland  on  the  river,  while  I  retained  two 
others  to  acompany  me  in  the  intermediate  country,  one 
quarter  of  a  mile  in  rear  of  our  camp  which  was  situated  in  a 
fine  open  grove  of  cotton  wood  passed  a  grove  of  plumb  trees 
loaded  with  fruit  and  now  ripe,  observed  but  little  difference 
betwen  this  fruit  and  that  of  a  similar  kind  common  to  the 
Atlantic  States,  the  trees  are  smaller  and  more  thickly  set. 
this  forrest  of  plumb  trees  garnish  a  plain  about  20  feet  more 
elivated  than  that  on  which  we  were  encamped ;  this  plain 
extends  back  about  a  mile  to  the  foot  of  the  hills  one  mile 
distant  and  to  which  it  is  gradually  ascending  this  plane 
extends  with  the  same  bredth  from  the  creek  below  to  the 
distance  of  near  three  miles  above  parrallel  with  the  river, 
and  it  is  intirely  occupyed  by  the  burrows  of  the  barking 
squiril  hertefore  described  ;  this  anamal  appears  here  in  infinite 
numbers  and  the  shortness  and  virdu[r]e  of  grass  gave  the 
[152] 


i8o4]  VERMILION   TO   TETON 

plain  the  appearance  throughout  it's  whole  extent  of  beatifull 
bowling-green  in  fine  order,  it's  aspect  is  S.  E.  a  great 
number  of  wolves  of  the  small  kind,  halks  [hawks  —  Eu.]  and 
some  pole-cats  were  to  be  seen.  I  presume  that  those  anamals 
feed  on  this  squirril.  found  the  country  in  every  direction  for 
about  three  miles  intersected  with  deep  revenes  and  steep 
irregular  hills  of  lOO  to  200  feet  high;  at  the  tops  of  these 
hills  the  country  breakes  of[f]  as  usual  into  a  fine  ieavel  plain 
extending  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  from  this  plane  I  had 
an  extensive  view  of  the  river  below,  and  the  irregular  hills 
which  border  the  opposite  sides  of  the  river  and  creek,  the 
surrounding  country  had  been  birnt  about  a  month  before  and 
young  grass  had  now  sprung  up  to  hight  of  4  Inches  present- 
ing the  live  green  of  the  spring  to  the  West  a  high  range  of 
hills,  strech  across  the  country  from  N.  to  S.  and  appeared 
distant  about  20  miles  ;  they  are  not  very  extensive  as  I  could 
plainly  observe  their  rise  and  termination  no  rock  appeared 
on  them  and  the  sides  were  covered  with  virdu[r]e  similar  to 
that  of  the  plains  this  senery  already  rich  pleasing  and  beati- 
ful  was  still  farther  hightened  by  immence  herds  of  Buffaloe, 
deer  Elk  and  Antelopes  which  we  saw  in  every  direction  feed- 
ing on  the  hills  and  plains.  I  do  not  think  I  exagerate  when 
I  estimate  the  number  of  Bufi^aloe  which  could  be  com- 
pre[hend]ed  at  one  view  to  amount  to  3000.  my  object  was 
if  possible  to  kill  a  female  Antelope  having  already  procured  a 
male  ;  I  pursued  my  rout  on  this  plain  to  the  west  flanked  by 
my  two  hunters  untill  eight  in  the  morning  when  I  made  the 
signal  for  them  to  come  to  me  which  they  did  shortly  after, 
we  rested  our  selves  about  half  an  hour,  and  regailed  ourselves 
on  half  a  bisquit  each  and  some  jirks  of  Elk  which  we  had 
taken  the  precaution  to  put  in  our  pouches  in  the  morning 
before  we  set  out,  and  drank  of  the  water  of  a  small  pool 
which  had  collected  on  this  plain  from  the  rains  which  had 
fallen  some  days,  before,  we  had  now  after  various  windings 
in  pursuit  of  several  herds  of  antelopes  which  we  had  seen  on 
our  way  made  the  distance  of  about  eight  miles  from  our  camp, 
we  found  the  Antelope  extreemly  shye  and  watchfull  insomuch 
that  we  had  been  unable  to  get  a  shot  at  them  ;  when  at  rest 

[153I 


LEWIS   AND   CLARK   JOURNALS      [Sept.  17 

they  generally  seelect  the  most  elivated  point  in  the  neighbour- 
hood, and  as  thev  are  watchfull  and  extreemly  quick  of  sight 
and  their  sense  of  smelling  very  accute  it  is  almost  impossible 
to  approach  them  within  gunshot ;  in  short  they  will  fre- 
quently discover  and  flee  from  you  at  the  distance  of  three 
miles.  I  had  this  day  an  opportunity  of  witnessing  the  agility 
and  the  superior  fleetness  of  this  anamal  which  was  to  me 
really  astonishing.  I  had  pursued  and  twice  surprised  a  small 
herd  of  seven,  in  the  first  instance  they  did  not  discover  me 
distinctly  and  therefore  did  not  run  at  full  speed,  tho'  they 
took  care  before  they  rested  to  gain  an  elivated  point  where  it 
was  impossible  to  approach  them  under  cover,  except  in  one 
direction  and  that  happened  to  be  in  the  direction  from  which 
the  wind  blew  towards  them  ;  bad  as  the  chance  to  approch 
them  was,  I  made  the  best  of  my  way  towards  them,  fre- 
qeuntly  peeping  over  the  ridge  with  which  I  took  care  to 
conceal  myself  from  their  view  the  male,  of  which  there  was 
but  one,  frequently  incircled  the  summit  of  the  hill  on  which 
the  females  stood  in  a  group,  as  if  to  look  out  for  the  approach 
of  danger.  I  got  within  about  200  paces  of  them  when  they 
smelt  me  and  fled  ;  I  gained  the  top  of  the  eminence  on  which 
they  stood,  as  soon  as  possible  from  whence  I  had  an  exten- 
sive view  of  the  country  the  antilopes  which  had  disappeared 
in  a  steep  reveene  now  appeared  at  the  distance  of  about  three 
miles  on  the  side  ot  a  ridge  which  passed  obliquely  across  me 
and  extended  about  four  miles,  so  soon  had  these  antelopes 
gained  the  distance  at  which  they  had  again  appeared  to  my 
view  I  doubted  at  ferst  that  they  were  the  same  that  I  had  just 
surprised,  but  my  doubts  soon  vanished  when  I  beheld  the 
rapidity  of  their  flight  along  the  ridge  before  me  it.  appeared 
reather  the  rappid  flight  of  birds  than  the  motion  of  quad- 
rupeds. I  think  I  can  safely  venture  the  asscertion  that  the 
speed  of  this  anamal  is  equal  if  not  superior  to  that  of  the 
finest  blooded  courser,     this  morning  I   saw' 


1  The  sentence  remains  unfinished.      At  the  bottom  of  the  page  is  a  memoran- 
dum ;   "  This  a  part  of  N".  i."  —  Ed. 


[154] 


N. 

45.  E.     I 

N. 

25°  E.     2 

N. 

H-  E.     11^ 

N. 

10.  w.  ly. 

N. 

22.  W.   I 

180+]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 


Course  Distance  &  refferences  iS'.""  Sep'/ 

M.  to  the  lower  p'  of  an  Island  ( 1 ) 

Miles  to  a  p!  on  the  L.  S.     passed  the  IsH  at  one  mile 

and   some  Sand  bars  making  from  it,     a  Creek  on 

the  S.  S.  ops')  the  upper  point, 
i^    M'*  to  a  p'  of  Willows  on  the  L.  Side. 
M''  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  L.  S. 
Mile  to  a  p]  on  the  L.  S.  and  the  upper  part  of  the 

timber. 


September  18"?  Tuesday  1804  — 

Wind  from  the  N  W.  we  Set  out  early  the  boat  much 
lightened,  the  wind  a  head  proceed  on  verry  Slowly  (i) 
Passed  an  Island  about  the  middle  of  the  river  at  i  Mile  this 
Island  is  about  a  Mile  long,  and  has  a  great  perpotion  of  red 
Ceder  on  it,'  a  Small  Creek  comes  in  on  the  S.  S.  opposit  the 
head  of  the  Island,  proceeded  on  passed  many  Sand  bars  and 
Camped  on  the  L.  S.  before  night  the  wind  being  verry  hard 
&  a  head  all  Day.  the  hunters  Killed  10  Deer  to  day  and  a 
Prarie  wolf,  had  it  all  jurked  &  Skins  Stretch'!  after  Camping. 

I  walked  on  Shore  Saw  Goats,  Elk,  Buffalow,  Black  tail 
Deer,  &  the  Common  Deer,  I  Killed  a  Prarie  Wollf,  about 
the  Size  of  a  gray  tox  bushey  tail  head  &  ears  like  a  Wolf, 
Some  tur     Burrows  in  the  ground  and  barks  like  a  Small  Dog. 

What  has  been  taken  heretofore  for  the  Fox  was  those 
Wolves,  and  no  Foxes  has  been  Seen ;  The  large  Wolves 
are  verry  numourous,  they  are  of  a  light  col'  large  &  has  long 
hair  with  Coarse  fur." 

Some  Goats  of  a  Different  Kind  wer  Seen  vesterdav  great 
many  Porcupin  rabits  &  Barking  Squirils  in  this  quarter. 
Plumbs  &  grapes. 


'  On  this  island  was  the  old  site  of  Fort  Recovery  ;  on  the  west  bank  of  the  river 
was  Fort  Cedar  (aux  Cedres),  a  post  of  the  Missouri  Fur  Company.  — CouES  (i. 
anJ  C,  i,  p.  122). 

-  The  prairie  wolf,  or  coyote  {Cants  tatrans),  and  the  great  gray  Western  wolf 
(C  lupus  occidentalis)  ;  the  latter  was  wont  to  prowl  about  buffalo  herds.  —  Ed. 

[  155  ] 


N.  43- 

W. 

2 

N.  54- 

W. 

3 

N.  70? 

w. 

s 

West 

- 

VA 

N   50? 

w. 

i% 

LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS      [Sept.  19 

Course  Distance  &  refFerences  Sep'  ig'!" 
N.  50°  W.   3        Miles  to  a  p'  of  wood  on  the  S.  S.     opposit  is  a  BlufF 

on  L.  S. ( i) 
North  4        Miles  to  the  Lower   p'  of  prospect  Island  ops'*  the  3 

rivers  on  the  S.  S.  (2) 
N.  30°  W.    2y.    Miles   to   the    Upper   p'   of   the    Island       ps''    the    3 
rivers.  (2) 
Miles  on  the  L.  S.     pass'!   a  Creek  (3) 
M'f  to  a  p'  on  the  S.  S. 

M's  to  a  BlufF  on  the  L.  S.     passed  a  Creek  (4) 
M'?  to  a  timber  on  the  L.  S.      passed  a  Creek  (5) 
M''  to  the  Upper  p!  of  an  Island  at  the  Commencem"  of 
25  1/         the  Big  bend.  (6) 

19'-;'  of  September  IVednesday  1S04  — 

Set  out  early,  a  cool  morning  verry  clear  the  wind  from  the 
S.  E.  a  Bluff  on  the  L.  S.  here  commences  a  Butifull  Coun- 
trev  on  both  Sides  of  the  Missourie.  (2)  passed  a  large  Island 
called  Prospect  Island  opposit  this  Is^  the  3  rivers  Corns  in, 
passing  thro  a  butifull  Plain,  here  I  walked  on  Shore  & 
Killed  a  fat  Cow  &  Sent  her  to  the  boat  and  proceeded  on  to 
the  first  of  the  3  rivers,  this  river  is  about  35  yards  wide  con- 
tains a  good  deel  of  water,  I  walked  up  this  river  2  miles  & 
cross,  the  bottom  is  high  and  rich  Some  timber,  I  crossed  & 
returned  to  the  mouth,  &  proceeded  up  one  mile  to  the  2?  river 
which  is  Small  12  yards  wide,  and  on  it  but  little  timber,  on 
this  Creek  the  Sioux  has  frequently  Camped,  as  appears  by 
the  Signs,  the  lands  between  those  two  Creeks  is  a  purpen- 
dicular  bluff  of  about  80  feet  with  a  butifull  Plain  &  gentle 
assent  back,  a  Short  distance  above  the  2".''  a  3'.''  Creek  Comes 
into  the  river  in  3  places  scattering  its  waters  over  the  large 
timbered  bottom,  this  Creek  is  near  the  Size  of  the  Middle 
Creek  Containing  a  greater  quantity  of  water,  those  rivers  is 
the  place  that  all  nations  who  meet  are  at  peace  with  each  other, 
called  the  Seoux  pass  of  the  3  rivers.' 

1  Thus  named,  "as  the  Sioux  generally  cross  the  Missouri  at  this  place.  These 
streams  have  the  same  right  of  asylum,  though  in  a  less  degree  than  Pipestone  Creek 
already  mentioned." — BiDDLE  (i,  p.   76). 

The  present  names  of  these  streams  are   (in  ascending  order)   Crow,  Wolf,  and 

[156] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO    TETON 

The  boat  proceeded  on  pass"!  the  Island  (3)  passed  a  Creek 
15  yds.  Wide  on  the  L.  Side  (4)  passed  a  Creek  on  the  L. 
S.  20  yards  wide  which  1  call  Elm  Creek  passing  thro'  a  high 
Plain  (5)  passed  a  Creek  on  the  L.  S.  18  y"  above  which  the 
boat  Came  too,  I  joined  them  late  at  night,  and  Call  this 
Creek  Night  Creek  the  wind  favourable  all  Day,  I  killed 
a  fat  buck  Elk  late  and  could  only  get  his  Skin  and  a  Small 
part  of  his  flesh  to  Camp.  My  Servent  Killed  a  Buck,  the 
Crew  in  the  boat  Killed  2  bufFalow  in  the  river.  The  Hunters 
on  Shore  Killed  4  Deer  with  black  tails  one  of  which  was  a 
Buck  with  two  main  Prongs  on  each  Side  forked  equally, 
which  I  never  before  Seen.  I  saw  Several  large  gangs  of 
Buffalow  2  large  Herds  of  Elk  &  goats  &c.  (6)  pass  a  Small 
Island  on  the  S.  S.  opposit  to  this  Island  on  the  L.  S.  a 
Creek  of  about  10  yards  wide  Coms  in  passing  thro  a  plain  in 
which  great  quantites  of  the  Prickley  Pear  grows,  I  call  this 
Creek  Prickley  Pear  Creek,  this  \sY.  is  called  the  lower  Island 
it  is  Situated  at  the  Commencement  of  what  is  Called  & 
Known  by  the  Grand  de  Tortu  [Detour^  or  Big  Bend  of  the 
Missourie. 

Course  Distance  and  refFerences  —  20'!'  Sept.  (Big  Bend) 

From  the  lower  Islands  upper  p! 

North  4        M''  to  a  p!  on  the  L.  S.     Passed  one  on  the  S.  S.  above 

the  Island  about  one  &  ^  M'? 
N.  10°  W.    i.i      M''  on  the  L.  Side 
N.  22°  W.   3        M'f  on  the  L.  Side  p-!  a  s'!  bj 
N.  60?  VV    2        Ml^  on  the  L.  Side. 
West  3        Ml^  on  the  L.  S. 

S.    73°  VV.   y/^    W^  on  the  L.  Side 
South  4        Ml^  on  the  L.  S.  passed  a  Small  Island  on  the  L.  S.     a 

Small  run  ops'!  S.  S.  (i) 
S.    74°  E.     31^    M'?  to  a  p!  of  wood  on  the  L.  S.     Camped  (2) 
S.    56°  E.     31^    M'?  to  a  p'  on  the  S.  S.  ops''  a  high  hill  (3) 
S.    28°  E.     2        M''  to  a  Ceder  Valey  in  a  bend  on   the  L.  S.      at  this 
^^  place  the  gorge  is  2000  y''? 


Campbell  creeks.      The  first  named  is  the  location  of  Crow  Creek  Indian  Agency  and 
Fort  Thompson.  —  Ed. 

[157] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Sept.  20 


2o'{'  of  September,  Thursday  1S04  — 

a  fair  morning  wind  from  the  S.  E.  detached  i  men  to  the 
I'.'  Creek  above  the  big  bend  with  the  horse  to  hunt  and  wait 
our  arrival  proceeded  on  passed  the  lower  Island  opposit 
which  the  Sand  bars  are  very  thick  &  the  water  Shoal.  I 
walked  on  Shore  with  a  view  of  examening  this  bend  crossed 
at  the  Narost  part  which  is  a  high  irregular  hills  of  about  i8o 
or  190  feet,  this  place  the  gouge  of  the  bend  is  i  Mile  &  a 
quarter  (from  river  to  river  or  across,)  from  this  high  land 
which  is  only  in  the  Gouge,  the  bend  is  a  Butifull  Plain  thro 
which  I  walked,  Saw  numbers  of  Buffalow  &  Goats,  I  saw 
a  Hare  &  believe  he  run  into  a  hole  in  the  Side  of  a  hill,  he 
run  up  this  hill  which  is  Small  &  has  several  holes  on  the  Side 
&  I  could  not  see  him  after,  I  joined  the  boat  in  the  evening, 
passed  a  Small  Island  on  the  L.  S.  in  the  N.  W.  extremity  of 
the  bend  Called  Solitary  Island,  and  Camped  late  on  a  Sand 
Bar  near  the  S.  S.  R.  Fields  Killed  i  Deer  &  2  Goats  one 
of  them  a  female  She  Differs  from  the  Mail  as  to  Size  being 
Smaller,  with  Small  Horns,  Streght  with  a  Small  Prong  with- 
out any  black  about  the  Neck.  None  of  those  Goats  has  any 
Beard,  they  are  all  Keenly  made  [delicately  formed.  —  Biddle], 
and  is  butitull. 

Course  Distance  and  reff'!  —  21'.'  Sep' 

S.    70°  W.  4^      Miles  to  the  Upper  part  of  a  Ceder  bottom  on  the  L.  S. 

passed  Several  Sand  bars  on  both  Sides. 
N.  50°  W.   2i     Miles  to  a  tree  on  the  S.  S.  passing  over  a  Willow 

Island  &  a  Creek  on  the  L.  S.  (i) 
West  4A      Miles  to  a  point  of  Timber  on  the  L.  S.      Passed  Sand 

bars  the  river  here  is  verry  Shoal  and  about  a  Mile 

Wide.      (2)      Passed  large  hard  Stone  on  the  Shore 
J  ji  on  each  Side,     a  Mock  Island  on  the  S.  S. 

2 1 '.'  of  September  Friday  1804  — 

at  half  past  one  o'clock  this  morning  the  Sand  bar  on  which 

we  Camped  began  to  under  mind  and  give  way  which  allarmed 

the  Serjeant  on  Guard,     the  motion  of  the  boat  awakened  me  ; 

I  got  up  &  by  the  light  of  the  moon  observed  that  the  Sand 

[158] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO   TETON 

had  given  away  both  above  and  below  our  Camp  &  was  falling 
in  fast.  I  ordered  all  hands  on  as  quick  as  possible  &  pushed 
off,  we  had  pushed  off  but  a  few  minits  before  the  bank  under 
which  the  Boat  6c  perogus  lay  give  way,  which  would  Certainly 
have  Sunk  both  Perogues,  by  the  time  we  made  the  ops''.  Shore 
our  Camp  fell  in,  we  made  a  2!  Camp  for  the  remainder  of  the 
night,  ik  at  Daylight  proceeded  on  to  the  Gouge  of  this  Great 
bend  and  Brackfast,  we  Sent  a  man  to  Measure  (step  off)  the 
Distance  across  the  gouge,  he  made  it  2,000  yd',  The  distance 
arround  is  30  M'.'  The  hills  extend  thro:  the  Gouge  and  is  about 
200  foot  above  the  water,  in  the  bend  as  also  the  opposit  Sides 
both  above  and  below  the  bend  is  a  butifull  inclined  Plain,  in 
which  there  is  great  numbers  of  Buffalow,  Elk  &  Goats  in 
view  feeding  &  scipping  on  those  Plains  Grouse,  Larks  8c 
the  Prarie  bird  is  Common  in  those  Plains. 

We  proceeded  on  passed  a  (i)  Willow  Island  below  the 
mouth  of  a  Small  river  called  Tylors  R  about  35  Y**.'  wide 
which  Corns  in  on  the  L.  S.  6  Miles  above  the  Gouge  of  the 
bend,  at  the  Mouth  ot  this  river  the  two  hunters  a  head  left 
a  Deer  &  its  Skin  also  the  Skin  of  a  White  wolf  We  observe 
an  emence  number  of  Plover  of  Different  kind  collecting  and 
takeing  their  flight  Southerly,  also  Brants,  which  appear  to 
move  in  the  Same  Direction.  The  Cat  fish  is  Small  and  not 
so  plenty  as  below. 

(2)  The  Shore  on  each  Side  is  lined  with  hard  rough  GuUev 
Stone  of  different  Sises,  which  has  roled  from  the  hills  6c  out 
ot  Small  brooks,  Ceder  is  Common  here.  This  day  is  warm, 
the  wind  which  is  not  hard  blows  from  the  S.  E.,  we  Camped 
at  the  lower  point  of  the  Mock  Island  on  the  S.  S.  this  now 
Connected  with  the  main  land,  it  has  the  appearance  of  once 
being  an  Island  detached  from  the  main  land  Covered  with  tall 
Cotton  Wood.  We  Saw  Some  Camps  and  tracks  of  the  Seaux 
which  appears  to  be  old,  three  or  four  weeks  ago,  one  french- 
man I  fear  has  got  an  abscess  on  his  they  [thigh  —  Ed.],  he 
Complains  verrv  much  we  are  makeing  every  exertion  to 
reliev  him 

The  Praries  in  this  quarter  Contains  great  q?  of  Prickley 
Pear. 

[  159  ] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK    JOURNALS      [Sept.  22 

Course  Distance  &  refFerences  —  22"'' 

S.    72°  W.   5        Miles  to  a  point  on  the  S.  S.     Passing  under  a  high 

bluff  on  the  L.  Side  (i) 
West  I        Mile  on  the  S.  S.  a  bottom  commencing  on  the  L.  S. 

at  the  end  of  this  Course 
N.  38°  W.  41/   Miles  to  a  p'  of  timber  on  the  S.  S.  opposit  the  Lower 

p"  of  Ceder  Island     passed  two  Islands  on  the  L.  S. 

one  y^  a  Mile  &  the  other  3  Miles  long  called  the 

3  Sisters     ops')  a  large  Creek  coms  in     (2) 
N.  30°  W.   3        Miles  to  a  p'  on  S.  S.      passed   Ceeder  Island  Situated 

nearest  the  S.  S.     a  trading  house     (3) 
N.  22°  E.     lYi    Miles  to  a  timber  opposit  the  Lower  (L.  S.)  p'.  of  a 
^^  Small  Island  called  Goat  Island.      (4) 


■2.1'"!  of  September  Satturday  1804  — 

a  thick  fog  this  morning  detained  us  untill  7  oClock  passed 
a  butifuil  inclined  Prarie  on  both  Sides  in  which  we  See  great 
numbers  of  Buffalow  feeding,  (i)  took  the  Meridean  altitude 
of  the  Suns  Upper  Limb  92°.  50'  00".  [with]  the  Sextent  the 
Lat?  produced  from  this  Obsevation  is  44"  11'  1,1,"  ^  ,0  North. 

(2)  passed  a  Small  Island  on  the  L.  S.  imediately  above 
passed  a  Island  Situated  nearest  the  L.  S.  ab!  3  Miles  long, 
behind  this  Is'^  on  the  L.  S.  a  Creek  Comes  in  about  15  yards 
wide,  this  Creek  and  Island  are  Called  the  3  Sisters,  a  buti- 
fuil Plain  on  both  Sides  of  the  river. 

(3)  passed  a  Island  Situated  nearest  the  S.  S.  imediately 
above  the  last  Called  Ceder  Island  this  Island  is  about  \\ 
miles  long  &  nearly  as  wide  Covered  with  Ceder,  on  the 
South  Side  of  this  Island  Mr.  Louiselle  a  trader  from  S!  Louis 
built  a  fort  of  Ceder'  &  a  good  house  to  trade  with  the  Seaux 
&  Wintered  last  winter;  about  this  fort  I  observed  a  number 
of  Indian  Camps  in  a  Conceal  form,  they  fed  their  horses  on 
Cotton  limbs  as  appears,      here  our  hunters  us  joined  haveing 


1  Gass  (p.  58)  thus  describes  this  post  :  "The  space  picketed  in  is  about  65  or 
70  feet  square,  with  sentry-boxes  in  two  of  the  angles.  The  pickets  are  13^  feet 
above  ground.  In  this  square  he  built  a  house  45)^  by  32^^  feet,  and  divided  it  into 
four  equal  parts,  one  for  goods,  one  to  trade  in,  one  to  be  used  as  a  common  hall,  and 
the  other  for  a  family-house."  —  Ed. 

[   160] 


i8o4]  VERMILION    TO   TETON 

killed  2  Deer  &  a  Beaver,  they  Complain  much  of  the  Min- 
eral Substances  in  the  barren  hills  over  which  they  passed 
Distroying  their  mockessons. 

(4)  we  proceeded  on  and  Camp^  late  on  the  S.  Side  below  a 
Small  Island  in  the  bend  S.  S.  Called  Goat  Island,  The  large 
Stones  which  lay  on  the  Sides  of  the  banks  in  Several  places 
lay  some  distance  in  the  river,  under  the  water  and  is  dan- 
gerous. &c. 

I  walked  out  this  evening  and  killed  a  fine  Deer  the  Mus- 
quiters  is  verry  troublesom  in  the  bottoms. 

Course  Distance  &  refFcrencies.  —  23'?  Sep" 

N.  46°  W.   3J      Miles  to  the   Mouth  of  a  Creek  in  the  bend  to  the 

S.  S.      passed  an  Is!'!  on  the  S.  S.  (i)  &  Sands. 
S.    46°  VV.    I  3/^   Miles  to  a  Coaps  of  Wood  at  a  Spring  in  a  bend  to 

the  L.  S. 
Miles  to  the  lower  p!  of  a  large  Island     (2)  passed  2 

Willow  Islands  &  Several  Bars. 
Miles  to  a  pi  on   the    L.  S.       pass    upper   p.  of  Elk 

Island  at  2.V  Miles.     Several  Sands 
Miles  to  a  p;  on  the  S.  S.  below  a  Creek  on  the  L.  S. 

passed  a  Creek  on  the  S.  S.  (3) 

23'^.'  of  September  Sunday  1804  — 

Set  out  under  a  gentle  breeze  from  the  S.  E.  (i)  passed  a 
Small  Island  Situated  in  a  bend  to  the  L.  S.  Called  Goat 
Island,  a  Short  distance  above  the  upper  point  a  Creek  of  12 
yards  wide  Corns  in  on  the  S.  S.  we  observed  a  great  Smoke 
to  the  S.  W.  I  walked  on  Shore  &  observed  Buffalow  in  great 
Herds  at  a  distance 

(2)  passed  two  Small  Willow  Islands  with  large  Sand  bars 
makeing  out  from  them,  passed  (2)  Elk  Island  about  2s 
Miles  long  &  5-:^  Mile  Wide  Situated  near  the  L.  S.  Covered 
with  Cotton  Wood  the  read  Currents  Called  by  the  french 
Gres  de  BeufF.'  &  grapes  &c.  &c. 

'    [Memoranda  by  Clark  on  the  inside  of  front  cover  and  fly-leaf  of  Codex  C  :] 
The   Mandans   call  a  red  berry  common   to  the  upper  part  of  the   Missouri  assay. 
The  red  Berry  is  called  by  the  Rees  Nar-nis     the  engages  call  the  same  Berry  Grease 
tie  Buff — grows  in  great  abundance  &  makes  a  Delightfull  Tart. 
VOL.  I.- I  I  [    ,61    ] 


N. 

80? 

W. 

4; 

N. 
W 

85- 
est 

W. 

5 

5 

20 

LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Sept.  24 

the  river  is  nearly  Streight  for  a  great  distance  wide  and 
Shoal  (4)  passed  a  Creek  on  the  S.  S.  16  yards  wide  we  Call 
Reuben  Creek,'  as  R.  Fields  found  it.  Camped  on  the  S.  S. 
below  the  mouth  of  a  Creek  on  the  L.  S.  three  Souex  boys 
Came  to  us  Swam  the  river  and  inform''  that  the  Band  of 
Seauex  called  the  Tetongues  {Tetons)  of  80  Lodges  were  Camped 
at  the  next  Creek  above,  &  60  Lodges  more  a  Short  distance 
above,  we  gave  those  boys  two  Carrots  of  Tobacco  to  Carry 
to  their  Chiefs,  with  directions  to  tell  them  that  we  would  Speek 
to  them  tomorrow 

Cap!  Lewis  walked  on  Shore  this  evening,  R.  F.  Killed  a 
Doe  Goat, 

Course  Distance  &  refturence  —  24";  Septf 

N.  80    W.   3        Miles  a  p!  on  the  S.  S. 

West  2i       Miles   to  the   S.    S.  right   of   a    IsH   Situated    on    the 

L.S.  (1) 

West  4        Miles  to  a  Point   on   the  S.  S.      passed  the  Island  on 

the  L.  S. 

S.  85°  W.  4  Miles  to  the  Mouth  of  a  River  Called  by  Evens  2  Lit- 
tle Missourie  I  call  it  the  Teton  river  as  the 
To  Teton  Bands  of  the  Soux  reside  on  it  (2) 

24':'  September  Monday  1S04  — 

Set  out  early  a  fair  day  the  wind  from  the  E.  pass  the 
mouth  of  Creek  on  the  L.  S.  Called  Creek  on  high  Water, 
{High  Water)  passed  (i)  a  large  Island  on  the  L.  S.  about  2 
Miles  &  ]4  long  on  which  Colter  had  Camped  &  Killed  4 
Elk,  the  wind  fair  from  the  S.  E.  we  prepared  Some  Clothes 
and  a  fiew  Meadels  for  the  Chiefs  of  the  Teton's  bands  of 
Seoux  which  we  expect  to  See  to  day  at  the  next  river,  ob- 
serve a  great  Deel  of  Stone  on  the  Sides  of  the  hills  on  the 
S.    S.     we    Saw  one    Hare,  to   day,     prepared    all    things  for 

1  Now  East  Medicine  Knoll  River  (a  translation  of  its  Indian  name)  ;  across  the 
Missouri  here  was  the  site  of  old  Fort  George.  — CouES  (i.  and  C,  i,  p.   127). 

'^  Probably  referring  to  a  map  cited  by  Coues  (L.  and  C,  i,  p.  xxiii),  as  made  by 
one  Evans  in  1804,  showing  the  Missouri  River  to  the  Mandans.      See  our  atlas  vol- 
ume, for  maps   which   Lewis  and   Clark  both  took  with  them  and  made  upon  the 
Expedition  ;  one  of  the  former  was  probably  a  copy  of  the  Evans  map.  —  Ed. 
[  162  ] 


.804]  VERMILION   TO   TETON 

Action  in  Case  of  necessity,  our  Perogus  went  to  the  Island 
for  the  Meet,  Soon  after  the  man  on  Shore  run  up  the  bank 
and  reported  that  the  Indians  had  Stolen  the  horse  We  Soon 
after  Met  5  Ind!  and  ankered  out  Som  distance  &  Spoke  to 
them  informed  them  we  were  friends,  &:  Wished  to  Continue 
So  but  were  not  afraid  of  any  Indians,  Some  of  their  young 
men  had  taken  the  horse  Sent  by  their  Great  father  for  their 
Cheif  and  we  would  not  Speek  to  them  untill  the  horse  was 
returned  to  us  again. 

passed  (2)  a  Island  on  the  S.  S.  on  which  we  Saw  Several 
Elk,  about  \j4  Miles  long  Called  Good  humered  [^/tumoure^'j 
Isl;"  Came  to  about  i}4  Miles  above  off  the  Mouth  of  a 
Small  river  about  70  yards  wide  Called  by  Mr.  Evens  the 
Little  Mississou  \_Missouri']  River,  The  Tribes  of  the  Seauex 
Called  the  Teton,  is  Camped  about  2  Miles  up  on  the  N.  W. 
Side,  and  we  Shall  Call  the  River  after  that  Nation,  Telon ' 
This  river  is  70  yards  wide  at  the  mouth  of  Water,  and  has  a 
considerable  Current     we  anchored  off  the  mouth 

the  french  Perogue  Come  up  early  In  the  day,  the  other  did 
not  Get  up  untill  in  the  evening  Soon  after  we  had  Come  too. 
I  went  &  Smoked  with  the  Chiefs  who  came  to  See  us  here 
all  well,  we  prepare  to  Speek  with  the  Indians  tomorrow  at 
which  time  we  are  informed  the  Indians  will  be  here,  the 
French  Man  who  had  for  Some  time  been  Sick,  began  to 
blead  which  allarmed  him  -3  of  our  party  Camped  on  board 
the  remainder  with  the  Guard  on  Shore. 


^  Also  known  as  Bad  River.      Near  its  mouth  was  Fort  Pierre  (begun  in  1831), 
named  for  Pierre  Chouteau.  —  Ed. 


[  163  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [Sept.  25 


Chapter    IV 


FROM     TETON     RIVER      TO      THE     MAN  DANS 

Clark's  Journal  and  Orders,  September  25 — October  26,  1804 
Order  by  Lewis,  October  i  3 


[Clark  0  ■^S"'  Sept.  — 

A  FAIR  Morning  the  Wind  from  the  S.  E.  all  well, 
raised  a  Flag  Staff  &  made  a  orning  or  Shade  on  a 
Sand  bar  in  the  mouth  of  Teton  River,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  Specking  with  the  Indians  under,  the  Boat  Crew  on 
board  at  70  yards  Distance  from  the  bar  The  5  Indians 
which  we  met  last  night  Continued,  about  1 1  OClock  the 
i!  &  2^  Chief  Came  we  gave  them  Some  of  our  Provisions  to 
eat,  they  gave  us  great  Quantitis  of  Meet  Some  ot  which  was 
Spoiled  we  feel  much  at  a  loss  for  the  want  of  an  interpeter 
the  one  we  have  can  Speek  but  little. 

Met  in  Council  at  12  oClock  and  after  Smokeing,  agree- 
able to  the  useal  Custom,  Cap.  Lewis  proceeded  to  Deliver  a 
Speech  which  we  [were  —  Ed.]  oblige[d]  to  Curtail  for  want 
of  a  good  interpeter  all  our  party  paraded,  gave  a  Medal  to 
the  Grand  Chief  Call'!  in  Indian  Un  ton  gar  Sar  bar  in  French 
Beeffe  nure  [Beuffle  noir]  Black  Buffalow.  Said  to  be  a  good 
Man,  2'"''^  Chief  Torto  hon  gar  or  the  Parti  sin  or  Partizan 
bad  the  3'.'^  is  the  Beffe  De  Medison  [Beuffe  de  Medecine] 
his  name  is  Tar  ton  gar  Wa  ker  1'^"^  Considerable  Man, 
War  zing  go.  i^^f^  Considerable  Man  Second  Bear  —  Mato 
CO  que  par. 

Envited  those  Cheifs  on  board  to  Show  them  our  boat  and 
such  Curiossities  as  was  Strange  to  them,  we  gave  them  y^  a 
glass  of  whiskey  which  they  appeared  to  be  verry  fond  of, 
Sucked  the  bottle  after  it  was  out  &  Soon  began  to  be  trouble- 
som,  one  the  2?  Cheif  assumeing  Drunkness,  as  a  Cloake  for 
his  rascally  intentions  I  went  with  those  Cheifs  {in  one  of  the 
[  164  ] 


.804]  TETON    TO    MANDANS 

Perogues  with  5  men  — 3  iS  2  Ind')  (which  left  the  boat  with 
great  reluctiance)  to  Shore  with  a  view  of  reconsileing  those 
men  to  us,  as  Soon  as  I  landed  the  Perogue  three  of  their 
young  Men  Seased  the  Cable  of  the  Perogue,  {in  which  we  had 
pressents  isfc)  the  Chiefs  Sold!  [each  Chief  has  a  soldier']  Huged 
the  mast,  and  the  li  Chief  was  verry  insolent  both  in  words  & 
justures  {pretended  Drunkenness  &'  staggered  up  against  me)  de- 
clareing  I  should  not  go  on,  Stateing  he  had  not  receved 
presents  sufficent  from  us,  his  justures  were  of  Such  a  per- 
sonal nature  I  telt  My  self  Compeled  to  Draw  my  Sword  {and 
Made  a  Signal  to  the  boat  to  prepare  for  action)  at  this  Motion 
Cap'  Lewis  ordered  all  under  arms  in  the  boat,  those  with 
me  also  Showed  a  Disposition  to  Defend  themselves  and  me, 
the  grand  Chief  then  took,  hold  of  the  roap  &  ordered  the 
young  Warrers  away,  1  felt  My  Self  warm  6c  Spoke  in  verry 
positive  terms. 

Most  of  the  Warriers  appeared  to  have  ther  Bows  strung 
and  took  out  their  arrows  from  the  quiver,  as  I  {being  sur- 
rounded) was  not  permited  {by  thetn)  to  return,  I  Sent  all  the 
men  except  2  Inp'  [Interpreters]  to  the  boat,  the  perogue 
Soon  returned  with  about  1 2  of  our  determined  men  ready  for 
any  event,  this  movement  caused  a  no:  of  the  Indians  to  with- 
draw at  a  distance,  (leaving  their  chiefs  6f  soldiers  alone  with  me). 
Their  treatment  to  me  was  verry  rough  &  I  think  justified 
roughness  on  my  part,  they  all  lift  my  Perogue,  and  Council*! 
with  themselves  the  result  I  could  not  lern  and  nearly  all 
went  off  after  remaining  in  this  Situation  Some  time  I  offered  my 
hand  to  the  i.  &  2.  Chiefs  who  retus'?  to  receve  it.  I  turned  off 
&  went  with  my  men  on  board  the  perogue,  I  had  not  pros'! 
more  the  [than]  10  paces  before  the  iV  Cheif  3';*  &  2  Brave 
Men  Waded  in  after  me.      I  took  them  in  &  went  on  board  ^ 

We  proceeded  on  about  1  Mile  &  anchored  out  off  a 
Willow  Island  placed  a  guard  on  Shore  to  protect  the  Cooks 
&  a  guard  in  the  boat,  fastened  the  Perogues  to  the  boat,  I 
call  this  Island  bad  humered  Island  as  we  were  in  a  bad  humer. 


'  This  paragraph  is  misplaced  in  the  MS.;  it  is  written  on  the  next  page  after  that 
containing  the  first  part  of  this  council  with  the  Indians.  We  have  placed  it  in 
proper  position.  —  Ed. 

[165] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Sept.  26 


Course  Distance  &  refFurences  —  26'!'  Sep'  1804  bad".'*  Is? 

N.  28""  VV.  4;V  Miles  to  a  p?  on  the  L.  S.  passing  a  Small  Willow 
Island  at  lyi  Miles  &  Several  Sand  bars  the 
Water  Shallow      came  too  (i) 

26''f'  of  September  IVednesday  1804. — 

Set  out  early  proceeded  on  and  Came  to  by  the  Wish  of 
the  Chiefs  for  to  let  their  Squars  [squaws]  &  boys  see  the 
Boat  and  Suffer  them  to  treat  us  well  great  numbers  of  men 
womin  &  children  on  the  banks  viewing  us,  these  people 
Shew  great  anxiety,  they  appear  Spritely,  Generally  ill  look- 
ing &  not  well  made  their  legs  \Js'  arms]  Small  generally,  [high 
cheek  hones,  prominent  eyes']  they  Grese  &  Black  [paint] 
themselves  [with  coal]  when  they  dress  [the  disting^  men] 
make  use  of  a  hawks  feathers  [Calumet  feather  adorned  with 
porcupine  quills  ^  fastened  to  the  top  of  the  head  &  falls  hack- 
wards]  about  their  heads,  the  men  [wear]  a  robe  &  each  a 
polecats  Skin,  for  to  hold  ther  Bawe  roley  [Bois  roule]  for 
Smoking,'  fond  of  Dress  &  Show  badly  armed  with  fusees, 
&c.  The  Squaws  are  Chearfull  fine  look'g  womin  not  hand- 
som,  High  Cheeks  Dressed  in  Skins  a  Peticoat  and  roab 
which  foldes  back  over  ther  Sholder,  with  long  wool,  do  all 
their  laborious  work  &  I  may  Say  perfect  Slaves  to  the  Men, 
as  all  Squars  of  Nations  much  at  War,  or  where  the  Womin 
are  more  noumerous  than  the  men."  after  Comeing  too  Cap! 
Lewis  &  5  men  went  on  Shore  with  the  Cheifs,  who  appeared 
disposed  to  make  up  &  be  friendly,  after  Captain  Lewis  had 
been  on  Shore  about  3  hours  I  became  uneasy  for  fear  of 
Deception  &  Sent  a  Serjeant  to  See  him  and  know  his  treat- 
ment which  he  reported  was  friendly,  &  they  were  prepareing 
for  a  Dance  this  evening  The[y]  made  frequent  Selicitiations 
for  us  to  remain  one  night  only  and  let  them  Show  their  good 


1  Bois  roule,  literally  "rolled  wood," — better  known  by  its  Algonkin  name, 
Kinikinik  (Kinnikinnic),  —  a  mixture  of  tobacco  with  scrapings  or  shavings  from 
various  woods,  especially  that  of  sumac,  red  osier,  and  other  dogwoods,  and  bear- 
berry.  —  Ed. 

^  Biddle  describes  in  much  greater  detail  (i,  pp.  84-90)  the  costumes  and  mode 
of  life  of  these  Teton  Indians.  —  Ed. 

[166] 


btiAhbish  ipAz(ciEH[j/j^^^.//,„«^„^,«i. 


mAh'iDis :ei  fAmgihiiij ^.^p«n^au,/„„  y„r/...„  / 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MAN  DANS 

disposition  towards  us,  we  deturmined  to  remain,  after  the 
return  of  Cap!  Lewis,  I  went  on  Shore  on  landing  I  was 
receved  on  a  eiegent  painted  B.[uifalo]  Robe  &c  taken  to  the 
Village  by  6  Men  &  was  not  permited  to  touch  the  ground 
untill  1  was  put  down  in  the  grand  Concill  house  on  a  White 
dressed  Robe.  I  saw  Several  Maha  Prissners  and  Spoke  to 
the  Chiefs  [telling  them  that — Ed.]  it  was  necessary  to  give 
those  prisoners  up  &  become  good  friends  with  the  Mahas  if 
they  wished  to  follow  the  advice  of  their  great  father  I  was 
in  Several  Lodges  neetly  formed  as  before  mentioned  as  to 
the  Baureily  {Bois  brule  —  Yankton)  Tribe.  I  was  met  [on 
landing  from  the  boat)  by  about  lo  Well  Dressf  young  Men 
who  took  me  up  in  a  roabe  Highly  adecrated  and  Set  me 
Down  by  the  Side  ot  their  Chief  on  a  Dressed  Robe  in  a  large 
Council  House,  this  house  formed  a  -y^  Circle  of  Skins  Well 
Dressed  and  Sown  together  under  this  Shelter  about  70  Men 
Set  forming  a  Circle  in  front  of  the  Cheifs  a  plac  of  6  feet 
Diameter  was  Clear  and  the  pipe  of  peace  raised  on  [forked) 
Sticks  [about  6  or  S  inches  from  the  ground)  under  which  there 
was  swans  down  scattered,  on  each  Side  of  this  Circle  two 
Pipes,  the  [two)  flags  of  Spain  2  &  the  Flag  we  gave  them 
in  front  of  the  Grand  Chief  a  large  fire  was  near  in  which 
provisions  were  Cooking,  in  the  Center  about  400'^'  of  excel- 
lent Buffalo  Beef  as  a  present  for  us.  Soon  after  they  Set  me 
Down,  the  Men  went  for  Cap!  Lewis  brought  him  in  the 
same  way  and  placed  him  also  by  the  Chief  in  a  fiew  minits 
an  old  man  rose  &  Spoke  aproveing  what  we  had  done  & 
informing  us  of  their  situation  requesting  us  to  take  pity  on 
them  &  which  was  answered.  The  great  Chief  then  rose  with 
great  State  [speaking — Ed.]  to  the  Same  purpote  as  far  as 
we  Could  learn  &  then  with  Great  Solemnity  took  up  the  pipe 
ot  Peace  &  after  pointing  it  to  the  heavins  the  4  quarters  of 
the  Globe  &  the  earth,  he  made  Some  disertation,  [then  made  a 
Speech)  lit  it  and  presented  the  Stem  to  us  to  Smoke,  when 
the  Principal  Chief  Spoke  with  the  Pipe  of  Peace  he  took  in 
one  hand  some  of  the  most  Delicate  parts  of  the  Dog  which 
was  prepared  for  the  fiest  &  made  a  Sacrefise  to  the  flag,  [this 
sentence  misplaced  in  MS.,  but  properly  placed  by  us.  —  Ed.] 
[  167  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Sept.  26 


after  A  Smoke  had  taken  place,  &  a  Short  Harange  to  his 
people,  we  were  requested  to  take  the  Meal  (&  then  put  before 
us  the  dog  which  they  had  been  cooking,  &  Pemitigon  *  &  ground 
potatoe  in  Several  platters  Pern",  is  Buff''  meat  dried  or  jerked 
pounded  &'  mixed  with  grease  raw.  Dog  Sioux  think  great  dish 
used  on  festivals  eat  little  of  dog — pern".  &'  pot'  good.)  We 
Smoked  for  an  hour  (till)  Dark  &  all  was  Cleared  away  a 
large  fire  made  in  the  Center,  about  10  Musitions  playing  on 
tambereens  {made  of  hoops  is"  Skin  stretched),  long  Sticks  with 
Deer  &  Goats  Hoofs  tied  so  as  to  make  a  gingling  noise,  and 
many  others  of  a  Similer  Kind,  those  Men  began  to  Sing,  & 
Beet  on  the  Tamboren,  the  Women  Came  foward  highly 
Deckerated  in  their  Way,  with  the  Scalps  and  Tropies  of  War 
of  their  fathers  Husbands  Brothers  or  near  Connections  & 
proceeded  to  Dance  the  War  Dance  {tVomen  only  dance  jump 
up  y  down  — five  or  six  young  men  selected  accompanied  with 
songs  the  tamborin  making  the  song  extempore  words  i^  music 
every  now  &  then  one  of  the  com'  come  out  &  repeat  some  exploit 
in  a  sort  of  song  —  this  taken  up  by  the  young  men  and  the  women 
dance  to  it)  which  they  done  with  great  Chearfullness  untill 
about  12  oClock  when  we  informed  the  Cheifs  that  they  were 
[must  be]  fatigued  [amusing  us^  &c.  they  then  retired  &  we 
Accomp^  by  4  Cheifs  returned  to  our  boat,  they  Stayed  with 
us  all  night.  Those  people  have  Some  brave  men  which  they 
make  use  of  as  Soldiers  those  men  attend  to  the  police  of  the 
Village  Correct  all  errors  I  saw  one  of  them  to  day  whip 
2  Squars,  who  appeared  to  have  fallen  out,  when  he  ap- 
proach"! all  about  appeared  to  flee  with  great  turrow  [terror], 
at  night  they  keep  two  3,  4  5  men  at  different  Distances  walk- 
ing around  Camp  Singing  the  accurrunces  of  the  night 

All  the  Men  on  board  100  paces  from  Shore  Wind  froni 
the  S.  E.  moderate  one  man  verry  sick  on  board  with  a 
Dangerass  Abscess  on  his  Hip.     All  in  Spirits  this  evening. 

In  this  Tribe  1  saw  25  Squars  and  Boys  taken  13  days  ago 
in  a  battle  with  the  Mahars  in  this  battle  they  Destroy''  40 
Lodges,  Killed  75  Men,  &  som  boys  &  Children,  &  took  48 


1  Better  known  as  "pemmican."  —  Ed. 
[  168 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MANDANS 

Prisoners  Womin  &  boys  which  they  promis  both  Cap!  Lewis 
and  my  self  Shall  be  Delivered  up  to  Mr.  Durion  at  the  Bous 
rulie  {Bois  brule)  Tribe,'  those  are  a  retched  and  Dejected 
looking  people  the  Squars  appear  low  &  Corse  but  this  is  an 
unfavourable  time  to  judge  of  them 

We  gave  our  Mahar  intep"  some  fiew  articles  to  give  those 
Squars  in  his  name  Such  as  Alls,  needles  &c.  &c. 

I  saw  &  eat  Pemitigon  the  Dog,  Grou!"  potatoe  made  into  a 
Kind  of  homney,  which  I  thought  but  little  inferior.  1  also 
Saw  a  Spoon  Made  of  a  horn  of  an  Animell  of  the  Sheep 
Kind  (Mt^  mountain  ram  of  Argalia'' )  the  Spoon  will  hold  2 
quarts. 

zy":  of  Sept.    Thursday  1804  — 

I  rose  early  after  a  bad  nights  Sleep  found  the  Chief  [s] 
all  up,  and  the  bank  as  useal  lined  with  Spectators  we  gave 
the  2  great  Cheifs  a  Blanket  a  peace,  or  rether  they  took  off 
agreeable  to  their  Custom  the  one  they  lay  on  and  each  one 
Peck  of  corn,  after  Brackfast  Cap'  Lewis  &c  the  Cheifs  went 
on  Shore,  as  a  verry  large  part  of  their  nation  was  comeing  in, 
the  Disposition  of  whome  I  did  not  know  one  of  us  being 
sufficent  on  Shore,  I  wrote  a  letter  to  Mr.  P.  Durion  &  pre- 
pared a  meadel  &  Some  Coins"'  {Certificates)  &  Sent  to  Cap 
Lewis  at  2  oClock  Cap"  Lewis  Returned  with  4  Chiefs  &  a 
Brave  Man  {Consid'  Man)  named  fVar  cha  fa  or  on  his  Guard 
when  the  friends  of  those  people  \the  Scioux\  die  they  run 
arrows  through  their  flesh  above  and  below  their  elbows  as  a 
testimony  of  their  Greaf. 

atter  Staying  about  half  an  hour,  I  went  with  them  on  Shore, 
Those  men  left  the  boat  with  reluctience,  I  went  first  to  the 
2;?  Cheifs  Lodge,  where  a  croud  came  around  after  Speeking 
on  various  Subjects  I  went  to  a  princpal  mans  lodge  from 
them  to  the  grand  Chiefs  lodge,  after  a  fiew  minits  he  invited 
me  to  a  Lodge  within  the  Circle  in  which  I  Stayed  with  all 
their  principal  Men  untill  the  Dance  began,  which  was  Similer 
to  the  one  of  last  night  performed  bv  their  women  with  poles 

>  One  of  the  bands  of  the  Teton  Sioux.  —  Ed. 

■^  The  Rocky  Mountain  sheep  or  argal  {0-uis  montana.)  —  Ed. 

[169] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Sept.  zj 

{in  their  hands)  on  which  Scalps  of  their  enemies  were  hung, 
Some  with  the  Guns  Spears  &  War  empiiments  of  {taken  by) 
their  husbands  [cffT.]  in  their  hands. 

Capl  Lewis  Came  on  Shore  and  we  Continued  untill  we  were 
Sleepv  &  returned  to  our  boat,  the  2"^  Chief  &  one  principal 
Man  accompanied  us,  Those  two  Indians  accompanied  me 
on  board  in  the  Small  Perogue ;  Cap!  Lewis  with  a  guard  Still 
on  Shore  the  man  who  Steered  not  being  much  acustomed  to 
Steer,  passed  the  bow  of  the  boat  &  the  peroge  Came  broad 
Side  against  the  Cable  &  broke  it  which  obliged  me  to  order 
in  a  loud  voice  all  hands  up  &  at  their  ores,  my  preemptry 
order  to  the  men  and  the  bustle  of  their  getting  to  their  ores 
allarm?  the  Cheifs,  together  with  the  appearance  of  the  Men 
on  Shore,  as  the  boat  turn?  The  Cheif  hoUowaed  &  allarmed 
the  Camp  or  Town  informing  them  that  the  Mahars  was  about 
attacking  us  {them).  In  about  10  minits  the  bank  was  lined 
with  men  armed  the  i"!  Cheif  at  their  head,  about  200  men 
appeared  and  after  about  ^A,  hour  returned  all  but  about  60 
men  who  continued  on  the  bank  all  night,  the  Cheifs  Cont? 
all  night  with  us.  This  allarm  I  as  well  as  Cap!  Lewis  Con- 
sidered as  the  Signal  of  their  intentions  (which  was  to  Stop  our 
proceeding  on  our  journey  and  if  Possible  rob  us)  we  were 
on  our  Guard  all  night,  the  misfortune  of  the  loss  of  our 
Anchor  obliged  us  to  Lay  under  a  falling  bank  much  expos!" 
to  the  accomplishment  of  their  hostile  intentions.  P.  C.  our 
Bowman  who  c!"  Speek  Mahar  informed  us  in  the  night  that 
the  Maha  Prisoners  informed  him  we  were  to  be  Stoped.  we 
Shew  as  little  Sighns  of  a  Knowledge  of  their  intentions  as 
possible  all  prepared  on  board  for  any  thing  which  might 
hapen,  we  kept  a  Strong  guard  all  night  in  the  boat,  no  Sleep 


28''!'  of  September  1804  Friday  — 

Made  many  attemps  in  different  wavs  to  find  our  anchor, 
but  Could  not,  the  Sand  had  Covered  it,  from  the  Misfortune 
of  last  night  our  boat  was  laying  at  Shore  in  a  verry  unfavour- 
able Situation,  after  finding  that  the  anchor  Could  not  be 
found  we  deturmined  to  proceed  on,  with  great  difficuelty  got 
[  170] 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MAxXDANS 

the  Chiefs  out  of  our  boat,  and  when  we  was  about  Setting  out 
the  Class  Called  the  Soldiers  took  possession  of  the  Cable 
the  i"  Cheif  which  was  Still  on  board,  &  intended  to  go  a 
Short  distance  up  with  us.  I  told  him  the  men  of  his  nation 
Set  on  the  Cable,  he  went  out  &  told  Cap!  Lewis  who  was 
at  the  bow  the  men  Who  Set  on  the  roap  was  Soldiers,  and 
wanted  Tobacco  Cap!  L.  [_saiiQ  would  not  agree  to  be  forced 
into  any  thing,  the  2"^  Chief  Demanded  a  flag  &  Tobacco 
which  we  refus!"  to  Give  Stateing  proper  reasons  to  them  for 
it  after  much  Dificuelty  —  which  had  nearly  reduced  us  to 
necessity  to  hostilites  I  threw  a  Carrot  of  Tobacco  to  is'. 
Chief  took  the  port  fire  from  the  gunner.  Spoke  so  as  to 
touch  his  pride  The  Chief  gave  the  Tobacco  to  his  Soldiers 
&  he  jurked  the  rope  from  them  and  handed  it  to  the  bowsman 
we  then  Set  out  under  a  Breeze  from  the  S.  E.  about  2  miles 
up  we  observed  the  3'^  Chief  on  Shore  beckining  to  us  we 
took  him  on  board  he  informed  us  the  roap  was  held  by  the 
order  of  the  2^  Chief  who  was  a  Double  Spoken  man,  Soon 
after  we  Saw  a  man  Comeing  full  Speed,  thro:  the  plains  left 
his  horse  &  proceeded  across  a  Sand  bar  near  the  Shore  we 
took  him  on  board  &  observed  that  he  was  the  Son  of  the 
Chief  we  had  on  board  we  Sent  by  him  a  talk  to  the  nation 
Stateint  [stating]  the  cause  of  our  hoisting  the  red  flag  und'  the 
white,  it  they  were  for  peace  Stay  at  home  &  do  as  we 
had  Directed  them,  if  the  [y]  were  for  war  or  were  Deturmined 
to  stop  us  we  were  ready  to  defend  our  Selves,  we  halted  one 
houre  &  ^  on  the  S.  S.  &  made  a  Substitute  of  Stones  for 
a  ancher,  refreshed  our  men  and  proceeded  on  about  2  Miles 
higher  up  &  Came  to  a  verry  Small  Sand  bar  in  the  middle 
ot  the  river  &  Stayed  all  night,  I  am  verry  unwell  for  want 
of  Sleep  Deturmined  to  Sleep  to  night  if  possible,  the  Men 
Cooked  &  we  rested  well. 

Course  Distance  &  refP 

N.  33    W.   3   Miles  to  the  extmt''  of  a  Sand  bar  on  the  L.  S.      passed 

a  Willow  IsH  on  the  L.  S.  at  the  Corns'!  of  the  Course. 

S.    80?  W.   3   Ml'  to  an  object  on  the  bank   in  a  bend  to  the  S.  S.  at 

"6~       Some  woods,  ops'?  the  High  land  on  the  L.  S.     Camped. 

[171] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Sept.  29 


29'*  of  Sep'":  Satturday  1804. — 

Set  out  early  Some  bad  Sand  bars,  proceeded  on  at  9 
oClock  we  observed  the  2^  Chief  &  2  principal  Men  one  Man 
&  a  Squar  on  Shore,  they  wished  to  go  up  with  us  as  far  as 
the  other  part  of  their  band,  which  they  Said  was  on  the  river 
a  head  not  far  Distant  we  refused  Stateing  verry  Sufficint 
reasons  and  was  Plain  with  them  on  the  Subject,  they  were 
not  pleased  observed  that  they  would  walk  on  Shore  to  the  Place 
we  intended  to  Camp  to  night,  we  observed  it  was  not  our  wish 
that  they  Should  for  if  they  did  we  Could  not  take  them  or 
any  other  Tetons  on  board  except  the  one  we  had  now  with  us 
who  might  go  on  Shore  whenever  he  pleased,  they  proceeded 
on,  the  Chief  on  board  ask**  for  a  twist  ^  of  Tobacco  for  those 
men  we  gave  him  4^  of  a  twist,  and  Sent  one  by  them  for 
that  part  of  their  band  which  we  did  not  See,  &  Continued  on 
Saw  great  numbers  of  Elk  at  the  mouth  of  a  Small  Creek 
Called  No  timber  C  —  as  no  timber  appeared  to  be  on  it. 
above  the  mouth  of  this  Creek  {a  Ricara  band  of)  the  Panics 
had  a  Village  5  years  ago,  {no  remains  but  the  mound  which  sur- 
rojinded  the  town)  The  i\  Cheif  came  on  the  Sand  bar  & 
requested  we  would  put  him  across  the  river,  I  Sent  a  Perogue 
&  Crossed  him  &  one  Man  to  the  S.  S.  and  proceeded  on  & 
Came  too  on  a  Sand  bar  on  about  ^  Mile  from  the  main  Shore 
&  put  on  it  2  Sentinals  Continud  all  night  at  anchor  (we 
Substitute  large  Stones  for  anchors  in  place  of  the  one  we  lost 
all  in  high  Spirits  &c. 

Course  Distance  &  refFerence  —  29  Sept' 

S.    60?  W.   2  M'^  to  a  p'  on  S.  S.  Passing  Several  Sand  bars. 

N.  80°  W.    i^  to  a  tree  on  L.  S. 

N.  16°  E.     2 J  to  a  p!  on  S.  S. 

N.     8?  W.    1^^  to  the  Mouth  of  a  Creek  on  the  L.  S.  Where  the  Pa- 

nias  had  a  Town. 

N.  45"?  E.     2  M'^  to  a  p'  on  the  L.  Side 

N.  25°  E.     I  J-  Miles   to  the   Lower   p!  of  a  Willow   Island  ^  in  the 
Ti  middle  of  the  river. 


1  The  same  as  the  "  carrot  "  mentioned  elsewhere.  —  Ed. 

2  Now  Okobojou.  —  Ed. 

[  172  ] 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MANDANS 

Course  Distance  &  refferrence  —  30""  Sep' 

N.  30°  W.   3        Miles  to  a  tree  at  the  upper  p!  of  some  woods  on   the 

S.  S. 
N.  80°  W.    I  y^    Miles  on  the  S.  S. 
N.  64?  W.   3        Mi»  to  a  Bush  on  L.  S. 
N.  46?  W.    I  y,    Mi»  on  the  L.  S. 
N.  10.  W.   3        M':*  to  a  p!  on  the  S.  S.     passed  Several  Sand   bars  & 

the  Camp  of  a  Band  of  Tetons  (i) 
Nonh  2        Miles  to  a  tree  on  the  S.  S. 

N.  24°  VV.  4        M'?  to  a  p"  on  the  L.  S. 

N.  50°  W.    2^    M'r  to  the   Lower  p"  of  Pania  Island  '  situated  in  the 
201/C        ni'tl'  of  the  river  (2) 

30'f'  of  Sep'.  Sunday  1804  — 

Set  out  this  morning  early  had  not  proceeded  on  far  before 
we  discovered  an  Ind"  running  after  us,  he  came  up  with  us 
at  7  oClock  &  requested  to  come  on  bord  and  go  up  to  the 
Recorees "  we  refused  to  take  any  of  that  band  on  board  if 
he  chose  to  proceed  on  Shore  it  was  verry  Well  Soon  after 
I  descovered  on  the  hills  at  a  great  distance  great  numbers  of 
Indians  which  appeared  to  be  makeing  to  the  river  above  us, 
we  proceeded  on  under  a  Double  reafed  Sail,  &  some  rain  at 
9  oClock  observed  a  large  band  of  Indians  the  Same  which  I 
had  before  seen  on  the  hills  incamping  on  the  bank  the  L.  S. 
we  Came  too  on  a  Sand  bar  Brackfast  &  proceeded  on  &  Cast 
the  anchor  opposit  their  Lodge  at  about  100  vards  distant,  and 
informed  the  Indians  which  we  found  to  be  a  part  of  the  Band 
we  had  before  Seen,  that  [we)  took  them  by  the  hand  and  Sent 
to  each  Chief  a  Carrot  of  tobacco,  as  we  had  been  treated 
badly  by  some  of  the  band  below,  after  Staying  2  days  for 
them,  we  Could  not  delay  any  time,  &  referred  them  to  Mr. 
Durion  for  a  full  account  of  us  and  to  here  our  Talk  Sent  by 
him  to  the  Tetons,  those  were  verry  selicitious  for  us  to  land 
and  eate  with   them,  that  they  were  friendly  &c.  &c.     we  ap- 

*  Now  Cheyenne.  —  Ed. 

*  Otherwise  called  Ricaree,  Ree,  or,  more  correctly,  Arikara  ;  Lewis  says 
("Statistical  View,"  p.  23)  that  they  are  "the  remains  of  ten  large  tribes  of  Panias 
(Pawnees)  ;"  and  estimates  that  they  then  (1806)  numbered  500  warriors,  or  2,000 
souls.      Cf.  Biddle's  account  of  their  migrations  (i,  104).  — Ed. 

[173] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Sept.  30 

poligised  &  proceeded  on/  Sent  the  Peroge  to  Shore  above 
with  the  Tobacco  &  Deliv:"  it  to  a  Sold;  of  the  Chief  with  us 
Several  of  them  ran  up  the  river,  the  Chfi  on  board  threw 
them  out  a  Small  twist  of  Tobacco  &  told  them  to  go  back  & 
open  ther  ears,  they  rec[e]ved  the  Tobacco  &  returned  to 
their  lodges,  we  saw  great  numbers  of  white  Guls  This  day 
is  Cloudy  &  rainey.  refresh  the  men  with  a  glass  of  whisky 
after  Brackfast. 

We  Saw  about  6  Miles  above  2  Indians  who  Came  to  the 
bank  and  looked  at  us  about  ^  an  hour  &  went  over  the  hills 
to  the  S.  W.  we  proceeded  on  under  a  verry  Stiff  Breeze 
from  the  S.  E.,  the  Stern  of  the  boat  got  fast  on  a  log  and 
the  boat  turned  &  was  verry  near  filling  before  we  got  her 
righted,  the  waves  being  verry  high,  The  Chief  on  board  was 
So  fritened  at  the  Motion  of  the  boat  which  in  its  rocking 
Caused  Several  loose  articles  to  fall  on  the  Deck  from  the 
lockers,  he  ran  off  and  hid  himself,  we  landed,  he  got  his  gun 
and  informed  us  he  wished  to  return,  that  all  things  were 
cleare  for  us  to  go  on,  we  would  not  see  any  more  Tetons  &c. 
we  repeated  to  him  what  had  been  Said  before,  and  advised 
him  to  keep  his  men  away,  gave  him  a  blanket  a  Knife  &  some 
Tobacco,  Smok*!  a  pipe  &  he  Set  out.  We  also  Set  Sale  and 
Came  to  at  a  Sand  bar,  &  Camped,  a  verry  Cold  evening,  all 
on  guard. 

Course  Distance  &  reffurence  — -  1"  October 
N.  80°  W.   3        M'.'  to  the  upper  p!  of  a  large  Island  in  the  River,  (i)^ 
N.  70°  W.   2        M'^  to  the   Mouth   of  Chien  or  Dosj  River  ^  on  the 

L.  S.  (2)2 
N.  16°  W.    2 J      Miles   to   a   p'.   on   the  S.  S.      Passed   verry  bad   Sand 

bars 
N.  50°  E.     4        Mile  to  Some  Willows  on  the  L.  S.      passed  2  Creeks 

on  the  L.  S.  the  upper  Small. 
S.    53    E.     4.1      M'.^  to  a  p"  on  the  S.  S.  passing  a  Bluff  on  the  L.  S. 

16 


'  Passed  60  Lodges  of  Tetons,  the  remainder  of  the  band.  — Cl.^rk  (memoran- 
dum on  p.  225  of  Codex  C). 

"  In  MS.,  these  figures  are  misplaced.  —  Ed. 

'  Erroneously  thus  named,  from  the  resemblance  of  the  French  word  cJiien 
(dog)  to  the  tribal  name  Cheyenne.  —  Ed. 

[T74] 


i8o4]  TF/rON     TO    MAN  DANS 

Sand  hars  are  So  noumerous,  that  it  is  impossible  to  describe 

them,  &c  think  it  unnecessary  to  mention  them. 

I'!  of  October  MonJay  1 804  — 

The  wind  blew  hard  all  last  night  from  the  S.  E.  verry  cold 
Set  out  early  the  wind  Still  hard,  passed  a  large  Island  in  the 
middle  of  the  river  (i)  ops^  the  lower  point  of  this  Island  the 
Rccrerees  formerly  lived  in  a  large  Town  on  the  L.  S.  (remains 
only  a  mound  circular  walls  j  or  4  feet  high)  above  the  head  of 
the  Island  about  2  miles  we  passed  the  (2)  River  Chien  (or 
Dog  River)  {Chayenne)  L.  S.  this  river  Comes  in  from  the 
S.  W.  and  is  about  400  yards  wide,  the  Current  appears  gentle, 
throwing  out  but  little  Sands,  and  appears  to  throw  out  but 
little  water  the  heads  of  this  River  is  not  known  (/«  the  second 
range  of  the  Cote  Noir  its  course  generally  about  East.  So 
called  from  the  Chayenne  Indians  who  live  on  the  heads  of  it) 
a  part  oi  the  nation  of  Dog  Indians  live  some  distance  up  this 
river,  the  precise  distance  I  cant  learn,  above  the  mouth  of 
this  river  the  Sand  bars  are  thick  and  the  water  Shoal  the 
river  Still  verry  wide  and  falling  a  little  we  are  obliged  to 
haul  the  boat  over  a  Sand  bar,  after  makeing  Several  attempts 
to  pass,  the  wind  So  hard  we  Came  too  &  Stayed  3  hours 
after  it  Slackened  a  little  we  proceeded  on  round  a  bend,  the 
wind  in  the  after  part  of  the  Day  a  head.  (2)  passed  a  Creek 
on  the  L.  S.  which  we  Call  the  Sentinal,  this  part  of  the  river 
has  but  little  timber,  the  hills  not  so  high,  the  Sand  bars  more 
noumerous,  &  river  more  than  one  mile  Wide  including  the 
Sand  bars.  (2)  pass  a  Small  Creek  above  the  latter  which  we 
Call  lookout  C.  Continued  on  with  the  wind  imediately  a  head, 
and  Came  too  on  a  large  Sand  bar  in  the  middle  of  the  river, 
we  Saw  a  man  opposit  to  our  Camp  on  the  L.  S.  which  we 
discov^  to  be  a  Frenchman,  a  little  of  [f]  {from  Shore  among) 
the  Willows  we  observed  a  house,  we  Call  to  them  to  come 
over,  a  boy  came  in  a  canoe  &  informed  that  2  frenchmen 
were  at  the  house  with  good[s]  to  trade  with  the  Seauex  which 
he  expected  down  from  the  rickerrees  everry  day,  Sever'l 
large  parties  of  Seauex  Set  out  from  the  rees  for  this  place  to 
trade  with  those  men. 

[  175  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS        [Oct.  i 


This  M:  Jon  Vallie^  informs  us  that  he  wintered  last  winter 
300  Leagues  up  the  Chien  River  under  the  Black  mountains, 
he  informs  that  this  river  is  verry  rapid  and  dificuelt  even  for 
Perogues  [Canoos']  to  assend  and  when  riseing  the  Swels  is 
verrv  high,  one  hundred  Leagues  up  it  forks  one  fork 
Conies  from  the  S.  the  other  at  40  Leagues  above  the  forks 
enters  the  black  Mountain.  The  Countrey  from  the  Missourie 
to  the  black  mountains  is  much  like  the  Countrey  on  the 
Missourie,  less  timber.  &  a  great  perpotion  of  Ceder. 

The  black  mountains  he  Says  is  verry  high,  and  Some  parts 
of  it  has  Snow  on  it  in  the  Summer  great  quantities  of  Pine 
Grow  on  the  Mountains,  a  great  Noise  is  heard  frequently 
on  those  Mountains".  No  beever  on  Dog  river,  on  the 
Mountains  great  numbers  of  goat,  and  a  kind  of  anamale 
with  large  circular  horns,  this  animale  is  nearly  the  Size  of  an 
[_Small^  Elk.  \_Argalea]  White  bears  is  also  plenty  The 
Chien  [Chayenne)  Ind!  are  about  300  Lodges"  they  inhabit  this 
river  principally,  and  Steel  horses  from  the  Spanish  Settle- 
ments, to  the  S  W.  this  excurtion  they  make  in  one  month 
the  bottoms  &  Sides  of  R  Chien  is  corse  gravel.  This  french- 
man gives  an  account  of  a  white  booted  turkey  an  inhabitent 
of  the  Cout  Noir  {Prairie  Cock) 


I'.'  of  October  Monday  1804  at  the  Mouth  of  Rit'er  Chien  or  Dog  R'^  — 

We  proceeded  now  from  the  mouth  of  this  river  1 1  miles 
and  camped  on  a  Sand  bar  in  the  river  opposit  to  a  Tradeing 
house     verry  windy  &  cold.      //  miles  alcove  —  Ckien  R^  — 


'  Evidently  meant  for  Jean  Valle  —  probably  a  relative  of  the  Francois  Valle  who 
was  commandant  at  Ste.  Genevieve  at  the  time  when  that  post  was  delivered  by  the 
Spaniards  to  the  United  States  authorities.  — Ed. 

-  The  Cheyenne  tribe  is  (like  the  Arapaho)  of  Algonquian  stock.  Powell  thinks 
that  these  savages,  having  early  separated  from  their  kindred  at  the  North,  forced  their 
way  through  hostile  tribes,  across  the  Missouri,  into  the  Black  Hills  country  —  thus 
locating  between  the  Siouan  and  the  Shoshonean  tribes.  See  Mooney's  account  of 
this   tribe,   in    U.    S.    Bur.    Ethnol.    Rep.,    1892-93,   pp.    1023-1027.  — Ed. 

s  This  paragraph  is  found  on  p.  2  of  Codex  C.  —  Ed. 


[176] 


S.    80°  E. 

li 

N.  62.  E. 

2 

N.  15°  E. 

4 

1804]  TETON    TO    MAN  DANS 

Course  Distance  and  refferrens.  —  2".'*  of  Oct' 

S.    70?  E.   2}     Miles  to  a  wood  on  the  L.  Side     pass  a  large  Sand  bar 
in   the   middle  &  a  Willow  Is''  close  under  the  L.  S. 
M':"  on  the  L.  S. 

Miles  on  the  L.  S.  a  Willow  bottom  opposit  on  the  S.  S. 
Miles  to  the  L.  Side  of  an  Island  Situated  near  the  S.  S. 
&  1  Ml  above  the  lower  point  of  the  S'!   Island  ( i ) 
N.  28?  E.    2        Miles  to  the  p'  of  a  Sand  bar   Makeing   from   the  head 
Y2  of  the  Island  &  Camped  (2) 


1"!  of  October  Tuesday  180+  — 

a  Violent  wind  all  night  from  the  S.  E.  Slackened  a  little  and 
we  proceeded  on  M".  Jon  Vallie  Came  on  board  and  proceeded 
on  2  Miles  with  us,  a  verry  Cold  morning  Some  black.  Clouds 
flying  took  a  Meridian  altitude  &  made  the  Lattitude  44 
ig'  j6" .  North  this  was  taken  at  the  upper  part  of  the  gouge 
of  the  Lookout  bend,  the  Sentinal  heard  a  Shot  over  the 
hills  to  the  L.  S.  dureing  the  time  we  were  Dineing  on  a  large 
Sand  bar.  the  after  part  of  this  day  is  pleasent,  at  2  oClock 
opposit  a  Wood  on  the  L.  S.  we  observed  Some  Indians  on  a 
hill  on  the  S.  S.  one  Came  down  to  the  river  opposit  to  us 
and  fired  off  his  gun,  &  becken'!  to  us  to  Come  too,  we 
payed  no  attention  to  him  he  followed  on  Some  distance, 
we  Spoke  a  few  words  to  him,  he  wished  us  to  go  a  Shore 
and  to  his  Camp  which  was  over  the  hill  and  Consisted  of  20 
Lodges,'  we  excused  our  Selves  advised  him  to  go  and  here 
our  talk  of  Mf  Durion,  he  enquired  for  traders  we  informed 
him  one  was  in  the  next  bend  below.  &  parted,  he  returned, 
&  we  proceeded  on  (i)  passed  a  large  Island,  on  the  S.  S. 
here  we  expected  the  Tetons  would  attempt  to  Stop  us  and 
under  that  idear  we  prepared  our  selves  for  action  which  we 
expected  every  moment,  ops'!  this  Island  on  the  L.  S.  a  Small 
Creek  Coms  in,  This  Island  we  call  Is'^  of  Caution  '  we  took 
in    Some    wood    on   a   favourable    Situation   where   we   Could 


1  Gass  says  (p.  68)  :   "  He  said  he  belonged  to  the  Jonkta  or  Babarole  band," 
probably  referring  to  the  Yankton.  —  Ed. 

2  Now  Plum  Island.  —  Ed. 


vol..  I. —  12 


[177] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS        [Oct.  2 

defend  our  Men  on  Shore  &  (2)  Camped  on  a  Sand  bar  ^  a 
Mile  from  the  main  Shore  the  Wind  changed  to  the  N.  W. 
&  rose  verry  high  and  Cold  which  Continud.  The  Current 
of  the  Missourie  is  less  rapid  &  Contains  much  less  sediment, 
of  the  Same  Colour. 

2';f  of  October  Tuesday  1 804  i  — 

Proceeded  on  as  mentioned  in  Journal  No.  i  twelve  miles 
camped  above  a  large  Island  on  a  Sand  bar,  verry  windy  and 
cold  the  after  part  of  this  day,  the  mid  day  verry  warm.  The 
Lattitude  as  taken  to  day  is  44"  19'  36"  observe  great  caution 
this  day  expecting  the  Seaux  intentions  some  what  hostile 
towards  our  progression,  The  river  not  so  rapid  as  below  the 
Chien,  its  width  nearly  the  same.      12  miles 

3'd  of  October  Wednesday  1804.  —  Wind  blew  hard  all  night  from 
the  N.  W.  Some  rain  and  verry  Cold  we  Set  out  at  7  oClock  & 
proceeded  on 

N.  50°  E.     21/    M's  to  a  p'  of  Wood  on  the  L.  S. 

N.  54    E      2        Miles  to  a  tree  in  a  bend  S.  S. 

North  2        Miles  to  a  p'  High  Land  on  L.  S.     wind  hard  a  head 

Came  too  &  Dined. 
N.  22°  W.  4^    Miles  to  the  head  of  good   hope  Island.      2  Indians 

Came  to  the  mouth  of  a  Creek  on  the  S.  S. 
71  Shields 

Y'  of  October  Wednesday  1804-  — 

The  N.  W.  wind  blew  verry  hard  all  night  with  Some  rain 
a  cold  morning,  we  Set  out  at  7  oClock  and  proceeded  on 
at  12  oclock  landed  on  a  Bare  L.  S.  examined  the  Perogus 
&  focatle  {forecastle)  of  the  {boat)  to  See  if  the  mice  had  done 
any  damage.  Several  bags  cut  by  them  corn  scattered  &c 
Some  of  our  clothes  also  spoiled  by  them,  and  papers  &c,  &c. 
at  I  oClock  an  Indian  came  to  the  bank  S.  S.  with  a  turkey 
on  his  back,  four  others  Soon  joined  him,  we  attempted 
several  chanels  and  could  not  find  water  to  assend,     landed  on 


1  This  entry  is  found  on  p.  2  of  Codex  C.  —  Ed. 

'  At  this  point  the  journal   is  continued  in   Codex  C,  the  last  entry  therein   being 
dated  April  7,  1805. — Ed. 

[178] 


N.  50°  E 

2^ 

N.  54°  E 

2 

North 

2 

N.  22°  W. 

I  •-< 

1804]  TETON    TO    MANDANS 

a  Sand  bar  6c  concluded  to  Stay  all  night,  &  Send  out  and 
hunt  a  chanell,  some  rain  this  afternoon.  Saw  Brant  and 
white  gulls  flying  Southerly  in  large  flocks. 

Course  Uistance  &  refFurcnccs.  3  rd 

2jX    miles  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  Larboard  Side. 

miles  to  a  tree  in  the  bend  to  the  Larboard  Side. 

miles  to  a  point  of  high  Land  on  the  Larboard  Side. 

miles  on  the  L.  Side  under  a  Bluff. 
8  miles 

4'm  <>f  October  Thunday  i  804  — 

the  wind  blew  all  night  from  the  NW.  some  rain,  we  were 
obliged  to  Drop  down  3  miles  to  get  the  Chanel  Suf!  deep  to 
pass  up,  Several  Indians  on  the  Shore  viewing  of  us  called 
to  us  to  land  one  ot  them  gave  3  yels  &  Sciped  \jkipped'\  a 
ball  before  us,  we  payed  no  attention  to  him,  proceeded  on 
and  came  too  on  the  L.  S.  to  brackt't  one  of  those  Indians 
swam  across  to  us  beged  for  Powder,  we  gave  him  a  piece  of 
Tobacco  &  Set  him  over  on  a  Sand  bar,  and  set  out,,  the 
wind  hard  ahead  (i)  passed  a  Island  in  the  middle  of  the  -iver 
about  3  miles  in  length,  we  call  Good  hope  Island,  (2)  at  4 
miles  passed  a  (2)  Creek  on  the  L.  S.  about  12  yards  wide 
Capt.  Lewis  and  3  men  walked  on  Shore  ik  crossed  over  to  an 
(3)  Island  situated  on  the  S.  S.  of  the  current  &  near  the  center 
of  the  river  this  Isl'!  is  about  \]/2  miles  long  ik  nearly  ^  as 
wide,  in  the  Center  of  this  Island  was  an  old  village  of  the 
rickeries  called  La  fioo  catt  it  was  circular  and  walled  contain- 
ing 17  lodges  and  it  appears  to  have  been  deserted  about  five 
years,  the  Island  contains  but  little  timber,  we  camped  on 
the  Sand  bar  makeing  from  this  Island,     the  day  verry  cool. 

Course  Distance  iS:  reffurenees,  4'!"  Oct- 

N.  18°  W.   8  i/j    miles  to  a  pf  on  the  S.  S.     passed  an  Island  Goodhope 

jn  the  middle  of  the  river  (i) 
N.  12?  E.     1^  miles  on  the  S.  S.     passed  a  creek  on  the  L.  S.  (2) 
N.  45?  E.     2        miles  on  the  S.  p'      passed  an   Island  on   which  there 
72  was  a  Village  (3)  of  Ricreries   in  the  year  1797. 

La  hoo-catt 

[179] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Oct.  5 

5',''  of  October,  Friday    1804  — 

Frost  this  morning,  we  Set  out  early  and  proceeded  on 
(i)  passed  a  Small  Creek  on  the  L.  S.  at  7  oClock  heard 
some  vels  proceeded  on  Saw  3  Indians  of  the  Teton  band, 
they  called  to  us  to  come  on  Shore,  beged  Some  Tobacco,  we 
answ"!  them  as  useal  and  proceeded  on,  passed  (2)  a  Creek  on 
the  S.  S.  at  3  m'f  above  the  mouth  we  saw  one  white  Brant 
in  a  gang  of  about  30,  the  others  all  as  dark  as  usial,  a  Dis- 
cription  of  this  kind  of  Gees  or  Brant  shall  be  given  here  after 
Saw  a  gang  of  Goats  Swiming  across  the  river  out  of  which  we 
killed  four  they  were  not  fatt.  in  the  evening  passed  a  Small 
(3)  Island  Situated  close  to  the  L.  Side,  at  the  head  of  this 
Is*!  a  large  Creek  coms  in  on  the  L.  S.  saw  white  Brants,  we 
call  this  Creek  white  Brant  Creek.  I  walked  on  the  Is'!  found 
it  Covered  with  wild  Rye,  I  Shot  a  Buck,  Saw  a  large  gang 
of  Goat  on  the  hills  opposit,  one  Buck  killed,  also  a  Prarie 
wolt  this  evening.  The  high  Land  not  so  high  as  below,  river 
about  the  Same  width,  the  Sand  bars  as  noumerous,  the  earth 
Black  and  many  of  the  Bluffs  have  the  Appearance  of  being 
on  tire.  We  came  too  and  camped  on  a  mud  bar  makeing 
from  the  S.  S.  the  evening  is  calm  and  pleasent,  refreshed 
the  men  with  a  glass  of  whiskey. 

Course  Distance  &  reffurences.  —  5"!'  October 

N.  63°  E.      I  y,    under  Some  high  land  on  the  S.  S. 

East.  3        miles  to  a  point  of  Timber  on  the   L.  S.     passed   a 

creek  on  the  L.  S.  (i)      high  land  on  the  S.  S. 
N.  80    E      ly   m'=  to  a  Tree  in  the  bend  to  the  S.  S. 
N.  36°  W.    2        m'.^  to  a  p"  of  high  land  on  the  L.  S.      passd  a  creek  on 

the  S.  S.  (2) 
N.  50°  W.   3        miles  to  a  Point  to  the  S.  S. 
N.  17?  W.   3        m'.=  to  a  tree  on  the  S.  S.     pass*"  a  Small  Island  close 

on  the  L.  S.     above  the  S'!  Island  a  Creek  comes 

in  on  the  L.  S. 
N.  16?  E.     6        m'f  to   a   p!  on   the  L.  Side   opposit   a   Willow   Island 
"^0  Situated  near  the  S.  Shore 

[  180  ] 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MANDANS 

a'!;  October  Satturday  1804.  — 

a  cool  morning  wind  from  the  North  Set  out  early  passed 
a  willow  Island  (i)  Situated  near  the  S.  Shore  at  the  upper 
point  of  Som  timber  on  the  S.  S.  many  large  round  Stones 
near  the  middle  of  the  river,  those  Stones  appear  to  have  been 
washed  from  the  hills  (2)  passed  a  Village  of  about  80  neet 
Lodges  covered  with  earth  and  picketed  around,  those  loges 
are  Spicious  [spacious  —  Ed.]  of  an  Octagon  form  as  close 
together  as  they  can  possibly  be  placed  and  appear  to  have 
been  inhabited  last  Spring,  from  the  Canoes  of  Skins  Mats 
buckits  &c.  found  in  the  lodges,  we  are  of  oppinion  they  were 
the  recrereis  We  found  Squashes  of  3  Different  Kinds  grow- 
ing in  the  Village,  one  of  our  men  Killed  an  Elk  close  by 
this  Village,  I  saw  2  wolves  in  persute  of  another  which 
appeared  to  be  wounded  and  nearly  tired,  we  proceeded  on 
found  the  river  Shole  we  made  Several  attempts  to  find  the 
main  Channel  between  the  Sand  bars,  and  was  obliged  at  length 
to  Drag  the  boat  over  to  Save  a  league  which  we  must  return 
to  get  into  the  deepest  Channel,  we  have  been  obg""  to  hunt  a 
Chan'  for  Some  time  past  the  river  being  devided  in  many 
places  in  a  great  number  of  Chanels,  Saw  Gees,  Swan,  Brants, 
&  Ducks  of  Different  Kinds  on  the  Sand  bars  to  day.  Cap! 
Lewis  walked  on  Shore  Saw  great  numbers  of  Prarie  hens,  I 
observe  but  fiew  Gulls  or  Pleover  in  this  part  of  the  river, 
The  Corvos  or  Magpye  is  verry  Common  in  this  quarter. 
We  camped  on  a  large  Sand  bar  off  the  mouth  of  Beaver  or 
Otter  Creek,  on  the  S.S.  this  creek  is  about  22  vards  wide 
at  the  mouth  and  contains  a  greater  perpotion  of  Water  than 
common  tor  creeks  of  its  Sise  ' 

Course  Distance  and  Reffurences — b'*"  Octi 
N.     4°  E      8        miles  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  L.  S.     passed  a 

willow  Is'J  S.  S. 
N.  8?  W.  I  M'  on  the  L.  Side 
N.  32    W.   3        M'*  to  a  point  on  the  S.  S.     passed  an  old  Village  of 

the  Rickorrees  at  the  Corns!  of  this  Course  (2) 
N.  40°  VV.   2i     Miles  the  Mouth  of  Beaver  (otter  Creek)  on  the  S.  S. 
141,'        a  large  Sand  bar  opposit 

1   Now  Swan  Creek,  in  Walworth  Co.  — CouES  (/..  and  C,  i,  p.   155). 
[181   ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Oct.  7 

7 '''  of  October  Sunday  1804  — 

a  Cloudy  morning,  Some  little  rain  frost  last  night,  we 
Set  out  early  proceeded  on  2  miles  to  the  mouth  of  a  (i) 
River  on  the  L.S.  and  brackfast  this  river  when  full  is  90 
yards  wide  the  water  is  at  this  time  Confined  within  20  yards, 
the  Current  appears  jentle,  this  river  throws  out  but  little 
Sand,  at  the  mouth  of  this  river  we  Saw  the  Tracks  of  white 
bear  which  was  verrv  large,  I  walked  up  this  river  a  mile, 
below  the  (2)  mouth  of  this  river  is  the  remains  of  a  Rickorree 
Village  or  Wintering  Camp  fortified  in  a  circular  form  of  about 
60  Lodges,  built  in  the  Same  form  of  those  passed  yesterday 
This  Camp  appears  to  have  been  inhabited  last  winter,  many 
of  their  willow  and  Straw  mats.  Baskets  &  BufFalow  Skin 
Canoes  remain  intire  within  the  Camp,  the  Ricaries  call  this 
river  Sur-war-kar-na  or  Park.'  [i?  .?] 

Course  Distance  &  RefFurences — 7'''  October 

Miles  to  the  Mouth  of  a  River  Caled  Sur  war  car  na 
in  a  bend  to  the  L.  S.  (i)      a  village  at  Mo:  (2) 

M'.'  to  a  Clump  of  bushes  in  a  bend  to  the  S.  S.   pass- 
ing for  Y\  rnile  on  the  L.  S. 

miles  to  a  pt  of  high  land  on  the  L.  Side,     passed  a 
willow  Island  (3) 

on  the  L.  Side       passed  a  Sand  bar  on  the  S.  S.  (4) 

mile  on  the  L.  S.  to  a  pt. 

miles  to  the  left  Side  of  an  Island  (5)  in  the  mid  river 

Mile  to  the  head  of  the  Willows  at  the  head  of  the  S. 
Grouse  IsH 
214    miles  to  a  point  on  the  main  S.  S.     a  large  Sand  bar 
from  the  upper  point  of  the   Island   high  land   on 
both  Sides  opposit  this  Island. 

from  this  river  {which  heads  in  the  i".  black  mountains)  we 
proceeded  on  under  a  gentle  Breeze  from  the  S.W.  at 
10  oClock  we  Saw  2  Indians  on  the  S.S.  thev  asked  for  some- 
thing to  eat,  &  informed  us  they  were  part  of  the  Beiffs  De 
Medescns  [Beuffles  de  Medecines)   Lodge   on    their  way   to   the 


N.  42°  W. 

2 

N.  30?  E. 

zh 

N.  30?  W. 

2 

N.  35°  VV. 
N.  ID?  W. 
N.  80?  W. 
N.  45°  W. 

7 

I 

3 

I 

West 

2^ 

1  Now  Owl,  or  Moreau,  River.  —  Ed. 

[182] 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MAN  DANS 

Rickerrees  passed  (j)  a  Willow  Island  in  a  bend  to  the  S.S. 
(4)  at  5  Miles  pass'!  a  willow  Island  on  the  S.S.  Wind  hard 
from  the  South  in  the  evening  I  walked  on  an  (5)  Island 
nearly  the  middle  ot"  the  river  Called  Grous  Island,  {the  walls 
of  a  village  on  this  island)  one  of  the  men  killed  a  Shee 
Brarow,'  another  man  Killed  a  Black  tail  Deer,  the  largest 
Doe  I  ever  Saw,  (Black  under  her  breast)  this  Island  is 
nearly  1  y^  m'.'  Squar  no  timber  high  and  Covered  with  grass 
wild  rye  and  contains  Great  Numbers  of  Grouse,  we  pro- 
ceeded on  a  Short  distance  above  the  Island  and  Camped  on 
the  S.S.     a  fine  evening. 

%'!;  of  October  Monday  1804.  — 

a  cool  morning  Set  out  early  the  wind  from  the  N.W. 
proceeded  on,  passed  the  mouth  of  a  Small  Creek  on  the  L.S. 
about  2^  miles  above  Grouse  Island,  (3)  passed  a  Willow 
Island  which  divides  the  Current  equilly.  (2)  passed  the 
mouth  of  a  River  called  by  the  Ricares  IVe  tar  hoo'  on  the 
L.S.  this  river  is  120  yards  wide,  the  water  of  which  at  this 
time  is  Confined  within  20  yards,  dischargeing  but  a  Small 
quantity,  throwing  out  mud  with  Small  propotion  of  Sand, 
great  quantities  of  the  red  Berries,  ressembling  Currents,  are 
on  the  river  in  every  bend.  Jj\  jj  .  00"  Lattitude  from  the 
obsevation  of  to  day  at  the  mouth  of  this  river  {heads  in  the 
Black  mount'n)  is  45  .  39'.  5  "  North,  proceeded  on  passed  a 
(3)  Small  river  of  25  yards  wide  Called  (4)  Rear  par  or  Beaver 
Dam  R:  this  river  \_Ma  ro  pa'\^  is  entirely  chocked  up  with 
mud,  with  a  Streem  of  i  Inch  Diamiter  passing  through,  des- 
charging  no  Sand,  at  i  (5)  mile  passed  the  lower  pint  of 
an  Island  close  on  the  L.S.  2  of  our  men  discovered  the 
ricckerree  village,  about  the  Center  of  the  Island  on  the  L. 
Side  on  the  main  Shore,  this  Island  is  about  3  miles  long, 
Seperated  from  the  L.S.  by  a  Channel  of  about  60  yards  wide 
verrv  Deep,  The  Isl'?  is  covered  with  fields,  where  those 
People  raise  their  Corn  Tobacco   Beens  &c.  &c.     Great  num- 


'  Corrupt  form  of  hlaireau  (the  badger).  —  Ed. 

-  Now  Grand  River  ;  an  Indian  agency  of  tlie  same  name  at  its  moutli.  — Ed. 

^   Known   as   Rampart   Creek,  and  Oak  Creek.  —  Ed. 

[183] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS        [Oct.  8 

bers  of  those  people  came  on  the  Island  to  See  us  pass,  we 
passed  above  the  head  of  the  Island  &  Cap!  Lewis  with  2 
interpeters  &  2  men  went  to  the  Village  I  formed  a  Camp  of 
the  french  &  the  guard  on  Shore,  with  one  Sentinal  on  board 
of  the  boat  at  anchor,  a  pleasent  evening  all  things  arranged 
both  for  Peace  or  War,  This  Village  (6)  is  Situated  about 
the  center  of  a  large  Island  near  the  L.  Side  &  near  the  foot 
of  Some  high  bald  uneaven  hills.  Several  french  men  Came 
up  with  Cap!  Lewis  in  a  Perogue,  one  of  which  is  a  M!  Gravel- 
lin  ^  a  man  well  versed  in  the  language  of  this  nation  and  gave 
us  some  information  relitive  to  the  Countrey  nat[i]on  &c. 

Courses  Distance  and  reffurences.  —  8'f?  Oct' 

N.  70°  W    2        Miles  to  a  tree  in  the  bend  to  the  L.  Side,     passed  a 

small  Creek  L.  S.  (i) 
I        miles  to  the  p!  on  the  S.  S. 
21^   to  the  mo:  of  a  River  \_We  ter  hoo   120  yds  ividi-\  in 

the  bend   to  the  L.  S.   (2)  passing  over  a   willow 

Island  (3) 
I        mile  on  the  L.  Side 
I         mile  on  the  L.  S.  to  the  Mouth  of  a  Small  river  \Ma- 

ro-pa]  (4) 
I        mile  to  the  lower  p!  of  an  Isl    (5) 
3  !,<    Miles  to  a  p'.  on  the  S.  S.  pass"*  the  head  of  the  Is?  and 
Y2.  the    i"  rickorries    Village  (6)    opps"*  a  Creek  we 

Call  after  the  i"  Chief  Ka  kaw  iss  assa  Creek.    L.  S. 


^Orderly  Book;   Clark:]  Orders  October  the  S'f  iSo+. 

Robert  Frazer  being  regularly  inlisted  and  haveing  become 
one  of  the  Corps  of  Vollenteers  for  North-IVestern  Discovery,  he 
is  therefore  to  be  viewed  &  respected  accordingly  ;  and  will  be 
anexed  to  Sergeant  Gass's  mess. 

W*.'  Clark  Cp!  &c. 
Meriwether   Lewis 
Cap!  i"  U.S.  Reg!  Infty 


N. 

10°  w. 

N. 

15°  E. 

N. 

40?  E. 

N. 

30°  E 

N. 

iS^E 

N. 

orth 

1  Joseph   Gravelines,  a  trader  residing  among  the  Arikara  tribe,  in  company  with 
Antoine  Tabeau  (Tabo),  who  is  mentioned  below.  — Ed. 
[184] 


Page  from  the  Orderly  book,  signed  by  both 
Lewis  and  Clark. 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MAN  DANS 

[^Clark  Q  River  Marofia  <)"•  of  Ocloher  lio^.      Tuesday 

;i  vvindcy  rainey  night,  and  cold,  So  much  So  we  Could  not 
speek  with  the  Indians  to  day  the  three  great  Chiefs  and 
many  others  Came  to  see  us  to  day,  we  gave  them  some 
tobacco  and  informed  them  we  would  Speek  on  tomorrow, 
the  day  continued  Cold  &:  windey  some  rain  Sorry  Canoos 
of  Skins  passed  down  from  the  2  Villages  a  Short  distance 
above,  and  many  Came  to  view  us  all  day,  much  astonished 
at  my  black  Servent,  who  did  not  lose  the  opportunity  of 
[displaying  —  Ed.]  his  powers  Strength  &c.  &:c.  this  nation 
never  Saw  a  black  man  before.' 

Several  hunters  Came  in  with  loades  of  meat,  I  observed 
Several  Canoos  made  of  a  Single  Buffalow  Skin  with  3  thre 
squars  Cross  the  river  to  day  in  waves  as  high  as  I  ever  Saw 
them  on  this  river,  quite  uncomposed  I  have  a  Slite  Plursie 
this  evening  verrv  cold  ike.  &c." 

i"  Chief's  name  Ka  kawhsassa  (lighting  Crow) 

2''       do        do      Pocasse  (or  Hav) 

3':'      do        do     piabeto  (or  Eagles  feather) 

10'*  of  October  IVednesday  1804. 

a  fine  morning  wind  from  the  S.E.  at  about  ii  oClock  the 
wind  Shifted,  to  the  N.  W.  we  prepare  all  things  ready  to 
Speak  to  the  Indians,  M^  Tabo  &  M'  Gravolin  came  to  brack- 

'  Bv  way  of  amusement  lie  told  them  that  lie  had  once  been  a  wild  animal,  and 
caught  and  tamed  by  his  master  ;  and  to  convince  them  showed  them  feats  of  strength 
which  added  to  his  looks  made  him  more  terrible  than  we  wished  him  to  be.  — 
BiDDLE    (i,    p.     lOl). 

In  a  rare  pamphlet  entitled  Ad'ventures  of  V.enas  Leonard  (Clearfield,  Pa.,  1S39) 
—  for  information  regarding  which  see  Chittenden's  Amer.  Fur  Trade,  i,  p.  397  — 
is  an  account  ot  a  negro  residing  (1832-34)  in  the  Crow  village  at  the  junction  of 
Bighorn  and  Stinking  rivers,  who  apparently  was. Clark's  servant  York.  He  told 
Leonard  that  he  first  went  to  that  country  with  Lewis  and  Clark,  with  whom  he 
returned  to  Missouri  ;  that  he  afterward  accompanied  a  trader  up  the  Missouri,  and 
had  remained  with  the.  Indians  ever  since  (about  ten  or  twelve  years).  He  had, 
when  Leonard  saw  him,  four  Indian  wives,  and  possessed  much  reputation  and  influ- 
ence among  the  Crows,  from  whom  he  secured  the  return  of  some  horses  which  they 
had  stolen  from  Leonard's  party.  — Walter  B.  Douglas  (St.  Louis). 

-  Wind  blew  hard  this  morning  drove  the  boat  from  her  anker,  to  shore.  — 
Clark   (nuinornndum  on  p.   214  of  Codex  C). 

[185] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oct.  1 1 

fast  with  us  the  Cheefs  &c.  came  from  the  lower  Town,  but 
none  from  the  i  upper  Towns,  which  is  the  largest,  we  Con- 
tinue to  delay  &  waite  for  them  at  12  oClock  Despatched 
Gravelin  to  envite  them  to  come  down,  we  have  every  reason 
to  believe  that  a  gellousy  exists  between  the  Villages  for  fear 
of  our  makeing  the  i"  Cheif  from  the  lower  Village,  at  one 
oClock  the  Cheifs  all  assembled  &  after  Some  little  Cerremony 
the  council  Commenced,  we  inform'*  them  what  we  had  told 
the  others  before  i.  e.  Ottoes  &  Seaux.  made  3  Cheif  i  for 
each  Village ;  gave  them  presents,  after  the  Council  was 
over  we  Shot  the  air  guns  which  astonished  them  much,  the[y] 
then  Departed  and  we  rested  Secure  all  night.  Those  Indians 
wer  much  astonished  at  my  Servent,  they  never  Saw  a  black 
man  before,  all  flocked  around  him  &  examin**  him  from  top 
to  toe,  he  Carried  on  the  joke  and  made  himself  more  turribal 
than  we  wished  him  to  doe.  Those  Indians  are  not  fond  of 
Spirt'  Licquer.  of  any  kind  ^ 

ii','-  October  Thursday  1804  — 

a  fine  morning  the  wind  from  the  S.E.  at  1 1  oClock  we 
met  the  Grand  Cheif  in  Councel  and  he  made  a  Short  Speech 
thanking  us  for  what  we  had  given  him  &  his  nation  promisse- 
ing  to  attend  to  the  Council  we  had  given  him  &  informed 
us  the  road  was  open  &  no  one  dare  Shut  it,  &  we  might 
Departe  at  pleasure,  at  i  oClock  we  Set  out  for  the  upper 
Villages  3  miles  destant,  the  Grand  Cheif  &  nephew  on  board, 
proceeded  on  at  i  mile  took  in  the  2'*  Cheif  &  Came  too  off 
the  first  \_second^  Village  Seperated  from  the  3'''  by  a  Creek 
after  arrangeing  all  matters  we  walked  up  with  the  2'!  Cheif  to 
his  Village,  and  Set  talking  on  Various  Subjects  untill  late  we 
also  visited  the  upper  or  3'.''  Village  each  of  which  gave  us 
Something  to  eate  in  their  way,  and  a  fiew  bushels  of  Corn 
Beens  &c.  &c.  after  being  treated  by  everry  civility  by  those 
people  who  are  both  pore  &  Durtey  we  returned  to  our  boat 


^  Much  pleased,  the  french  Chief  lost  his  presents  by  his  Skin  Canoe  overset- 
ting, shot  the  air  gun,  the  men  traded  some  fiew  articles  for  Robes  had  the  Corn 
mill  set  up  &  shewed  the  Ind^  its  opperation  after  Speaking  to  them  &c. — Clark 
{tit  lupra). 

[   186] 


•  8o4]  TKTON    TO    MAN  DANS 

at  about  lo  oClk.  P  M.  informing  them  before  we  Departed 
that  we  would  Speek  to  them  tomorrow  at  there  Seperate 
\'illages,  Those  people  gave  us  to  eate  bread  made  of  Corn 
be  Beens,  also  Corn  ik  Beans  boiH  a  large  Been  (of)  which  they 
rob  the  mice  ot  the  Prarie  [who  colled  fs?  discover  it)  which  is 
rich  &c  verry  nurrishing  also  [6']quashes  &c.     all  Tranquillity. 

Course  Distance  5:  Rctfurence  12""  [11'?]  Oct' 

N.  45.  E      2        Miles  to  the  mouth  of  a  Creek  between  the  2  upper 

Villages  of  the  Rickeres  L.  S.  (  i ) 
S.    75?  E      I  y^    Miles  the  point  on  the  L.  S.  passed  the  Village  (  2) 
N.  45?  E.     2        M''  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  L.  S. 
N.  20°  W.   21^    miles  to  a  p'  on  the  S.  S. 
N.     8    W.    I  y.    Miles  to  a  point  on  L.  S.  passed  a  Sand  bar. 

12'*  October  Friday  180+  — 

I  rose  early  after  brackfast  we  joined  the  Indians  who  were 
waiting  on  the  bank  for  us  to  come  out  and  go  and  councel, 
we  accordingly  joined  them  and  went  to  the  house  of  the  2".'' 
CheifLi^wjY/ where  there  was  many  Cheif  and  Warriers  &  [they 
made  us  a  present  of —  Biuule]  about  7  bushels  of  Corn,  a 
pr.  of  Leagins,  a  twist  of  their  Tobacco,  &  Seeds  of  2  Kind 
of  Tobacco '  we  Set  Some  time  before  the  Councill  Com- 
menced this  man  Spoke  at  Some  length  declareing  his  dis- 
potion  to  believe  and  prosue  our  Councils,  his  intention  ot 
going  to  Visit  his  great  father  acknowledged  the  Satisfaction 
in  receiveing  the  presents  &c.  rais'g  a  Doubt  as  to  the  Satty 
in  passing  the  Nations  below  particularly  the  Souex.  requested 
us  to  take  a  Chief  of  their  nation  and  make  a  good  peace  with 
Mandins  &  nations  above,  after  answering  those  parts  of  the 
2''  Cheifs  Speech  which  required  it,  which  appeared  to  give 
general  Satisfaction  we  went  to  the  Village  of  the  j'""  Chief  and 
as  usial  Some  Serimony  took  place  before  he  Could  Speek  to 
us  on  the  Great  Subject.  This  Chief  Spoke  verry  much  in 
the  [same]  Stile  on  nearly  the  Same  Subjects  of  the  other  Chief 


*  Their  tobacco  is  ditFerent  from   any  I  had  before  seen  ;   it   answers  for  smoking, 
but  not  for  chewing.  — Gass  (p.   73). 

[   187  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oct.  12 

who  Set  by  his  Side,  more  Sincear  &  pleasently,  he  presented 
us  with  about  10  bushels  of  Corn'  Some  beens  &  [s]quashes 
all  of  which  we  acksepted  with  much  pleasure,  after  we  had 
ans"!  his  Speech  &  give  them  Some  account  of  the  Magnitude 
&  power  of  our  Countrey  which  pleased  and  astonished  them 
verrv  much  we  returned  to  our  boat,  the  Chiefs  accompanied 
us  on  board,  we  gave  them  Some  Sugar  a  little  Salt  and  a 
Sun  Glass,  &  Set  2  on  Shore  &  the  third  proceeded  on  with 
us  to  the  Mandens  by  name  [blank  space  in  MS.]  at  2 
oClock  we  Set  out  the  inhabitents  of  the  two  Villages  Viewing 
us  from  the  banks,  we  proceeded  on  about  9)^  miles  and 
Camped  on  the  S.S.  at  Some  woods  passed,  the  evening  Clear 
&  pleasent  Cool. 

The  Nation  of  the  Rickerries  {Rickaras)  is  about  600  men 
(M'  Taboe  says,  I  think  500  men)  (Mr  Tabat  is  right)  able  to 
bear  arms  a  Great  perpotion  ot  them  have  fusees  they 
appear  to  be  peacefuU,  their  men  tall  and  perpotiend,"  womin 
Small  and  industerous,  raise  great  quantities  of  Corn  Beens 
Simnins*  &c.  also  Tobacco  for  the  men  to  Smoke  they  col- 
lect all  the  wood  and  do  the  drugery  as  Common  amongst 
Savages. 

This  nation  is  {two  villages  are)  made  up  of  10  {nine)  Dif- 
ferent Tribes  of  the  Pania  {Panics),  who  had  formerly  been 
Seperate,  but  by  Commotion  and  war  with  their  neighbours 
have  Come  reduced  and  compelled  to  come  together  for  pro- 
tection. The  curruption  of  the  language  of  those  different 
Tribes  has  So  reduced  the  language  that  the  Different  Villages 
do  not  understan  all  the  words  of  the  others.  Those  people 
are  Durtey,  Kind,  pore,  &  extravigent.  pursessing  national 
pride,  not  beggarley  recive  what  is  given  with  great  pleasure. 
Live  in  warm  houses,  large  and  built  in  an  oxigon  [octagon] 
form  forming  a  cone  at  top  which  is  left  open  for  the  smoke 


1  Recive  Some  Corn  from  the  i'.'  &   3"'  Clif.  about  lo  bushels.  — Clark  (memo- 
randum on  p.  224  of  Codex  C). 

2  Gass  says   of  the   Ankara  (])p.    73,  74)   that    "  they  are  the  best-looking,  most 
cleanly,  most  friendly  and  industrious  Indians  I  have  ever  seen  on  the  voyage."  — F.D. 

'  A  form  of  "simlin"   or  "simnel,"   a  name  used  in  the  Southern  States  for 
summer  squashes.  —  Ed. 

[  188] 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MAN  DANS 

to  pass,  those  houses  are  Generally  30  or  40  foot  Diamiter, 
Gov'!  with  earth  on  poles  willows  &  grass  to  prevent  the  earths 
passing  thro'.'  Those  people  express  an  inclination  to  be  at 
peace  with  all  nations.  The  Seaux  who  trade  the  goods  which 
they  get  of  the  Britush  Traders  for  their  Corn,"  and  [have] 
great  influence  over  the  Rickeres,  poison  their  minds  and  keep 
them  in  perpetial  dread. 

I  saw  Some  of  the  Chien  {Chyenne)  or  Dog  Indians,  also  a 
man  of  a  nation  under  the  Court  Nue,  This  nation  is  at  war 
with  the  Crow  Indians  be  have  3  children  prisoners. 

a  curious  custom  with  the  Souix  as  well  as  the  rickeres  is  to 
give  handsom  squars  to  those  whome  they  wish  to  Show  some 
acknowledgements  to.  The  Seauex  we  got  clare  of  without 
taking  their  squars,  they  followed  us  with  Squars  two  davs. 
The  Rickores  we  put  off  dureing  the  time  we  were  at  the 
Towns  but  2  \Jiandsom  young]  Squars  were  Sent  by  a  man  to 
follow  us,  they  came  up  this  evening,  and  pursisted  in  their 
civilities.^ 

Dress  of  the  men  of  this  nation  is  Simplv  a  p'  mockerson, 
Leagin,  flap  in  front  &  a  Buffalovv  roabe,  with  ther  hair  arms 
&  ears  Deckorated. 

The  womin,  wore  Mockersons  leagins  fringed  and  a  Shirt 
of  Goat  Skins,  Some  with  Sleaves  this  garment  is  longe  & 
Genl-'  white  &  fringed,  tied  at  the  waste[,]  with  a  roabe,  in 
Summer  without  hair. 


'  Cf.  the  more  detailed  descriptions  of  these  huts  given  by  Biddle  (i,  p.  io6), 
Gass  (p.  72),  and  Brackenridge  {Louisiana,  p.  S4S).  — Ed. 

^  The  English  traders  not  only  traffic  with  the  Indians  about  the  shining  [Rocky] 
mountains,  but  they  have  extended  it  to  the  Mandans  on  the  Missouri,  and  to  several 
other  tribes  both  above  and  below  them.  The  Spaniards  also  from  Santa  Fe  occasion- 
ally traffic  with  the  Indians  about  the  waters  of  the  Kansas,  as  likewise  with  those  on 
the  river  Platte.  — Stoddard  {Louisiana,  pp.  453,  +54). 

^  Brackenridge  say?  {Louisiana,  p.  247)  :  "It  is  part  of  their  hospitality,  to  offer 
the  guest  their  wife,  sister,  or  maid  servant,  according  to  the  estimation  in  which  the 
guest  is  held,  and  to  refuse,  is  considered  as  treating  the  host  with  contempt."  This 
was  a  custom  widely  prevalent  among  Indian  tribes,  especially  those  of  the  Far  West. 
Biddle  says  (i,  p.  105)  that  Arikara  regarded  such  intercourse  with  strangers  as  dis- 
graceful, when  occurring  without  the  husband's  or  brother's  consent. —  Ed. 

[189I 


02 

Noo-tar-ivau 

*3 

Au-ner-hoo 

*4 

To-che-wah-coo 

*5 

To-pah-cass 

06 

Cat-tar-kah 

*7 

Ki-e-wah 

+  8 

Too-war-sar 

9 

Shar  ha  (^chien) 

LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oct.  13 
[Memorandum  made  bv  Clark  on  the  inside  front  cover  of  Codex  C  :  ] 

Names  of  the  nations  who  come  to  the  Ricares  to  trafick  and 
bring  Horses  &  robes 

O  I  -  Kun-na-nar-Uesh  —  (Gens  des  vach)'    Blue  beeds. 

Hill  Climbers 
the  people  who  pen  Buffaloes  to  cetch  them 
Fox  Indians 
white  hair's 
Paducar. 
Tideing  Indians 
Skin  pricks 
The  village  on  the  other  side 
10      IVe  hee  skeu(chien) —  The  villagers  on  this  side 

Those  nations  all  live  on  the  praries  from  S  W  by  S  to  West  of  the 
Ricarees  all  speek  different  languages  and  are  numerous,  all  follow  the 
Buffalow  and  winter  near  the  mountains. 


I  ■>,'[[  of  October  Satturday  i  804  — 

one  man  J.  Newmon  confined  for  mutinous  expression  Set 
out  early  proceeded  on,  pass"*  a  camp  of  Seauex  on  the  S.S. 
those  people  only  viewed  us  &  did  not  Speak  one  word.  The 
visiters  of  last  evening  all  except  one  returned  which  is  the 
Brother  of  the  Chief  we  have  on  board  passed  ( i )  a  Creek 
13  yds  on  the  S.S.  at  1 8  ml  above  the  Town  heading  in  some 
Ponds  a  Short  Dist!  to  the  N.E.  we  call  Stone  Idol  C.  (well 
to  observe  here  that  the  Yankton  or  R  Jacque  heads  at  about 
2  Days  March  of  this  place  Easterly,  the  R.  de  Seaux  one 
Day  further,  the  Chien  (Chayenne  the  Chay'  formerly  there)  a 
branch  of  R.  Rouche  {Rouge)  Still  bevend,  and  the  River 
S'.  Peters  4  Days  march  from  this  place  on  the  Same  Derection 
(Informt"  of  the  Rickores).  Passed  a  large  willow  (2)  &  Sand 
Islands   above   the   mouth    of  the   last   Creek,      at    21     Miles 


^  A  French  nickname,  meaning  "cow-people"  — that  is,  Butfalo  tribe.  The 
Indian  name  here  given  —  written  by  Biddle  (i,  p.  54)  Kaninaviesch  —  is  only  an 
Chippewa  appellation  of  that  tribe,  now  known  as  the  Arapaho,  one  of  the  westernmost 
Algonquian  tribes  (see  Mooney's  sketch  of  this  people,  in  U.  S.  Bur.  Ethnol.  Rep., 
1892-93,  pp.  953-957).  Lewis,  however,  in  his  "Statistical  View"  (p.  18) 
applies  the   name   Ar-nih'-pa-hoo'  to  a  branch   of  the   Pawnee. — Ed. 

[   190  ] 


i8o4]  TH'IOX    TO    MAN  DANS 

above  the  Village  passed  a  (3)  Creek  about  15  yards  wide  on 
the  L.S.  we  call  after  2'?  Chief  Pocasse  (or  Hay),  nearly 
opposit  this  Creek  a  fiew  miles  from  the  river  on  the  S.S.  2 
Stones  resembling  humane  persons  &  one  resembling  a  Dog  is 
Situated  in  the  open  Frarie,  to  those  Stones  the  Rickores 
pay  Great  reverance  make  offerings  {votive  Dress  if^c.)  when- 
ever they  pass  (Informt"  of  the  Chief  &  Intepeter)  those 
People  have  a  curious  Tredition  of  those  Stones,  one  was  a 
man  in  Love,  one  a  Girl  whose  parents  would  not  let  [them] 
marry  {The  man  as  is  customary  went  off  to  mourn.,  the  female 
followed.),  the  Dog  went  to  morn  with  them  all  turned  to 
Stone  gradually,  commenceing  at  the  feet.  Those  people  fed 
on  grapes  untill  they  turned,  &  the  woman  has  a  bunch  of 
grapes  yet  in  her  hand,  on  the  river  near  the  place  those  are 
Said  to  be  Situated,  we  obs'!  a  greater  quantity  ot  fine  grapes 
than   I   ever  Saw  at  one  place. 

The  river  above  the  Island  on  which  the  Lower  Reckores 
Village  is  Situated  is  narrow  and  contf  a  great[er]  propotion  of 
Timber  than  below,  the  bottoms  on  both  Sides  is  covered 
with  timber  the  up  lands  naked  the  current  jentle  and  Sand 
bars  confined  to  the  points  Generally. 

We  proceeded  on  under  a  fine  Breeze  from  the  S.E.  and 
camped  late  at  the  upper  part  of  Some  wood  on  the  Starboard 
Side.  Cold  &  Some  rain  this  evening,  we  Sent  out  hunters 
killed  one  Deer. 

we  Tried  the  Prisoner  Newmon  last  night  by  9  ot  his  Peers 
they  did  "  Centence  him  75  Lashes  &  Disbanded  [from]  the 
party." 

Course  distance  cSc  reffurence —  13'''  Oct' 

N.  60?  VV.   3        .Miles  to  a  p!  on  the  S.  S. 

N.  40.  W.   2        Miles  to  a  p'  of  timber  on  L.  S. 

N.  10.  VV.   2        Miles  to  the  p!  on  the  L.-  S. 

N.  53    W.    li      .M'' to  a  p' on  the  S.  S. 

North  2        M'.'  to  a  p'  on   the  L.  S.  opsit  the  mouth  of  a  Creek 

"on  the  S.  S.  (i) 
N.  70?  W.  4i<<    Miles  to  a  p'  on  the  S.  S.     passing  a  Island  (2)  and 

ops')  a  Creek  L.  S.  (3) 
N.  18?  E      3        M'*  to  the  upper  point  of  Some  wood  on  the  S.  S.  and 
jO  camped. 

[191] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oa.  13 


^Orderly  Book;   Clark:]  Orders  lyi'  of  October  1804 

A  Court  Martial  to  Consist  of  nine  members  will  set  to  day 
at  12  oClock  for  the  trial  of  John  Newmon  now  under  Con- 
finement. Cap!  Clark  will  attend  to  the  forms  &  rules  of  a 
president  without  giveing  his  opinion. 

Detail  for  the  Court  Martial 

Serg'  John  Oidaway  W""  Werner 

Sergeant  Pat:  Gass  W""  Bratten 

Jo:  Shields  Geo:  Shannon 

JH:  Hall  Silas  Goodrich 
Jo.  Collins 

Meriwether   Lewis  Cap! 

i^.'  U'S.  Reg!  Infty 
W"  Clark  Cap' 

or  E.  N  W  D    [Engineer  North  Western 
Discovery.  —  Ed.] 


QLewis :] 

In  conformity  to  the  above  order  the  Court  martial  con- 
vened this  day  for  the  trial  of  John  Newman,  charged  with 
"  having  uttered  repeated  expressions  of  a  highly  criminal  and 
"  mutinous  nature  ;  the  same  having  a  tendency  not  only  to 
"  distroy  every  principle  of  military  discipline,  but  also  to 
"  alienate  the  affections  of  the  individuals  composing  this 
"  detatchment  to  their  officers,  and  disafFect  them  to  the  ser- 
"  vice  for  which  they  have  been  so  sacredly  and  solemnly 
"  engaged."  The  Prisonar  plead  not  guil\_t'\y  to  the  charge 
exhibited  against  him.  The  court  after  having  duly  consid- 
ered the  evidence  aduced,  as  well  as  the  defence  of  the  said 
prisonor,  are  unanimously  of  opinion  that  the  prisonor  John 
Newman  is  guilty  of  every  part  of  the  charge  exhibited  against 
him,  and  do  sentence  him  agreeably  to  the  rules  and  articles 
of  war,  to  receive  seventy  five  lashes  on  his  bear  back,  and  to 
be  henceforth  discarded  from  the  perminent  partv  engaged  for 
North  Western  discovery  ;  two  thirds  of  the  Court  concurring 

[  192  ] 


i8o4]  TE'lON    TO    MANDANS 

in  the  sum  and  nature  of  the  punishment  awarded,  the  com- 
manding officers  approve  and  confirm  the  sentence  of  the 
court,  and  direct  the  punishment  take  place  tomorrow  between 
the  hours  of  one  and  two  P.M.  The  commanding  officers 
further  direct  that  John  Newman  in  future  be  attatched  to  the 
mess  and  crew  of  the  red  Perogue  as  a  labouring  hand  on 
board  the  same,  and  that  he  be  deprived  of  his  arms  and 
accoutrements,  and  not  be  permited  the  honor  of  mounting 
guard  untill  further  orders;  the  commanding  officers  further 
direct  that  in  lue  of  the  guard  duty  from  which  Newman  has 
been  exempted  by  virtue  of  this  order,  that  he  shall  be 
exposed  to  such  drudgeries  as  they  may  think  proper  to  direct 
from  time  to  time  with  a  view  to  the  general  relief  of  the 
detatchment. 


[^Clark:]  14^;*  of  October  Sunday  1804.  — 

Some  rain  last  night  all  wet  &  cold,  we  Set  [out]  early  the 
rain  contin'.'  all  Day,  at  [blank  in  MS.]  miles  we  passed  a 
(i)  Creek  on  the  L.S.  15  yards  wide  this  Creek  we  call  after 
the  2'^  Chief  Piaheto  (or  Eagles  feather)  at  i  oClock  we 
halted  on  a  Sand  bar  &  after  Dinner  executed  the  Sentence  of 
the  Court  Martial  so  far  a[s]  giveing  the  Corporal  punish- 
ment, &  proceeded  on  a  fiew  Miles,  the  wind  a  head  from 
N.E.  Camped  in  a  Cove  of  the  bank  on  the  S.S.'  ime- 
diately  opposit  our  Camp  on  the  L.S.  1  observe  an  antient 
fortification  the  Walls  of  which  appear  to  be  8  or  10  feet  high, 
inmost  of  it  washed  in)  the  evening  wet  and  disagreeable,  the 
river  Something  wider  more  timber  on  the  banks. 

The  punishment  of  this  day  allarm^  the  Indian  Chief  verry 
much,  he  cried  aloud  (or  effected  to  cry)  I  explained  the 
Cause  of  the  punishment  and  the  necessity  {0/  it)  which  he 
{also)  thought  examples  were  also  necessary,  &  he  himself  had 
made  them  by  Death,  his  nation  never  whiped  even  their 
Children,  from  their  burth. 


'  In  North   Dakota,  close  to  46  ,  at  a  creek  now  called   Thunder-hawk.      Piaheto 
is  now  Blackfoot  Creek.  — CouES  (Z,.  and  C,  i,  p.   168). 
VOL.  I. -.3  [193] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS      [Oct.  15 


Courses  &  Distance  &  refFurences.  —  14'!' 

S.    70    VV.    I        M'.'  to  a  p!  on  the  L.S.     the  Same  course  continud  2 

M!  to  a  bend  L.S. 
N.  63°  E.    2        M''   to   the    p!   on    the    S.S.       pass''   a   Creek   on   the 

L.S.  (I) 
N.  30°  W.    1 1^    Ml  to  a  large  Tree  on  the  L.S. 
N.  40°  E.     I  y,    M''  to  some  trees  on  the  S.S. 
N    60°  W.   3        M''  to  a  p!  on  the  L.S.     Passing 

N.  70°  W.   3        Miles  to  a  point  on  the  S.S.      passed   an   antient  forti- 
12  fication  on  the  L.S. 


15'''  of  October  Monday  1804  — 

rained  all  last  night,  we  Set  out  early  and  proceeded  on  at 
3  miles  passed  an  Ind"  Camp  [of  hunters  Ricaras)  on  the  S.S. 
we  halted  above  and  about  30  of  the  Indians  came  over  in 
their  canoos  of  Skins,  we  eate  with  them,  they  give  us  meat, 
in  return  we  gave  fish  hooks  &  some  beeds,  about  a  mile 
higher  we  came  too  on  the  L.S.  at  the  camp  of  the  Recores 
(ricaras)  of  about  8  Lodges,  we  also  eate  and  they  gave 
Some  meat,  we  proceeded  on  Saw  numbers  of  Indians  on 
both  Sides  passing  a  Creek,  Saw  many  curious  hills,  high  and 
much  the  resemblance  of  a  house  with  a  hiped  {like  ours)  roof, 
at  12  oClock  it  cleared  away  and  the  evening  was  pleasent, 
wind  from  the  N.E.  at  Sunset  we  arrived  at  a  Camp  of 
Recares  of  10  Lodges  on  the  S.S.  we  came  too  and  camped 
near  them  Cap!  Lewis  and  my  self  went  with  the  Chief  who 
accompanis  us,  to  the  Huts  of  Several  of  the  men  all  of 
whome  Smoked  &  gave  us  something  to  eate  also  Some  meat 
to  take  away,  those  people  were  kind  and  appeared  to  be 
much  pis!"  at  the  attentioned  paid  them. 

Those  people  are  much  pleased  with  mv  black  Servent. 
Their  womin  verry  fond  of  carressing  our  men  &c. 


194] 


w 

est 

2.] 

Ni 

srth 

4 

N. 

34" 

W. 

3.} 

i8o+J  TETON    TO    MANDANS 

Course  Distance  &  RefFurences —  i^"'  Oct 

Miles  to  a  Creek  on  the  L.S.  passing  over  a  Sand  bar 
makeing  from  the  S.  p' 

Miles  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  L.  S.  passing  over  a 
sand  point  on  the  S.S. 

Miles  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  S.  S.  passing  old  Vil- 
lage of  the  Shar  ha  or  Chien  Indians  on  the  L.S. 
below  a  Creek  on  the  same  Side,  passed  a  Camp 
of  Ricares  on  S.S. 

1 6'*  of  October  Tuesday  1804  — 

Some  rain  this  morning,  2  young  squars  verry  anxious  to 
accompany  us,  we  Set  out  with  our  Chief  on  board  by  name 
Ar  ke  tar  na  shar  or  Chief  of  the  Town,  a  little  above  our 
camp  on  the  L.S.  passed  a  circular  work,  where  the,  Shdr  ha 
or  Chien,  or  Dog  Indians  formerly  lived  a  short  distance 
above  passed  a  Creek  which  we  call  Chien  Creek  {Chayenne  or 
Shar  ha  {M'  Hayley  says  Not  Chien),  above  is  a  willow  Island 
Situated  near  (i)  the  L.  Side  a  large  Sand  bar  above  &  on 
both  Sides  (2)  passed  a  Creek  above  the  Island  on  the  L.S. 
call  So-harch  (or  Girls)  Creek,  at  2  miles  higher  up  (3)  passed 
a  Creek  on  L.S.  call  Charpart '  (or  womins)  Creek,  passed 
(5)  an  Island  Situated  in  a  bend  to  the  S.S.  this  Is^  is  about 
\\  Miles  long,  covered  with  timber  Such  as  Cotton  wood, 
ops'!  the  lower  point  a  creek  coms  in  on  [sentence  incom- 
plete—  Ed.]  the  S.S.  called  by  the  Indians  Kee  tooch  Sar 
kar  nar  [Keetooshsahawna — Biddle]  (or  place  of  Beaver) 
above  the  Island  a  small  river  coms  in  about  35  yards  wide 
called  IVar  ra  con  ne^  or  (Elk  Shed  their  horns).  The  Island 
is  called  Carp  Island  by  Ivens  [Evans]  Wind  hard  from  the 
N.W.  Saw  great  numbers  of  Goats  on  the  Shore  S.S.  pro- 
ceeded on  Cap!  Lewis  &  the  Indian  Chief  walked  on  Shore, 
soon  after  I  discovered  great  numbers  ot  Goats  in  the  river, 
and   Indians  on   the  Shore  on  each   Side,     as  I  approached  or 


'  These  names  are  spelled  by  Biddle,  Sohawcli  and  Chapawt  ;  he  says  that  tiiey 
are  Arikara  words.  —  Ed. 

2  The  present  name  is  Big  Beaver  Creek  ;  at  its  mouth  is  the  town  of  Emmons- 
biirg,  N.  D.  —  Ed. 

[  195  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oct.  .6 


got  nearer  I  discovered  boys  in  the  water  Killing  the  goats 
with  Sticks  and  hailing  them  to  Shore,  Those  on  the  banks 
Shot  them  with  arrows  and  as  they  approach;*  the  Shore  would 
turn  them  back  of  this  Gangue  of  Goats  I  counted  58  of 
which  they  had  killed  on  the  Shore,  one  of  our  hunters  out 
with  Cap  Lewis  killed  three  Goats,  we  passed  the  Camp  on 
the  S.S.  and  proceeded  yi  mile  and  camped  on  the  L.S. 
many  Indians  came  to  the  boat  to  See,  Some  came  across 
late  at  night,  as  they  approach  they  hollowed  and  Sung, 
after  Staving  a  short  time  2  went  for  Some  meat,  and  returned 
in  a  Short  time  with  fresh  &  Dried  Buffalow,  also  goat,  those 
Indians  Stayed  all  night,  they  Sung  and  was  verry  merry  the 
greater  part  of  the  night. 

Course  Distance  &  refFurences  —  16'''  Oct 

North  4        Miles  to  a  p'  on  the  S.S.     Passed  a  Willow   Island 

L.  S.  (i)  a  Creek  (2)  above  the  Is'^  &  one  at  2 
miles  further  (3) 

N.  10?  E.  6.  Miles  to  the  upper  point  of  Some  Timber  on  the  L.  S. 
ops'!  the  mouth  of  a  Creek  on  the  S.  S.  (4)  passed 
a  Isl^  on  the  S.S.  (5)  ops^  the  Lower  p!  of  which 
comes  in  a  Creek  (5) 

North  Yi    Mile  on  the  L.  Side 

N.  30°  W.    I        M!  on  the  L.  point  High  L'! 

N.  38°  W.   3        Miles  to  a  point  on  the  S.S. 


i4>^ 


Course  Distance  &  refFurence. 


17 


Oct. 


N.  10°  E.    \y2 

North  y. 

N.  lo'^  W.     y_ 
N.  33-  W.  3i_ 
6 


Miles  to  a  p!    on  the  L.S. 

m'  on  the  L.S. 

M'  on  the  L.S. 

M'!'  to  the  Commencement  of  Some  woods  on  the  S.S. 


note  from  the  Ricares  to  the  River  Jacque  near  N.E. 
is  about  40  m'?  to  the  Chien  a  fork  of  R  Rogue'  20  {further) 
passing  the  Souix  River  near  the  Chien  this  from  information 
of  M!  Graveline  who  passed  through  this  Countrey. 

1   Meaning  Rouge  —  that  is,  Red  River  (of  the  North).  —  Ed. 
[  196  ] 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MAN  DANS 

17'*  of  October  Wednesday  1804.  — 

Set  out  early  a  fine  morning  the  wind  from  the  N.W. 
after  brackfast  I  walked  on  Shore  with  the  Indian  Chief  & 
Interpeters,  Saw  Buffalow,  Elk  and  Great  numbers  of  Goats 
in  large  gangues  (I  am  told  by  M'  G.  that  those  animals 
winter  in  the  Black  Mountains  to  feed  on  timber  (sc)  and  this 
is  about  the  Season  they  cross  from  the  East  of  the  Missouries 
to  go  to  that  Mountain,  they  return  in  the  Spring  and  pass 
the  Missouries  in  great  numbers  (to  the  plains).  This  Chief 
tells  me  of  a  number  of  their  Treditions  about  Turtles,  Snakes, 
&c.  and  the  power  of  a  perticeler  rock  or  Cove  on  the  next 
river  which  informs  ot  every  thing  none  of  those  I  think 
worth  while  mentioning.  The  wind  So  hard  a  head  the  [boat] 
could  could  not  move  after  lo  oClock.  Cap!  Louis  took  the 
altitude  of  the  Sun  Lat:*  46°  .  2J  .  S?"  I  killed  3  Deer,  and 
the  hunters  with  me  killed  3  also,  the  Indian  Shot  one  but 
could  not  get  it,  1  scafFeled  '  up  the  Deer  &  returned  &  met 
the  boat  after  night  on  the  L.S.  about  6  miles  above  the  place 
we  camped  last  night,  one  of  the  men  saw  a  number  of 
Snakes,  Cap"  Lewis  Saw  a  large  Beaver  house  S.S.  1  cought 
a  whipprwill  Small  &  not  common."  the  leaves  are  falling 
fast,  the  river  wide  and  full  of  Sand  bars.  Great  numbers  of 
verry  large  Stone  on  the  Sides  of  the  hills  &  some  rock  of  a 
brownish  Colour  in  the  L:"  Bend  below  this. 

Great  numbers  of  Goats  are  flocking  down  to  the  S.  Side  of 
the  river,  on  their  way  to  the  Black  mountains  where  they 
winter  Those  animals  return  in  the  Spring  in  the  Same  way 
&  scatter  in  different  directions. 


1%'!;  of  October  Thursday  1804  — 

Set  out  earlv  proceeded  on  at  6  m':'  passed  the  mouth  of 
(i)  la  [Lc"]  Boulet  (or  Cannon  Ball  River)  about  140  yards 
wide  on  the  L.S.     this  river  heads  in  the  Court  Not  or  Black 


1  That  is,  scaffolded,  to  be  above  the  reach  of  wolves.  —  Ed. 

2  Nuttall's  whippoorwill  {Phalanoptilus  Nuttalli).  — Ed. 

[  197] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS      [Oct.  i8 


Mountains  (a  fine  Day)  above  the  mouth  of  the  river  Great 
numbers  of  Stone  perfectly  round  with  fine  Grit  are  in  the 
Bluff  and  on  the  Shore,  the  river  takes  its  name  from  those 
Stones  which  resemble  Cannon  Balls.  The  water  of  this 
river  is  confined  within  40  yards.  We  met  2  frenchmen  in 
a  perogue  Decending  from  hunting,  &  complained  of  the 
Mandans  robing  them  of  4  Traps  their  furs  &  Several  other 
articles.  Those  men  were  in  the  imploy  of  our  Ricaree  inter- 
peter  M:  Gravelin     the[y]  turned  &  foUowered  us. 

Saw  Great  numbers  of  Goats  on  the  S.S.  comeing  to  the 
river  our  hunters  Killed  4  of  them  Some  run  back  and 
others  crossed  &  proceded  on  their  journey  to  the  Court  Nou 
at  (3)  passed  a  Small  River  called  Che  wah  or  fish  river'  on 
the  S.S.  this  river  is  about  28  yards  wide  and  heads  to  the 
N.E.  passed  a  small  creek  on  the  L.S.  i  mile  above  the  last, 
and  camped  on  a  Sand  bar  on  the  L.S.  opposit  to  us  we  Saw 
a  Gangue  of  Buffalow  bulls  which  we  did  not  think  worth 
while  to  kill,  our  hunters  killed  4  Coats  [Goats]  6  Deer 
4  Elk  &  a  pelican  &  informs  that  they  Saw  in  one  gang :  248 
Elk,  (I  walked  on  Shore  in  the  evening  with  a  view  to  see 
Some  of  those  remarkable  places  mentioned  by  evins  [Evans 
—  Ed.],  none  of  which  I  could  find).  The  Countrey  in  this 
Quarter  is  Generally  leavel  &  fine  Some  high  Short  hills,  and 
some  ragid  ranges  of  Hills  at  a  Distance 


Course  Distance  &  RefFerences —  iS""  Oct 

N.  50°.  W.    3        Miles  to  the  mouth  of  a  River  (  i  )  cannon  ball  L.  S. 
N.  20°  W.    2        Miles  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  S.  S.   passing  a 

Bluff  in  which  theres  round  stone    (2) 
North  2.1      miles  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  L.  S. 

N.  15°  W.      y.    Mile  on  the  L.  S.  ops'*  a  Creek  on  the  S.  S.  (3) 
N.  10°.  E.     2jX    miles   to  a   point  on   the   S.  S.  passing  a  small  Creek 

on  L.  S. 
N.  20°  E.     3        miles  to  a  point   of  woods  on  the  L.  S.  passing  over  a 
7^  Sand  bar 


1  Now  Long  Lake  Creek  :  this  day's  encampment  was  near  Fort  Rice.  —  Ed. 
[  198] 


i8o4]  TKTON    TO    MANDANS 


The  recaree  Indians  inform  us  that  thev  find  no  black 
tail  Deer  as  high  up  as  this  place,  those  we  find  are  of  the  fallow 
Deer  kind 

fi@°"  The  recarees  are  not  fond  of  Spiritous  liquers,  nor  do 
they  apper  to  be  fond  of  Receiveing  any  or  thankfull  for  it. 
\^they  say  we  are  no  friends  or  we  would  not  give  them  what  makes 
them  fools'^ . 


19',''  October  Friday  1804. — 

a  fine  morning  wind  from  the  S.E.  we  Set  out  early  under 
a  gentle  Breeze  and  proceeded  on  verry  well,  more  timber 
than  common  on  the  banks  on  this  part  of  the  river,  passed 
a  large  Pond  on  the  S.S.  I  walked  out  on  the  Hills  &  observed 
Great  numbers  of  Buffalow  feeding  on  both  Sides  of  the  river 
I  counted  52  Gangues  of  Buffalow  &  3  of  Elk  at  one  View, 
all  the  runs  which  come  from  the  high  hills  which  is  Generally 
about  one  or  1  miles  from  the  water  is  brackish  and  near  the 
Hills  (the  Salts  are)  and  the  Sides  of  the  Hills  &  edges  of  the 
Streems,  \_the  mineral  salts  appear^  I  saw  Some  remarkable 
round  hills  forming  a  cone  at  top  one  about  90  foot  one  60  & 
several  others  Smaller,  the  Indian  Chief  say  that  the  Callemet 
bird^  live  in  the  holes  of  those  hills,  the  holes  form  by  the 
water  washing  [away]  this  Some  parts  in  its  passage  Down 
from  the  top  —  near  one  of  those  noles  [Knolls],  on  a  point 
of  a  hill  90  feet  above  the  lower  plane  I  observed  the  remains 
of  an  old  village,  [high,  strong,  watchtower  i^c.)  which  had  been 
fortified,  the  Indian  Chief  with  us  tels  me,  a  party  of  Man- 
dins  lived  there,  \_Here  first  saw  ruins  of  Mandan  nation^  we 
proceeded  on  &  camped  on  the  S.  S.  opposit  the  upper  of 
those  conceal  hills,  our  hunters  killed  4  Elk  6  Deer  &  a 
pelican,  I  saw  Swans  in  a  Pond  &  killed  a  fat  Deer  in  my 
walk,  Saw  about  10  wolves.     This  day  is  pleasent 


'  The  golden  eagle  (Aquila  chrysaitos)  —  thus  named  because  its  tail-feathers  are 
used  to  decorate  the  calumet-pipes  of  the  Indians,  who  attach  great  value  to  these 
ornaments.  —  Ed. 

[  199] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oa.  20 

Course  Distance  &  reffurence —  19'.''  Octr. 

N.  60°  W.   2^  M'.'  to  a  p'  on  the  S.S.      Passed  a  Creek  on  the  S.S. 

N.  40°  W.   2  Ml*  to  Some  wood  in  a  bend  on  the  L.S. 

N.  10?  E.      ijA  mile  to  the  point  on  the  L.S. 

N.  20°  VV.    2  miles  to  a  tree  in  the  bend  S.S. 

N.  83°  W.   3  miles  to  the  point  on  the  S.S. 

N.  44?  W.    I  mile  to  a  Willow  point  on  the  L.S.     p**  a  Lake  S.S. 

N.  30?  W.   2  miles  to  a  tree  in  the  bend  to  the  S.S. 

N.  80°  W.   3  !,■<  miles  to  a  point  on  the  S.S.  (2)  opposit  a   round   nole 
1-1/        on  the  L.S.     a  Deep  bend  to  the  L.S.  (5c  pond. 

Courses  Distance  &  Reifers.  —  lo""  October 

N.  30?  W    2   Miles  to  Some  timber  in  a  bend  to  the  S.S.  at  a  Creek  (i  ) 

N.  10?  W.    I    mile  on  the  S.S. 

N.  54°  W.   3   miles  to  a  p'  on  the  L.S.  Isl       passing  over  a  Sand  bar 

S.  S. 
N.  2   miles  to  some   high  trees  in  a  bend  on  the   S.S.      passing 

the  \ow'.  p!  Is^  (2) 
N.  70°  W.    2  Miles  to  a  p!  on   the  S.S.       passing  the   upper  p"  of  the 

Island  on  the  L.S. 
N.  50°  W     2  M'*  to   the  upper  part  of  a   Bluff  in   which  there  (3)  is 

Stone  Cole  on  the  L.S.     passing  the  I'.'   old   Mandin 
Ta"      Village  on  the  L.S.  (4) 

20';^'  of  October  Satturday  1804  — 

Set  out  early  this  morning  and  proceeded  on  the  wind  from 
the  S.E.  after  brackfast  I  walked  out  on  the  L.  Side  to  See 
those  remarkable  places  pointed  out  by  Evins,  I  saw  an  old 
remains  of  a  village  [covering  6  or  8  acres)  on  the  Side  of  a  hill 
which  the  Chief  with  Too  ne  tels  me  that  nation  lived  in  2  \_a 
number'\  villages  i  on  each  Side  of  the  river  and  the  Trouble- 
som  Seaux  caused  them  to  move  about  40  miles  higher  up 
where  they  remained  a  fiew  years  &  moved  to  the  place  they 
now  live,  (2)  passed  a  small  Creek  on  the  S.S.  (3)  and  one  on 
the  L.  S.  passed  (4)  a  Island  covered  with  willows  laying 
in  the  middle  of  the  river  no  current  on  the  L.S.  Camped  on 
the  L.So  above  a  Bluff  containing  coal  (5)  of  an  inferior  quallity, 
this  bank  is  imediately  above  the  old  Village  of  the  Mandans. 
The  Countrey  is  fine,  the  high  hills  at  a  Distance  with  gradual 
[  200  ] 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    M.Wnws 

assents,  I  kil''.  j  Deer  The  Timber  confined  to  the  bottoms 
as  useal  which  is  much  larger  than  below.  Great  numbers  of 
Buffalow  Elk  &c  Deer,  Goats,  our  hunters  killed  lo  Deer  & 
a  Goat  to  day  and  wounded  a  white  Bear,'  I  saw  several  fresh 
tracks  ot  those  animals  which  is  3  times  as  large  as  a  mans 
track.  The  wind  hard  all  Day  from  the  N.K.  &  East,  great 
numbers  of  bufFalow  Swimming  the  river  I  observe  near  all 
large  gangues  of  Buffalow  wolves  and  when  the  bufFalow  move 
those  animals  follow,  and  feed  on  those  that  are  killed  by 
accident  or  those  that  are  too  pore  or  fat  to  keep  up  with  the 
gangue. 

11'.'  October  Sunday  1804  — 

a  verry  Cold  night  wind  hard  from  the  N.E.  Some  rain 
m  the  night  which  trosed  as  it  tell  at  Day  light  it  began  to 
Snow  and  continued  all  the  fore  part  of  the  Day  passed  just 
above  our  camp  ( i )  a  Small  river  on  the  L.  S.  called  by 
the  Indians  Chiss-che-tar  [Chisshetaw  —  Bidule]  this  river  is 
about  38  yards  wide  containing  a  good  Deel  of  water"  Some 
distance  up  this  River  is  Situated  a  Stone  which  the  Indians 
have  great  faith  in  &  say  they  See  painted  on  the  Stone,  all 
the  Calemetes  &  good  fortune  to  hapin  the  nation  &  parties 
who  visit  it.  a  tree  \_an  oak'\  which  Stands  [alone'\  near  this 
place  \_about  2  miles  off~\  in  the  open  prarie  which  has  withstood 
the  fire  they  pay  Great  respect  to  make  Holes  and  tie  Strings 
thro  \jhe  skins  of  thei)-^  their  necks  and  around  this  tree  to 
make  them  brave  [Cap'.  Clarke  saw  this  tree^  (all  this  is  the 
information  of  Too  ne  \_is  a  whipperwill'\  the  Cheif  of  the  Ricares 
who  accompanied  us  to  the  Mandins,  at  2  Miles  (2)  passed 
the  2"''  Village  of  the  Mandins  which  was  in  existance  at  the 
same  time  with  the  i'.'  this  Village  is  at  the  foot  of  a  hill  on 
the  S.S.  in  a  butifull  &  extensive  plain,  {nearly  opposite  is  another 


>  Pierre  Crxizat- shot  a  white  bear  left  his  gun,  &c.  — Clark  (memorandum  on 
p.  223  of  Codex  C). 

2  Now  known  as  Heart  River  ;  just  above  are  the  towns  of  Bismarck  and  Man- 
dan,  N.  D.,  joined  by  the  N.  P.  Railway  bridge.  Just  below  the  river  are  the  ruins 
of  Fort  Abraham  Lincoln,  Custer's  post  in  1876.  The  encampment  of  Lewis  and 
Clark  on  October  20,  i  S04,  was  a  little  above  the  site  of  the  fort.  —  O.  D.  Wheeler. 
[  201   1 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oct.  22 

village  in  a  bottom  the  other  side  of  Missouri)  at  this  time  covered 
with  BufFalow.  a  cloudy  afternoon,  I  killed  a  fine  Buffalow, 
we  camped  on  the  L.  S.  [below  an  old  Mandan  village  having 
passed  another  up  a  Creek  j  miles  below  on  S''.  S.  verry  cold 
Ground  covered  with  Snow,     one  orter  [otter]  killd. 

Course  Distance  &  refFer' — 21"  Oct. 
S.    80°  E.     2        miles  to  the  place  the  Mandans  had  a  village  formerly 
at  the  foot  of  a  riseing  part   of  the   plain.  (1)     on 
the  S.  S.  passed  a  river 
N.  16?  W.    1 1^   miles  to  a  grove  on  the  S.  S. 

N.  40°  W.   31^   Miles  to  a  p'  on  the  S.  S.      river  wide  and  sand  bars  a 
~^  large  willow  Island 

22";'  October  Monday  1804  — 

last  night  at  i  oClock.  I  was  violently  and  Suddenly  attacked 
with  the  Rhumetism  in  the  neck  which  was  So  violent  I  could 
not  move  Cap!  [Lewis]  applied  a  hot  Stone  raped  in  flannel, 
which  gave  me  some  temporey  ease.  We  Set  out  early,  the 
morning  Cold  at  7  oClock  we  came  too  at  a  camp  of  Teton 
Seaux  on  the  L.  S.  those  people  12  in  number  were  nack"! ' 
and  had  the  appearance  of  war,  we  have  every  reason  to 
believe  that  they  are  going  or  have  been  to  Steel  Horses  from 
the  Mandins,  they  tell  two  Stories,  we  gave  them  nothing 
after  takeing  brackfast  proceeded  on.  my  Neck  is  yet  verry 
painfull  at  times  Spasms.  [Passed  old  Mal^n^dan  village  near 
which  we  lay,  another  at  ^  miles,  one  at  8  miles  at  mouth  of  large 
creek  4  miles  further  all  on  Larboard  side.)  [The  mounds,  g  in 
number  along  river  within  20  miles  the  fallen  down  earth  of  the 
houses,  some  teeth  and  bones  of  men  i^  animals  mixed  in  these  vil- 
lages, human  skulls  are  scattered  in  these  villages) 

Camped  on  the  L.  Side,  passed  an  Island  Situated  on  the 
L.  Side  at  the  head  of  which  we  pass  a  bad  place  &  Mandans 
village  S.  S.  [2  miles  above).     The  hunters  killed  a  buffalow 


'  14  Sioux  came  to  us  on  the  L.  S.  with  their  guns  cocked,  believe  them  to  be 
a  war  party  they  were  naked  except  their  Leagins.  —  Clark  (memorandum  on 
p.  223  of  Codex  C). 

Of  these  savages  :  "  Notwithstanding  the  coldness  of  the  weather,  they  had  not  an 
article  of  clothing  except  their  breech-clouts."  —  Gass  (p.  79). 

f  202  ] 


.«o+]  TKTON    TO    MANDANS 


bull,  they  Say  out  of  about  300  buffalow  which  they  Saw, 
they  did  not,  see  one  Cow.  Great  Deel  of  Beaver  Sign. 
Several  Cought  every   night. 

Course  Distance  &  Reffurenccs — 22''  Oct 

N.  50°  W    3  Miles  to  a  p!  on  the  S.  S. 

N.  34°  W.   3  Miles  to  the  lower  point  on  an  Island  on  the  L.  S. 

N.  34°  W.   3  Miles  to  a  p!  on  the  S.  S.     passed  a  bad  riffle  or  bar 

North  I  Mile  to  a  point  on  the  L.  S.  a  Deep  bend  to  the  S.  S. 

N.  24°  VV     2  miles  to  a  point  on  the  S.  Side. 
12 

lY;!  of  October  Tueiday  1804  — 

a  cloudy  morning  Some  Snow  Set  out  early,  pass  five 
Lodges  which  was  Diserted,  the  fires  yet  burning  we  Suppose 
those  were  the  Indians  who  robed  the  2  french  Trappers  a  fiew 
days  ago  those  2  men  are  now  with  us  going  up  with  a  view 
to  get  their  property  from  the  Indians  thro.  us.  cold  &  cloudy 
camped  on  the  L.  S.  of  the  river' 

[Saw  at  12  miles  passed  old  village  on  S.  S.  of  Maharha  '"''  Ind"',  a 
band  of  Minnetarr'eas  who  now  live  between  Mand'  isj  Minne- 
tarres)  (*  Ah  na  ha  wa's  [Ahwahaways —  Biddle]  see  note  10 
May  1805) 

Course  Distance  &  reffurences 

N.  45°  E  2  Miles  to  a  Tree  in  the  bend  S.  S. 

N.  18?  W.  i^  M'f  to  High  land  on  S.  S. 

N.  65°  W.  3  M'=  to  a  tree  in  the  bend  L.  S. 

N.  33°  W.  2  1/^  M'f  to  a  p'.  on  the  L.  S. 

N.  18?  W.  I  mile  on  the  L.  S. 

N.  45?  W.  3  Miles  to  a  point  on  the  S.  S.  passing  as  common  many 
71  Sand  bars 

Course  Distance  &  reffurences  —  24''  Oct. 

N.  20°  W.    I    Mile  to  a  p^  on  the  S.  S. 

N.  10°  VV.   2   Miles  to  a  p'  on  the  L.  S.  at  this  place    the  river  has  lat- 

erlv  Cut  thro  forming  a  large  Island  to  the  S.  S.  (i) 
N.  35°  W.    2    Miles  to  an  object  on  the  S.  S. 

N.  64?  VV.    2   Miles  to  a  point   of  high  land  on   which  the  Mandins 
1        formerly  lived  (2) 

1  Near  Sanger,  N.  D.,  a  sliort  distance  south  of  Deer  Creek.  — Ed. 
[203  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oct.  24 

2  4'"  October  IVcinesday  1804  — 

Set  out  early  a  cloudy  day  Some  little  Snow  in  the  morning 
I  am  Something  better  of  the  Rhumitism  in  my  neck,  a  buti- 
full  Countrey  on  both  Sides  of  the  river,  the  bottoms  cov'! 
with  wood,  we  have  Seen  no  game  on  the  river  to  day  a 
prof  of  the  Indians  hunting  in  the  neighbourhood  (i)  passed 
a  Island  on  the  S.  S.  made  by  the  river  Cutting  through  a 
point,  by  which  the  river  is  Shortened  Several  miles,  on  this 
Isl''  we  Saw  one  of  the  Grand  Chiefs  of  the  Mandins,  with  five 
Lodges  hunting,  this  Chief  met  the  Chief  of  the  Ricares  who 
accompanied  us  with  great  Cordiallity  &  serimony  Smoked  the 
pipe  &  Cap!  Lewis  with  the  Interpeter  went  with  the  Chiefs  to 
his  Lodges  at  i  mile  distant,  after  his  return  we  admited  the 
Grand  Chief  &  his  brother  for  a  few  minits  on  our  boat,  pro- 
ceeded on  a  Short  distance  and  camped  on  the  S.  S.  below  the 
old  village  of  the  Mandins  &  ricares}  Soon  after  our  land'g 
4  mandins  came  trom  a  camp  above,  the  Ricares  Chief  went 
with  them  to  their  Camp, 

Course  Distance  &  RefFurences —  25'''  of  October. 
N.  80°  W.   3   Miles  to  a  p'  on  the  L.  Side      passed  an  old  Village  (l) 
West  I    Mile  on  the  L.  Side 

S.    80?  VV.    1    Mile  on  the  L.  Side 
S.    60.  W.    2   Miles  to  a  p!  on  the  L.  Side 
S.    30°  W.    2  Miles  to  a  Tree  on  the  Larboard  Side 
S.    33°  W.   2   Miles  to  a  point  on  the  Starboard  Side  opposit  a  high  hill 
II 

25';;  of  October  ThursJav  1804.  — 

a  cold  morning.  Set  out  early  under  a  gentle  Breeze  from 
the  S.  E.  by  E.  proceeded  on,  passed  (i)  the  3'.''  old  Village 
of  the  Mandans  which  has  been  Des?  for  many  years.  This 
village  was  situated  on  an  eminance  of  about  40  foot  above  the 
water  on  the  L.  S.  back  for  Several  miles  is  a  butifull  Plain 
(2)  at  a  Short  distance  above  this  old  Village  on  a  Continuation 
of  the  same  eminance  was  Situated  the  Ricares  Village  {two  ola 
villages  of  ricaras  one  on  top  of  high  hill  the  2^  below  in  the  bottom.) 
which  has  been  avacuated  only  Six  {five)  years,     {about  j  or  ./ 

I  Near  Washburn,  N.  D.  —Ed. 

[204] 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MANDANS 


miles  above  Ricaras  villages  are  3  old  villages  of  Mandans  near 
together    here  they  lived  when  the  R's  came  for  protection  —  after- 
wards moved  where  they  now  live.)     above  this  Village  a  large  and 
extensive  bottom  for  Several   miles  in  which  the  Squars  raised 
ther  Corn,     but  little  timber  near  the  Villages,     on  the  S.  S. 
below  is  a  point  of  excellent  timber,  and  in  the  point  Several 
miles  above  is  fine  timber,     Several  parties  of  Mandins  rode 
to  the  river  on  the  S.  S.  to  view  us     indeed  they  are  continu- 
elly  in   Sight  Satisfying  their  Curiossities  as  to  our  apperance 
>kQ.     We  are  told  that  the  Seaux  has  latterlv  fallen  in  with  & 
Stole  the  horses  of  the  Big  bellies;     on   their  way  home  they 
tell   in   with    the   Ossiniboin    who   killed    them    and   took    the 
horses,     a  frenchman   has  latterly   been   killed   by  the  Indians 
on  the  Track  to  the  tradeing  establishment  on  the  Ossinebine 
R.  in  the  North  of  this  place  (or  British  fort)    This  frenchman 
has  lived  many  years  with  the   Mandins.     we  were  frequently 
called  on   to   land  &  talk  to   parties  of  the   Mandins   on   the 
Shore;    wind   Shifted  to  the  S.  W    at    about    11    oClock    and 
blew  hard  untill  3  oClk.     clouded  up     river  full  of  Sand  bars 
&  we  are  at  a  great  loss  to  find   the  channel  of  the  river,  fre- 
quently run  on  the  Sand   bars  which   Delais  us  much      passed 
a  verry  bad  riffle  of  rocks  in  the  evening  by  takeing  the  L.  S. 
of  a  sand   bar'- and   camped    on   a   Sand    point  on   the   S.   S. 
opposit  a  high  hill  on  the  L.  S.      Several   Indians  came  to  see 
us  this  evening,  amongst  others  the  Sun  of  the  late  Great  Chief 
of  the  Mandins  {mourning  for  his  father),    this  man  has  his  two 
little   fingers  off;     on    inquireing   the   cause,  was   told   it   was 
customary   for  this   nation   to   Show  their  greaf  by  some  testi- 
mony of  pain,  and  that  it  was  not  uncommon  for  them  to  take 
off  2   Smaller  fingers  of  the  hand  {at  the  2''  joints)  and  some 
times  more  with  other  marks  of  Savage  effection 

'  A  common  but  somewhat  erroneous  translation  of  Gros  Ventres,  the  French 
appellation  of  a  tribe  who  form  a  division  of  the  Arapaho  people.  The  name 
Gros  Ventres  is  also  applied,  as  here,  to  the  Siouan  Minitaree  (more  correctly 
known  as  Hidarsa).  See  Mooney's  Sketch  of  the  Arapaho,  U.  S.  Bur.  Ethnol.  Rep., 
1892-93,  pp.  954,  555.  The  Assiniboin  are  a  division  of  the  Siouan  family  ;  most 
of  them  dwell  in  British  territory.  Ed. 

-  All  obliged  to  get  out  and  haul  the  boat  over.  —Clark  (memorandum  on 
p.  223  of  Codex  C). 

[  305  ] 


LKWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oa.  26 

The  wind  blew  verrv  hard  this  evening  from  the  S.W.  verry 
cold  R.  Fields  with  the  Rhumitism  in  his  neck,  P.  Crusat 
with  the  Same  complaint  in  his  Legs  —  the  party  otherwise 
is  well,  as  to  my  self  I  feel  but  slight  Simptoms  of  that  dis- 
order at  this  time, 


26"!  of  October  FriJay  1804  — 

Set  out  early  wind  from  the  S.  W.  proceeded  on  saw 
numbers  of  the  Mandins  on  Shore,  we  set  the  Ricare  Chief 
on  Shore,  and  we  proceeded  on  to  the  Camp  of  two  of  their 
Grand  Chiefs  where  we  delayed  a  fiew  minits,  with  the  Chiefs 
and  proceeded  on  takeing  two  of  their  Chiefs  on  board  &  Some 
of  the  heavy  articles  of  his  house  hold,  Such  as  earthen  pots  & 
Corn,  proceeded  on,  at  this  Camp  Saw  a  (Mr)  M'  Cracken 
Englishmon  from  the  N.W.  {Hudson  Bay)  Company  ^  this  man 
Came  nine  Days  ago  to  trade  for  horses  &  Buffalow  robes, — 
one  other  man  came  with  him.  the  Indians  continued  on  the 
banks  all  day.  but  little  wood  on  this  part  of  the  river,  many 
Sand  bars  and  bad  places,  water  much  devided  between  them 

We  came  too  and  camped  on  the  L.  S.  abojut  yi  a  mile 
below  the  i'.'  Mandin  Town  on  the  L.  S."  soon  after  our 
arrival  many  men  womin  &  children  flocked  down  to  See  us, 
Cap!  Lewis  walked  to  the  village  with  the  principal  Chiefs  and 
our  interpters,  my  Rhumatic  complaint  increasing  I  could 
not  go.  if  I  was  well  only  one  would  have  left  the  Boat  & 
party  untill  we  niew  the  Disposition  of  the  Ind^  I  Smoked 
with  the  Chiefs  who  came  after.  Those  people  ap?  much 
pleased  with  the  Corn  Mill  which  we  were  obliged  to  use,  & 
was  fixed  in  the  boat. 


1  Early  explorations  by  French  and  English  navigators  and  traders  led  to  the 
establishment  (May  i,  1670)  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Coinpanv,  with  headquarters  in 
London,  who  long  held  a  monopoly  of  the  fur  trade  in  the  great  Northwest.  In 
1783-84  some  of  the  leading  Montreal  merchants  organized  a  rival  association,  known 
as  the  North  West  Company  ;  but  after  a  long  and  fierce  competition  for  supremacy 
in  the  fur  trade,  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  finally  absorbed  its  rival  (March  26, 
1 821).  Hugh  McCracken  was  an  Irish  "  free  trader,"  usually  employed  by  the  North 
West  Company,  who  had  accompanied  David  Thompson  and  Alexander  Henry  in 
their  journeys  tlirough  the  Upper  Missouri  region.  — Ed. 

'  Not  far  from  Stanton,  N.  D.  —  Ed. 

[206] 


i8o4]  TETON    TO    MAN  DANS 

Course  Distance  &  reff"  —  26""  Oct. 

N.  45°   VV.    I  Mi  to  a  tree  in  the  bend  to  the  Larboard  Side 

N.  70?  W.    I  M'  to  a  p'  on  the  S.  S. 

S.    26.   VV.    2  iVI"  to  a  Camp  of  Mandans     wood  in  the  bend  L.  S. 

West.  I  iVl'.'  to  a  tree  in  bend  L.  S.     passed  a  Small  Creek 

N.  27?  VV.   3  M'»  to  the  p'  P'ort   Mandan   stands  on      Passing  a  Bluff 
^        of  indt^  Coal  L.  S. 

N.  55?  W.    1    M!  to  a  p'  on  the  L.  S. 

S.    60°  W.   2-M'.'  to  the  1"  Village  of  the  Mandins  Situated  on  the  L. 
1 1         Side  in  an   open  Plain. 


[  207  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS      [Oct.  27 


Chapter    V 

AMONG     THE    MANDANS 

Clark's  Journal,  October  17 — December  27,   1804 
I^Clark  :3  17',''  of  October  Satturday  1804,  Mandans.  — 

WE  Set  out  arlv  came  too  at  the  Village  on  the  L.S. 
this  village  is  situated  on  an  eminance  ot  about  50 
feet  above  the  Water  in  a  handsom  plain  it  con- 
taines  [blank  space  in  MS.]  houses^  in  a  kind  of  Picket 
work,  the  houses  are  round  and  verry  large  containing  sev- 
eral families,  as  also  their  horses  which  is  tied  on  one  Side  ot 
the  enterance,  a  Description  of  those  houses  will  be  given 
hereafter,  I  walked  up  &  Smoked  a  pipe  with  the  Chiefs  of 
the  Village  thev  were  anxious  that  I  would  stay  and  eat 
with  them,  my  indisposition  prevented  my  eating  which  dis- 
pleased them,  untill  a  full  explenation  took  place,  I  returned 
to  the  boat  and  Sent  1  Carrots  of  Tobacco  for  them  to  smoke, 
and  proceeded  on,  passed  the  2*1  Village  and  camped  ops'!  the 
Village  of  the  Weter  soon'  \or  Ah  wah  har  ways'\  which  is 
Situated  on  an  eminance  in  a  plain  on  the  L.S.  this  Village 
is  Small  and  Contains  but  fiew  inhabitents.^  above  this  Vil- 
lage also  above  the  Knife  river  on  the  Same  Side  of  the 
Missouri  the  Big  bellies  Towns  are   Situated     a  further   De- 


1  This  village  contains  40  or  30  lodges,  built  in  the  manner  of  those  of  the 
Rickarees.  —  Gass  (p.  83). 

^  A  division  ot  the  Hidatsa,  called  by  the  French  Gens  de  Soulier.  They  were 
kindred  to  the  Minitaree  but  maintained  a  separate  tribal  organization  until  about  1836. 
See  Washington  Matthews' s  Ethnography  and  Philology  of  the  Hidatsa  Indians 
(Washington,  1877)  ;  McGee's  account  of  this  tribe  in  U.  S.  Bur.  Ethnol.  Rep., 
1893-94,   pp.    197,    198. — Ed. 

'  These  Indians  have  better  complexions  than  most  other  Indians,  and  some  of 
the  children  have  fair  hair.  .  .  .  These  people  do  not  bury  their  dead,  but  place  the 
body  on  a  scaffold,  wrapped  in  a  buffaloe  robe,  where  it  lies  exposed-  —  Gass  (p.  83). 

[208] 


i8o4]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 

scription  will    be    given    hereafter   as    also    of  the    Town   of 
■  Mandans  on  this  side  of  the  river  i.  e.   S.  Side. 

a  fine  warm  Day  we  met  with  a  frenchman  by  the  name  of 
Jessomme^  which  we  imploy  as  an  interpeter.  1  his  man  has  a 
wife  &  Children  in  the  village.  Great  numbers  on  both  Sides 
flocked  down  to  the  bank  to  view  us  as  we  passed.  Cap! 
Lewis  with  the  Interpet'  walked  down  to  the  village  below  our 
camp  After  delaying  one  hour  he  returned  and  informed  me 
the  Indians  had  returned  to  their  village  &c.  &c.,  we  Sent 
three  twists  \carrots\  of  Tobacco '"  by  three  voung  men,  to  the 
three  villages  above  enviting  them  to  come  Down  &  Council 
with  us  tomorrow,  many  Indians  came  to  view  us  Some 
staved  all  night  in  the  Camp  of  our  party.  We  procured 
some  information  of  M'  Jessomme  of  the  Chiefs  of  the 
Different   Nations 

Course  Distance  27''' 

West  2   Miles  to  a  bend  on  the  L.  S.  passing  a  Cole  Bank 

N.  10°  W.   2  miles  to  a  Wood  on  the  S.  S.     pass""  the  2  village  on  S.  S. 

Sunday,  zt'tl  of  October  1S04  — 

a  windey  Day,  fair  and  clear  many  of  the  Grosvantres  (or 
Big  Bellies)  and  Watersones  Came  to  See  us  and  hear  the 
Council  the  wind  being  So  violently  hard  from  the  S.W. 
provented  our  going  into  Council,  (indeed  the  Chiefs  of  the 
Mandans  from  the  lower  village  Could  not  Cross,  we  made 
up  the  presents  and  entertained  Several  of  the  Curious  Chiefs 
whome,  wished  to  see  the  Boat  which  was  verry  curious  to 
them  viewing  it  as  great  medison,  (whatever  is  mysterious  or 
unintelligible  is  called  great  medicine)  as  they  also  Viewed  my 
black  Servent  The  Black  Cat  Grand  Chief  of  the  Mandans, 
Cap'  Lewis  &  myself  with  an   Interpeter  walked  up   the  river 


I  Rene  Jessaume  was  originally  a  "  free  trader"  (one  to  whom  certain  quantities 
of  goods  would  be  advanced  by  a  trading  company),  and  had  spent  many  years 
among  the  Mandan.  —  Ed. 

^  An  article  indispenceable  in  those  cases.  —  Clark  (memorandum  on  p.  123  of 
Codex  C). 

VOL.  I.  — 14  [209] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oct.  29 

about  i}4  miles  our  views  were  to  examine  the  Situation  & 
Timber  for  a  fort,  we  found  the  Situation  good  but  the 
Timber  scerce,  or  at  least  Small  timber  such  as  would  [not) 
answer  us,  We  cunsulted  the  Grand  Chief  in  respect  to  the 
other  Chiefs  of  the  Different  Villages  he  gave  the  names  of 
12.  George  Drewyer  cought  2  Beaver  above  our  Camp  last 
niwht,  we  had  Several  presents  from  the  woman  of  Corn 
boil'd  homney.  Soft  Corn  &c.  &c.  I  prosent  a  jar  {earth- 
thern  jar  glazed)  to  the  Chiefs  wife  who  receved  it  with  much 
pleasure,  our  men  verry  chearfull  this  evening.  We  Sent 
the  Chiefs  of  the  Gross  Vantres  to  Smoke  a  a  pipe  with  the 
Grand  Chef  of  the  Mandans  in  his  Village,  &  told  them  we 
would  Speelc  tomorrow. 


29'*  October  Monday  1804.  — • 

a  fair  fine  morning  after  Brackfast  we  were  visited  by  the 
old  Cheaf  of  the  Big  bellies  or  [blank  space  in  MS.]  this 
man  was  old  and  had  transfired  his  power  to  his  Sun,  who  was 
then  out  at  War  against  the  Snake  Indians  who  inhabit  the 
Rockey  Mountains.^  at  lo  oClock  the  S.W.  wind  rose  verry 
high,  we  Collected  the  Chiefs  and  Commenced  a  Councel 
ounder  a  orning,  and  our  Sales  Stretched  around  to  keep  out 
as  much  wind  as  possible,  we  delivered  a  long  Speech  the 
Substance  of  which  [was]  Similer  to  what  we  had  Delivered  to 
the  nations  below,  the  old  Chief  of  the  Grosvanters  was 
verry  restless  before  the  Speech  was  halt  ended  observed  that 
he  Could  not  wait  long  that  his  Camp  was  exposed  to  the 
hostile  Indians,  &c.  &c.  he  was  rebuked  by  one  of  the  Chiefs 
for  his  uneasiness  at  Such  a  time  as  the  present,  we  at  the 
end  of  the  Speech  mentioned  the  Recare  who  accompanied  us 
to  make  a  firm  Peace,  they  all  Smoked  with  him  (I  gave 
this  Cheaf  a  Dollar  of  the  American  Coin  as  a  Meadel  with 
which   he  was  much   pleased)     In  Councel  we  presented  him 


1  The  Shoshoni,  commonly  called  Snake  Indians  ;  the  principal  tribes  of  the 
Shoshonean  family.  They  originally  occupied  the  region  now  included  in  southern 
Montana  and  Idaho  and  western  Wyoming  ;  but  were  later  forced  across  the  Rocky 
Mountains  by  hostile  prairie  tribes.  —  El). 

[210] 


i8o4]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 

with  a  certificate  of  his  .sin[c]errity  and  good  Conduct  &c. 
We  also  Spoke  about  the  fur  which  was  taken  from  2  french- 
men by  a  Mandan,  and  inform''  ot  our  intentions  of  Sending 
back  the  french  hands,  after  the  Council  we  gave  the  presents 
with  much  serimoney,  and  put  the  Meadels  on  the  Chiefs  we 
intended  to  make  viz.  one  for  each  Town  to  whome  we  gave 
coats  hats  &  flags,  one  Grand  Chief  to  each  nation  to  whome 
we  gave  meadels  with  the  presidents  likeness  in  Council  w^e 
requested  them  to  give  us  an  answer  tomorrow  or  as  Soon  as 
possible  to  Some  Points  which  required  their  Deliberation, 
after  the  Council  was  over  we  Shot  the  air  gun  which  appeared 
to  astonish  the  nativs  much,  the  greater  part  then  retired 
Soon  after. 

The  Recare  Cheaf  Ar-ke-tar-na-shar  came  to  me  this  even- 
ing and  tells  me  that  he  wishes  to  return  to  his  Village  & 
nation,  I  put  him  off  Saying  tomorrow  we  would  have  an 
answer  to  our  talk  to  the  Satisfaction  &  send  by  him  a  String 
of  Wompom  informing  what  had  passed  here.  a  Iron  or 
Steel  Corn  Mill  which  we  gave  to  the  Mandins,'  was  verry 
thankfully  receved.  The  Prarie  was  Set  on  fire  (or  cought  by 
accident)  by  a  young  man  of  the  Mandins,  the  fire  went  with 
such  velocity  that  it  burnt  to  death  a  man  &  woman,  who 
Could  not  get  to  any  place  of  Safty,  one  man  a  woman  & 
Child  much  burnt  and  Several  narrowly  escaped  the  flame,  a 
boy  half  white  was  saved  unhurt  in  the  midst  of  the  flaim, 
Those  ignerent  people  say  this  boy  was  Saved  by  the  Great 
Medison  Speret  because  he  was  white.  The  couse  of  his  being 
Saved  was  a  Green  buffalow  Skin  was  thrown  over  him  by  his 
mother  who  perhaps  had  more  fore  Sight  for  the  pertection  of 
her  Son,  and  [l]ess  for  herself  than  those  who  escaped  the 
flame,  the  Fire  did  not  burn  under  the  Skin  leaveing  the 
grass  round  the  bov-  This  fire  passed  our  Camp  last  [night] 
about  8  oClock  P.M.  it  went  with  great  rapitidity  and  looked 
Tremendious    . 


1  I  saw  [i8o6]  the  remains  of  an  excellent  large  corn  mill,  which  the  foolish 
fellows  had  demolished  to  barb  their  arrows  ;  the  largest  piece  of  it,  which  they  could 
not  break  or  work  up  into  any  weapon,  was  fixed  to  a  wooden  handle,  and  used  to 
pound  marrow-bones  to  make  grease.  —  Henry  {Journal,  Coues  ed.,  i,  p.  329). 

[211] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oct.  29 

The  following  Chiefs  were  made  in  Council  to  day 

Ala-too-ton-ha  or  Lower  Village  of  the  Mandans 

I"  Chief  Sha-ha-ka—  or  Big  White  1 

2       do      Ka-goh-ha-mi.      or  Little  Raven 

Roop-tar-hee  or  Second  Village  of  the  Mandans. 

I"  and  Grand  Chief,  Pose-cop-sa-he.  or  black  cat 
1"^  Chief  Car-gar-no- mok-she  raven  man  Cheaf 

Mah-har-ha      3'^  Village 
i"  Cheaf  Ta-tucli-co-pin-re-ha  white  Buffalow  robe  unfolded 

Me-ne-tar-re      Me-te-har-tan 

I"  Cheif —  Omp-se-ha-ra.      Black  Mockerson 
2        do.      Oh-harh  or  Little  fox 

We  Sent  the  presents  intended  for  the  Grand  Chief  of  the 
Mi-ne-tar-re  or  Big  Belley,  and  the  presents  flag  and  Wompom 
by  the  old  Chief  and  those  intended  for  the  Chief  of  the  Lower 
Village  by  a  young  Chief 

The  following  Chiefs  were  recommended  in  addition  to 
those  viz.  — 

I*'  Village 

Oh-hee-nar  Big  Man  a  Chien  (<?  Chayenne  prisoner  adopted  by  them') 
Sho-ta-har-ro-ra  ^  [or  Coal  —  Biddle] 

2*!  Village 
Taw-nuh-e-o  Bel-lar-sara 
Ar-rat-tana-mock-ihe  —  Wolf  man  Chief 

3':"  Village 

Min-nis-sur-ra-ree  —  Neighing  horse 
Lo-Cong-gar-ti-har  —  old  woman  at  a  distance 


1  Brackenridge,  who  saw  this  chief  in  1811,  thus  describes  him  {Louisiana, 
p.  261)  :  "  She-he-ke  is  a  fat  man,  not  much  distinguished  as  a  warrior,  and  extremely 
talkative,  a  fault  much  despised  amongst  the  Indians."  —  Eo. 

^  Biddle  does  not  include  this  chief  in  his  list.  —  Ed. 

[  212  ] 


1 804]  AT    FORT    MAN  DAN 


Vi-  Village 

Mar-noh-tah .     the  big  Stcclcr  out  at  war  (who  was  then  out  at  war  & 

IV as  kilUd  <•//'.') 
Mar-se-rus-se  —  tale  of  Callumet  bird 
Ea  pa  no  pa  —  Two  taled  Calumet  bird  young  Chief 
ITar  kc  ras  sa  The  red  Shield  young  Chief  of  Big  belley  —  big  town 

S'*"  Village 

Sha-hakh  ho  pin  nee  —  Little  Wolfs  Medisoii 

Ar-rat-to'e-no-mook-ge  —  man  wolf  Chief  {at  war) 

Cal-tar-co  ta  —  cherry  (grows  {growing)  on  a  bush)  old  Chief  and 
father  to  the  above  menf?  chief 

Maii-piih' -pir-re-cos-sa  too  —  This  chief  is  near  this  hunting  and  a 
verry  considerable  man  ' 

To  the  i"  Chiefs  we  gave  a  Medal  with  the  Imp"  of  the  President 
of  the  U.  S. 

To  the  2^  Chiefs  a  Medel  of  weaveing  &  Domestic  animals. 

To  the  3'^  Chiefs  a  Medel  with  the  impression  of  a  man  Sowing 
Wheat. 


30"!  October  Tuesday  1804  — 

Two  chiefs  came  to  have  Some  talk  one  the  princapal  of  the 
lower  Village  the  other  the  one  who  thought  himself  the  prin- 
cipal man,  &  requested  to  hear  Some  of  the  Speech  that  was 
Delivered  yesterday  they  were  gratified,  and  we  put  the  medal 
on  the  neck  of  the  Big  white  to  whome  we  had  Sent  Clothes 
yesterday  &  a  flag,  those  men  did  not  return  from  hunting 
in  time  to  join  the  Councell,  they  were  well  pleased  (2?  of 
those  is  a  Chien)  I  took  8  men  in  a  Small  perogue  and  went 
up  the  river  as  fur  as  the  i"  Island  about  7  miles  to  see  if  a 
Situation  could  be  got  on  it  for  our  Winter  quarters,  found 
the  wood  on  the  Is^  as  also  on  the  p!  above  so  Distant  from 
the  water  that,  I  did  not  think  that  we  could  get  a  good 
wintering  ground  there,  and  as  all  the  white  men  here  informed 
us  that  wood  was  scerce,  as  well  as  game  above,  we  Deturmined 
to  drop  down  a  fiew  miles  near  wood  and  game 

'   Biddle  does  not  include  this  chief  in  his  list.  —  Ed. 
[213] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Oct.  31 

Course  to  the  Island 

N.  I  2°  W.   3        M!  to  a  Bluft"  30  feet  high  above  the  point  of  wood.  S.S. 
N.  20°  W     2        M''  to  a  tree  under  the  bank  about  20   feet   high   S.  S. 

butifuU  plain 
N.  30°  W.    I.I      Mis.  to  a  p'  of  the  Same  BlufF30  feet  high  under  which 

there  was  coal  S.  S. 
N.  45°  W.    I  i/^    M'.'  to  the  Lower  point  of  an   Island     Current  on  the 
~j  L.  S.  this  Is*!  ab;  i  mile  long. 

on  my  return  found  maney  Ind'  at  our  Camp,  gave  the 
party  a  dram,  they  Danced  as  is  verry  Com"  in  the  evening 
which  pleased  the  Savages  much.      Wind  S.  E. 

3i^f  of  October  Wednesday  1S04  — 

a  fine  morning,  the  Chief  of  the  Mandans  Sent  a  2?  Chief 
to  invite  us  to  his  Lodge  to  receive  Som  corn  &  here  what  he 
had  to  say  I  walked  down,  and  with  great  ceremoney  was 
Seeted  on  a  roabe  by  the  Side  of  the  Chief,  he  threw  a 
handsom  Roabe  over  me  and  after  smokeing  the  pipe  with 
Several  old  men  around,  the  Chief  spoke 

Said  he  believed  what  we  had  told  them,  and  that  peace 
would  be  general,  which  not  only  gave  him  Satisfaction  but 
all  his  people,  they  now  could  hunt  without  fear,  &  ther 
womin  could  work  in  the  fields  without  looking  everry  moment 
for  the  enemey,  and  put  off  their  mockersons  at  night,  (sign  of 
peace  undress)  as  to  the  Ri\c~\ares  we  will  Show  you  that  we 
wish  peace  with  all,  and  do  not  make  War  on  any  without 
cause,  that  Chief —  pointing  to  the  2?  and  Some  brave  men 
will  accomp!  the  ricare  Chief  now  with  you  to  his  village  & 
nation,  to  Smoke  with  that  people,  when  you  came  up  the 
Indians  in  the  neighbouring  Villages,  as  well  as  those  out 
hunting  when  they  heard  of  you  had  great  expectations  of 
receving  presents  those  hunting  imediately  on  hearing  re- 
turned to  the  Village  and  all  was  Disapointed,  and  Some  Dis- 
satisfied, as  to  himself  he  was  not  much  So  but  his  village 
was.      he  would  go  and  see  his  great  father  &c.   &c. 

he  had  put  before  me  2  of  the  Steel  traps  which  was  robed 
from  the  french  a  Short  time  ago,  [and]  alaout  12  bushels  of 
[214] 


■  804]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 


Corn  which  was  brought  and  put  before  me  by  the  womin  of 
the  Village  after  the  Chief  finish'  &c  Smoked  in  great  cer- 
rimony,  I  answered  the  Speech  which  Satisfied  them  verry 
much,  and  returned  to  the  boat,  met  the  princapal  Chief  of 
the  3!"  Village  and  the  Little  Crow  both  of  which  1  invited 
into  the  Cabin  and  Smoked  &  talked  with  for  about  one  hour. 
Soon  after  those  Chiefs  left  us,  the  Grand  Chief  of  the 
Mandans  came  Dressed  in  the  Clothes  we  had  given  with  his 
2  small  Suns,  and  requested  to  See  the  men  Dance  which  they 
verry  readily  gratified  him  in,  the  wind  blew  hard  all  the  after 
part  of  the  day  from  the  N.  K.  and  continud  all  night  to  blow 
hard  from  that  point,  in  the  morning  it  Shifted  NW.  Capt 
Lewis  wrote  to  the  N.  W.  Companys  agent  on  the  Orsiniboine 
River  {fori  i^c.  there  about  /50  miles  hence)  ab!  9  Days  march 
North  of  this  place 

\'' of  No'vember.      Thursday  1804  — 

the  Wind  hard  from  the  NW.  M[  Mf  Crackin  a  Trader 
Set  out  at  7  oClock  to  the  Fort  on  the  Ossiniboin  bv  him 
Send  a  letter,  (inclosing  a  Copy  of  the  British  Ministers  pro- 
tection) to  the  principal  agent  of  the  Company.'  at  about  lo 
oClock  the  Chiefs  of  the  Lower  Village  came  and  after  a  Short 
time  informed  us  they  wished  they  would  us  to  [/.  e.,  that  we 
would  —  Ed.]  call  at  their  Village  &  take  Some  corn,  [They 
said]  that  thev  would  make  peace  with  the  Ricares  they  never 
made  war  against  them  but  after  the  Rees  killed  their  Chiefs 
they  killed  them  like  the  birds,  and  were  tired  {of  killing  them) 
and  would  Send  a  Chief  and  Some  brave  men  to  the  Ricares 
to  Smoke  with  that  people,  in  the  evening  we  Set  out  and 
fell  down  to  the  lower  Village  where  Cap'  Lewis  got  out  and 
continud  at  the  village  untill  after  night  I  proceeded  on  & 
landed  on  the  S.  S.  at  the  upper  point  ot  the  i"  Timber  on  the 
Starboard  Side     after  landing   &  continuing  all  night  droped 

'  Coues  reprints  (i,  pp.  tSy,  1S8)  this  letter,  which  he  found  in  Riddle's  literary 
magazine,  The  Parlfotio  (Philadelphia),  vol.  vii  (1S12),  pp.  448,  449.  The  agent's 
name  >vas  Charles  Chaboillez,  representing  the  North  West  Company  ;  Lewis  and 
Clark  wrote  to  liim  explaining  the  nature  of  their  mission,  and  enclosing  a  copy  of  the 
passport  granted  them  by  Mr.  Edward  Thornton,  of  the  British  legation  at  Wa.sh- 
ington.  —  Ed. 

[215] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Nov.  2 

down  to  a  proper  place  to  build  Cap!  Lewis  Came  down  after 
night,  and  informed  me  he  intended  to  return  the  next 
morning  by   the  perticular  request  of  the  Chiefs. 

We  passed  the  Villages  on  our  Decent  in  View  of  Great 
numbers  of  the  inhabitents 

-i'"!  No=vemher  Friday  i  S04  — 

This  Morning  at  Daylight  I  went  down  the  river  with  4  men 
to  look  for  a  proper  place  to  winter  proceeded  down  the 
river  three  miles  &  found  a  place  well  Supl.''  with  wood,  & 
returned,  Cap!  Lewis  went  to  the  Village  to  here  what  they 
had  to  Say  &  I  fell  down,  and  formed  a  Camp,  near  where  a 
Small  Camp  of  Indians  were  hunting  cut  down  the  Trees 
around  our  Camp,  in  the  evening  Cap!  Lewis  returned  with 
a  present  of  1 1  bushels  of  Corn,  our  ricaree  Chief  Set  out 
accompanied  by  one  Chief  (0/"  Mandans)  and  Several  Brave 
men  {of  Minitarees  and  Mandans),  he  called  for  Some  small 
article  which  we  had  given  {promised)  but  as  I  could  not 
understand  him  he  could  not  get  [it]  (af''  he  did  get  it)  the 
wind  from  the  S.  E.  a  fine  day  maney  Indians  to  view  us  to 
day 

37,'  of  No'Vember  Satterday  1 804  — 

a  fine  morning  wind  hard  from  the  West  we  commence 
building  our  Cabins,'  Send  down  in  a  perogue  6  men  to  hunt 
engaged  one  man  [a  Canadian  Frenchman  who  had  been  with 
the  Chayenne  Ind'.  on  the  Cote  noir  i£  last  summer  descended  thence 
the  Little  Missouri  —  he  was  of  our  permanent^"'  Set  the  french 
who  intend  to  return  to  build  a  perogue,  many  Indians  pass 
to  hunt,  M!  Jessomme  {Jesseaume)  with  his  Squar  &  chil- 
dren come  down  to  live,  as  Interpter,  we  receved  {hired)  a 
hors  for  our  Service,  in  the  evening  the  Ka  goh  ha  me  or 
little  ravin  came  &  brought  us  on  his  Squar  {who  carried  it  on 
of  Meal  &c.  they  Delayed  all  night  we  gave  his  Squar  \_an 
her  back)  about  60  W!  of  Dried  BufFalow  meat  a  roabe,  &  Pot 

1  A  description  of  the  manner  in  which  the  huts  and  fort  were  built  is  given  by 
Gass  (pp.  85,  86).  —  Ed. 

■■^  This  was  Baptiste  Le  Page,  enlisted  to  take  the  place  of  John  Newman,  dis- 
charged. —  Eu. 

[216] 


i8o4]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 

ax  i£'\  a  fiew  Small  articles  &  himself  a  piece  of  Tobacco,  the 
men  were  indulged  with  a  Dram,  this  evening  two  Beaver 
Cought  this  morning,  and  one  Trap  Lost 
(T'he  Frenchmen  g  engaged  thus  far  now  returning  —  but  2  or  j 
volunteered  to  remain  with  us  the  winter  which  they  did,  iff  in  the 
Spring  left  us.) 

+  "!'  Novemher  Sunjay  180+  — 

a  fine  nioriiiiig  we  continud  to  cut  Down  trees  and  raise 
our  houses,  a  NT  Chauhonie  {Chaboncau),  interpeter  for  the 
Gross  Ventre  nation  Came  to  See  us,  and  informed  that  the 
came  Down  with  Several  Indians  from  a  hunting  expidition 
up  the  river,  to  here  \^/iear'\  what  we  had  told  the  Indians  in 
Council  this  man  wished  to  hire  as  an  interpiter,  the  wind 
rose  this  evening  trom  the  East  &  clouded  up.  Great  numbers 
ot  Indians  pass  hunting  and  Some  on  the  Return 

5      Noi'ember  Monday  i  804  — 

I  rose  verry  early  and  commenced  raising  the  i  range  of 
Huts'  the  timber  large  and  heavy  all  to  carry  on  on  Hand 
Sticks,  cotton  wood  &  Elm  Som  ash  Small,  our  Situation 
Sandy,  great  numbers  of  Indians  pass  to  and  from  hunting 
a  camp  of  Mandans,  A  fiew  miles  below  us  Cought  within  two 
days  100  Goats,  by  Driveing  them  in  a  Strong  pen,  derected 
by  a  Bush  fence  widening  from  the  pen  &c.  &c.  the  Greater 
part  of  this  day  Cloudy,  wind  moderate  from  the  N.  W.  I 
have  the  Rhumitism  verry  bad,  Cap  Lewis  writeing  all  Day 
we  are  told  by  our  interpeter  that  4  Ossiniboins  Indians,  have 
arrived  at  the  Camps  of  the  Gross  Venters,  &  50  Lodges  are 
Comeinp." 


1  Fort  Mandan,  the  wintering-place  of  the  expedition,  was  located  on  the  left  bank 
of  the  Missouri,  seven  or  eight  miles  below  the  mouth  of  Knife  River  ;  it  was  nearly 
opposite  the  site  of  the  later  Fort  Clark.  The  latter  post,  "  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant on  the  river,"  was  on  the  right  bank  ;  Chittenden  says  {Amer.  Fur  Trade,  p. 
957)  that  its  area  was  132  Y  147  feet.  On  its  site  a  fortified  trading  post  was  built 
in  1822  ;  the  later  structure,  which  was  named  Fort  Clark,  was  erected  in  1831,  as 
a  post  of  the  American  Fur  Company.  See  description  and  history  of  this  locality,  in 
Prince  Maximilian's  Voyage  (Paris,  1841),  ii,  pp.   331-344. 

'  Drew  M[  Gravelens  instructions  &  discharged  2  french  hands.  —  Clark  (memo- 
randum on  p.  222  of  Codex  C). 

[  217  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Nov.  6 

6'*  November  TuejJay  1804      Fort  ManJan  — 

last  night  late  we  wer  awoke  by  the  Sergeant  of  the  Guard 
to  See  a  Nothern  light,  which  was  light,  [but)  not  red,  and  ap- 
peared to  Darken  and  Some  times  nearly  obscured,  and  open, 
{divided  about  20  degrees  above  horizon  —  various  shapes  —  con- 
siderable space)  many  times  appeared  in  light  Streeks,  and  at 
other  times  a  great  Space  light  &  containing  floating  collomns 
which  appeared  to  approach  each  other  &  retreat  leaveing  the 
lighter  space     at  no  time  of  the  Same  appearance 

This  Morning  I  rose  a[t]  Day  light  the  Clouds  to  the 
North  appeared  black  at  8  oClock  the  [wind]  began  to  blow 
hard  from  the  N.  W.  and  Cold,  and  Continued  all  Day  M' 
Jo  Gravelin  our  ricare  interpeter  Paul  premor,  Laguness,  [Lajeu- 
nesse]  &  2  french  Boys,  who  Came  with  us.  Set  out  in  a  Small 
perogue,  on  their  return  to  the  recare  nation  &  the  Illinois, 
M;  Gravelin  has  instructions  to  take  on  the  recares  in  the 
Spring  &c.  Continue  to  build  the  huts,  out  of  Cotton  Timber, 
&c.  this  being  the  only  timber  we  have, 

■j"'  Noitemher  Wednesday  1804  — 

a  termperate  day  we  continued  to  building  our  hut,  cloudy 
and  foggey  all  day 

%'\\  No--v.  Thursday  1804  — 

a  cloudy  morning  Jussome  our  {Mandan)  inturpeter  went 
to  the  Village,  on  his  return  he  informed  us  that  three  Eng- 
lish men  had  arrived  from  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  and 
would  be  here  tomorrow,  we  conf"  to  build  our  huts,  many 
Indians  come  to  See  us  and  bring  their  horses  to  Grass  near 
us. 

9";  No-v.  Friday  1S04  — 

a  verry  hard  frost  this  morning  we  continue  to  build  our 
Cabens,  under  many  Disadvantages,  Day  cloudy  wind  from 
the  NW.  Several  Indians  pass  with  flying  news  {reports),  we 
got  a  white  weasel,  (Taile  excepted  which  was  black  at  the  end) 
of  an  Indian  Cap'.  Lewis  walked  to  the  hill  ab'  ^  of  a  mile, 
we  are  Situated  in  a  point  of  the  Missouri  North  Side  in  a 
Cotton  wood  Timber,  this  Timber  is  tall  and  heavy  containing 
[218] 


'«°+3  AT    FORT    M  AND  AN 


an  imence  quantity  of  water  Britle  (brittle)  &  Soft  fine  food 
for  Horses  to  winter  (as  is  Said  by  the  Indians)  The  Mandans 
Oraze  the.r  horses  in  the  Day  on  Grass,  and  at  night  give  them 
a  Stick  (an  arm  full)  of  Cotton  wood  [boughs]  to  eate,  Horses 
Dogs  &  people  all  pass  the  night  in  the  Same  Lodge  or  round 
House,  CoV  with  earth  with  a  fire  in  the  middle  '  great  num- 
ber of  wild  gees  pass  to  the  South,  flew  verry  high. 

lo"'   No-vember  Satturday  1804 

rose  early  continued  to  build  our  fort  numbers  of  Indians 
came  to  See  us  a  Chief  Half  Pania  came  &  brought  a  Side 
of  a  Bufl^alow,  in  return  We  Gave  Some  fiew  small  things  to 
himself  &  wife  &  Son,  he  crossed  the  river  in  the  Buffalow 
Skin  Canoo  &  and,  the  Squar  took  the  Boat  {on  her  back)  and 
proceeded  on  to  the  Town  j  miles  the  Day  raw  and  cold 
wnuHrom  the  NW.,  the  Gees  Continue  to  pass  in  gangues  as 
also  brant  to  the  South,  Some  Ducks  also  pass 

11'*  No-vemher  Sunday  1804.      Fort  Mandan 

a  cold  Day  continued  at  work  at  the  Fort  Two  men  cut 
themselves  with  an  ax,  The  large  Ducks  pass  to  the  South 
an  Indian  gave  me  several  roles  of  parched  meat  two  Squars 
of  the  Rock  mountains,  purchased  from  the  Indians  by  a 
frenchmen  {Chaboneau)  came  down  The  Mandans  out  hunt- 
ing the  Bufl^alow 

\-i.'i[  No'vember  Monday  1804  — 

a  verry  Cold  night     early  this  morning  the  Big  White  prin- 
capal  Chief  of  the  lower  Village  of  the  Mandans  came  Down 
he   pack^  about    loo'?  of  fine  meet   on  his  squar  for  us,     we 
made  Some  Small  presents  to  the  Squar,  &c  child  gave  a  Small 
ax  [with]  which  She  was  much  pleased     3   men  Sick  with  the 

1  These  earth  lodges  of  the  Mandan  differentiated  then,  from  the  other  Indians  of 
the  plains,  and  are  described  by  all  early  travellers.  See  Maximilian,  Prince  of  Weid's 
f^oyage  .nt/.e  nurior  of  Sor,/,  America  (Lor^^on,  ,843);  Catlin's  AVM  An.erican 
Ind.ans  (London,  ,84.)  ;  and  Washington  Matthews's  "Earth  Lodge  in  Art  -  in 
An.eruan  Anthropologu,,  .90.,  pp.  .-xz.  This  lodge  is  the  prototype  of  the  set'tler's 
sod-house,  bu,  ,s  seldon,  used  now  by  the  Mandan.  For  their  present  condition  see 
vv  Heeler  s  U^ondertand,  1903,  pp.  19-36. Ed. 

[219] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Nov.  12 

[blank  in  MS.],  Several,  Wind  Changeable  verry  cold  even- 
ing, freesing  all  day  some  ice  on  the  edges  of  the  river. 

Swans  passing  to  the  South,  the  Hunters  we  Sent  down 
the  river  to  hunt  has  not  returned 

"  The  interpeter  says  that  the  Mandan  nation  as  they  (old 
men)  Say  came  out  of  a  Small  lake  {subterraneous  Village  ifX  a 
lake)  where  they  had  Gardins,  maney  years  ago  they  lived  in 
Several  Villages  on  the  Missourie  low  down,'  the  Small  pox 
destroyed  the  greater  part  of  the  nation  and  reduced  them  to 
one  large  village  and  Some  Small  ones,  all  the  nations  before 
this  maladey  was  affr'^  (afraid)  of  them,  after  they  were  re- 
duced the  Seaux  and  other  Indians  waged  war,  and  killed  a 
great  maney,  and  they  moved  up  the  Missourie,  those  Indians 
Still  continued  to  wage  war,  and  they  moved  Still  higher,  until 
got  in  the  Countrey  of  the  Panias,  whith  this  N'"  they  lived  in 
friendship  maney  years,  inhabiting  the  Same  neighbourhood 
untill  that  people  waged  war,  they  moved  up  near  the  PVater- 
soons  &  Winataras  where  they  now  live  in  peace  with  those 
nations,  the  Mandans  Speake  a  language  peculial  to  them- 
selves verry  much  [blank  in  MS.]  they  can  rase  about  350 
men  the  Winataries  about  80  (the  Wittassoons  or  Maharha  80) 
and  the  Big  bellies  [or  Minitarees)  about  600  or  650  men.  the 
Mandans  and  Seaux  have  the  Same  word  for  water.  The  Big 
bellies  or  Winetaries  &  ravin  [Wattassoon  as  also  the  Crow  or 
Raven)  Indians  Speake  nearly  the  Same  language  and  the  pre- 
sumption is  they  were  origionally  the  Same  nation  The  Ravin 
Indians  "have  400  Lodges  &  about  1200  men,  &  follow  the 
Buffalow,  or  hunt  for  their  Subsistance  in  the  plains  &  on  the 
Court  Noi  &  Rock  Mountains,  &  are  at  war  with  the  Siaux 
[and]  Snake  Indians 

The  Big  bellies  &  Watersoons  are  at  war  with  the  Snake 
Indians  &  Seauex  and  were  at  war  with  the  Ricares  untill  we 
made  peace  a  fiew  days  pass^  The  Mandans  are  at  war  with 
all  who  make  war  \on  them,  at  present  with  the  Seauex\  only, 
and  wish  to  be  at  peace  with  all  nations.     Seldom  the  ogressors 

1  See  Maximilian's  detailed  account  of  the  Mandan  myths  of  the  creation,  their 
tribal  origin,  and  their  migrations,  with  their  religious  beliefs,  superstitions,  and  cus- 
toms, in  his  Voyage,  ii,  pp.  369-484.  — Ed. 

[  220  ] 


w 


> 


m 


§ 


i8o+]  AT    FORT    MAN  DAN 

I  3f*  No-v.   Tuesday  1804  — 

The  Ice  began  to  run  in  the  river  yi  past  lo  oClock  P.M. 
we  rose  early  &  onloaded  the  boat  before  brackfast  except,  the 
Cabin,  6c  stored  away  in  a  Store  house  at  lo  oClock  A.M. 
the  Black  Cat  the  Mandin  Chief  and  Lagree  {Fr.  name)  Che 
Chank  a  Chiefs  7  men  of  note  visited  us  at  Fort  Mandan,  I 
gave  him  a  twist  of  Tobacco  to  Smoke  with  his  people  &  a 
Gold  Cord,  with  a  view  to  know  him  again,  This  nation  con- 
sists {T'his  chief  was  one  of  j  bands  of  Ass"'  who  rove  between  the 
Missouri  ^  Ass"  river.  The  j  consist)  of  about  600  men,  hunt 
in  the  Plains  &  winter  and  trade  on  the  Ossiniboin  River, 
[here  describe  all  Ass"')  they  are  the  Decendants  of  the  Seaux 
and  Speake  their  language,  they  come  to  the  nations  in  this 
quarter  to  trade  or  (make  preasents)  for  horses'  the  Method 
of  this  Kind  of  Trafick  by  addoption  Shall  be  explained  here- 
after etc.,     Snow'd  all  day,  the  Ice  ran  thick  and  air  Cold. 


14'*  of  No'vember  IVednesday  1804.      Fort  Mandan  — 

a  cloudy  morning,  ice  runing  verry  thick,  river  rose  1/ 
Inch  last  night  Some  snow  falling,  only  two  Indians  visit 
us  to  day  owing  to  a  Dance  at  the  Village  last  night  in   Con- 


'  La  Verendrye,  who  visited  the  Mandan  in  1738,  thus  speaks  of  their  relations 
with  their  northern  neighbors  :  "The  Assiliboille  [Assiniboin],  although  numerous, 
and  strong  and  robust  men,  arc  not  brave  ;  they  are  in  great  fear  of  the  Sioux,  whom 
they  regard  as  braver.  The  Mantannes  [Mandan]  know  their  weakness,  and  profit 
by  [it]  on  occasion.  .  .  .  Public  notice  was  given  throughout  the  village,  warning 
every  one  to  be  ready  to  march  on  the  second  day  after,  the  30th  of  the  month  ;  this 
made  some  further  delay  among  the  Mantannes,  who  knew  well  how  to  profit  thereby 
in  trading  their  grain,  tobacco,  peltries,  and  painted  feathers,  which  they  know  the 
Assiliboille  highly  value.  The  latter  had  brought,  and  were  now  giving  in  exchange, 
muskets,  axes,  kettles,  powder,  bullets,  knives,  and  bodkins.  The  Mantannes  are 
far  more  crafty  in  trade,  and  in  all  other  relations,  than  are  the  Assiliboille,  who  are 
constantly  duped  by  them.  .  .  .  The  Assiliboille  had  purchased  everything  which 
their  means  permitted,  such  as  painted  buffalo-robes  ;  skins  of  deer  and  antelope  well 
dressed,  and  ornamented  with  fur  ;  bunches  of  painted  feathers  ;  peltries  ;  wrought 
garters,  headdresses,  and  girdles.  These  people  [the  Mandan]  dress  leather  better 
than  do  any  other  tribes,  and  do  very  fine  work  on  furs  and  feathers,  which  the  Assili- 
boille are  not  capable  of  doing.  They  are  cunning  traders,  despoiling  the  Assiliboille 
of  all  that  they  may  possess."  — See  his  "Journal,"  in  Canad,  Archi-Tjes  Rep.,  1889, 
p.  14.  —  Ed. 

[221  ] 


LEWIS   AND   CLARK   JOURNALS      [Nov.  15 

eluding  a  serimoney  of  adoption,^  and  interchange  of  property, 
between  the  Ossinboins,  Christinoes  [Knistenaux)"  and  the 
nations  of  this  neighbourhood,  we  Sent  one  man  by  land  on 
horseback  to  know  the  reason  of  the  Delay  of  our  hunters, 
this  evening  1  frenchmen  who  were  tr aping  below  Came  up 
with  20  beaver,  we  are  compelled  to  use  our  Pork  which  we 
doe  Spearingly  for  fear  of  some  falur  in  precureing  a  Sufficiency 
from  the  woods. 

our  Interpeter  informs  that  70  Lodges  one  of  3  bands  of 
Assinniboins  &  Some  Crestinoes,  are  at  the  Mandan  Village. 
The  Crestinoes  are  ab!  300  {_2^6)  men  Speak  the  Chipaway 
Language,  the[y]  live  near  Fort  De  prari  {on  Assimboin  ii 
Assaskashawan  [Saskatchewan  —  Ed.]  they  are  bands  of  the 
Chippeways) 


1^"'  of  No-vemher  Thunday  1S04  — 

a  cloudy  morning,  the  ice  run  much  thicker  than  yesterday, 
at  10  oClock  G  Drewyer^  &  the  frenchman  we  Dispatched 
yesterday  came  up  from  the  Hunters,  who  is  incamped  about 
30  miles  below,  after  about  one  hour  we  Dispatched  a  man 
with  orders  to  the  hunters  to  proceed  on  without  Delay  thro 
the  floating  ice,  we  sent  by  the  man  Tin,  to  put  on  the  parts 
of  the  Perogue  exposed  to  the  ice  &  a  toe  roape.  The  wind 
Changeable  all  hands  work  at  their  huts  untill  i  oClock  at 
night.  Swans  passing  to  the  South  —  but  fiew  fowls  (water)  to 
be  Seen     not  one  Indian  came  to  our  fort  to  day 


1  The  ceremony  of  adoption  into  a  tribe  or  family  is  one  which  has  always  pre- 
vailed among  the  North  American  aborigines,  and  is  extended  to  any  persons  (red  or 
white)  to  whom  they  wish  to  show  special  friendship  or  honor.  See  Henry's  descrip- 
tion of  the  ceremony  (Journal,  i,  pp.  38S— 390).  — Ed. 

-  The  savages  now  known  as  Cree,  the  appellation  of  various  nomadic  tribes  who 
range  the  region  north  of  Lake  Superior  and  west  toward  the  Assiniboin  River  ;  they 
are  of  Algonquian  stock.  —  Ed. 

'  George  Drouillard  (Drewyer)  was  son  of  Pierre  Drouillard,  an  interpreter  for  the 
British  at  Detroit  in  the  latter  part  of  the  eighteenth  century.  The  father  is  said  to 
have  rescued  Simon  Kenton  from  death  at  the  stake  (about  1779).  George  was  slain 
(May,  1810)  in  a  fight  with  the  Blackfeet.  —  Ed. 


[  222  ] 


'8°4]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 


\6[';  No'vember  Friday  1804 

a  verry  white  frost  all  the  trees  all  covered  with  ice,  cloudy, 
all  the  men  move  into  the  huts  which  is  not  finish^  Several 
Indians  come  to  camp  to  day,  The  Ossimboms  is  at  the  Big 
beliie  Camp,  some  trouble  like  to  take  place  between  them 
from  the  loss  of  horses  &c.  as  is  Said  by  an  old  Indian  who 
visited  us  with  4  Buffaiow  robes  &  corn  to  trade  for  a  Pistol 
which  we  did  not  let  him  have,  men  imployd  untill  late  in 
dohing  their  huts,  Some  horses  Sent  down  to  Stay  in  the 
woods  near  the  tort,  to  prevent  the  Ossniboins  Steeling  them 


17',''  Nofemher  Satturday  1804 

a  fine  morning,  last  night  was  Cold,  the  ice  thicker  than 
yesterday,  Several  Indians  visit  us,  one  Chief  Stayed  all  day 
we  are  much  engaged  about  our  huts. 


18^*  No'v.  Sunday  1804  — 

a  cold  morning  Some  wind  the  Black  Cat,  Chief  of  the 
Mandans  came  to  see  us,  he  made  great  inquiries  respecting 
our  fashions,  he  also  Stated  the  Situation  of  their  nation 
he  mentioned  that  a  Council  had  been  held  the  day  before 
and  It  was  thought  advisable  to  put  up  with  the  resent  insults 
of  the  Ossimboins  &  Christinoes  untill  they  were  convinced 
that  what  had  been  told  them  by  us  [was  true  — Ed.], 
M:  Evins  had  deceived  them  &  we  might  also,  he  promised 
to  return  &  furnish  them  with  guns  &  amunition,  we  advised 
them  to  remain  at  peace  &  that  they  might  depend  upon 
Getting  Supplies  through  the  Channel  of  the  Missourie  but 
It  required  time  to  put  the  trade  in  opperation.  The  Ossini- 
boins  &c.  have  the  trade  of  those  nations  in  their  power  and 
treat  them  badly,  as  the  Soux  does  the  Ricarees:  and  they  can- 
not resent,for  fear  of  loseing  their  trade. 

'  That  is,  "daubing"  with  clay Ed. 

=   Biddleadds:   "By  their  vicinity  to  the  British  [a,  Hudson  Bay]  .hev  get  all   the 
supphes,  vvh.ch  they  w.thhold  or  give  at  pleasure  ,0  the  remoter  Indians.-'  -  Ed. 
[-2-23  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Nov.  ,9 

1 9'*  N01:  Monday  — 

a  Cold  day  the  ice  continue  to  run  our  Perogue  of  Hunters 
arrive  with  32  Deer,  12  Elk  &  a  Buffalow,  all  of  this  meat 
we  had  hung  up  in  a  Smoke  house,  a  timeley  supply.  Several 
Indians  here  all  day.  the  wind  blew  hard  from  the  N.W.  by 
W,  our  men  move  into  their  huts,  Several  little  Indian 
aneckd"  [anecdotes]    told  me  to  day 

20':'  November  Tuesday  1804  — 

Cap  Lewis  &  my  Self  move  into  our  hut,^  a  verry  hard 
wind  from  the  W.  all  the  after  part  of  the  day  a  temperate 
day  Several  Indians  came  Down  to  Eat  fresh  meat,  three 
Chiefs  from  the  2*1  Mandan  Village  Stay  all  Day,  they  are 
verry  Curious  in  examining  our  works.  Those  Chiefs  informs 
us  that  the  Souex  settled  on  the  Missourie  above  Dog  (Chay- 
enne)  River,  threten  to  attacked  them  this  winter,  and  have 
treated  2  Ricares  who  carried  the  pipe  of  peace  to  them  verry 
roughly,  whiped  &  took  their  horses  from  them  &c.  &c.  &  is 
much  displeased  with  the  Ricares  for  makeing  a  peace  with  the 
Mandans  &c.  &c.  through  us,  we  gave  them  a  Sattisfactory 
answer.  &c.  &c. 

iz]',  No'V.   Wednesday  — 

a  fine  Day  despatched  a  perogue  and  collected  stone  for 
our  Chimneys,  Some  wind  from  the  S.W.  arrange  our 
different  articles.  Maney  Indians  visit  us  to  day,  G  D  hurd 
his  hand  verry  bad  all  the  party  in  high  Spirits.  The  river 
Clear  of  ice,  &  riseing  a  little.' 


1  Biddle  here  describes  (i,  pp.   128,   129)  the  fort,  much  as  Gass  does. —  Ed. 

2  At  this  point  Biddle  describes  (i,  pp.  129-132)  the  location,  history,  and  mutual 
relations  of  the  tribes  about  Fort  Mandan.  There  are  five  villages,  "  the  residence 
of  three  distinct  nations  :  the  Mandans,  the  Ahnahaways,  and  the  Minnetarees." 
The  Mandan  may  number  about  350  warriors.  The  Ahnahaway  ("people  whose 
village  is  on  a  hill  ")  live  at  the  mouth  of  Knife  River,  in  a  village  called  Mahaha  ; 
"  they  are  called  by  the  French,  Soulier  Noir  or  Shoe  Indians,  by  the  Mandans 
Wattasoons  ;  and  their  whole  force  is  about  fifty  men."  Half  a  mile  above  Mahaha 
on  the  Knife  River  is  a  village  of  the  Minitaree  surnamed  Metaharta  ("  of  the 
willows"),  numbering  150  warriors  ;  and  farther  up  that  stream  is  another,  of  the 
Minitaree  proper,  who  have   450  men.      "  These   Minnetarees   are   part   of  the  great 

[224] 


i8o4]  AT    FORT    MAN  DAN 

zz",'!  of  No'vember  Thursday  1804  — 

a  fine  inoniing  Dispatched  a  perogue  and  5  men  under  the 
Derection  of  Sergeant  Pryor  to  the  2".''  Village  for  100  bushels 
of  Corn  in  ears  which  M'  Jcssomme,  let  us  have  \ciid  not  get 
more  than  jo  bushels^  I  was  allarmed  about  10  oClock  by 
the  Sentinal,  who  informed  that  an  Indian  was  about  to  kill 
his  wife  in  the  interpeters  fire  about  60  yards  below  the  works, 
I  went  down  and  Spoke  to  the  fellow  about  the  rash  act  which 
he  was  like  to  commit  and  forbid  any  act  of  the  kind  near  the 
fort.  Some  misunderstanding  took  place  between  this  man  iSc 
his  fife  [wife]  about  8  days  ago,  and  she  came  to  this  place, 
&  continued  with  the  Squars  of  the  interpeters,  {he  might  law- 
fully have  killed  her  for  running  away)  2  days  ago  She  re- 
turned to  the  vill'ge.  in  the  evening  of  the  Same  day  She 
came  to  the  interpeters  fire  appearently  much  beat,  &  Stabed 
in  3  places.  We  Derected  that  no  man  of  this  party  have 
any  intercourse  with  this  woman  under  the  penalty  of  Punish- 
ment, he  the  Husband  observed  that  one  of  our  Serjeants 
Slept  with  his  wife  &  if  he  wanted  her  he  would  give  her  to 
him,  We  derected  the  Serjeant  (Odway)  to  give  the  man 
Some  articles,  at  which  time  I  told  the  Indian  that  I  believed 
not  one  man  of  the  party  had  touched  his  wite  except  the  one 
he  had  given  the  use  of  her  for  a  nite,  in  his  own  bed,  no 
man  of  the  party  Should  touch  his  squar,  or  the  wife  of  any 
Indian,  nor  did  I  believe  they  touch  a  woman  if  they  knew 
her  to  be  the  wife  of  another  man,  and  advised  him  to  take  his 
squar  home  and  live  hapily  together  in  future,  at  this  time 
the  Grand  Chief  of  the  nation  arrived,  &  lectured  him,  and 
thev  both  went  off  apparently  dis  {dissatisfied) 


nation  called  Fall  Indians,  who  occupy  the  intermediate  country  between  the  Mis- 
souri and  the  Saskaslcawan.  The  name  of  Grosventres,  or  Bigbellies,  is  given  to 
these  Minnetarees,  as  well  as  to  all  the  Fall  Indians."  Mooney  says  (6'.  5.  Bur. 
Elhnol.  Rep.,  1892-93,  p.  955)  that  Grosventres  signifies  "belly-people"  (i.  e., 
grasping  and  setfish,  "  spongers  ")  ;  that  the  Arapaho  division  of  that  name  are  the 
"  Gros  Ventres  of  the  Prairie"  ;  while  the  Hidatsa  or  Minitaree  with  whom  Lewis 
and  Clark  wintered,  are  sometimes  called  "Gros  Ventres  of  the  Missouri."  See 
McGee's  interpretation  of  the  term  Grosventres  («/  supra,  1893-94,  p.  197). 
Valuable  information  regarding  all  these  tribes  is  given  by  Washington  Matthews,  in 
his  Ethnography  and  Philology  of  the  Hidatsa  Indians.  — Ed. 
VOL.  I.- 15  [225] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Nov.  23 

The  Grand  Chief  continued  {with  us)  all  day,  a  warm  Day 
fair  afternoon  many  Indian  aneckdotes  our  Chief  &  his  family 
stay  all  night. 

a  fair  warm  Day,  wind  from  the  S.E.  Send  after  Stone 
several  men  with  bad  colds,  one  man  Shields  with  the  Rhumi- 
tism      the  river  on  a  Stand  haveing  rose  4  inches  in  all. 

24'"  of  Nofemher  Satturday  1804  — 

a  warm  Day  Several  men  with  bad  colds  we  continued  to 
cover  our  Huts  with  hewed  Punchins,'  finish'!  a  Cord  to 
draw  our  boat  out  on  the  bank,  this  is  made  of  9  strans  of  Elk 
Skin,     the  wind  from  the  S.E. 

25'f  of  No-Tj.  Sunday  1804  — 

a  fine  day  warm  &  pleasent  Cap'  Lewis  i  Interpeters  & 
6  men  Set  out  to  see  the  Indians  in  the  different  Towns  & 
camps  in  this  neighbourhood,  we  Continu  to  cover  &  dob 
our  huts,  two  Chiefs  came  to  See  me  to  day  one  named 
Wau-ke-res-sa-ra,  a  Big  belley,  and  the  first  of  that  Nation 
who  has  Visited  us  Since  we  have  been  here,  I  gave  him  a 
handkerchef  Paint  &  a  lace  band,  and  the  other  Some  fiew 
articles,  and  paid  a  perticular  attention  which  pleased  them 
verry  much,  the  inturpeters  being  all  with  Cap!  Lewis  I 
could  not  talk  to  them.  We  Compleated  our  huts.  Several 
men  with  bad  Colds,     river  falls  1%  inch 

[Memorandum  on  p.  221  of  this  Codex:]  Capt.  Lewis  with 
Chabono  &  Jessomme  set  out  to  visit  the  Indian  hunting 
camps,  Spent  the  evening  with  the  black  mockerson,  the 
principal  Chief  ot  the  little  village  of  Big  billies. 

i6','l  of  Nov.   1S04  Monday  Fort  Mandan  — 

a  little  before  day  light  the  wind  shifted  to  the  N.W.  and 
blew  hard  and  the  air  keen  &  cold  all  day.  Cloudy  and  much 
the  appearance  of  Snow  ;  but  little  work  done  to  day  it  being 
cold  &c. 


'  The  "puncheons"  used   in   pioneer  architecture  were  simply  logs  hewn  on  one 
side,  so  as  to  form  a  tolerably  level  surface  for  floor  or  ceiling.  —  Ed. 

[226] 


i8o4]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 

[Memorandum,  p.  220:]  Visited  the  upper  camps  of  the 
big  bellies  and  returned  to  the  lower  Camp  &  passed  a  second 
night. 

^y'll  of  November  Tuesday  180+  — 

a  cloudy  morning  after  a  verry  cold  night,  the  River 
crouded  with  floating  ice  Wind  from  the  NW.  finished 
Dobing  Cap'  Lewis  returned  from  the  Villages  with  two 
Chiefs  Mar-noh-toh  i£  Man-ness-sur  ree  &  a  considerate  [con- 
siderable] man  with  the  party  who  accompanied  him.  The 
Menetaries,  (or  Big  bellies)  were  allarmed  at  the  tales  told 
them  by  the  Mandans  viz  :  that  we  intended  to  join  the  Seaux 
to  Cut  off  them  in  the  Course  of  the  Winter,  many  Circum- 
stances Combin'd  to  give  force  to  those  reports  i.  e.  the  move- 
ments of  the  interpeters  &  their  families  to  the  Fort,  the 
strength  of  our  work  &c.  &c.  all  those  reports  was  contre- 
dicted  by  Cap!  Lewis  with  a  conviction  on  the  minds  of  the 
Indians  of  the  falsity  of  those  reports,  the  Indians  in  all  the 
towns  &  Camps  treated  Cap'.  Lewis  &  the  party  with  Great 
respect,  except  one  of  the  principal  Chiefs  Mar-par-pa-parra- 
pas-a-too  or  (Horned  Weasel)  who  did  not  chuse  to  be  Seen 
by  the  Cap'  &  left  word  that  he  was  not  at  home  &c.  Seven 
Traders  arrived  from  the  fort  on  the  Ossinoboin  from  the 
NW.  Company  one  of  which  Lafrance  took,  upon  himself  to 
speak  unfavourably  of  our  intentions  &c.  the  principal  M^ 
La  Rock  (&  M.'  M'  Kensey)  was  informed  of  the  Conduct  of 
their  interpeter  &  the  Consequences  if  thev  did  not  put  a  Stop 
to  unfavourable  &  ill  founded  assursions  &c.  &c.' 


'  The  names  of  these  traders  were  :  Francois  Antoine  Larocque  (in  charge  of  this 
trading  expedition),  Charles  McKenzie,  Baptiste  Lafrance,  and  four  voyageurs. 
The  journals  of  both  Larocque  and  McKenzie  have  been  published  by  L.  R.  Masson, 
in  his  Bourgeois  Je  la  Compagnie  du  Nord-OuesI  (Quebec,  1889),  i,  pp.  299-393  > 
they  mention  their  relations  with  Lewis  and  Clark,  near  whom  they  remained  during 
that  winter.  Larocque  describes  the  objects  and  policy  of  the  Americans,  and  says  : 
"  During  the  time  I  was  there  a  very  grand  plan  was  .schemed,  but  its  being  realized 
is  more  than  I  can  tell,  although  the  Captains  say  they  are  well  assured  it  will.  .  .  . 
The  flirt  is  made  so  strong  as  to  be  almost  cannon-ball  proof.  .  .  .  They  have  a 
very  expert  smith  who  is  always  employed  making  different  things,  and  working  for 
the  Indians,  who  are  grown  very  fond  of  them,  although  they  disliked  them  at  first." 
But  McKenzie  says  :  "  The  Indians  accepted  of  clothing,  but,  notwithstanding,  they 
could  not  be  reconciled  to  like  these  'strangers,'  as  they  called  them."  — Ed. 

[227] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS      [Nov.  28 

The  two  Chiefs  much  pleased  with  ther  treatment  &  the 
Cherefuliness  of  the  party,  who  Danced  to  amuse  them  &c.  &c. 

The  river  fall  2  Inches  verry  Cold  and  began  to  Snow  at 
8  oClock  PM  and  continued  all  night.  Some  miss  under- 
standing with  Jussomme^  &c  his  woman  at  Day  the  Snow 
seased 


iS'f  Noi\   H'^ednesday  1804  — 

a  cold  morning  wind  from  the  N.W.  river  full  of  floating 
ice,  began  to  Snow  at  7  oClock  a  m  and  continued  all  day. 
at  8  oClock  the  Poss-coss-so-he  or  Black  Cat  Grand  Chief  ot 
the  Mandans  Came  to  See  us,  after  Showing  those  Chiefs 
many  thing[s]  which  was  Curiossities  to  them,  and  Giveing  a 
fiew  presents  of  Curious  Handkerchiefs  arm  ban[d]s  &  paint 
with  a  twist  of  Tobacco  they  departed  at  i  oClock  much 
pleased,  at  parting  we  had  Some  little  talk  on  the  Subject  of 
the  British  Trader  M.  Le  rock  Giveing  meadels  &  Flags,  and 
told  those  Chiefs  to  impress  it  on  the  minds  of  their  nations 
that  those  simbiles  were  not  to  be  receved  by  any  from  them, 
without  they  wished  [to]  incur  the  displeasure  of  their  Great 
American  Father,  a  verry  disagreeable  day  no  work  done  to 
day      river  fall  i  Inch  to  day 


19''';  November  Thursday  1804  — 

A  verry  cold  windey  day  wind  from  the  N.W.  by  W. 
Some  snow  last  night  the  detph  of  the  Snow  is  various  in  the 
wood  about  13  inches.  The  river  Closed  at  the  Village  above 
and  fell  last  night  two  feet,  M'!  La  Rock  and  one  of  his  men 
Came  to  visit  us,  we  informed  him  what  we  had  herd  of  his 
intentions  of  makeing  Chiefs  &c.  and  forbid  him  to  give 
Meadels  or  flags  to  the  Indians,  he  Denied  haveing  any 
Such  intention,     we  agreed  that  one  of  our  interpeters  Should 

1  Alexander  Henry  thus  characterizes  Jusseaume  {Journal,  Coues  ed.,  N.  Y. , 
1897,  i,  p.  401)  ;  "  that  old  sneaking  cheat,  whose  character  is  more  despicable  than 
the  worst  among  the  natives."  — Ed. 

[  228  ] 


'«°4]  AT    l<()Kr    MAN  DAN 


Speak  for  him  on  Conditions  he  did  not  say  any  thing  more 
than  what  tended  to  trade  alone,      he  gave  fair  promises  &c.' 

Sergeant  Pryor  in  takeing  down  the  mast  put  his  Sholder 
out  of  Place,  we  made  four  trials  before  we  replaced  it  a  cold 
afternoon  wind  as  useal  N  W.     river  begin  to  rise  a  little. 


30'*  of  So-vemher  Fr'uiay  180+ 

This  morning  at  8  oClock  an  Indian  called  from  the  other 
Side  and  informed  that  he  had  Something  of  Consequence  to 
Comnuinicate,  we  Sent  a  perogue  for  him  &  he  informed  us 
as  follows.  Viz:  "  five  men  of  the  Mandan  nation  out  hunt- 
ing in  a  S.W.  derection  about  Eight  Leagues,  was  Suprised  by 
a  large  party  of  Seeoux  ik  Panies,  one  man  was  Killed  and  two 
wounded  with  arrows  &c  9  Horses  taken,  4  of  the  We  ter 
soon  nation  was  missing,  and  they  expected  to  be  attacked  by 
the  Souex  &c.  &c.  we  thought  it  well  to  Show  a  Disposition 
to  ade  and  assist  them  against  their  enemies,  perticularly  those 
who  Came  in  oppersition  to  our  Councels  ;  and  1  Deturmined 
to  go  to  the  town  with  Some  men,  and  if  the  Seeoux  were 
comeing  to  attact  the  Nation  to  Collect  the  worriers  from  each 
Village  and  meet  them,  those  Ideas  were  also  those  of  Cap' 
Lewis,  I  crossed  the  river  in  about  an  hour  after  the  arrival 
of  the  Indian  express  with  23  men  including  the  interpeters 
and  flank''  the  Town  &  came  up  on  the  back  part.  The 
Indians  not  expecting  to  receive  Such  Strong  aide  in  So  Short 
a  time  was  much  supprised,  and  a  littled  allarmed  at  the 
formadable  appearence  of  my  party.  The  principal  Chiefs 
met  me  Some  Distance  from  the  town  (say  200  yards)  and 
invited  me  in   to  town.      I   ordfered]   my  p"'  into  dif  lodges 

1  Larocqiie  gives  the  same  account  {Masaons  Bourg.  Noni-Oiieil,  1,  p.  304),  and 
adds  :  <'  As  I  had  ncitlicr  flags  nor  medals,  I  ran  no  risk  of  disobeying  those  orders, 
of  which  I  assured  them."  The  interpreter  lent  to  the  British  was  Charboncau. 
McKenzie  thus  describes  («/  supra,  p.  336)  the  method  of  Lewis  and  Clark's  com- 
munications with  the  Indians  :  "  A  mulatto,  who  spoke  bad  French  and  worse  Eng- 
lish, served  as  interpreter  to  the  Captains,  so  that  a  single  word  to  be  understood  by 
the  party  required  to  pass  from  the  Natives  to  the  xvoman  [Sacajawea,  Indian  wife  of 
Charboneau,  who  could  not  speak  English],  from  the  woman  to  tiie  husband,  from 

the  husband  to  the  mulatto,  from  the  mulatto  to  the  captains." Eu. 

[  229  ] 


LEWIS   AND   CLARK    JOURNALS     [Nov.  30 

&c.  I  explained  to  the  nation  the  cause  of  my  comeing  in 
this  formadable  manner  to  their  Town,  was  to  assist  and  Chas- 
tise the  enemies  of  our  Dutifull  Children,  I  requested  the 
Grand  Cheif  to  repeat  the  Circumstancies  as  they  hapined, 
which  he  did  as  was  mentioned  by  the  express  in  the  morning. 
I  then  informed  them  that  if  they  would  assemble  their  war- 
rers  and  those  of  the  Different  Towns,  I  would  [go]  to  meet 
the  Army  of  Souex  &c.  chastise  them  for  takeing  the  blood  of 
our  dutifull  Children  &c.  after  a  conversation  of  a  fiew  minits 
amongst  themselves,  one  Chief  the  Big  Man  (Cien)  {a  Chay- 
enne).  Said  they  now  Saw  that  what  we  hade  told  them  was  the 
trooth,  when  we  expected  the  enemies  of  their  Nation  was 
Comeing  to  attact  them,  or  had  Spilt  their  blood  [we]  were 
ready  to  protect  them,  and  kill  those  who  would  not  listen  to 
our  Good  talk,  his  people  had  listened  to  what  we  had  told 
them  and  cearlessly  went  out  to  hunt  in  Small  parties  believ- 
ing themselves  to  be  Safe  from  the  other  nations,  and  have 
been  killed  by  the  Parties  &  Seauex,  "  I  knew  Said  he  that 
the  Panies  were  Hers,  and  told  the  old  Chief  who  Came  with 
you  (to  Confirm  a  piece  with  us)  that  his  people  were  Hers  and 
bad  men  and  that  we  killed  them  like  the  Buffalow,  when  we 
pleased,  we  had  made  peace  several  times  and  you  Nation 
have  always  commenced  the  war,  we  do  not  want  to  kill  you, 
and  will  not  Suffer  you  to  kill  us  or  Steal  our  horses,  we 
will  make  peace  with  you  as  our  two  fathers  have  derected, 
and  they  Shall  See  that  we  will  not  be  the  Ogressors,  but  we 
fear  the  Ricares  will  not  be  at  peace  long.  "  My  father  those 
are  the  words  I  spoke  to  the  Ricare  in  your  presents,  you 
See  they  have  not  opened  their  ears  to  your  good  Councels 
but  have  Spuilt  our  blood."  two  Ricaries  whom  we  sent 
home  this  day  for  fear  of  our  peoples  killing  them  in  their 
greaf,  informed  us  when  they  came  here  Several  days  ago,  that 
two  Towns  of  the  Ricares  were  makeing  their  Mockersons, 
and  that  we  had  best  take  care  of  our  horses  &c."  a  numbers 
"  of  Seauex  were  in  their  Towns,  and  they  believed  not  well 
disposed  towards  us.  four  of  the  Wetersoons  are  now  absent 
they  were  to  have  been  back  in  16  days,  they  have  been 
out  24  we  fear  they  have  fallen.  My  father  the  Snow  is  deep 
[230  ] 


'8°4]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 


and  it  is  cold  our  horses  Cannot  travel  thro  the  plains,  those 
people  who  have  Spilt  our  blood  have  gone  back  ?  if  you 
will  go  with  us  in  the  Spring  after  the  Snow  goes  off  we  will 
raise  the  warriers  of  all  the  Towns  &  Nations  around  about 
us,  and  go  with  you." 

I    told    this    nation    that   we    should    be   always    willing   and 
ready    to    defend   them    from    the   insults   of  any   nation   who 
would   dare   to   Come   to   doe  them    injury   dureing   the   time 
we  would  remain  in  their  neighbourhood,  and  requsf!  that  they 
would  inform  us  of  any  party  who  may  at  any  time   be  dis- 
covered by  their  Patroles  or  Scouts;      I    was   sorry   that    the 
snow  in  the  Plains  had  fallen  so   Deep  Sence  the   Murder  of 
the  young  Chief  by  the  Sieoux  as  prevented  their  horses  from 
traveling.      I  wished  to   meet  those  Seeoux  &  all  others  who 
will  not  open  their  ears,  but  make  war  on   our  dutifull   Chil- 
dren, and  let  you  see  that  the  VVariers  of  your  Great  father 
will  chastize  the  enimies  of  his  dutifull  Children  the  Mandans, 
Wetersoons  &  VVinetarees,  who   have  open"!  their  ears  to  his 
advice,      you   say  that   the    Panics   or    Ricares   were   with   the 
Seeaux,     some  bad   men   may  have  been  with   the  Seeaux  you 
know  there  is  bad  men  in  all   nations,     do   not  get  mad  with 
the  recarees  untill  we  know   if  those  bad  men  are  Counter- 
nanc"!  by  their  nation,  and  we  are  convs''  those  people  do   not 
intend    to   follow  our   Councils.     You   know  that   the  Seeaux 
have  great  influence  over  the  ricarees,  and  perhaps   have  led 
Some  of  them   astray     you  know   that  the   Ricarees,  are  De- 
pendant on  the  Seeaux  for  their  guns,  powder,  &  Ball,  and  it 
was  policy  in   them  to  keep  on  as  good  tirms  as  possible  with 
the  Seaux  untill   they  had  Some  other  means  of  getting  those 
articles  &c.  &c.     You  know  yourselves  that  you  are  compelled 
to  put  up  with  little  insults  from  the  Christinoes  i£  Ossinaboins 
(or  Stone  Indf)  because  if  you  go  to  war  with   those  people, 
they  will  provent  the  traders  in  the  North   from   bringing  you 
Guns,   Powder  &  Ball  and  by  that  means  distress  you  verry 
much,     but  whin    you  will   have  certain   Supplies   from   your 
Great  American  father  of  all  those  articles  you  will  not  Suffer 
any  nation  to  insult  you  &c.     after  about  two  hours  conversa- 
tion   on   various   Subjects   all    of  which   tended   towards  their 
[331  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Dec.  i 

Situation  &c.  I  informed  them  I  should  return  to  the  fort, 
the  Chief  said  they  all  thanked  me  verry  much  for  the  fatherly 
protection  which  I  shewed  towards  them,  that  the  village  had 
been  crying  all  the  night  and  day  for  the  death  of  the  brave 
young  man,  who  fell  but  now  they  would  wipe  away  their 
tears,  and  rejoice  in  their  fathers  protection,  and  cry  no  more. 
I  then  Paraded  &  Crossed  the  river  on  the  ice  and  Came 
down  on  the  N.  Side,  the  Snow  So  Deep,  it  was  verry 
fatigueing  arived  at  the  fort  after  night,  gave  a  little  Taffee' 
{dram  to  my  party) ^  a  cold  night  the  river  rise  to  its  former 
hite.  The  Chief  frequently  thanked  me  for  comeing  to  pro- 
tect them — and  the  whole  village  appeared  thankfuU  tor  that 
measure 

I'.'  of  December  SatturJay  1804  — 

Wind  from  the  NW,  all  hands  ingaged  in  gitting  pickets 
&c.  at  10  oClock  the  half  brother  of  the  man  who  was  killed 
came  &  inform""  us  that  after  my  departure  last  night  Six 
Chiens  so  called  by  the  french  or  Shar  ha  Indians  had  arrived 
with  a  pipe  and  said  that  their  nation  was  at  one  days  march 
and  intended  to  come  &  trade  &c.  three  Panies  had  also 
arrived  from  the  nation,  [their  nation  was  then  within  j  days 
march  is'  were  coming  on  to  trade  with  us  Three  Pawnees 
accomp''  these  Chayennes  The  mandans  call  all  ricaras  Pawnees 
dont  use  the  name  of  rid  but  the  ric^  call  themselves  Rics)  The 
Mandans  apprehended  danger  from  the  Shar  has  as  they  were 
at  peace  with  the  Seaux ;  and  wished  to  Kill  them  and  the 
Ricaries  (or  panies)  but  the  Chiefs  informed  the  nation  it  was 
our  wish  that  they  Should  not  be  hurt,  and  forbid  their  being 
killed  &c."  We  gave  a  little  Tobacco  &c.  &  this  man 
Departed  well  satisfied  with  our  Councils  and  advice  to  him. 

in  the  evening  a  Ml  G  Henderson  [arrived — Ed.]  in  the 
imploy  of  the  hudsons  bay  Company  sent  to  trade  with  the 
Gros  ventre,  or  Big  bellies  so  called  by  the  french  traders 

1  A  corruption  of  "tafia,"  defined  as  "  an  inferior  kind  of  rum,  distilled  from 
sugar  refuse  or  from  coarse  molasses."  Coues  {L,  and  C,  p.  215)  asserts  that  this  is 
"a  Malay  word  which  we  get  from  the  French  by  way  of  the  West  Indies.  We 
call  this  liquor  Jamaica."  —  Ed. 

[232  ] 


"^°4]  AT    l-ORT    MANDAN 


T."."!  of  December  Sunday  1 804  — 

The  latter  part  of  last  night  was  verry  warm  and  continued 
to  thaw  until!  [blank  in  MS.]  oCiock     when  the  wind  Shifted 
to   the   North     at    i  1   oCiock  the  Chiefs  of  the  Lower  \'illage 
of  the   Mandans  [came]  with  many  of  theire   young  men  and 
4  of  the  Shar-has  who  had  come  to  Smoke  with   the  pipe  of 
Peace  with  the   Mandans,     we  explained  to   them   our  inten- 
tions our  views  and  advised  them  to  be  at  peace,     Gave  them 
a    flag    for    theire    nation,  Some    Tobacco   with    a    Speech    to 
Dilever  to  their  nation  on  theire  return,     also  Sent  by  them  a 
letter  to  M"  Tabbo  &  Gravoline,  at  the   Ricares  Village,  to 
mterseed   m    proventing  Hostilities,   and    if  they   Could    not 
efl^ect  those  measures  to  Send  &  inform  us  of  what  was  going 
on,  Statemg  to  the  Indians  the  part  we  intend  to  take  if  the 
Rickores  &  Seauex  did  not  follow  our  Derections  and  be  at 
peace  with    the   nations  which   we   had    addopted.     we    made 
Some  fiew  Small  presents  to  those  Shar-has  and  also  Some  to 
the   Mandans  &  at  j   oCIock  they  all   Departed  well  pleased, 
haveing    Seen    many    Curesostties,    which    we    Showed    them, 
river  rise  one  inch 

3"?  December  Monday  1  804 

a  fine  morning  the  after  part  of  the  day  cold  &  windev  the 
wmd  from  the  NW.  the  Father  of  the  Mandan  who  was 
killed  came  and  made  us  a  present  of  Some  Dried  Simnins 
[Pumpkins)  &  a  little  pimecon,  {pemitigon)  we  made  him  Some 
small  preasents  for  which  he  was  much  pleased 


4"  of  December  Tuesday  1804 

a  cloudy  raw  Day  wind  from  the  N.W.  the  Black  cat  and 
two  young  Chiefs  Visit  us  and  as  usial  Stay  all  Day  the  river 
rise  one  inch  fini[s]h  the  main  bastion,  '  our  interpet^  (Jes- 
saume)  we  discover  to  be  assumeing  and  discontent'd.' 

1  Biddle  here  makes  a  brief  statement  of  the  religious  belief  and  origin-myth  of  the 
Mandan;  cf.  therewith  Catlin's  Itlust.  N.  Amer.  Inds.  (London,  .866),  i,  pp.  ,56, 
'57,  i77-'83.  and  Maximilian's  l^oyage,  ii,  pp.  418-436.  —Ed. 

[2^i  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Dec.  5 

5'''  December  Wednesday —  1804 

a  cold  raw  morning  wind  from  the  S.E.  Some  Snow,  two 
of  the  NW.  Company  Came  to  See  us,  to  let  us  Know  they  in- 
tended to  Set  out  for  the  establishment  on  the  ossinniboin 
River  in  two  Days,  &  their  party  would  Consist  of  5  men, 
Several  Indians  also  visited  us  one  brought  Pumpkins  or  Sim- 
nins  as  a  preasent.  a  little  Snow  fell  in  the  evening  at  which 
time  the  wind  Shifted  round  to  N.E. 


6''/  of  December  Thursday  1S04      Fort  Mandan  — 

The  wind  blew  violently  hard  from  the  N.N.W.  with  Some 
Snow  the  air  Keen  and  cold.  The  Thermometer  at  8  oClock 
A.M.  Stood  at  lo  dg'  above  o.  at  9  oClock  a  man  &  his 
squar  Came  down  with  Some  meat  for  the  interpeter  his  dress 
was  a  par  mockersons  of  BufFalow  Skin  &  P'  Legins  of  Goat 
Skin  &  a  BufFalow  robe,  14  ring  of  Brass  on  his  fingers,  this 
Metel  {ornament)  the  Mandans  ar  verry  fond  off.  cold  after 
noon     river  rise  1 3^  Inch  to  day. 

[Memorandum,  p.  220  :]  Cap!  Clark  Set  out  with  a  hunting 
party     Killed  8  Bulfalow  &  returned  next  day 

j'll  of  December  Friday  1804  — 

a  verry  cold  day  wind  from  the  NW.  the  Big  White  Grand 
Chief  of  the  i"  Village,  came  and  informed  us  that  a  large 
Drove  of  BufFalow  was  near  and  his  people  was  wating  for  us 
to  join  them  in  a  chase  Cap!  Lewis  took  15  men  &  went  out 
joined  the  Indians,  who  were  at  the  time  he  got  up,  Killing 
the  BufFalow  on  Horseback  with  arrows  which  they  done  with 
great  dexterity,^  his  party  killed  10  BufFalow, /x'f  of  which 
we  got  to  the  fort  by  the  assistance  of  a  horse  in  addition  to 
what  the  men  Packed  on  their  backs,  one  cow  was  killed  on 
the  ice  after  drawing  her  out  of  a  vacancey  in  the  ice  in  which 
She  had  fallen,  and   Butchered  her  at  the  fort,     those  we  did 


1  Biddle  gives  (i,  p.  140)  a  more  detailed  account  of  the  Indians'  butfalo  hunt. 
Gass  says  (p.  89)  that  Lewis  took  eleven  men  with  him,  who  killed  11  buffalo,  while 
the  Indians  killed  30  or  40.  — Ed. 

[234] 


"^°4]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 


not  get  in  was  taken  by  the  indians  under  a  Custom  which  is 
established  amongst  them  i  e.  any  person  seeing  a  buffalow 
lying  without  an  arrow  Sticking  in  him,  or  some  purticular 
mark  takes  possession,  many  times  (as  I  am  told)  a  hunter 
who  kills  maney  Buffalow  in  a  chase  onlv  Gets  a  part  of  one, 
all  meat  which  is  left  out  all  night  falls  to  the  IVolves  which 
are  in  great  numbers,  always  in  [the  neighborhood  of—  Ed.] 
the  Buffalows.  the  river  Closed  opposit  the  fort  last  night 
i><  inches  thick,  The  Thermometer  Stood  this  Morning  at 
I  d.  below  o.     three  men  frost  bit  badly  to  day. 

8//;.  December  Satturday  1804 

a  verry  Cold  morning,  the  Thermometer  Stood  at  ii'-  below 

0  which  is  42''-  below  the  freesing  point,  wind  from  the  NW. 

1  with  15  men  turned  out  {Indians  joined  us  on  horseback  shot 
with  arrows  rode  along  side  of  buffaloe)  and  killed  8  buffalow 
&  one  Deer,  one  Cow  and  calf  was  brought  in,  two  Cows 
which  I  killed  at  7  miles  Ds'-  I  left  2  men  to  Skin  &  keep  off 
the  Wolves,  and  brought  in  one  Cow  &  a  calf,  in  the  even- 
ing on  my  return  to  the  fort  Saw  great  numbers  of  Buffalow 
Comeing  into  the  Bottom  on  both  Sides  of  the  river  this  day 
being  Cold  Several  men  returned  a  little /roj/  bit,  one  of  [the] 
men  with  his  feet  badly  frost  bit     my  Servents  feet  a.\so  frosted 

&  his  P s  a  little,     I  felt  a  little  fatigued  haveing  run  after 

the  Buffalow  all  day  in  Snow  many  Places  18  inches  Deep, 
generally  6  or  8,  two  men  hurt  their  hips  verry  much  in 
Slipping  down.  The  Indians  kill  great  numbers  of  Buffalow 
to  day.      2  reflectings  Suns  to  day. 

9-;*  December  Sunday  i  S04  — 

The  Thermometer  Stood  this  morning  at  7'  above  o,  wind 
from  the  E.  Cap';  Lewis  took  18  men  &  4  horses  (j  hired  i 
bought)  and  went  out  [to]  Send  in  the  meet  killed  yesterday 
and  kill  more,  the  Sun  Shown  to  day  Clear,  both  interpeters 
went  to  the  Villages  to  day  at  12  oClock  two  Cheifs  came 
loaded  with  meat,  one  with  a  dog  &  Slay  also  loaded  with  meat. 
Cap"-  Lewis  Sent  4  Hors's  loaded  with  meat,  he  continued  at 
the  hunting  Camp  near  which  the[v]  killed  9  buffalow. 
[  235  ]' 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Dec.  lo 

lo'^  Monday  Dec.   180+      Fort  Mandan  — 

a  verry  Cold  Day  The  Thermometer  to  day  at  lo  &  ii 
Degrees,  below  o.'  Cap!  Lewis  returned,  to  day  at  12  oClock 
leaveing  6  Men  at  the  Camp  to  prepare  the  meat  for  to  pack 
4  Horse  loads  came  in,  Cap!  Lewis  had  a  Cold  Disagreeable 
night  last  in  the  Snow  on  a  Cold  point  with  one  Small  Blankett, 
the  BiifFalow  crossed  the  river  below  in  imence  herds  without 
brakeing  in.  only  1  bufFalow  killed  to  day  one  of  which  was 
too  pore  to  Skin,  The  men  which  was  frost  bit  is  getting 
better,     the  [river]  rise  i^  inch     wind  North. 

11',''  December  Tuesday  1804  — 

a  verry  Cold  morning  Wind  from  the  north  The  Ther- 
mometer at  4  oClock  A  M.  at  21.  \5unri5e  at  21.  see  Ust'\ 
below  o  which  is  53°  below  the  freesing  point  and  getting 
colder,  the  Sun  Shows  and  reflects  two  imigies,  the  ice  float- 
ing in  the  atmospear  being  So  thick  that  the  appearance  is  like 
a  fog  Despurceing. 

Sent  out  three  horses  for  meat  &  with  Derections  for  all  the 
hunters  to  return  to  the  fort  as  Soon  as  possible  at  i  oClock 
the  horses  returned  loaded,  at  night  all  the  hunters  returned. 
Several  a  X\XX\q  frosted.,  The  Black  Cat  Chief  of  the  Mandans 
paid  us  a  Visit  to  day,  continue  Cold  all  day  river  at  a 
Stand. 

1 1*  December  IFednesday  1S04  — 

a  Clear  Cold  morning  Wind  from  the  north  the  Ther- 
mometer at  Sun  rise  Stood  at  38  below  o.,  moderated  untill  6 
oClock  at  which  time  it  began  to  get  Colder.  I  line  my  Gloves 
and  have  a  Cap  made  of  the  Skin  of  the  Louservia'  (Lynx)  (or 
wild  Cat  of  the  North)  the  fur  near  3  inches  long,  a  Indian 
oitVzShoe^  {Maharha  or  Mocassin)  Nation  Came  with  the  half 

1  An  experiment  was  made  with  proof  spirits,  which  in  fifteen  minutes  froze  into 
hard  ice.  — Gass  (p.  90). 

-  A  corruption  of  the  French  loup-cer'vier,  the  common  name  of  the  Canada  lynx 
(^Lynx  canadensis^.  —  Ed. 

'  Merely  an  Anglicized  form  of  the  French  appellation  Gens  de  Soulier,  applied  to 
the  Ahnahaway  (see  p.  208,  note  2,  ante).  — Ed. 

[236] 


'8o4]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 


of  a  Cabra  ko  ka  or  Antilope  which  he  killed  near  the  Fort. 
Great  numbers  of  those  animals  are  near  our  fort  {so  that  they 
do  not  all  return  to  rock  mountain  Goat)  but  the  weather  is  So 
Cold  that  we  do  not  think  it  prudent  to  turn  out  to  hunt  in 
Such  Cold  weather,  or  at  least  untill  our  Const!  are  prepared 
to  under  go  this  Climate.  I  measure  the  river  from  bank  to 
bank  on  the  ice  and  make  it  500  yards 

13?  December  Thursday  1804  — 

The  last  night  was  verry  Clear  &  the  frost  which  fell  covered 
the  ice  old  Snow  &  those  parts  which  was  naked  '  >,  of  an  inch, 
The  Thermometer  Stands  this  morning  at  20"  below  o,  a  fine 
day.  find  it  imposible  to  make  an  Observation  with  an  arte- 
ficial  Horrison.  Joseph  Fields  kill  a  Cow  and  Calf  to  day, 
one  mile  from  the  Fort.      River  fall. 

14'*  December  FriJay  1S04  — 

a  fine  Morning,  wind  from  the  S.  E.  the  Murckerey  Stood 
at  o  this  morning  I  went  with  a  party  of  men  down  the  river 
18  miles'  to  hunt  Buffalow,  Saw  two  Bulls  too  pore  to  kill, 
the  Cows  and  large  gangues  haveing  left  the  River,  we  only 
killed  two  Deer  &  Camped  all  night  with  Some  expectation 
of  Seeing  the  Buffalow  in  the  morning,  a  verry  Cold  night, 
Snowed. 

M't  of  December  1804  Satturday  — 

a  Cold  Clear  morning,  Saw  no  buffalow,  I  concluded  to 
return  to  the  fort  &  hunt  on  each  Side  of  the  river  on  our 
return  which  we  did  without  Success,  the  Snow  fell  1 1^  inches 
deep  last  night.  Wind  North,  on  my  return  to  the  fort 
found  Several  Chiefs  there. 

16'"  December  Sunday  1804 

a  clear  Cold  morning,  the  Thermt^  at  Sun  rise  Stood  at  ii\ 
below  o,  a  verry  singaler  appearance  of  the  Moon  last  night, 
as  She  appeared  thro:  the  frosty  atmispear.  Mr.  Henny  from 
the   Establishment  on  River  Ossinniboin,  with   a  letter  from, 

'  "On  the  ice  with  Slays,"  according  to  a  memorandum  on  p.  220  of  this 
Codex.  —  Ed. 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Dec.  17 

M'  Charles  Chaboillez  one  of  the  C°  arrived  in  6  Days/  Mr. 
C.  in  his  letter  expressed  a  great  anxiety  to  Serve  us  in  any 
thing  in  his  power.^ 

'•'a  root  Discribed  bv  M^  Henny  for  the  Cure  of  a  Mad 
Dog  [blank  in  MS. —Ed.] 

M;  LeRock  a  clerk,  of  the  NW.  Company  and  M'  George 
Bunch  a  Clerk  of  the  Hudsons  beey  Compy  accompanied 
M'   Henry   from   the  village. 

17"  December  Monday  1804  — 

a  verry  Cold  morning  the  Thmt.  Stood  a[t]  45"  below  o. 
We  found  Mr.  Henny  a  Verry  intelligent  Man  from  whome 
we  obtained  Some  Scetches  of  the  Countrey  between  the  Mis- 
sissippi &  Missouri,  and  Some  Sketches  from  him,  which  he 
had  obtained  from  the  Indin!  to  the  IVest  of  this  place  also  the 
names  and  charecktors  of  the  Seeaux  &c.  about  8  oCiock 
P  M.  the  thermometer  fell  to  74'  below  the  freesing  pointe. 
the  Indian  Chiefs  Sent  word  that  Buffalow  was  in  our  Neigh- 
bourhood, and  if  we  would  join  them,  in  the  morning  they 
would  go  and  kill  them. 

18'''  December  Tuesday  1804. — 

The  Themometer  the  Same  as  last  night  M"  Haney  & 
La  Rocke  left  us  for  the  Grossventre  Camp,  Sent  out  7  men 
to  hunt  for  the  Buffalow  they  found  the  weather  too  cold  & 
returned.  Several  Indians  Came,  who  had  Set  out  with  a 
View  to  Kill  buffalow,  The  river  rise  a  little  I  imploy  my 
Self  makeing  a  Small  Map  of  Connextion  &c.  Sent  Jessomme 
to  the  Main  Chief  of  the  mandans  to  know  the  Cause  of  his 


'  This  post,  according  to  Coues  (Henry's  Journal,  i,  p.  29S)  was  called  Fort 
Montagne  a  la  Bosse,  situated  on  the  Assiniboin  about  50  miles  above  Mouse  River. 
The  messenger's  name  appears  in  the  L.  and  C.  MSS.  as  Henny,  Henry  and  Haney. 
His  real  name  was  Hugh  Henney,  a  trader  for  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company.  Larocque 
mentions  his  arrival  (Masson's  Bourg.  Nord-Ouest,  i,  p.  307).  Mrs.  E.  E.  Dye  cites 
to  the  Editor  from  a  MS.  journal  of  a  Hudson's  Bay  Company  trader  (1812-16)  the 
additional  fact  that  he  was  head  of  the  Pembina  and  Red  River  (of  the  North)  district 
as  late  as  18:2,  when  he  was  superseded  by  Peter  Fidler,  with  whose  earlier  explora- 
tion Lewis  and  Clark  were  acquainted.  — Ed. 

2  The  object  of  the  visits  we  received  from  the  N.  W.  Company,  was  to  ascertain 
our  motives  for  visiting  that  country,  and  to  gain  information  with  respect  to  the  change 
of  government.  —  Gass  (p.  92). 

[  238  ] 


= ^r      ,1  I       :^ 


^3r-  >a  ri 


''^     .W. 


MS.  Page,  by  Clark,  dated  December  24,  1804. 


'**°+]  AT    FOR-r    MANDAX 


detaining  or  takeing  a  horse  of  Chabome  our  big  belly  inter- 
peter,  which  ue  found  was  thro:  the  rascallity  of  one  Lafrance 
a  trader  from  the  NW.  Company,  who  told  this  Chief  that 
Chabonat  ow^  him  a  horse  to  go  and  take  him  he  done  So 
agreeable  to  an  indian  Custom,      he  gave  up  the  horse 

19':'  December  IVednesday  1804  — 

The  Wind  from  the  S.VV.  the  weather  moderated  a  little  I 
engage  my  Self  in  Connecting  the  countrey  from  information 
river  rise  a  little  ' 

2o'f;  December  Thursday  1804 

The  wind  from  the  NW  a  moderate  dav,  the  Ther- 
mometer 37:  (24  )  above  o,  which  givs  an  oppertunity  of 
putting  up  our  pickets  next  the  river,  nothing  remarkable 
took   place  to   Day      river  fall  a  little 

2i^f  December  Friday  1804 

a  fine  Day  warm  and  wind  from  the  NW  by  W  the 
Indian  whome  I  stoped  from  Commiting  Murder  on  his  wife 
thro  jellosy  of  one  of  our  interpeters,  Came  &  brought  his 
two  wives  and  Shewed  great  anxiety  to  make  up  with  the  man 
with  whome  his  joulussey  Sprung,  a  Womon  brought  a 
Child  with  an  abcess  on  the  lower  part  of  the  back,  and  offered 
as  much  Corn  as  she  Could  Carry  for  some  Medison,  Cap' 
Lewis  administered  &c. 

22";'  December  Satturday    1804  — 

r^iT"".;  ^'  "'""^^''  °^  ^'l""''  ^  '"^"  Dressed  in  Squars 
Clothes-  Came  with  Corn  to  Sell  to  the  men  for  little  things 
We  precured   two  horns   of  the  animale  the   french   Call   the 

'  Biddle  here  describes  a  game  played  by  ,l,e  Mandan  with  flat  rings  and  sticks 
on  a  level  surface En. 

-  Reference  is  here  made  to  a  singular  cLass  of  men  who  have  been  found  by 
travellers  and  explorers  among  most  of  the  Southern  and  Western  tribes  ;  thev  are 
commonly  cal  ed  <.  berdashes  -  (a  corruption  of  Fr.  bardache).  They  assumed  iemi- 
nme  garb  and  occupations,  for  the  entire  span  of  life,  and  were  regarded  with  the 
utmost  contempt  by  their  tribesmen.  For  accounts  of  this  strange  custom,  see 
Lafitau  s  Moeurs  des  sau-vages,  i,  pp.  5.,  53  ;  Long  s  Expedition,  i.  p.  .29  ;  Carr's 
Mounds  oj  M,ss.  Valley,  p.  33  ;  Ca.lin's  A^  Amer.  Ind.ans,'^,  pp.  \:l..',  Henr,-: 
-Journal,  ,,  pp.  53,  ,63-, 65  ;  and  Jes.  Relations,  lix,  p.  129.  -Ed. 

[239  J 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Dec.  23 

rock  Mountain  Sheep  those  horns  are  not  of  the  largest  kind 
The  Mandans  Indians  Call  this  Sheep  Ar-Sar-ta  it  is  about 
the  Size  of  a  large  Deer,  or  Small  Elk,  its  Horns  Come  out 
and  wind  around  the  head  like  the  horn  of  a  Ram  and  the 
tecture  {texture)  not  unlike  it  much  larger  and  thicker,  per- 
ticelarly  that  part  with  which  they  but[t]  or  outer  part  which 
is  [blank  in  MS.]  inchs  thick,  the  length  of  those  horns, 
which  we  have  is    [blank  in   MS.] 

23',''  December  Sunday  1S04  — 

a  fine  Day  great  numbers  of  indians  of  all  discriptions 
Came  to  the  fort  many  of  them  bringing  Corn  to  trade,  the 
little  Crow,  load**  his  wife  &  Sun  with  Corn  for  us,  Cap. 
Lewis  gave  him  a  few  presents  as  also  his  wife.  She  made  a 
kittle  of  boiled  Cimnins,  beens.  Corn  &  Choke  Cheries  with 
the  Stones,  which  was  palitable  This  Desh  is  Considered,  as 
a  treat  among  those  people,  the  Chiefs  of  the  Mandans  are 
fond  of  stayin'  &  Sleeping  in   the  fort 

24';'  December  Monday  1804  — 

Several  Chiefs  and  numbers  of  Men  Womin  and  Children 
at  the  fort  to  Day,  Some  for  trade,  the  most  as  lookers  on, 
we  gave  a  fellet  of  Sheep  Skin  (which  we  brought  for  Spung- 
ing)  to  3  Chiefs  one  to  each  of  2  inches  wide,  [on]  which  they 
lay  Great  value  (priseing  those  felets  equal  to  a  fine  horse),  a 
fine  Day  we  finished  the  pickengen  {picketing)  around  our 
works. 

25"'  December  C/irislmass  Tuesday  — 

I  was  awakened  before  Day  by  a  discharge  of  3  platoons 
from  the  Party  and  the  french,  the  men  merrily  Disposed,  I 
give  them  all  a  little  Taffia  and  permited  3  Cannon  fired,  at 
raising  Our  flag.  Some  Men  Went  out  to  hunt  &  the  others 
to  Danceing  and  Continued  untill  9  oClock  P.M.  when  the 
frolick  ended  &c." 

1  Biddle  says  :  "  We  had  told  the  Indians  not  to  visit  us,  as  it  was  one  ot  our 
great  medicine  days."  Gass  says  :  "  Flour,  dried  apples,  pepper,  and  other  articles 
were  distributed  in  the  different  messes  to  enable  them  to  celebrate  Christmas  in  a 
proper  and  social  manner."  Three  rations  of  brandy  were  served  during  the  day, 
which  was  mainly  spent  in  dancing  ;  no  women  were  present  save  Charboneau's  three 
wives,  who  were  only  spectators.  —  Ed. 

[240] 


'8°4]  AT    FORT    M  AND  AN 


26"'  Deer  Wednesday  1804  — 

a  temperate  day  no  Indians  to  day  or  yesterday.  A  man 
from  the  NW.  Company  Came  Down  from  the  Gross  Ventres 
to  get  one  of  our  interpeters  to  assist  them  in  trade  This 
man  informed  that  the  Party  of  Gross  Ventres  who  persued 
the  Assinihoins  that  Stold  their  horses,  had  all  returned  in 
their  useal  way  by  Small  parties,  the  last  of  the  party  bringing 
8  horses  which  they  Stole  from  a  Camp  of  Assiniboins  which 
they  found  on  Mouse  River. 

27';*  December  1804  Thursday 

a  little  fine  Snow  weather  Something  Colder  than  yesterday 
Several  Indians  here  to  Day,  much  Suprised  at  the  Bellos 
(Bellows)'  &  method  of  makeing  Sunderv  articles  of  Iron 
Wind  hard  from  the  NW.- 


1  Which  they   considered  as   a  very  great   medicine.  —  Biddle   (L  and  C     i 
P-   '45)-  ■'     ' 

2  Here  follows,  in   Biddle,  a  sketch  of  the  Siouan  tribes,  mainly  the  same  infor- 
mation which  we  have  thus  far  obtained  from  the  MS.  text.  —  Ed. 


VOL.  I.  —  16 


[241] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [Dec.  28 


Chapter     VI 


AMONG     THE    MANDANS 

Clark's  Journal,  December  i%,  1804 — Februar)-  2,  1805  ;   February  13 — March  21,  1805 
Entries  by  Lewis,  February  3-13  and  March  16 


[[Clark  :3  ^^'■'  of  December  Friday  1804. — 

BLEW  verry  hard  last  night,  the  frost  fell  like  a  Shower 
of   Snow,       nothing    remarkable    to    day,      the    Snow 
Drifting    from   one   bottom   to   another   and   from   the 
leavel   plains  into  the  hollows  &c. 

29'/'  December  SatturJay  1S04 

The  frost  fell  last  night  nearly  a  i<:j^  of  an  inch  Deep  and 
Continud  to  fall  untill  the  Sun  was  of  Some  hite,  the  Mur- 
cury  Stood  this  Morning  at  9.  below  o  which  is  not  considered 
Cold,  as  the  Changes  take  place  gradually  without  long  inter- 
misions     a  number  of  Indians  here 

3o(f  December  Sunday  1804  — 

Cold  the  Termt'  at  20^  below  o  a  number  of  Indians  here 
to  day  they  are  much  Supprised  at  the  Bellows  one  Deer 
Killed 

3 1  ^f  of  December  Monday  i  8  04  Fort  Man  Jan  — 

a  fine  Day  Some  wind  last  night  which  Mixed  the  Snow 
and  Sand  in  the  bead  of  the  river,  which  has  the  appearance 
of  hillocks  of  Sand  on  the  ice,  which  is  also  Covered  with 
Sand  &  Snow,  the  frost  which  falls  in  the  night.  Continues 
on  the  earth  &  old  Snow  &c.  &c.  a  number  of  Indians  here 
every  Day  our  blakSmith  Mending  their  axes  hoes  &c.  &c. 
for  which  the  Squars  bring  Corn  for  payment.' 

1  Biddle  here  adds  :  "  In  their  general  conduct  during  these  visits  they  are  honest, 
but  will   occasionally   pilfer   any  small   article."      Mackenzie   says  (Masson's   Bourg. 

[242] 


'8o4]  AT    FORT    MAN  DAN 


Fori  ManJan  on  the  NE  hank  of  the  Missouries  /6oo  Miles  up      TuetJay 

January  the  i\[  1805.  — 

The  Day  was  ushered  in  by  the  Descharge  of  two  Cannon, 
we  Suffered  i6  men  with  their  Musick  to  visit  the  i"  Village 
for  the  purpose  of  Danceing,  by  as  they  Said  the  perticular 
request  of  the  Chiefs  of  that  Village,  about  ii  oClock  I  with 
an  inturpeter  &  two  men  walked  up  to  the  Village,  (my  views 
were  to  alay  Some  little  Miss  understanding  which  had  taken 
place  thro  jelloucy  and  mortification  as  to  our  treatment 
towards  them  I  found  them  much  pleased  at  the  Danceing 
of  our  men,'  I  ordered  my  black  Servent  to  Dance  which 
amused  the  Croud  Verry  much,  and  Somewhat  astonished 
them,  that  So  large  a  man  should  be  active  &c.  &c.  I  went 
into  the  lodges  of  all  the  men  of  note,  except  two,  whome  I 
heard  had  made  Some  expressions  not  favourable  towards  us, 
in  Compareing  us  with  the  traders  from  the  north,  —  those 
Chiefs  observed  {to  us  that)  what  they  Sayed  was  in  just  (in 
jest)  &  laftur.  just  as  I  was  about  to  return,  the  2'!  Chief 
z{nd)  the  Black  man,  also  a  Chief  return''  from  a  Mission  on 
which  they  had  been  Sent  to  meet  a  large  party  (150)  of  Gross 
Ventres'-  who  were  on  their  way  down  from  their  Camps  10 
Miles  above  to  revenge  on  the  Shoe  tribe  an  injury  which  they 
had  received  by  a  Shoe  man  Steeling  a  Gross  Ventres  Girl, 
those  Chiefs  gave  the  pipe  [and]  turned  the  party  back,  after 
Delivering  up  the  Girl,  which  the  Shoe  Chief  had  taken  and 
given  to  them  for  that  purpose."      I   returned  in  the  evening, 

Nord-Ouest,  i,  p.  330),  of  the  Indian  opinion  regarding  Lewis  and  Clark  :  "  The 
Indians  admired  the  air  gun,  as  it  could  discharge  forty  shots  out  of  one  load,  but 
they  dreaded  the  magic  of  the  owners.  <  Had  I  these  white  warriors  in  the  upper 
plains,"  said  the  Gros  Ventres  chief,  '  my  young  men  on  horseback  would  soon  do  for 
them,  as  they  would  do  for  so  many  wolves,  for,'  continued  he,  '  there  are  only  two 
sensible  men  among  them,  the  worker  of  iron  and  the  mender  of  guns."  ""  —  Ed. 

'  "  Particularly  with  the  movements  of  one  of  the  Frenchmen  who  danced  on  his 
head  ■"  (Biddle).  Coues  here  asserts  (i,  p.  219)  that  Clark  explained  to  Biddle  that 
the  Frenchman  danced  on  his  hands,  head  downward. Ed. 

-  Biddle  here  adds  "or  wandering  Minnetarees,"  an  epithet  often  used  by  Lewis 
and  Clark  to  designate  an  Arapaho  band,  who  are  still  known  as  "  Gros  Ventres  of 
the  Prairie,"'  in  distinction  from  the  "  Gros  Ventres  of  the  Missouri,""  the  term 
commonly  applied  to  the  Minitaree  (now  settled  at  Fort  Berthold,  N.  D.).  See 
p.  225,  note,  ante.  —  Ed. 

[  243  ] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS        [Jan.  2 

at  night  the  party  except  6  returned,  with  3  robes,  an[d]  13 
Strings  of  Corn  which  the  indians  had  given  them.  The  Day 
was  worm,  Themt'  34°  above  o.  Some  fiew  Drops  of  rain 
about  Sunset,  at  Dark  it  began  to  Snow,  and  Snowed  the 
greater  part  of  the  night,  (the  temp"  for  Snow  is  about  o) 
The  Black  Cat  with  his  family  visited  us  to  day  and  brought  a 
little  meet 

a'lf  of  January  Wednadey  1805  — 

a  Snowey  morning,  a  party  of  Men  go  to  Dance  at  the 
1^^  Village  to  Dance,  Cap'  Lewis  &  the  interpt'  Visit  the  i\ 
Village,  and  return  in  the  evening.  Some  Snow  to  Day  Verrv 
cold  in  the  evening^ 

yft   of  January  Thursday  1805  — 

Some  Snow  to  day,  8  men  go  to  hunt  the  buffalow,  killed 
a  hare  &  wolf  Several  Indians  visit  us  to  day  &  a  Gross 
Ventre  came  after  his  wife,  who  had  been  much  abused,  & 
came  here  for   Protection. 

4"'  ")  January  Friday  :  805  Fort  Mandan  — 

a  worm  Snowey  Morning,  the  Thermt'  at  28.  above  o, 
Cloudy,  Sent  out  3  Men  to  hunt  down  the  river.  Several 
Indians  Came  to  day,  the  little  Crow,  who  has  proved  friendly 
Came,  we  gave  him  a  handkerchf  &  2  files,  in  the  evening 
the  weather  became  cold  and  windev,  wind  from  the  NW.  I 
am  Verry  unwell  the  after  part  of  the  Daye 

5'/'  of  January  Satturday  1805  — 

a  cold  day  Some  Snow,  Several  Indians  visit  us  with  their 
axes  to  get  them  mended,  I  imploy  my  Self  Drawing  a  Con- 
nection of  the  Countrey  '  from   what  information   I    have  re- 

^  This  day  I  discovered  how  the  Indians  keep  their  horses  during  the  winter.  In 
the  day-time  they  are  permitted  to  run  out  and  gather  what  they  can  ;  and  at  night 
are  brought  into  the  lodges,  with  the  natives  themselves,  and  fed  upon  Cottonwood 
branches  ;  and  in  this  way  are  kept  in  tolerable  case. —  Gass  (p.  96). 

-  This  map  was  sent  to  President  Jefferson,  April  7,  1805,  and  preserved  in  the 
archives  of  the  War  Department.  As  drafted  by  Nicholas  King,  1806,  it  is  cited 
herein  as   "Lewis's  map  of  1S06."  —  CouES   (i.    and  C,  i,   p.    Z2i). 

An  atlas  volume  contains  this  and  others  of  Clark's  maps. 

[244] 


i^iK-E/'^ .  'A.„,r^;.,^. .  ^,,//„,,  / 


i8o5]  AT    I'ORT    MANDAN 

c[e]ved.  a  Buffalow  Dance  (or  Medeson)  {Medecine)  for  3 
nights  passed  in  the  i"  Village,  a  curious  Custom  the  old 
men  arrange  themselves  in  a  circle  &  after  Smoke[ing]  a  pipe 
which  is  handed  them  by  a  young  man,  Dress[ed]  up  for  the 
purpose,  the  young  men  who  have  their  wives  back  of  the 
Circle  go  [each]  to  one  of  the  old  men  with  a  whining  tone 
and  request  the  old  man  to  take  his  wife  (who  presents  [her- 
self] necked  except  a  robe)  and  —  (or  Sleep  with  her)  the 
Girl  then  takes  the  Old  Man  (who  verry  often  can  scarcely 
walk)  and  leades  him  to  a  convenient  place  for  the  business, 
after  which  they  return  to  the  lodge ;  if  the  old  man  (or  a 
white  man)  returns  to  the  lodge  without  gratifying  the  Man  & 
his  wife,  he  offers  her  again  and  again  ;  it  is  often  the  Case  that 
after  the  2'!  time  without  Kissing  the  Husband  throws  a  new 
robe  over  the  old  man  &c.  and  begs  him  not  to  dispise  him 
&  his  wife  (We  Sent  a  man  to  this  Medisan  Dance  last 
night,  they  gave  him  4  Girls)  all  this  is  to  cause  the  buffalow 
to  Come  near  So  that  they  may  Kill  them  ' 

G','!  of  January  Sunday  i  805  — 

a  Cold  day  but  fiew  Indians  to  day  I  am  ingaved 
[engaged]   as   yesterday 

7m'  of  January  Monday  1805  — 

a  verry  cold  Clear  Day.  The  Themt!  Stood  at  22!  below 
o  Wind  NW.,  the  river  fell  i  inch  Several  Indians  returned 
from  hunting,  one  of  them  the  Big  White  Chief  of  the 
Lower  Mandan  Village,  Dined  with  us,  and  gave  me  a  Scetch 
of  the  Countrey  as  far  as  the  high  Mountains,  &  on  the  South 
Side  of  the  River  Rejone,"  he  Says  that  the  river  rejone 
recvees  {receives)  6  Small  rivers  on  the  S.  Side,  &  that  the 
Countrey  is  verry  hilley  and  the  greater  part  Covered  with 
timber  Great  numbers  of  beaver  &c.  the  3  men  returned 
from  hunting,  they  kill?,  4  Deer  &  2  Wolves,  Saw  Buffalow  a 
long  ways  off".      I  continue  to  Draw  a  connected  plott  from  the 


'  This  ceremony  is  described  much  more  fully  by  Biddle  (i,  pp.  150,  151),  and 
by  Prince  Maximilian  (^oy/igf,  ii,  pp.  453,  454,  and  iii,  pp.   56-60).  — Ed. 

'^  An  imperfect  phonetic  rendering  of  the  French  name  Roche-Jaune,  meaning 
"  Yellowstone,"  still  applied  to  the  river  here  described.  —  Ed. 

[245] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS        [Jan.  8 

information  of  Traders,  Indians  &  my  own  observation  & 
ideas,  from  the  best  information,  the  Great  falls  is  about 
[Soo)  miles  nearly  West,^ 

S'f!  of  January  Tuesday  1805  — 

a  cold  Day  but  fiew  indians  at  the  fort  to  day  wind  from 
the  N.W.     one  man  at  the  Village^ 

9'''  of  January  It'ednesday  1805 

a  Cold  Dav  Themometer  at  21!  below  o,  great  numbers 
of  indians  go  to  kill  Cows,^  {C.  Clark  ace'',  them  with  j  or  4  men 
killed  a  number  of  cows  near  the  fort.)  the  little  Crow  Brackf ! 
with  us,  Several  Indians  Call  at  the  Fort  nearly  frosed,  one 
man  reported  that  he  had  Sent  his  Son  a  Small  boy  to  the 
fort  about  3  oClock,  &  was  much  distressed  at  not  finding  him 
here,     the  after  part  of  this  day  verry  Cold,  and  wind  keen 

lo^J  of  January  Thursday  1805 

last  night  was  excessively  Cold  the  Murkery  this  morning 
Stood  at  40°  below  o  which  is  72"  below  the  freesing  point, 
we  had  one  man  out  last  night,  who  returned  about  8  oClock 
this  morning.  The  Indians  of  the  lower  Villege  turned  out 
to  hunt  for  a  man  &  a  boy  who  had  not  returnd  from  the  hunt 
of  yesterday,  and  borrow'd  a  Slay  to  bring  them  in  expecting 
to  find  them  frosed  to  death*     about  10  oClock  the  boy  about 


'  Larocque  says  (Masson's  Bourgeois,  pp.  310,  311)  that  Lewis  and  Clark  found 
all  the  longitudes  estimated  by  David  Thompson  to  be  inaccurate.  He  gives  interesting 
details  as  to  the  territorial  claims  of  the  United  States,  saying:  "They  include  in 
their  territory  as  far  north  as  River  Sjti  appelle,  for,  as  it  was  impossible  for  a  line 
drawn  west  from  the  west  end  of  Lac  des  Bois  to  strike  the  Mississippi,  they  make  it 
run  till  it  strikes  its  tributary  waters,  that  is,  the  north  branches  of  the  Missouri  and 
from  thence  to  the  Pacific."  —  Ed. 

-  Biddle  here  describes  another  licentious  ceremony,  called  "the  medicine- 
dance."  —  Ed. 

'  The  buffaloes  were  usually  called  by  the  French  hunters  "wild  cows"  or 
"wild   cattle,"   a  term   often   adopted   by   the   English. — Ed. 

■•  In  Biddle' s  account  are  found  some  additional  details,  especially  interesting  as 
showing  a  humane  and  generous  nature  in  these  Indians:  "The  boy  had  been  a 
prisoner  and  adopted  from  charity,  yet  the  distress  of  the  father  proved  that  he  felt  for 
him  the  tenderest  affection.  The  man  was  a  person  of  no  distinction,  yet  the  whole 
village  was  full  of  anxiety  for  his  safety."  —  Ed. 

[  246  ] 


'«°5]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 


IJ  years  of  age  Came  to  the  fort  with  his  feet  frosed  and  had 
laved  out  last  night  without  fire  with  only  a  Buffalow  Robe  to 
Cover  him,  the  Dress  which  he  wore  was  a  pr.  of  Cabra 
{antelope)  Legins,  which  is  verry  thin  and  mockersons  we  had 
his  feet  put  in  cold  water  and  they  are  Comeing  too.  Soon 
after  the  arrival  of  the  Boy,  a  Man  Came  in  who  had  also 
Stayed  out  without  fire,  and  verry  thinly  Clothed,  this  man 
was  not  the  least  injured.  Customs  &  the  habits  of  those 
people  has  anured  [them]  to  bare  more  Cold  than  I  thought 
It  possible  for  man  to  endure.  Sent  out  j  men  to  hunt  Elk 
below  about  7  miles 

I  I'f  January  Friday  1805 

Verry  Cold,  Send  out  3  men  to  join  j  now  below  &  hunt 
Pose-cop  se  ha  or  Black  Cat.  came  to  See  us  and  Stay  all  night 

Sho  tahar  ro  ra  or  Coal  also  stay^  all  night,  the  inturpiter 
oldst  wife  Sick,  Some  of  our  Men  go  to  See  a  War  Medeson 
made  at  the  Village  on  the  opposit  Side  of  the  river,  this  is  a 
[blank  in  MS.] 

12"'  of  January  Satturday  1805 

a  verry  Cold  Day  three  of  our  hunters  J  &  R  Fields  withe 
2  hlk  on  a  Slay     Sent  one  more  hunter  out. 

'3''m  of  January  Sunday  1805 

a  Cold  Clear  Day  (great  number  of  Indians  move  Down  the 
River  to  hunt)  those  people  Kill  a  Number  of  Buffalow  near 
their  Villages  and  Save  a  great  perpotion  of  the  Meat,  theer 
Custom  of  makeing  this  article  of  life  General  [see  note)  {common) 
leaves  them  more  than  half  of  their  time  without  meat '  Their 
Corn  &  Beans  &c  they  keep  for  the  Summer,  and  as  a  reserve 
m  Case  of  an  attack  from  the  Soues,  [of]  which  they  are  always 
m  dread  and  S.ldom  go  far  to  hunt  except  in  large  parties, 
about  y^  the   Mandans  nation   passed  this  to  day  to  hunt  on 

of  .'he'iribe'wher''  '"'T  °^'""'"^  ""'^  ^""=  '=<l"^"y  ^^^^  -"  'he  families 
of  he  ,r,be,  whether  or  no,  these  have  sen.  out  men  to  the  hunt,  and  ,0  their  improvi- 
dence and  carelessness  (see  Biddle,  i,  pp.  ,53,  ,„).  _  En. 

U47  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Jan.  14 


the  river  below,  they  will  Stay  out  some  Days,  M'.  Chabonee 
(our  inturpeter)  and  one  man  that  accompanied  him  to  Some 
loges  of  the  Menatarrees  near  the  Turtle  Hill  ^  returned,  both 
frosed  in  their  faces.  Chaboneu  informs  that  the  Clerk  of  the 
Hudson  Bay  Co.  with  the  Me  ne  tar  res  has  been  Speaking 
Some  fiew  express"'  unfavourable  towards  us,  and  that  it  is  Said 
the  NW  Co:  intends  building  a  fort  at  the  Mene  tar  res.  he 
Saw  the  grand  Chief  of  the  Big  bellies  who  Spoke  Slightly  of 
the  Americans,  Saying  if  we  would  give  our  great  flag  to  him 
he  would  Come  to  See  us. 

14"'  nf  January  1805  Monday 

This  morning  early  a  number  of  Indians  men  women  children 
Dogs  &c.  &c.  passed  down  on  the  ice  to  joine  those  that  passed 
yesterday,  we  Sent  Serg'  Pryor  and  five  men  with  those  Indians 
to  hunt  (Several  men  with  the  Venereal  cought  from  the  Man- 
dan  women)  one  of  our  hunters  Sent  out  Several  days  [ago] 
arived  &  informs  that  one  Man  (Whitehouse)  is  frost  bit  and 
Can't  walk  home. 

is'm  January  Tuesday  1805  Fort  Mandan 

between  12  &  3  oClock  this  Morning  we  had  a  total  eclips 
of  the  Moon,  a  part  of  the  observations  necessary  for  our  pur- 
pose in  this  eclips  we  got  which  is 

at  I  2  h-5  7111-545  Total  Darkness  of  the  Moon 

at  -I    -44     -00      End  of  total  Darkness  of  The  moon 

at     3—^0     —10      End  of  the  eclips. 

This  morning  not  so  Cold  as  yesterday  Wind  from  the 
S.E.  wind  choped  around  to  the  N.W.  Still  temperate  four 
Considerate  [considerable  —  Ed.]  men  of  the  Menetarre  Came 
to  See  us  We  Smoked  in  the  pipe,  many  Mand'  present  also, 
we  Showed  (attentions)  to  those  men  who  had  been  impressed 
with  an  unfavourable  oppinion  of  us  [which  satisfied  them). 


1   On  the  Little  Missouri  River,  — Ed. 

[248] 


i8o5]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 

i6'{'  January  Wednesday  1S05 

about  thirty  Mandans  came  to  the  fort  to  day,  6  chiefs, 
those  Me-ne-ta-rees  told  them  they  were  liars,  had  told  them 
if  they  Came  to  the  fort  the  whites  men  would  kill  them,  they 
had  been  with  them  all  night.  Smoked  in  the  pipe  and  have 
been  treated  well  and  the  whites  had  danced  for  them,  observe- 
ing  the  Mandans  were  bad  and  ought  to  hide  themselves,  one 
of  the  iV  War  Chiefs  of  the  big  bell[i]es  nation  Came  to  see  us 
to  day  with  one  man  and  his  Squar  to  wate  on  him  {requested 
that  she  might  be  used  for  the  night)  {his  wife  handsome)  We 
Shot  the  Air  gun,  and  gave  two  Shots  with  the  Cannon  which 
pleased  them  verry  much,  the  little  Crow  2*1  Chf  of  the  lower 
Village  Came  &  brought  us  Corn  &c.  4  men  of  ours  who 
had  been  hunting  returned  one  frost'd 

This  War  Chief  gave  us  a  Chart  in  his  Way  of  the  Missourie, 
he  informed  us  of  his  intentions  of  going  to  War  in  the  Spring 
against  the  Snake  Indians  we  advised  him  to  look  back  at  the 
number  of  Nations  who  had  been  distroyed  by  War,  and  reflect 
upon  what  he  was  about  to  do,  observing  if  he  wished  the  hapi- 
ness  of  his  nation,  he  would  be  at  peace  with  all,  by  that  by 
being  at  peace  and  haveing  plenty  of  goods  amongst  them  &  a 
free  intercourse  with  those  defenceless  nations,  they  would  get 
on  easy  tirms  a  greater  Number  of  horses,  and  that  Nation 
would  increas,  if  he  went  to  War  against  those  Defenceless 
people,  he  would  displease  his  great  father,  and  he  would  not 
receive  that  pertection  &  care  from  him  as  other  nations  who 
listened  to  his  word.  This  Chief  who  is  a  young  man  26  y'  old 
replied  that  if  his  going  to  war  against  the  Snake  Indians  would 
be  displeasing  to  us  he  would  not  go,  he  had  horses  enough. 

We  observed  that  what  we  had  said  was  the  words  of  his 
great  father,  and  what  we  had  Spoken  to  all  the  Nations  which 
we  Saw  on  our  passage  up,  they  all  promis  to  open  their  ears, 
and  we  do  not  know  as  yet  if  any  of  them  has  Shut  them  (we 
are  doubtful!  of  the  Soues)  if  they  do  not  attend  to  what  we 
have  told  them  their  great  father  will  open  their  ears.  This 
Chief  Said  that  he  would  advise  all  his  nation  to  stay  at  home 
untill  we  Saw  the  Snake  Indians  &  Knew  if  they  would  be 
friendly,  he  himself  would  attend  to  what  we  had  told  him. 
[  -'49  J 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Jan.  17 


I  7',f  January  Thursday  1805 

a  verry  Windey  morning  hard  from  the  North  Ther- 
momiter  at  o,     Several   Indians  here  to  day 

iS'f  January  Friday  1805 

a  fine  worm  morning,  M'  La  Rock  a[nd]  M-Kinzey  Came 
down  to  See  us  with  them  Several  of  the  Grosse  Ventres. 

19';;  January  Satturday  1805. 

a  fine  Day  Mess'.'  Le  rock  &  MfKinzey  returned  home, 
Sent  three  horses  down  to  our  hunting  Camp  for  the  meet 
thev  had  killed,  Jussomes  Squar,  left  him  and  went  to  the 
Village 

a  Cold  fair  day  Several  Indians  at  the  fort  to  day  a 
Missunderstanding  took  place  between  the  two  inturpeters  on 
account  of  their  squars,  one  of  the  Squars  of  Shabowner 
Squars  being  Sick,  I  ordered  my  Servent  to  give  her  Some 
froot  Stewed  and  tee  at  dif  times  which  was  the  cause  of  the 
missundsfl' 

21"  Monday  January  1805 

a  number  of  Indians  here  to  day  a  fine  day  nothing 
remarkable     one  ban  [man]  verry  bad  with  the  pox. 

zz"^  January  1S05   Tuesday 

a  find  warm  Day  attempted  to  Cut  the  Boat  &  perogues 
out  of  the  Ice,  found  water  at  about  8  inches  under  the  i'.' 
Ice,  the  next  thickness  about  3  feet 

z-^rd  January  1805  IVednesday 

A  Cold  Day  Snow  fell  4  Inches  deep,  the  accurancies 
{^accurrencies)  of  this  day  is  as  is  common 


1  I  went  up  with  one  of  the  men  to  the  villages.  They  treated  us  friendly  and 
gave  us  victuals.  After  we  were  done  eating  they  presented  a  bowlful  to  a  buffaloe 
head,  saying,  "  eat  that."'  Their  superstitious  credulity  is  so  great,  that  they  believe 
by  using  the  head  well,  the  living  buffaloe  will  come,  and  that  they  will  get  a  supply 
of  meat. — Gass  (pp.  98,  99). 

[  250  ] 


i8o5]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 

24///  "January  Thursday  1805 

.1  fine  day,  our  inturpetcrs  appear  to  understand  each  other 
better  than  a  fiew  days  past.  Sent  out  Several  hunters,  they 
returned  without  killing  any  thing,     Cut  Coal  wood.' 

z^'ll  of  January  1805  Frulay 

we  are  informed  of  the  arrival  of  a  Band  of  assniboins  at 
the  Villages  with  the  Grand  Chief  of  those  Tribes  Call[ed]  the 
(Fee  de  petite  veau)  {Fils  de  Petit  veau)  to  trade,  one  of  our 
interpeters  &  one  man  Set  out  to  the  Big  Belley  Camp  opposit 
the  Island,  men  eniploy'd  in  Cutting  the  Boat  out  of  the  ice, 
and  Collecting  Coal  wood. 

26'f  oj  January  SatturJay  1805 

a  verry  fine  worm  Dav  Several  Indians  Dine  with  us  and 
are  much  Pleased,  one  man  taken  violently  Bad  with  the 
Plurisie,  Bleed  &  apply  those  remedies  Common  to  that  dis- 
order. 

^7"!  of  January  Sunday  1805 

a  fine  dav,  attempt  to  Cut  our  Boat  and  Canoos  out  of 
the  Ice,  a  deficuelt  Task  I  fear  as  we  find  water  between  the 
Ice,  I  bleed  the  man  with  the  Plurisy  to  day  &  Swet  him, 
Cap"  Lewis  took  off  the  Toes  of  one  foot  of  the  Boy  who  got 
frost  bit  Some  time  ago,  Shabonoe  our  interpeter  returned, 
&  informed  that  the  Assiniboins  had  returned  to  their  Camps, 
&  brought  3  horses  of  M'  Larock's  to  Stay  here  for  fear  of 
their  being  Stolen  by  the  Assiniboins  who  are  great  rogues." 
cut  off  the  boy['s]  toes. 

z%":  January  Monday  1805 

attempt  to  Cut  through  the  ice  to  get  our  Boat  and  Canoo 
out    without    Suckcess,       Several    Indians    here     , 
wishing   to  get  War  hatchets   Made     the   man    jfc^^^gT^t^jc^. 
Sick  yesterday  is  getting  well      M'  Jessome  our 
interpiter  was  taken  verry  unwell  this  evening     worm   day 

'  Wood  to  make  charcoal.  — Biddle  (i,  p.  156). 

^  Larocque  says  that  he  sent  his  horses  to  the  fort  in  accordance  with  Captain 
Clark's  offer  to  care  for  them  with  his  own  animals.  — Ed. 

[251] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Jan.  29 

29''*  "January  Tuesday  1S05 

Gave  Jassome  a  Dost  of  Salts  We  Send  &  Collect  Stones 
and  put  them  on  a  large  log  heap  to  heet  them  with  a  view  of 
worming  water  in  the  Boat  and  by  that  means,  Sepperate  her 
from  the  Ice,  our  attempt  appears  to  be  defeated  by  the 
Stones  all  breaking  &  flying  to  peaces  in  the  fire,  a  fine  worm 
Dav,  we  are  now  burning  a  large  Coal  pit,  to  mend  the 
indians  hatchets,  &  make  them  war  axes,  the  only  means  by 
which  we  precure  Corn  trom  them. 

30'^  January  Wednesday  1805 

a  fine  morning,  clouded  up  at  9  oClock,  M'  La  Rocke 
paid  us  a  Visit,  &  we  gave  him  an  answer  respecting  the  request 
he  made  when  last  here  of  accompanying  us  on  our  Journey 

&c.  {refused) 

^i"  January  Thursday  1S05 

Snowed  last  night,  wind  high  trom  the  NW.  Sawed  off  the 
boys  toes  Sent  5  men  down  the  river  to  hunt  with  2  horses, 
our  interpeter  something  better,  George  Drewyer  taken  with 
the  Pleurisv  last  evening  Bled  &  gave  him  Some  Sage  tea,  this 
morning  he  is  much  better.     Cold  disagreeable  Day 

i^f  of  February  Friday  1S05 

a  cold  windey  Day  our  hunters  return"!  haveing  killed  only 
one  Deer,  a  War  Chief  of  the  Me  ne  tar  ras  came  with  some 
Corn  requested  to  have  a  War  hatchet  made,  &  requested  to 
be  allowed  to  go  to  War  against  the  Soues  &  Recarres  who 
had  Killed  a  mandan  Some  time  past.  We  retused,  and  gave 
reassons,  which  he  verrv  readily  assented  to,  and  promised  to 
open  his  ears  to  all  We  Said  this  Man  is  voung  and  named 
{Seeing  Snake)- Mar-book,  She-ah-0-ke-ah.  this  mans  Woman 
Set  out  &  he  prosued  her,  in  the  evening 

x'\f  of  February  Satturday  1805 

a  fine  Day,  one  Deer  killed  our  interpeter  Still  unwell, 
one  of  the  wives  of  the  Big  belley  interpet'  Sick.  M'  Larocke 
leave  us  to  day  (this  man  is  a  Clerk  to  the  NW.  Company,  & 
verrv  anxious  to  accompany  us) 

[  2-^2  1 


'8o5]  AT    FORT    MAN  DAN 

CLewis :]  3--^  „y  february  Sunday  1 805. » 

a  fine  day;  the  blacksmith  again  commences  his  oppera- 
tions.  we  were  visited  by  but  few  of  the  natives  today,  the 
situation  of  our  boat  and  perogues  is  now  allarming,  they  are 
firmly  inclosed  in  the  Ice  and  almost  covered  with  snow  —  the 
ice  which  incloses  them  lyes  in  several  stratas  of  unequal  thick- 
nesses which  are  seperated  by  streams  of  water,  this  [is] 
peculiarly  unfortunate  because  so  soon  as  we  cut  through  the 
first  strata  of  ice  the  water  rushes  up  and  rises  as  high  as  the 
upper  surface  of  the  ice  and  thus  creates  such  a  debth  of  water 
as  renders  it  impracticable  to  cut  away  the  lower  strata  which 
appears  firmly  attatched  to,  and  confining  the  bottom  of  the 
vessels,  the  instruments  we  have  hitherto  used  has  been  the 
ax  only,  with  which,  we  have  made  several  attempts  that 
proved  unsuccessful  1  from  the  cause  above  mentioned,  we 
then  determined  to  attempt  freeing  them  from  the  ice  by 
means  ot  boiling  water  which  we  purposed  heating  in  the 
vessels  by  means  of  hot  stones,  but  this  expedient  proved  also 
fruitless,  as  every  species  of  stone  which  we  could  procure  in 
the  neighbourhood  partook  so  much  of  the  calcarious  genus 
that  they  burst  into  small  particles  on  being  exposed  to  the 
heat  ot  the  fire,  we  now  determined  as  the  dernier  resort  to 
prepare  a  parsel  of  Iron  spikes  and  attatch  them  to  the  end  of 
small  poles  of  convenient  length  and  endeavour  by  means 
of  them  to  free  the  vessels  from  the  ice.  we  have  already 
prepared  a  large  rope  of  Elk-skin  and  a  windless  bv  means  of 
which  we  have  no  doubt  of  being  able  to  draw  the  boat  on  the 
bank  provided  we  can  free  [it]  from  the  ice. 

4'/'  February,  Monday  1805. 

This  morning  fair  tho'  could  the  thermometer  stood  at 
18":  below  Naught,  wind  from  N  W.  Capt  Clark  set  out 
with   a  hunting  party  consisting  of  sixteen  of  our  command 

'  From  this  point  to  the  13th  of  Febniary,  the  journal  is  written  by  Lewis,  during 
Clark's  absence  on  a  hunting  expedition  (Feb.  4-12).  This  is  the  only  hiatus  in 
Clark's  regular  journalizing,  throughout  the  entire  expedition  ;  but  under  date  of  Feb- 
ruary 13th,  pp.  259-261,  post,  after  his  return,  he  gives  a  brief  summary  of  the  events 
of  each  day  during  his  trip,  so  that  his  record  is  practically  complete, Ed. 

[253] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS       [Feb.  5 

and  two  frenchmen  who  together  with  two  others,  have  estab- 
lished a  small  hut  and  resided  this  winter  within  the  vicinity 
of  Fort  Mandane  under  our  protection,  visited  by  many  of 
the  natives  today,  our  stock  of  meat  which  we  had  procured 
in  the  Months  of  November  &  December  is  now  nearly  ex- 
hausted ;  a  supply  of  this  articles  is  at  this  moment  peculiarly 
interesting  as  well  for  our  immediate  consumption,  as  that  we 
may  have  time  before  the  approach  of  the  warm  season  to 
prepare  the  meat  for  our  voyage  in  the  spring  of  the  year. 
Capt.  Clark  therefore  determined  to  continue  his  rout  down 
the  river  even  as  far  as  the  River  bullet'  unless  he  should  find 
a  plenty  of  game  nearer,  the  men  transported  their  baggage 
on  a  couple  of  small  wooden  Slays  drawn  by  themselves,  and 
took  with  them  3  pack  horses  which  we  had  agreed  should  be 
returned  with  a  load  of  meat  to  fort  mandane  as  soon  as  they 
could  procure  it.  no  buffaloe  have  made  their  appearance  in 
our  neighbourhood  for  some  weeks  {time  shorter) ;  and  I  am 
informed  that  our  Indian  neighbours  suffer  extreemlv  at  this 
moment  for  the  article  of  flesh.  Shields  killed  two  deer  this 
evening,  both  very  lean  one  a  large  buck,  he  had  shed  his 
horns. 

5'.''  February  Tuesjay  1805. — 

Pleasent  morning  wind  from  N.W.  fair ;  visited  by  many 
of  the  natives  who  brought  a  considerable  quanty  of  corn  in 
payment  for  the  work  which  the  blacksmith  had  done  for 
them  they  are  pecu[l]arly  attatched  to  a  battle  ax  formed  in 
a  very  inconvenient  manner  in  my  opinion,  it  is  fabricated 
of  iron  only,  the  blade  is  extreemly  thin,  from  7  to  nine 
inches  in  length  and  from  ^l^,  to  6  Inches  on  it's  edge,  from 
whence  the  sides  proceed  nearly  in  a  straight  line  to  the  eye 
where  it's  width  is  generally  not  more  than  an  inch,  the  eye 
is  round  &  about  one  inch  in  diameter,  the  handle  seldom 
more  than  fourteen  inches  in  length,  the  whole  weighing  about 
one  pound  the  great  length  of  the  blade  of  this  ax,  added  to 
the  small  size  of  the   handle   renders  a  stroke  uncertain  and 


1   The  Cannon-ball   River,  which  empties  into  the  Missouri  near  Fort  Rice,  N.  D. 
The  expedition  had  reached  the  mouth  of  this  stream  on  Oct.   iS.  —  Ed. 

[254] 


■805]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 


easily  avoided,  while  the  shortness  of  the  handel  must  render  a 
blow  much   less  forceable  if  even  well  directed,  and  still   more 
mconvenient  as  they  uniformly  use  this  instrument  in  action 
on  horseback.      The  oalder  fassion  is  still   more  inconvenient, 
it  is  somewhat  in    the    form    of  the   blade  of  an   Espantoon  ' 
but  is  attatch-!  to  a  helve  of  the  dementions  before  discribed 
the  blade  is  sometimes  by  way  of  ornament  pur- 
forated    with    two   three    or    more    small    circular       C3>^^ 
holes     the   following   is   the  general    figure    it   is        11 
from    12  to   15  inces  in  length  • 

$'!•  February  Weiinesday  1805. 

Fair  morning  Wind  from  N.W.  had  a  slev  prepared  against 
the  return  of  the  horses  which  Capt  Clark 'had  promised  to 
send  back  as  soon  as  he  should  be  able  to  procure  a  load  of 
meat,  visited  by  many  of  the  natives  among  others  the  Big 
white,  the  Coal,  big-man,  hairy  horn  and  the  black  man,  I 
smoked  with  them,  after  which  they  retired,  a  deportment  not 
common,  for  they  usually  pester  us  with  their  good  company 
the  ballance  of  the  day  after  once  being  introduced  to  our 
apartment.  Shields  killed  three  antelopes  this  evening,  the 
blacksmiths  take  a  considerable  quantity  of  corn  today  in  pay- 
ment for  their  labour,  the  blacksmith's  have  proved  a  happy 
reso[r]ce  to  us  in  our  present  situation  as  I  believe  it  would 
have  been  difficult  to  have  devised  any  other  method  to  have 
procured  corn  from  the  natives,  the  Indians  are  extravegantly 
fond  of  sheet  iron  of  which  they  form  arrow-points  and  manu- 
facter  into  instruments  for  scraping  and  dressing  their  buffiiloe 
robes.  I  permited  the  blacksmith  to  dispose  of  a  part  of  a 
sheet  iron  callaboos  {camboose;  stove)  which  had  been  nearly 
birnt  out  on  our  passage  up  the  river,  and  for  each  piece  about 
four  inches  square  he  obtained  from  seven  to  eight  gallons  of 
corn  from  the  natives  who  appeared  extreemly  pleased  with 
the  exchange 

'  A  rare  and  practically  obsolete  form  of  spontoon,  a  word  itself  now  little  used. 
The  implement  meant  is  the  half-pike,  a  sort  of  halberd  formerly  used  by  certain 
officers  of  the  British  army.  —  CouES  (/,.   and  C,   i,   p.    230). 

-  This  is  an  unusual  form  of  caboose,  from  the  Dutch  mariners'  name  of  the  cook's 
galley.  —  Ed. 

I  -'55  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [Feb.  7 


7'/'  February  Thursday  1805. 

This  morning  was  fair  Thermometer  at  i8'.  above  naught 
much  warmer  than  it  has  been  for  some  days  ;  wind  S.E.  con- 
tinue to  be  visited  by  the  natives.  The  Serg!  of  the  guard 
reported  that  the  Indian  women  (wives  to  our  interpreters) 
were  in  the  habit  of  unbaring  the  fort  gate  at  any  time  of  night 
and  admitting  their  Indian  visitors,  I  therefore  directed  a 
lock  to  be  put  to  the  gate  and  ordered  that  no  Indian  but 
those  attatched  to  the  garrison  should  be  permitted  to  remain 
all  night  within  the  fort  or  admitted  during  the  period  which 
the  gate  had  been  previously  ordered  to  be  kept  shut,  which 
was  from   sunset  untill  sunrise. 

8'/-'   February  Friday  1805. 

This  morning  was  fair  wind  S.E.  the  weather  still  warm  and 
pleasent.  visited  by  the  black-Cat  the  principal  chief  of  the 
Roop-tar-he,  or  upper  mandane  village,  this  man  possesses 
more  integrety,  firmness,  inteligence  and  perspicuety  of  mind 
than  any  Indian  I  have  met  with  in  this  quarter,  and  I  think 
with  a  little  management  he  may  be  made  a  usefull  agent  in 
furthering  the  views  of  our  government.  The  black  Cat  pre- 
sented me  with  a  bow  and  apologized  for  not  having  completed 
the  shield  he  had  promised  alledging  that  the  weather  had  been 
too  could  to  permit  his  making  it,  I  gave  him  som  small  shot 
6  fishing-hooks  and  2  yards  of  ribbon  his  squaw  also  pre- 
sented me  with  i  pair  of  mockersons  for  which  in  return  I 
gave  a  small  lookingglass  and  a  couple  of  nedles.  the  chief 
dined  with  me  and  left  me  in  the  evening,  he  informed  me 
that  his  people  suffered  very  much  for  the  article  of  meat,  and 
that  he  had  not  himself  tasted  any  for  several  days. 

9'.*   February  Saturday  1805. 

The  morning  fair  and  pleasent,  wind  from  S.E.  visited  by 
M;  M^Kinzey  one  of  the  N.W.  Company's  clerks,  this  even- 
ing a  man  by  the  name  of  Howard  whom  I  had  given  permis- 
sion to  go  [to]  the  Mandane  vilage  returned  after  the  gate  was 
shut  and  reather  than  call  to  the  guard  to  have  it  opened 
scaled  the  works  an  Indian  who  was  looking  on  shortly  after 
[256] 


i8o5]  AT    FORT    MAN U AN 

followed  his  example.  I  convinced  the  Indian  of  the  impro- 
pryety  of  his  conduct,  and  explained  to  him  the  risk  he  had 
run  of  being  severely  treated,  the  fellow  appeared  much 
allarmed,  I  gave  him  a  small  piece  of  tobacco  and  sent  him 
away  Howard  I  had  comitted  to  the  care  of  the  guard  with  a 
determineation  to  have  him  tryed  by  a  Court-martial  for  this 
offence,  this  man  is  an  old  soldier  which  still  hightens  this 
offince. 

lo"'  February  Sunday  1805. 

This  Morning  was  Cloudy  after  a  slight  Snow  which  fell  in 
the  course  of  the  night  the  wind  blue  very  hard  from  N.W. 
altho'  the  thermometer  stood  at  i8^  above  naught  the  violence 
of  the  wind  caused  a  degree  of  could  that  was  much  more  un- 
pleasent  than  that  of  yesterday  when  thermometer  stood  at  lo! 
only  above  the  same  point.  M'  M'Kinzey  left  me  this  morn- 
ing. Charbono  returned  with  one  ot  the  Frenchmen,  and 
informed  me  that  he  had  left  the  three  Horses  and  two  men 
with  the  meat  which  Cap!  Clark  had  sent  at  some  distance 
below  on  the  river  he  told  me  that  the  horses  were  heavy 
loaded  and  that  not  being  shod  it  was  impossible  for  horses  to 
travel  on  the  ice.  I  determined  to  send  down  some  men  with 
two  small  slays  for  the  meat  and  accordingly  I  gave  orders  that 
they  should  set  out  early  the  next  morning,  two  men  were 
also  sent  to  conduct  the  horses  by  way  of  the  plain. 

11'/'  February  Monday  1805. 

The  party  that  were  ordered  last  evening  set  out  early  this 
morning,  the  weather  was  fair  and  could  wind  N.W.  about 
five  Oclock  this  evening  one  of  the  wives  of  Charbono  was 
delivered  of  a  fine  bov.'  it  is  worthy  of  remark  that  this  was 
the  first  child  which  this  woman  had  boarn,  and  as  is  common 
in  such  cases  her  labour  was  tedious  and  the  pain  violent ; 
Ml  Jessome  informed  me  that  he  had  freequently  adminins- 
tered  a  small  portion  ot  the  rattle  of  the  rattle-snake,  which  he 


'  This  was  Sacajawea,  the  Shoshone  captive  purchased  by  Charboneau,  who  had 
two  other  wives  among  the  Mandan.  Sacajawea  was  the  only  woman  taken  upon 
the  Expedition. —  Ed. 

VOL.  I. —  17  [  257  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS       [Feb.  12 

assured  me  had  never  failed  to  produce  the  desired  effect,  that 
of  hastening  the  birth  of  the  child  ;  having  the  rattle  of  a 
snake  by  me  I  gave  it  to  him  and  he  administered  two  rings 
of  it  to  the  woman  broken  in  small  pieces  with  the  fingers  and 
added  to  a  small  quantity  of  water.  Whether  this  medicine 
was  truly  the  cause  or  not  I  shall  not  undertake  to  determine, 
but  I  was  informed  that  she  had  not  taken  it  more  than  ten 
minutes  before  she  brought  forth  perhaps  this  remedy  may 
be  worthy  of  future  experiments,  but  I  must  confess  that  I 
want  faith  as  to  it's  efficacy. 

iz'/'  February  Tuesday  1805. 

The  morning  was  fair  tho'  could,  thermometer  at  14.  below 
naught  wind  S.E.  ordered  the  Blacksmith  to  shoe  the  horses 
and  some  others  to  prepare  some  gears  in  order  to  send  them 
down  with  three  slays  to  join  the  hunting  party  and  transport 
the  meat  which  they  mav  have  procured  to  this  place  the 
men  whom  I  had  sent  for  the  meat  left  by  Charbono  did  not 
return  untill  4  OClock  this  evening.  Drewyer  arrived  with 
the  horses  about  the  same  time,  the  horses  appeared  much 
fatieged  I  directed  some  meal  brands  [bran]  given  them 
moisened  with  a  little  water  but  to  my  astonishment  found 
that  they  would  not  eat  it  but  prefered  the  bark  of  the  cotton 
wood  which  forms  the  principall  article  of  food  usually  given 
them  by  their  Indian  masters  in  the  winter  season  ;  for  this 
purpose  they  cause  the  tree  to  be  felled  by  their  women  and 
the  horses  feed  on  the  boughs  and  bark  of  their  tender 
branches,  the  Indians  in  our  neighbourhood  are  freequently 
pilfered  of  their  horses  by  the  Recares,  Souixs  and  Assinni- 
boins  and  therefore  make  it  an  invariable  rule  to  put  their 
horses  in  their  lodges  at  night,  in  this  situation  the  only  food 
of  the  horse  consists  of  a  few  sticks  of  the  cottonvvood  from 
the  size  of  a  man's  finger  to  that  of  his  arm.  the  Indians  are 
invariably  severe  riders,  and  frequently  have  occasion  for  many 
days  together  through  the  whole  course  of  the  day  to  employ 
their  horses  in  pursueing  the  Buffaloe  or  transporting  meat  to 
their  vilages  during  which  time  they  are  seldom  suffered  to 
tast  food  ;  at  night  the  Horse  returned  to  his  stall  where  his 
[258] 


i8oj]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 

food  is  what  seems  to  me  a  scanty  allowance  of  wood,  under 
these  circumstances  it  would  seem  that  their  horses  could  not 
long  exist  or  at  least  could  not  retain  their  flesh  and  strength, 
but  the  contrary  is  the  fact,  this  valuable  anamall  under  all 
those  disadvantages  is  seldom  seen  meager  or  unfit  for  service. 
A  little  after  dark  this  evening  Cap!  Clark  arrived  with  the 
hunting  partv  since  they  set  out  they  have  killed  forty  Deer, 
three  buft'aloe  bulls,  &  sixteen  Elk,  most  of  them  were  so 
meager  that  they  were  unfit  for  uce,  particularly  the  Buftaloe 
and  male  Elk  the  wolves  also  which  are  here  extreemly 
numerous  helped  themselves  to  a  considerable  proportion  of 
the  hunt,  if  an  anamal  is  killed  and  lyes  only  one  night 
exposed  to  the  wolves  it  is  almost  invariably  devoured  by 
them. 

13'*  February  IVeJneiJay  1805. 

The  morning  cloudy  thermometer  2!  below  naught  wind 
from  S.E.  visited  by  the  Black-Cat  gave  him  a  battle  ax  with 
which  he  appeared  much  gratifyed. 

[Clark  0 

1  '  returned  last  Night  from  a  hunting  party  much  fatigued, 
haveing  walked  30  miles  on  the  ice  and  through  Points  of 
wood  land  in   which  the  Snow  was  nearly  Knee   Deep 

The  1"  day  [Feb  4]  I  left  the  fort  proceeded  on  the  ice  to 
new  Mandan  Island,  22  miles  &  camped,  killed  nothing,  & 
nothing  to  eat, 

The  2''.  day  the  morning  verry  Cold  &:  Windev.  I  broke 
thro  the  ice  and  got  my  teet  and  legs  wet,  Sent  out  4  hunters 
thro'  a  point  to  kill  a  Deer  &  cook  it  by  the  time  the  party 
should  get  up,  those  hunters  killed  a  Deer  &  2  Buffalow 
Bulls  the  Buffalow  too  Meagur  to  eat,  we  eate  the  Deer  & 
proceeded  on  to  an  old  Indian  Lodge,  Sent  out  the  hunters 
&  they  brought  in  three  lean  Deer,  which  we  made  use  of  for 
food,  walking  on  uneaven  ice  has  blistered  the  bottoms  ot  my 
feat,  and  walking  is  painfull  to  me. 

1  Clark  here  resumes  the  record,  and  tlie  remainder  ot"  the  journal  in  Codex  C  is 
(with  the  exception  of  one  entry)  in  his  handwriting.  —  Ed. 

[259] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Feb.  13 


j'j  day  —  cold  morning  the  after  part  of  the  Day  worm, 
Camped  on  a  Sand  point  near  the  mouth  of  a  Creek  on  the 
SW.  Side  We  Call  hunting  Creek,  I  turned  out  with  the 
hunters  I  killed  2  Deer  the  hunters  killed  an  Elk,  Buffalovv 
Bull,  &  5  Deer,     all  Meager 

4'!'  Day  —  hunted  the  two  bottoms  near  the  Camp  Killed 
9  Elk,  18  Deer,  brought  to  camp  all  the  meat  fit  to  eate,  & 
had  the  bones  taken  out.  every  man  ingaged  either  in  hunt- 
ing or  Collecting  &  packing  the  meat  to  Camp 

5'"  Day  —  Despatched  one  of  the  party  our  interpeter  &  2 
french  men  with  the  3  horses  loaded  with  the  best  of  the  meat 
to  the  fort  44  miles  Distant,  the  remaining  meat  I  had  packed 
on  the  2  Slays  &  drawn  down  to  the  next  point  about  3  miles 
below,  at  this  place  I  had  all  the  meat  collected  which  was 
killed  yesterday  &  had  escaped  the  Wolves,  Ravin  &  Magpie ; 
(which  are  verry  noumerous  about  this  place)  and  put  into  a 
close  pen  made  of  logs  to  secure  it  from  the  wolves  &  birds  & 
proceeded  on  to  a  large  bottom  nearly  opposit  the  Chisscheter 
(heart)  River,  in  this  bottom  we  found  but  little  game.  Great 
No.  of  Wolves,  on  the  hills  Saw  Several  parsels  of  Buffalow. 
Camped.      I  killed  a  Buck 

g'b  Day  —  The  Buffalow  Seen  last  night  provd  to  be  Bulls. 
lean  &  unfit  for  to  make  use  of  as  food,  the  Distance  from 
Camp  being  nearly  60  miles  and  the  packing  of  meat  that  dis- 
tance attended  with  much  dificuelty  Deturmined  me  to  return 
and  hunt  the  points  above,  we  Set  out  on  our  return  and 
halted  at  an  old  Indian  lodge  40  miles  below  Fort  Mandan, 
Killed  3  Elk,  &  2  Deer. 

7"?  Day  —  a  cold  Day  wind  blew  hard  from  the  N.W.  J. 
Fields  got  one  of  his  ears  frosed  deturmined  to  lay  by  and 
hunt  to  day  Killed  an  Elk  &  6  deer,  all  that  was  fit  for  use 
[of]  this  meat  I  had  Boned  and  put  into  a  Close  pen  made  of 
logs. 

8'f'  Day  —  the  air  keen  halted  at  the  old  Camp  we  stayed 
in  on  the  2''  night  after  we  left  the  Fort,  expecting  to  meat  the 
horses  at  this  Place,  killed  3  Deer,  Several  men  being  nearly 
out  of  Mockersons,  &  the  horses  not  returning  deturmined  me 
to  return  to  the  Fort  on  tomorrow. 
[260] 


m 


a 


© 


i8o5]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 

9'!"  day.  —  Set  out  early,  Saw  great  numbers  of  Grouse  feed- 
ing on  the  young  Willows,  on  the  Sand  bars,  one  man  I  sent 
in  persute  of  a  gangue  of  Elk  Killed  three  near  the  old  Ricara 
Village,  and  joined  at  the  fort,  Sent  him  back  to  secure  the 
meat,  one  man  with  him.  The  ice  on  the  Parts  of  the  river 
which  was  verry  rough,  as  I  went  down,  was  Smoothe  on  my 
return,  This  is  owing  to  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  water,  which 
takes  place  every  day  or  two,  and  Caused  by  partial  thaws,  and 
obstructions  in  the  passage  of  the  water  thro  the  Ice,  which 
frequently  attaches  itself  to  the  bottom,  the  water  when  rise- 
ing  forses  its  way  thro  the  cracks  &  air  holes  above  the  old  ice, 
&  in  one  night  becomes  a  Smothe  Surface  of  ice  4  to  6  Inchs 
thick,  the  River  falls  &  the  ice  Sink  in  places  with  the  water 
and  attaches  itself  to  the  bottom,  and  when  it  again  rises  to  its 
former  hite,  frequently  leavs  a  Vallev  of  Several  feet  to  Supply 
with  water  to  bring  it  on  a  leavel  Surfice.  The  water  of  the 
Missouri  at  this  time  is  Clear  with  little  tingue. 

I  saw  Several  old  Villages  near  the  Chisscheter  River  on 
enquirey  found  they  were  Mandan  Villages  destroyed  by  the 
Sous  &  Small  Pox,  they  [were]  noumerous  and  lived  in  6  [cj) 
Villages  near  that  place. 

'+'*  of  February  Thursday  1805. 

The  Snow  fell  3  inches  Deep  last  Night,  a  fine  morning, 
Despatched  George  Drewyer  &  3  men,  with  two  Slays  drawn 
by  3  horses  for  the  Meat  left  below. 

15','*  of  February  Friday  1805 

at  10  oClock  P  M.  last  night  the  men  that  [were]  despatched 
yesterday  for  the  Meat,  returned  and  informed  us  that  as  they 
were  on  their  march  down  at  the  distance  of  about  24  miles 
below  the  Fort  (G.  Drevvver  Frasure,  S  Gutterage,  &  Newmon  ^ 
with  a  broken  Gun),  about  105  Indians  which  they  took  to  be 
Soues  rushed  on  them  and  cut  their  horses  from  the  Slays,  two 
of  which  they  carried  off  in  great  hast,  the  3'?  horse  was  given 
up  to  the  party  by  the  intersetion  of  an   Indian  who  assum'i 


1  These  men  were  George   Droiiillarii,  Robert   Frazier,  Silas   Goodrich,  and  John 
Newman.  —  Ed. 

[261] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [Feb.  i6 

Some  authority  on  the  occasion,  probably  more  thro  fear  of 
himself  or  Some  of  the  Indians  being  killed  by  our  men  who 
were  not  disposed  to  be  Robed  of  all  they  had  tamely,  they 
also  forced  2  of  the  mens  knives  &  a  tamahauk,  the  man 
obliged  them  to  return  the  tamahawk  [,  but]  the  knives  they 
ran  off  with 

We  dispatched  two  men  to  inform  the  Mandans,  and  if  any 
of  them  chose  to  pursue  those  robers,  to  come  down  in  the 
morning,  and  join  Cap'  Lewis  who  intended  to  Set  out  with  a 
party  of  men  Verry  early,  by  12  oClock  the  Chief  of  the  i".* 
Village  Big  White  came  down,  and  Soon  after  one  other  Chief 
and  Several  men.  The  Chief  observed  that  all  the  young  men 
of  the  2  Villages  were  out  hunting,  and  but  verry  fiew  guns 
were  left.  Cap'  Lewis  Set  out  at  Sunrise  with  24  men,  to 
meet  those  Soues  &c.  Several  Indians  accompanied  him  Some 
with  Bows  &  arrows  Some  with  Spears  &  Battle  axes,  2  with 
fuzees  {fusils)}  the  morning  fine  The  Thermometer  Stood 
at  16?  below  o.  Nought,  visited  by  2  of  the  Big  Bellies  this 
evening,  one  Chief  of  the  Mandans  returned  from  Cap' 
Lewises  Party  nearly  blind,  this  Complaint  is  as  I  am  inform'! 
Common  at  this  Season  of  the  year  and  caused  by  the  reflection 
of  the  Sun  on  the  ice  &  Snow,  it  is  cured  by  "jentilley  swet- 
ting  the  part  aflFected,  by  throwing  Snow  on  a  hot  Stone." 

a  Verry  Cold  part  of  the  night  one  man  Killed  a  verry 
large   Red   Fox  to  day. 

i6'f;  of  February  SatturJay  1S05 

a  fine  morning,  visited  by  but  fiew  Indians  to  day,  at 
Dusk  two  of  the  Indians  who  wint  down  with  Cap!  Lewis 
returned,  Soon  after  two  others  and  one  man  (Howard)  with 
his  feet  frosted,  and  informed  that  the  Ind!  who  Commited  the 
roberry  of  the  2  horses  was  So  far  a  head  that  they  could  not 
be  overtaken,  they  left  a  number  of  pars  of  Mockersons 
which,  the  Mandans  knew  to  be  Soues  Mockersons,  This 
war  party  camped  verry  near  the  last  Camp  I  made  when  on 
my  hunting  party,  where  they  left  Some  Corn,  as  a  deception, 
with  a  view  to  induce  a  belief  that  they  were  Ricarras. 


^  Flint-lock  muskets. — Ed. 

[262] 


'8°5]  AT    FORT    MAXDAN 


Cap-  Lewis  &  party  proceeded  on  down      the  meat  I  left  at 
my  last  Camp  was  taken. 

17'.'!  of  February  Sunday  1805 

this  morning  worm  cV  a  httle  Cloudy,  the  Coal  &  his  Son 
visited  me  to  day  with  a  about  30""  of  dri[e]d  BufFalow  meat 
&  borne  Tallow  Mf  M!  Kinsey  one  of  the  NW  Comp^' 
Clerks  visited  me  (one  of  the  ho[r]ses  the  Sous  robed  a  fiew 
Days  past,  belonged  to  this  man)  The  after  part  of  the  dav 
rair.  •' 

18";  of  February  Monday  1805 

a  cloudy  morning  Some  Snow,  Several  Indians  here  to  day 
M:  NT  Kinsey  leave  me,  the  after  part  of  the  dav  fine  lam 
much  engaged  makeing  a  descriptive  List  of  the 'Rivers  from 
Information  '     our  Store  of  Meat  is  out  to  day. 

>9'"  of  February  Tuesday  1805 

a  fine  Day  visited  by  Several  of  the  Mandans  to  day 
our  Smiths  are  much  engaged  mending  and  makeing  Axes  for 
the  Indians  tor  which  we  get  Corn 

lo':*  February  Wednesday  1S05 

a  Butifull  Day,  visited  by  the  Little  raven  verry  early  this 
mornmng  I  am  informed  of  the  Death  of  an  old  man  whome 
I  saw  in  the  Mandan  Village  this  man,  informed  me  that  he 
"was  120  winters  old,  he  requested  his  grand  Children  to 
Dress  him  after  Death  &  Set  him  on  a  Stone  on  a  hill  with  his 
face  towards  his  old  Village  or  Down  the  river,  that  he  might 
go  Streight  to  his  brother  at  their  old  village  under  ground  "  ^' 
I  observed  Several  Mandans  verry  old     chiefly  men^ 

»  See  "Scientific  Data  :  Summary  Statement  of  Rivers"  — Clark's  draft  :  especiallv 
the  mtormation  collected  during  winter  of  ,804-05  of  streams  above  Fort  Mandan 
nowmg  mto  the  Missouri Ed. 

•^  Referring  to  the  myth  of  their  tribal  origin,  as  having  come  from  an  under- 
ground region.  For  a  minute  account  of  this  belief,  written  from  the  recital  made  bv 
a  prommem  Mandan,  see  Prince  Maximilian's  Voyage,  ii,  pp.  431 -+36  —  Ed 

»  Whose  robust  exercises  fortify  the  body,  while  the  laborious  occupations' of  the 
women  shorten  their  existence.  —  Biddle  (i,  p.  163). 

[263] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [Feb.  zi 

2 Iff  February  Thursday  1S05 

a  Delightfull  Day  put  out  our  Clothes  to  Sun.  Visited  by 
the  big  White  &  Big  Man  they  informed  me  that  Several 
men  of  their  nation  was  gone  to  Consult  their  Medison  Stone 
about  3  day  march  to  the  South  West  to  know  what  was  to  be 
the  result  of  the  ensuing  year.  They  have  great  confidence  in 
this  stone,  and  say  that  it  informs  them  of  every  thing  which 
is  to  happen,  &  visit  it  everry  Spring  &  Sometimes  in  the 
Summer.  "They  haveing  arrived  at  the  Stone  give  it  smoke 
and  proceed  to  the  Wood  at  Some  distance  to  Sleep  the  next 
morning  return  to  the  Stone,  and  find  marks  white  &  raised 
on  the  stone  representing  the  peece  or  War  which  they  are  to 
meet  with,  and  other  changes,  which  they  are  to  meet"  This 
Stone  has  a  leavel  Surface  of  about  20  feet  in  Surcumtrance, 
thick  and  porus,"  and  no  doubt  has  Some  mineral  quallites 
effected   by   the  Sun.' 

The  Big  Bellies  have  a  Stone  to  which  they  ascribe  nearly 
the  Same  Virtues 

Cap'  Lewis  returned  with  2  Slays  loaded  with  meat,  after 
finding  that  he  could  not  overtake  the  Soues  War  party,  (who 
had  in  their  way  distroyed  all  the  meat  at  one  Deposit  which  I 
had  made  &  Burnt  the  Lodges)  deturmined  to  proceed  on  to 
the  lower  Deposit  which  he  found  had  not  been  observed  by 
the  Soues  he  hunted  two  day  Killed  "T^d  Deer  &  14  Elk, 
Several  of  them  so  meager,  that  thev  were  unfit  for  use,  the 
meet  which  he  killed  and  that  in  the  lower  Deposit  amounting 
to  about  3000'.*!  was  brought  up  on  two  Slays  one  Drawn  by 
16  men  had  about  2400'^  on  it 

ii'"'  of  February  Friday  1805. 

a  Cloudy  morning,  about  12  oClock  it  began  to  rain,  and 
Continud  for  a  fiew  minite,  and   turned   to   Snow,  and   Con- 


1  See  descriptions  of  this  "medicine  stone,"  and  of  the  ceremonies  with  which  the 
Indians  invoked  the  spirit  supposed  to  dwell  there,  in  Long's  Expedition,  i,  pp.  273, 
274  ;  and  Maximilian's  Voyage,  ii,  pp.  459,  460.  Both  the  Mandan  and  Mini- 
taree  were  accustomed  to  consult  these  oracles  ;  Matthews  says  of  the  latter  {Ethnog. 
Hidatsa,  p.  51)  :  "The  Hidatsa  now  seldom  refer  to  it,  and  I  do  not  think  they  ever 
visit  it."  —  Ed. 

[264] 


i8o5]  AT    I'ORI"    MAN  DAN 

tinud  Snowing  for  about  one  hour,  and  Cleared  away  fair 
The  two  hunters  left  below  arrived,  they  killed  two  Elk,  and 
hung  them  up  out  of  reach  of  the  Wolves.  The  Coal  a 
Ricara  who  is  a  considarable  Chief  of  the  Mandans  Visited 
us  to  day,  and  maney  others  of  the  three  nations  in  our 
neighbourhood. 

^Z"!  of  February  1805  Satlurday 

All  hands  employed  in  Cutting  the  Perogues  Loose  from 
the  ice,  which  was  nearly  even  with  their  top  ;  we  found  great 
dificuelty  in  effecting  this  work  owing  to  the  Different  devi- 
sions  of  Ice  &  water,  after  Cutting  as  much  as  we  Could  with 
axes,  we  had  all  the  Iron  we  Could  get,  &  some  axes  put  on 
long  poles  and  picked  through  the  ice,  under  the  first  water, 
which  was  not  more  the  [than]  6  or  8  inches  Deep,  we  dis- 
engaged one  Perogue,  and  nearly  disengaged  the  2".''  in  Course 
of  this  day  which  has  been  worm  &  pleasent  vis'ed  by  a  No 
of  Indians,  Jessomme  &  famiiey  went  to  the  Shoe  Indians 
Villag  to  day 

The  father  of  the  Boy  whose  feet  were  frosed  near  this  place, 
and  nearly  Cured  by  us,  took  him  home  in  a  Slay. 

24'*  February  Sunday  1805 

The  Day  fine,  we  Commenced  very  early  to  day  the  Cut- 
ting loose  the  boat  which  was  more  dificuelt  than  the  Perogus 
with  great  exertions  and  with  the  assistance  of  Great  prises  we 
lousened  her,  and  turned  the  Second  perogue  upon  the  ice, 
ready  to  Draw  out,  in  lousening  the  boat  from  the  ice  Some 
of  the  Corking  drew  out  which  Caused  her  to  Leake  for  a  fiew 
minits  untill  we  Descovered  the  Leake  &  Stoped  it.  Jessomme 
our  interpeter  &  famiiey  returned  from  the  Villages  Several 
Indians  visit  us  to  day 

25'*  of  February  Monday  1805 

We  fixed  a  Windlass  and  Drew  up  the  two  Perogues  on  the 

upper  bank,  and  attempted  the  Boat,  but  the  Roap,  which  we 

hade  made  of  Elk  skins    proved  too    weak  &  broke  Several 

times,      night  Comeing  on  obliged  us  to  leave  her  in  a  Situation 

[  265  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS      [Feb.  26 

but  little  advanced.  We  were  visited  by  the  Black  moclcerson 
Chief  of  the  little  Village  of  the  Big  Bellies,  the  Chief  of  the 
Shoe  Ind!  and  a  number  of  others  those  Chiefs  gave  us  Some 
meat  which  they  packed  on  their  wives,  and  one  requested  a 
ax  to  be  made  for  his  Sun,  M'  (Root)  Bunch,  one  of  the  under 
traders  for  the  hudsons  Bay  Company,  one  of  the  Big  Bellies 
asked  leave  for  himself  &  his  two  wives  to  Stay  all  night,  which 
was  granted,  also  two  Boys  Stayed  all  night,  one  the  Sun  of 
the  Black  Cat. 

The  Day  has  been  exceedingly  pleasent 

26'"  February  Tuesday  1805 

a  fine  Day  Commenced  verry  early  in  makeing  prepara- 
tions for  drawing  up  the  Boat  on  the  bank,  at  Sunset  by 
Repeated  exertions  the  whole  day,  we  accomplished  this 
troublesom  task,  just  as  we  were  fixed  for  hauling  the  Boat, 
the  ice  gave  way  near  us  for  about  lOO  yd'  in  length,  a  number 
of  Indians  here  to  day  to  See  the  Boat  rise  on  the  Bank. 

•^7n'  of  February  li'eJiiesday  1805 

a  find  day,  preparing  the  Tools  to  make  perogues  all  day. 
a  fiew  Indians  Visit  us  to  day,  one  the  largest  Indian  1  ever 
Saw,  &  as  large  a  man  as  ever  I  saw,  I  commence  a  Map  of 
the  Countrey  on  the  Missouries  &  its  water  &c.  &c.  — 

28','/  of  February  Thursday  1S05 

a  fine  morning  two  men  of  the  NW  Comp''  arrive  with  letters 
and  Sackacomah,'  also  a  Root  and  top  of  a  plant,  presented  by 
M'  Haney,  for  the  Cure  of  Mad  Dogs  Snakes  &c.  and  to  be 
found  &  used  as  follows  viz  :  "  this  root  is  found  on  the  high 
lands  and  asent  of  hills,  the  way  of  useing  it  is  to  scarify  the 
part  when  bitten  to  chu  or  pound  an  inch  or  more  if  the  root 
is  Small,  and  applying  it  to  the  bitten  part  renewing  it  twice  a 


'  Probably  a  corrupt  form  of  sacacommis,  a  name  applied  to  the  bear-berry  [Arc- 
tostaphylos),  of  which  the  Indians  eat  the  berry,  and  often  use  the  bark  in  preparing  the 
smoking-mixture  called  kinnikinick.  —  Ed. 

[266] 


i8o5]  AT    KOKT    MAN  DAN 

Day.  the  bitten  person  is  not  to  chaw  nor  Swallow  any  of  the 
Root  for  it  might  have  contrary  effect."  ' 

Sent  out  1 6  men  to  make  four  Perogus  those  men  re- 
turned in  the  evening  and  informed  that  they  found  trees  they 
thought  would  answer. 

M;  Gravelin  two  frenchmen  &  two  Ind'  arrive  from  the 
Ricara  Nation  with  Letters  from  M'  Anty  Tabeaux,  informing 
us  of  the  peeceable  dispositions  of  that  nation  towards  the 
Mandans  &  Me  ne  ta  rees  &c  their  avowed  intentions  of  pur- 
sueing  our  councils  &i  advice,  they  express  a  wish  to  visit  the 
Mandans,  &  [to]  know  if  it  will  be  agreeable  to  them  to  admit 
the  Recaras  to  Settle  near  them  and  join  them  against  their 
Common  Enemey  the  Soues  We  mentioned  this  to  the  man- 
dans, who  observed  they  had  always  wished  to  be  at  peace  and 
good  neighbours  with  the  Ricaras,  and  it  is  also  the  Sentiments 
of  all  the  Big  bellies,  &  Shoe  nations 

Mr.  Gravelen  informs  that  the  Sisetoons  and  the  3  upper 
bands  of  the  Tetons,  with  the  Yanktons  of  the  North  intend  to 
come  to  war  in  a  Short  time  against  the  nations  in  this  quarter, 
&  will  kill  everry  white  man  they  See.  M.'  T.  also  informs 
that  M[  Cameron^  of  S'  Peters  has  put  arms  into  the  hands  of 
the  Soues  to  revenge  the  death  of  3  of  his  men  killed  by  the 
Chipaways  latterley,  and  that  the  Band  of  tetons  which  we 
Saw  is  desposed  to  doe  as  we  have  advised  them,  thro  the 
influence  of  their  Chief  the   Black   Buffalow. 

M'  Gravelen  further  informs  that  the  Party  which  Robed 
us  of  the  2  horses  laterlv  were  all  Sieoux  106  in  number,  thev 
Called  at  the  Recaras  on  their  return,  the  Recares  being  des- 
pleased  at  their  Conduct  would  not  give  them  any  thing  to 
eate,  that  being  the  greatest  insult  they  Could  peaceably  offer 
them,  and  upbraded  them. 

'  Cf.  Marquette's  account  of  a  similar  remedv  {'Jes.  Relations,  lix,  p.  loi)  and 
note  thereon  (p.  308).  Coues  mentions  (/,.  and  C,  i,  pp.  238,  239),  several  plants 
which  have  in  frontier  tradition  the  reputation  of  curing  snake-bites  ;  but  he  adds, 
"  Everj'body  knows  the  plant,  except  the  botanists."  Although  unable  to  identify  it, 
he  thinks  that  there  is  some  basis  of  fact  for  so  universal  a  belief.  See  fiiller  descrip- 
tion of  this  plant,  post,  in  "  Scientific  Data  :  Botany."  —  Ed. 

-   Murdoch   Cameron,  a  trader  whose  headquarters  were  on  St.  Peter's  (now  Min- 
nesota) River  ;   he  was  accused  of  selling  liquor  to  the   Indians.      He  became  wealthy 
iu  the  Indian  trade,  and  died  in  181 1.      See  Coues" s  ExpeJ.  Pike,  i,  p.  66.  — Ed 
[267] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [March  i 

March  I  "  Friciaj  1805 

a  fine  Day  I  am  ingaged  in  Copying  a  Map,*  men  build- 
ing perogus,  makeing  Ropes,  Burning  Coal,  Hanging  up  meat 
&  makeing  battle  axes  for  Corn 

I"''  of  March  1805  Satturday  — 

a  fine  Day  the  river  brake  up  in  places  all  engaged  about 
Something  M'  LaRocque  a  Clerk  of  the  NW  Company  visit 
us,  he  has  latterlev  returned  from  the  Establishments  on  the 
Assinniboin  River,  with  Merchindize  to  tarade  with  Indians. 
M'  L  informs  us  the  N.W.  &:  XY'"^  Companies  have  joined, 
&  the  head  of  the  N.W,  C?  is  Dead  M^  Mf  Tavish  of  Montreal, 
visited  by  the  Coal  &  Several  Indians. 

■^'^  of  March  Sunday  1805 

a  fine  Day  Wind  from  the  NW,  a  large  flock  of  Ducks 
pass  up  the  River  visited  by  the  black  Cat,  Chief  of  the 
Mandans  2'!  Chief  and  a  Big  Belley,  they  Stayed  but  a  Short 
time  we  informed  those  Chiefs  of  the  news  rec[e]ved  from  the 
Recaras,     all  hands  employd. 

4'';  March  Monday  1805  Fort  Mandan 

a  cloudy  morning  wind  from  the  NW  the  after  part  of  the 
day  Clear,  visited  by  the  Black  Cat  &  Big  white,  who 
brought  a  Small  present  of  meat,  an  Engage  of  the  NW  Co  : 
Came  for  a  horse,  and  requested  in  the  name  of  the  woman  of 
the  principal  of  his  Department  some  Silk  of  three  Colours, 
which  we  furnished.  The  Assinniboins  who  visited  the 
Mandans  a  fiew  days  ago,  returned  and  attempted  to  take 
horses  of  the   Minetarees  &  were  fired  on  by   them. 


1  The  several  maps  made  by  Clark  during  the  expedition  will  be  found  either  in 
the  various  text  volumes  of  this  series,  or  in  the  accompanying  atlas.  —  Ed. 

^  Regarding  the  North  West  Company,  see  p.  206,  note  i,  ante.  The  X  Y 
Company  (also  known  as  New  Northwest  Company)  was  formed  in  1795,  ^Y  Mof" 
treal  merchants  who  seceded  from  the  North  West  Company,  mainly  on  account  of 
the  arbitrary  acts  of  its  chief,  Simon  McTavish  ;  his  death  (July,  1804)  led  to  the 
union  of  the  two  companies,  on  the  5th  of  November  following.  See  Bryce's  Hist. 
H.  B.  Co.  pp.  147-153.  The  agreement  of  Nov.  5  is  given  by  Masson  {Bourg. 
N.-O.,  ii,  pp.  482-499).  — Ed. 

[  268  ]. 


i8o5]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 

5'*  March  Tuesday  1805 

A  fine  Day,  Thermometer  at  40  above  o.  Several  Indians 
Visit  us  to  day  one  frenchman  Cross  to  join  a  Indian,  the 
two  to  pass  through  by  Land  to  the  Ricaras  with  a  Letter  to 
M'  Tabbow 

6^*  of  March  IfCiineielay  1805 

a  cloudy  morning  &  Smokey  all  Day  from  the  burning  of 
the  plains,  which  was  set  on  fire  by  the  Minetarries  for  an 
early  crop  of  Grass,  as  an  enducement  for  the  Buffalow  to  feed 
on,  the  horses  which  was  Stolen  Some  time  ago  by  the  Assin- 
niboins  from  the  Menetarries  were  returned  yesterday.  Visited 
by  Oh-harh  or  the  Little  fox  2?  Chief  of  the  lower  Village  of 
the  Menetarrees.  one  man  Shannon  Cut  his  foot  with  the 
ads  [adze]  in  working  at  the  perogue,  George  &  Gravelene 
go  to  the  Village,     the  river  rise  a  little  to  day. 

7f''  of  March  Thursday  1805 

a  little  cloudy  and  windey,  NE.  the  Coal  Visited  us  with  a 
Sick  child,  to  whome  I  gave  Some  of  rushes '  pills.  Shabounar 
returned  this  evening  from  the  Gross  Ventres  &  informed  that 
all  the  nation  had  returned  from  the  hunting  he  (our  Mene- 
tarre  interpeter)  had  received  a  present  from  M!  Chaboillez  of 
the  N.W.  Company  of  the  following  articles  3  Brace -' of  Cloth 

1  Brace  of  Scarlet  a  par  Corduroy  overalls  i  Vests  i   Brace  Blu 
Cloth,      I  Brace  red  or  Scorlet  with  3  bars,  200  balls  &:  Powder, 

2  brac[e]s  Tobacco,  3  Knives. 

S'f;  of  March  Friday  1805 

a  fair  Morning  cold  and  windey,  wind  from  the  East, 
visited  by  the  Greesey  head  &  a  Ricara  to  day,  those  men 
gave  Some  account  of  the  Indians  r>ear  the  rockey  Mountains 

a  young  Indian  {Minetarre)  same  nation  &  different  village, 


1  Probably  referring  to  Dr.  Benjamin  Rush,  of  Philadelphia,  one  of  the  most  noted 
physicians  of  his  day  (i  745-1  813).  —  Ed. 

2  A  phonetic  rendering  of  "brasse,"  a  French  measure  commonly  used  in  Canada, 
and  equivalent  to  5.318  English  feet.  Scarlet  cloth  was  especially  valued  by  the 
Indians.  —  Ed. 

[269] 


.    LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [March  9 

Stole  the  Doughter  of  the  Black  man  {Mandan),  he  went 
to  his  village  took  his  horse  &  returned  &  took  away  his 
doughter ' 

i)'^'  of  March  Satturday  1805 

a  Cloudy  Cold  and  windev  morning  wind  from  the  North. 
I  walked  up  to  See  the  Party  that  is  makeing  Perogues,  about 
5  miles  above  this,  the  wind  hard  and  Cold  on  my  way  up  I 
met  the  {The  Borgne)  Main  Chief  of  the  Ma  ne  tar  res,  w-ith 
four  Indians  on  their  way  to  see  us,  [see  note  of  g  March  after 
lo'*"  Mar  i8o§),  I  requested  him  to  proceed  on  to  the  fort, 
where  he  would  find  Cap'  Lewis  I  should  be  there  myself  in 
corse  of  a  fiew  hours.  Sent  the  interpiter  back  with  him 
and  proceeded  on  myself  to  the  Canoes  found  them  nearly 
fin  [i] shed,  the  timber  verry  bad  (i^a  x),  after  visiting  all  the 
perogues  where  I  found  a  number  of  Indians,  I  wind  [went] 
to  the  upper  mandan  Village  &  Smoked  a  pipe  (the  greatest 
mark  of  friendship  and  attention)  with  the  Chief  and  returned, 
on  my  return  found  the  Manetarree  Chief  about  Setting  out 
on  his  return  to  his  Village,  having  recived  of  Captain  M. 
Lewis  a  Medel  Gorget  armban[d]s,  a  Flag  Shirt,  scarlet  &c. 
&c.  &c.  for  which  he  was  much  pleased,  those  things  were 
given  in  place  of  Sundery  articles  Sent  to  him  which  he  Sais  he 
did  not  receive,     i  guns  were  fired  for  this  Great  man." 

I  o';';  of  March  Sunday  1805. 

a  cold  winday  Day,  we  are  visited  by  the  Black  Mocker- 
sons,  Chief  of  the  2?  Minetarre  Village  and  the  Chief  of  the 
Shoeman  Village  {Shoe  or  Mocassin  Tr :)  or  Mah  ha  ha  V. 
{IVattassoans)  those  Chiefs  Stayed  all  day  and  the  latter  all 
night,  and  gave  us  man[y]  Strang[e]  accounts  of  his  nation  &c. 


1  More  clearly  worded  by  Biddle  (i,  p.  169),  thus:  "The  father  went  to  the 
village  and  found  his  danighter,  whom  he  brought  home,  and  took  with  him  a  horse 
belonging  to  the  offender"  —  this  last  by  way  of  reprisal,  according  to  Indian  custom, 
which  is  practically  law  among  them.  — Ed. 

2  This  chief  had  lost  an  eye,  hence  his  nickname  of  Le  Borgne  ("the  one-eyed  "). 
Biddle  inserts  several  curious  incidents  illustrating  the  character  of  this  chief,  who  was 
unusually  ferocious  and  unscrupulous.  See  Brackenridge,  Journal  oj  a  Voyage  up 
the  Ri-ver  Missouri  (Baltimore,  1816),  p.  261,  for  an  account  of  Le  Borgne.  —  Ed. 

[  270  ] 


i8o5]  AT    I'ORT    MAN  DAN 

this  Little  tribe  or  band  of  Me  ne  tar  rees  (call  themselves  Ah- 
nah-ha-way  or  people  whose  Village  is  on  the  Hill.  [Insert 
this  Ahnahaway  is  the  nation  Mahhaha  the  village)  this  little 
nation  formerley  lived  about  30  miles  below  this,  but  beeing 
oppressed  by  the  Assinniboins  &  Sous  were  Compelled  to 
move  near  (5  miles)  the  Menetarees,  where,  the  Assinniboins 
killed  the  most  of  them,  those  remaining  built  a  village  verry 
near  to  the  Menetarries  at  the  mouth  of  Knife  R  where  they 
now  live,  and  Can  raise  about  50  men,  they  are  intermixed 
with  the  Mandans  &  Menatarries.  the  Mandans  formerly 
lived  in  6  {nine)  large  Villages  at  and  above  the  mouth  oi  Chis- 
cheter  or  Heart  River  four  {Six)  Villages  on  the  West  Side  (of 
the  Missouri)  &c  two  (three)  on  the  East  one  of  those  Villages 
on  the  East  Side  of  the  Missouri  &  the  larges[t]  was  entirely 
Cut  off  by  the  Seaux  &  the  greater  part  of  the  other  and  the 
Small  Pox  reduced  the  others. 

11'/'  of  March  Monday  1805 

A  Cloud V  Cold  windey  day,  Some  Snow  in  the  latter  part 
of  the  dav,  we  deturmin  to  have  two  other  Perogus  made  for 
to  transport  our  Provisions  &c. 

V^'^e  have  every  reason  to  believe  that  our  Menetarre  inter- 
peter  (whome  we  intended  to  take  with  his  wife,  as  an  inter- 
peter  through  his  wife  to  the  Snake  Indians  of  which  nation 
She  is)  has  been  Corrupted  by  the  [blank  in  MS]  Company 
&c.  Some  explenation  has  taken  place  which  Clearly  proves 
to  us  the  fact,  we  give  him  to  night  to  reflect  and  deturmin 
whether  or  not  he  intends  to  go  with  us  under  the  regulations 
Stated. 

12'f! 

a  fine  day  Some  Snow  last  night  our  Interpeter  Shabonah, 
deturmins  on  not  proceeding  with  us  as  an  interpeter  under 
the  terms  mentioned  yesterday,  he  will  not  agree  to  work  let 
our  Situation,  be  what  it  may  nor  Stand  a  guard,  and  if  miffed 
with  any  man  he  wishes  to  return  when  he  pleases,  also  have 
the  disposal  of  as  much  provisions  as  he  Chuses  to  Carrv  in 
admissable  and  we  Suffer  him  to  be  off  the  engagement  which 
was  onlv  virbal      Wind  NW 

[271] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS  [March  13 

13'*  of  March  JVednesday  1805 

a  fine  day  visited  by  Mf  M':  Kinzey  one  of  the  Clerks  of 
the  NW.  Companey,  the  river  riseing  a  little.  Maney  Ind! 
here  to  day  all  anxiety  for  war  axes  the  Smiths  have  not  an 
hour  of  Idle  time  to  Spear     wind  SW. 

14'*  March  Thursday  1805.  — 

a  fine  day  Set  all  hands  to  Shelling  Corn  &c.  M:  M'  Kin- 
sey  leave  us  to  day  Many  Indians  as  usial.  wind  west  river 
Still  riseing. 

15'f;  of  March  Friday  1805  — 

a  fine  day  I  put  out  all  the  goods,  &  Parch[ed]  meal 
Clothing  &c  to  Sun,  a  number  of  Indians  here  to  day  they 
make  maney  remarks  respecting  our  goods  &c.  Set  Some 
men  about  Hulling  Corn  &c. 

16';;  of  March  Satturday  1805  — 

a  cloudy  day  wind  from  the  S.E.  one  Indian  much  dis- 
pleased with  white-house  for  Strikeing  his  hand  when  eating, 
with  a  Spoon  for  behaving  badly.  M'  Garrow  show's  us  the 
way  the  recaras  made  their  large  Beeds. 

[[Lewis  :3  ' 

M'  Garrow  a  Frenchman  who  has  lived  many  years  with 
the  Ricares  &  Mandans  shewed  us  the  process  used  by  those 
Indians  to  make  beads,  the  discovery  of  this  art  these  nations 
are  said  to  have  derived  from  the  Snake  Indians  who  have 
been  taken  prisoners  by  the  Ricaras.  the  art  is  kept  a  secret 
by  the  Indians  among  themselves  and  is  yet  known  to  but  few 
of  them,  the  Prosess  is  as  follows.  Take  glass  of  as  many 
different  colours  as  you  think  proper,  then  pound  it  as  fine  as 
possible,  puting  each  colour  in  a  seperate  vessel,  wash  the 
pounded   Glass   in   severtal   waters  throwing  oif  the  water  at 

'  This  entry,  written  by  Lewis  under  date  of  March  16,  is  in  the  MS.  inserted 
after  the  entry  for  March  21,  —  Ed. 

[  272  ] 


C3 


© 

3 


© 


53 


'8o5]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 


each  washing,    continue  this  opperation  as  long  as  the  pounded 
glass  stains  or  colours  the  water  which  is  poured  off  and   the 
residuum    is   then    prepared    for   uce.     you    then    provide    an 
earthen  pot  of  convenient  size  say  of  three  gallons  which  will 
stand  the  fire;  a  platter  also  of  the  same  material  sufficiently 
small  to  be  admitted  in  the  mouth  of  the  pot  or  jar.     the  pot 
has  a  nitch  in  it's  edge  through  which  to  watch  the  beads  when 
in   blast.     You   then  provide  some  well   seasoned  clay  with  a 
proportion   of  sand  sufficient   to   prevent  it's    becoming  very 
hard  when  exposed  to  the  heat,      this  clay  must  be  tempered 
with  water  untill  it  is  about  the  consistency  of  common  doe. 
of  this   clay   you   then   prepare,   a   sufficient  number  of  little 
sticks  of  the  size  you  wish  the  hole  through  the  bead,  which 
you  do  by  roling  the  clay  on  the  palm  of  the  hand  with   your 
finger,      this  done  put  those  sticks  of  clay  on   the  platter  and 
expose  them  to  a  red   heat  for  a  few  minutes  when   you  take 
them  off  and  suffer  them  to  cool,     the  pot  is  also   heated   to 
cles   [cleanse]    it  perfectly  of  any  filth  it  may  contain,     small 
balls  of  clay  are  also  mad[e]  of  about  an   ounce  weight  which 
serve  each  as  a  pedestal   for  a  bead,     these  while  soft  ar  des- 
tnbuted  over  the  face  of  the   platter  at  su[c]h  distance  from 
each  other  as  to  prevent  the  beads  from  touching,     some  little 
wooden  paddles  are  now  provided  from  three  to  four  inches  in 
length  sharpened  or  brought  to  a  point  at  the  extremity  of  the 
handle,     with   this  paddle  you  place  in  the  palm  of  the  hand 
as  much  of  the  wet  pounded  glass  as  is  necessary  to  make  the 
bead   of  the  size  you   wish   it.     it  is   then   arranged  with   the 
paddle  in   an  oblong  from  [form],  laying  one  of  those  little 
stick  of  clay  crosswise  over  it ;  the  pounded  glass  by  means  of 
the  paddle  is  then  roped  in  cilindrical  form   arround   the  stick 
of  clay  and  gently  roled  by  motion  of  the  hand  backwards  an 
forwards  untill   you  get  it  as  regular  and  smooth   as  you  con- 
veniently can.     if  you  wish  to  introduce  any  other  colour  you 
now  purforate  the  surface  of  the  bead  with  the  pointed  end  of 
your  little  paddle  and  fill  up  the  cavity  with  other  pounded 
glass  of  the  colour  you  wish  forming  the  whole  as  regular  as 
you  can.     a  hole  is  now  made  in  the  center  of  the   little  ped- 
estals of  clay  with  the  handle  of  your  shovel  sufficiently  large 
vm.,.-,8  j3_3j 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS    [March  17 

to  admit  the  end  of  the  stick  of  clay  arround  which  the  bead  is 
formed,  the  beads  are  then  arranged  perpendicularly  on  their 
pedestals  and  little  distance  above  them  supported  by  the  little 
sticks  of  clay  to  which  they  are  attatched  in  the  manner  before 
mentioned,  thus  arranged  the  platter  is  deposited  on  burning 
coals  or  hot  embers  and  the  pot  reversed  with  the  apparture  in 
its  edge  turned  towards  covers  the  whole,  dry  wood  pretty 
much  doated  {doughtedy  is  then  plased  arron  [around]  the  pot 
in  sush  manner  as  compleativ  to  cover  it  [It]  is  then  set  on 
fire  and  the  opperator  must  shortly  after  begin  to  watch  his 
beads  through  the  apparture  of  the  pot  le[s]t  they  should  be 
distroyed  by  being  over  heated,  he  suffers  the  beads  to 
acquire  a  deepred  heat  from  which  when  it  passes  in  a  small 
degree  to  a  pailer  or  whitish  red,  or  he  discovers  that  the  beads 
begin  to  become  pointed  at  their  upper  extremities  he  removes 
the  fire  from  about  the  pot  and  suffers  the  whole  to  cool  grad- 
ually, the  pot  is  then  removed  and  the  beads  taken  out.  the 
clay  which  fills  the  hollow  of  the  beads  is  picked  out  with  an 
awl  or  nedle.  the  bead  is  then  fit  for  uce.  The  Indians  are 
extreemly  fond  of  the  large  beads  formed  by  this  process, 
they  use  them  as  pendants  to  their  years,  or  hair  and  some- 
times wear  them   about  their   necks." 


QClark  :]  17'f;  of  March  Sunday  — 

a  windey  Day  attempted  to  air  our  goods  &c.  M' 
Chabonah  Sent  a  frenchman  of  our  party  [to  say]  that  he 
was  Sorry  for  the  foolish  part  he  had  acted  and  if  we  pleased 
he  would  accompany  us  agreeabley  to  the  terms  we  had  per- 
posed  and  doe  every  thing  we  wished   him  to  doe  &c.  &c.      he 


1  A  variant  of  "doted,"  which  Century  Dictionary  regards  as  an  English  pro- 
vincialism; it  means  "decayed,"  or  "rotted."  Coues  states  that  he  had  heard 
this  word  in  North  Carolina,  applied  to  trees  dead  at  the  top,  also  to  lumber  prepared 
from  unsoimd  trees.  —  Ed. 

-  Catlin  also  mentions  this  manufacture  of  glass  beads  by  the  Mandans,  and  their 
exclusive  possession  of  the  art  (N.  Amer.  Inds.y  ii,  p.  261).  But  Matthews  says  that 
the  Arilcara  women  also  have  it  ;  he  thinks  that  these  peoples  made  "  glazed  earthen 
ornaments  before  the  whites  came  among  them  "   (Hidatsa,  pp.   22,  23).  —  Ed. 

[  274  ] 


i8o5]  AT    FORT    MANDAN 

had  requested  me  Some  thro  our  French  inturpeter  two  days 
ago  to  excuse  his  Simplicity  and  take  him  into  the  cirvice, 
after  he  had  taken  his  things  across  the  River  we  called  him  in 
and  Spoke  to  him  on  the  Subject,  he  agreed  to  our  tirms  and 
we  agreed  that  he  might  go  on  with  us  6cc.  tkc.  but  fiew 
Indians  here  to  day,  the  river  riseing  a  little  and  Severall 
places  open. 


1 8'*  of  March  1805  — 

a  Cold  Cloudy  Day  wind  from  the  N.  I  pack  up  all  the 
Merchendize  into  8  packs  equally  divided  So  as  to  have  Some- 
thing of  every  thing  in  each  Canoe  &  perogue  I  am  informed 
of  a  Party  of  Christanoes  &  Assinniboins  being  killed  bv  the 
Sioux,  50  in  Number  near  the  Establishments  on  the  Assinni- 
boin  R.  a  fiew  days  ago  (the  effect  of  M'  Cammerons  revenge 
on  the  Chipaways  for  killing  3  of  his  men)  M[  Tousent 
Chabono  [Toussaint  Charboneau],  Enlisted  as  Interpreter  this 
evening,      I  am  not  well  to  dav. 


1 9'*  of  March  1805  — 

Cold  winder  Day  Cloudy  Some  little  Snow  last  night 
visited  to  Day  by  the  big  white  &  Little  Crow,  also  a  man  & 
his  wife  with  a  Sick  Child,  I  administer  for  the  child  We  are 
told  that  two  parties  are  gone  to  war  from  the  Big  bellies  and 
one  other  party  going  to  war  Shortly. 


20'/'  March  H'ednesdat  1805. 

I  with  all  the  men  which  could  be  Speared  from  the  Fort 
went  to  Canoes,  there  I  found  a  number  of  Indians,  the 
men  carried  4  to  the  River  about  1 .}  miles  thro'  the  Bottom, 
I  visited  the  Chief  of  the  Mandans  in  the  Course  of  the  Day 
and  Smoked  a  pipe  with  himself  and  Several  old  men.  Cloudy 
wind  hard  from  N. 

t  275  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS   [March  21 

2iff  Mflrr/;  'Thursday  1805  — 

a  Cloudy  Day  Some  Snow,  the  men  Carried  the  remaining 
Canoes  to  the  River,  and  all  except  3  left  to  take  care  &  com- 
plete the  Canoes  returned  to  the  fort  with  their  baggage,  on 
mv  return  to  dav  to  the  Fort  I  came  on  the  points  of  the  high 
hills.  Saw  an  emence  quantity  ot  Pumice  Stone  on  the  Sides 
&  foot  of  the  hills  and  emence  beds  of  Pumice  Stone  near  the 
Tops  of  the[m],  with  evident  marks  of  the  Hills  haveing  once 
been  on  fire,  I  Collected  Some  [of]  the  different  [sorts]  i.  e. 
Stone  Pumice  Stone  &  a  hard  earth,  and  put  them  into  a 
furnace,  the  hard  earth  melted  and  glazed  the  others  two  and 
the  hard  Clay  became  a  pumice  Stone  Glazed.  I  collected 
Some  plants  &c. 


[276] 


>8o5j  MANDAN     TO    YELLOWSTOM-; 


C  H  A  P  T  li  R      V  I   I 


FROM   FORT  MANDAN    TO    THE    YELLOIVSTONE 


Clark's  Journal,  March  zi— April  27,  1X05 
Lewis's  Journal,  April  7-27 


[Clark:] 


23  (-'-'  mistake)  of  March  Friday  1805 

A    CLOUDY  Day     visited  by  M"  La[ro]ck,  M.^Kinsey' 
&  the  il-  Chief  of  the   Big  bellies,  the  white  wolf  and 
many   other    Minataries,     we    Gave    a    Medal    Some 
Uothes   and   vvampom    to   the    2[nd]    Chief  and   Delivered  a 
Speach,  which  they  ail  appeared  well  pleased  with     in  the  even- 
ing the  men  Danced      M:  Jessomme  displeased 


24'*  {23)  of  March  Satturday  1805  — 

after  Brackfast  M^  La  Rocke  and  M:  i\rKinsey  and  the 
Cheifs  &  men  of  the  Minetarras  leave  us.  Soon  after  we  were 
Visited  by  a  Brother  of  the  Burnia  {of  the  Borgne,  or  one  eyed 
chief  of  the  Menitarees)  who  gave  us  a  Vocabularv  of 'his 
Language.^  the  Coal  &  many  other  Mandans  also  visit  us  to 
day  a  find  Day  in  the  fore  part  in  the  evening  a  little  rain 
&  the  first  this  winter. 

>  Mr.  LaRocqueandl  .  .  ,  became  imimate  with  the  gemlemen  of  the  American 
exp  dmon  who  on  all  occasions  seemed  happy  to  see  us,  and  always  treated  us  with 
c.v,hty  and  kindness.  It  .s  true,  Captain  Lewis  could  not  make  himself  agreeable  ,0 
us.  He  could  speak  fluently  and  learnedly  on  all  subjects,  but  his  inveterate  dis- 
pos„,on  agams.  the  British  stained,  at  least  in  our  eyes,  all  his  eloquence.  Captain 
Clarke  was  equally  well  informed,  but  his  conversation  was  always  pleasant,  for  he 
seemed  to  d.shke  g.ving  offence  unnecessarily.  _  .Mackenzie  (Masson's  Bourg 
N.-O.,  1,  p.   336).  *■  * 

'  ^'  'he  Indians  could  not  well  comprehend  the  intention  of  recording  their  words 
they  concluded  th.at  the  Americans  had  a  wicked  design  upon  thei;  country.  1 
Mackenzie  (a/  supra,  p.  337). 

[  277  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS   [March  24 

■2.$"'  {34",l)  of  March  Sunday  1805.  — 

a  Cloudy  morning  wind  from  the  NE  the  after  part  of  the 
Day  fair,  Sev^eral  Indians  visit  us  to  day,  prepareing  to  Set 
out  on  our  journey,  Saw  Swans  &  Wild  Gees  flying  N.E. 
this  evening. 

**"  (^5'*)  of  March  Monday  1805  — 

a  fine  Day  wind  S.W.  but  fiew  Ind'  Visit  us  to  day  the  Ice 
haveing  broken  up  in  Several  places,  The  ice  began  to  brake 
away  this  evening  and  was  near  destroying  our  Canoes  as  they 
were  dec[e]nding  to  the  fort,  river  rose  only  9  Inches  to  day 
prepareing  to  Depart. 

27'*  (i>(5)  of  March  Tuesday  1805  — 

The  river  choked  up  with  ice  opposit  to  us  and  broke  away 
in  the  evening  raised  only  Yi  Inch  all  employed  prepareing 
to  Set  out. 

i8"!  (-';-)  of  March  Friday  (H'ednesJay)  1805  — 

a  windey  Blustering  Day  Wind  S  W  ice  running  the  [ice] 
Blocked  up  in  view  for  the  Space  of  4  hours  and  gave  way 
leaveing  great  quantity  of  ice  on  the  Shallow  Sand  bars,  had 
all  the  Canoes  corked  [calked]  pitched  &  tined  in  and  on  the 
cracks  and  windshake  which  is  universiallv  in  the  Cotton  wood. 


29'*  {2S)  of  March  Satturday  {Thursday)  1805  — 

The  ice  has  stoped  running  owing  to  Som  obstickle  above, 
repare  the  Boat  &  Perogues,  and  prepareing  to  Set  out  but 
few  Indians  visit  us  to  day  they  are  now  attending  on  the 
river  bank  to  Catch  the  floating  Buffalow 

30":  {20)  of  March  Sunday  {Friday)  1805  — 

The   obstickle  broke   away  above  &  the  ice  came  down  in 

great  quantities  the  river  rose   13   inches  the  last  24  hours      I 

observed  extrodanary  dexterity  of  the  Indians  in  jumping  from 

one  cake  of  ice   to  another,  for  the  purpose   of  Catching  the 

[  278  ] 


i8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

bufFalow  as  they  float  down  '  many  of  the  cakes  of  ice  which 
they  pass  over  are  not  two  feet  square.  The  Plains  are  on  fire 
in  View  of  the  fort  on  both  Sides  of  the  River,  it  is  Said  to  be 
common  for  the  Indians  to  burn  the  Plains  near  their  Villages 
every  Spring  for  the  benefit  of  their  hors[e]s,  (^«)  and  to 
induce  the  Bufl'alow  to  come  near  to  them. 

31  •:  (JO'')  SaturJiiy.  of  March  Monday  (SalurJaj)  (Sunday)  1805  — 

{Ser.  Ordway  now  here)  Cloudy  Day  Sever[al]  Gangs  of 
Gees  and  Ducks  pass  up  the  river,  but  a  Small  portion  of 
ice  floating  down  to  day,  but  fiew  Ind*  Visit  us  to  day  all 
the  party  in  high  Sperits  they  pass  but  fiew  nights  without 
amuseing  themselves  danceing  possessing  perfect  harmony  and 
good  understanding  towards  each  other.  Generally  helthy 
except  Venerials  Complaints  which  is  verry  Common  amongst 
the  natives  (^^(.)  and  the  men  Catch  it  from  them 

April  the  1/    Tuesday  (Monday)   1805  — 

The  fore  part  ot  to  day  haile  rain  with  Thunder  &  light- 
ning, the  rain  continued  by  intimitions  all  day,  it  is  worthev 
of  remark  that  this  is  the  i*'  rain  which  has  fallen  Sence  we 
have  been  here  or  Sence  the  1 5  of  October  last,  except  a  fiew 
drops  at  two  or  three  defferent  times,  had  the  Boat  Perogues 
&  Canoes  all  put  into  the  Water. 

April  the  i",^  Friday  (Tuesday)  1805  — 

a  cloudy  dav,  rained  all  the  last  night  we  are  prepareing  to 
Set  out  all  thing  nearly  ready.  The  2!"  Chief  of  the  2^  Mandan 
Village  took  a  miff  at  our  not  attending  to  him  perticularly 
after  being  here  about  ten  days  and  moved  back  to  his  village. 

The  Mandans  Killed  twenty  one  elk  yesterday  15  miles 
below  this,  they  were  So  Meager  that  they  [were]  Scercely 
fit  for  use. 


^  Biddle  describes  the  manner  in  which  the  Indians  capture  buffaloes  which,  try- 
ing to  cross  the  river,  have  become  isolated  on  ice-floes.  Mackenzie  («/  supra,  p.  337) 
states  that  the  Indians  on  the  Missouri  also  search  eagerly  for  the  carcasses  of  buffaloes 
and  other  drowned  animals  that  float  down  the  river  in  the  spring  season  ;  these, 
although  rotten  and  of  intolerable  stench,  "are  preferred  by  the  Natives  to  any  other 
kind  of  food.  ...  So  fond  are  the  Mandanes  of  putrid  meat  that  they  bury  animals 
whole  in  the  winter  for  the  consumption  of  the  spring  "  —  Ed. 

[  -'79  1 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS       [April  3 

April  the  37'  Thursday  (if^ednesday)  1805  — 

a  white  frost  this  morning,  Some  ice  on  the  edge  of  the 
water,  a  fine  dav      Pack  up  and  prepare  to  load 

observed  equal  altitudes  of  the  Q  with  Sextant  and  artificial  horizen 

A.M.    7  H.  -  51  m  -  15.S.  P.M.   5  h.  -  I  m.  -  22  s. 

"       -  52       -  52.5  5-3        -     3 

"       -  54       -  30  "       -  5        -  41 

altitude  produc'd  from  this  observation  is  36°  -  31"  -  15".  Chroriom- 
iter  too  fast  32  minits 

observed  Time  and  Distance  of  O?  &  5?  nearest  limbs  with  the 
Sextant  and  Chronomiter  —  Sun  west. 

Time  Distance 

PM.  5  H.  -  15  M.  -  50  S.  43?  -  27'  -  15" 

"   -  18   -  24  "  -  30  -  o 

"   -  20   -  5  "  -  30  -  30 

"   -  31   -  29  "  -  34  -  o 

"   -  36   -  47  "  -  36  -  30 

"   -  39   -  7         "  -  37  -  15 
"   -  40   -  55         "  -  37  -  30 


M"  La  Rocke  &  M'Kinsey  Clerk  to  the  N  W.  Compr  Visit 
us.  M.'  M'Kinzev  wishes  to  Get  pay  for  his  horse  lost  in 
our  Service  this  Winter  and  one  of  which  our  men  were  robed 
this  winter  by  the  Tetons,  we  Shall  pay  this  man  for  his 
horse,  we  are  all  dav  engaged  packing  up  Sundery  articles 
to  be  sent  to  the  President  of  the  U.S.' 

Box  N?  I,  contains  the  following  articles  i.  e. 

In  package  N°  3  &  4  Male  &  female  antelope,  with  their  Skelitons. 


1  Some  of  the  articles  were   long  on   exhibition  at   Monticello.      Others   passed  to 
Peak's    museum  in  Philadelphia,  and  there  some  of  the  specimens  are  still  to  be  found. 
See  note  by  Witmer   Stone,  on    "  Zoology  of  the   Lewis  and  Clark   Expedition,"  in 
"Scientific  Data  :  Zoology,"  Vol.  vi  of  the  present  work.  —  Ed. 
[280] 


•8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YLLLOWS'lONE 


N"?  7  &  9  the  horns  of  two  mule  or  Black  tailed  deer,  a  Mandan  how 
an[d|  quiver  of  arrows  —  with  some  Recara's  tobacco  seed. 

N°  1 1  a  Martin  Skin,  Containing  the  tail  of  a  Mule  Deer,  a  weasel 
and  three  Squirels  from  the  Rockey  mountains. 

N-  12,  The  bones  &  Skeleton  of  a  Small  burrowing  wolf  of  the 
Praries  the  Skin  being  lost  by  accedent. 

K-  99.     The  Skeliton  of  the  white  and  Grey  hare. 

Box  N?  2,  Contains  4  Buffalow  Roh.>,  and  a  ear  of  Mandan  Corn. 

The  large  Trunk  Contains  a  male  c^  female  Braro  or  burrowing  dog 
of  the  Praire  and  the  female's  Skeliton. 

a  carrote  of  Ricaras  Tobacco 

a  red  fox  Skin  Containing  a  Magpie 

N°  14  Minitarras  Burtalow  robe  Containing  Some  articles  of  Indian 
dress. 

N?  15  a  mandan  robe  containing  two  burrowing  Squirels,  a  white 
weasel  :ind  the  Skin  of  a  Loucirvia.      also 

13  red  fox  Skins. 

I  white  Hare  Skin  &c. 

4  horns  of  the  mountain  ram 

I  Robe  representing  a  battle  between  the  Sioux  &  Ricaras  against 
the  Minctares  and  Mandans. 

In  Box  N°  3. 

No?  I  &  2  the  Skins  of  the  Male  &  female  Antelope  with  their  Skel- 
etons. &  the  Skin  of  a  Yellow  Bear  which  I  obtained  from  the  Sieoux 

N-  4.  Box.     Specimens  of  plants  numbered  from  1.  to  67. 

Specimens  of  Plants  numbered  from  1  to  60. 

I  Earthen  pot  Such  as  the  Mandans  manufacture  and  use  for  culinary- 
purposes.' 

I  Tin  box  containing  insects  mice  &c. 

a  Specimine  of  the  fur  of  the  antilope. 

a  Specimen  of  a  plant,  and  a  parcel  of  its  roots  higly  prized  by  the  na- 
tives as  an  efficatious  remidy  in  cases  of  the  bite  of  the  rattle  Snake  or 
Mad  Dog. 


1  Catlin  says  {N.  Amer.  Inds.,  pp.  260,  261)  that  specimens  of  the  pottery  taken 
fr6m  the  burial  mounds  in  Ohio  "were  to  be  seen  in  great  numbers  in  the  use  of  the 


•■»..»-  '.^  i/v-  o<_»-ij  111  gicai   iiuiiiucr^  in   tne  use  or  tnc 

Mandans  ;  and  scarcely  a  day  in  the  summer,  when  the  visitor  to  their  village  would 

not  see  the  women  at  work  with  their  hands  and   fingers,  moulding  them  from  black 

_i  1     ^j^^  ^^j  ^.. 

the  river." 

[281   ] 


..V,.  ov^  .„>.  „u,„t„  ai  worK  Willi  tneir  nanus  and  hngers,  moulding  them  from  black 
clay,  into  vases,  cups,  pitchers,  and  pots,  and  baking  them  in  their  little  kilns  in  the 
sides  of  the  hill,  or  under  the  bank  of  the  river."  —  Ed. 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS       [April  3 

In  a  large  Trunk  ^ 

Skins  of  a  male  and  female  Braro,  or  burrowing  Dog  of  the  Prarie, 
with  the  Skeleton  of  the  female. 

1  Skin  of  the  red  fox  Containing  a  Magpie 

2  Cased  Skins  of  the  white  hare. 

I  Minitarra  Buffalow  robe  Containing  Some  articles  of  Indian 
Dress. 

I  Mandan  Buffalow  robe  Containing  a  dressed  Lousirva  Skin,  and 
2  cased  Skins  of  the  Burrowing  Squirel  of  the  Praries. 

13  red  fox  Skins 

4  Horns  of  the  Mountain  Ram,  or  big  horn. 

1  BufFalow  robe  painted  by  a  mandan  man  representing  a  battle 
fought  8  years  Since  by  the  Sioux  &  Recaras  against  the  mandans, 
menitarras  &  Ah  wah  har  ways.      (Mandans  &c.  on  horseback 

Cage  N°  6. 

Contains  a  liveing  burrowing  Squirel  of  the  praries 

Cage  N°  7. 

Contains  4  liveing  Magpies 

Cage  N°  9. 

Containing  a  liveing  hen  of  the  Prairie 
a  large  par  of  Elks  horns  containing  \_contained.,  i.  e.,  held  together  — 
Ed.]  by  the  frontal  bone. 


April  the  4":  1805  IfeJnesday  {Thursday)  — 

a  blustering  windey  Day     the  Clerks  of  the  N  W  Co.  leave 
us,     we  are  arrangeingall  things  to  Set  out.  &c. 


April  the  5'^'  1S05   Thursday  [Friday)  — 

we  have  our  i  perogues  &  Six  Canoes  loaded  with  our  Stores 
&  provisions,  principally  provisions,  the  wind  verry  high  from 
the  NW.     a  number  of  Mandans  Visit  us  to  day  " 


1  Repetition  of  the  contents  of  "  the  large  trunk,"  mentioned  above.  —  Ed. 
*  Gass  here  mentions  the  prevalence  of  licentiousness  among  the  Indians  on  the 
Missouri.  —  Ed. 

[282] 


i8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

April  the  (>"•  Friday  {Satturday)  1805  — 

a  fine  day  visited  by  a  number  of  Mandans,  we  are  in- 
formed of  the  arrival  of  the  whole  of  the  recarra  nation  on  the 
other  Side  of  the  river  near  their  old  village,  we  Sent  an 
interpreter  to  see  with  orders  to  return  imediately  and  let  us 
know  if  their  Chiefs  ment  to  go  down  to  See  their  great  father. 

QLewis:]  Fort  Man  Jan  April  jt/i.   1805.' 

Having  on  this  day  at  4.  P.M.  completed  every  arrangement 
necessary  for  our  departure,  we  dismissed  the  barge  and  crew 
with  orders  to  return  without  loss  of  time  to  St.  Louis,  a  small 
canoe  with  two  French  hunters  accompanyed  the  barge ;  these 
men  had  assended  the  missouri  with  us  the  last  year  as  engages.'* 
The  barge  crew  consisted  of  six  soldiers  and  two  [blank  space 
in  MS.]  Frenchmen;  two  Frenchmen  and  a  Ricara  Indian  also 
take  their  passage  in  her  as  far  as  the  Ricara  Vilages,  at  which 
place  we  expect  Mr.  Tiebeau  [Tabeau]  to  embark  with  his 
peltry  who  in  that  case  will  make  an  addition  of  two,  perhaps 
four  men  to  the  crew  of  the  barge.  We  gave  Richard  Warf- 
ington,  a  discharged  Corp'.,  the  charge  of  the  Barge  and  crew, 
and  confided  to  his  care  likewise  our  dispatches  to  the  govern- 
ment, letters  to  our  private  friends,  and  a  number  of  articles 
to  the  President  the  United  States.^  One  of  the  Frenchmen 
by  the  Name  of  {Joseph)  Gravline  an  honest  discrete  man  and 
an  excellent  boat-man  is  imployed  to  conduct  the  barge  as 
a  pilot;  we  have  therefore  every  hope  that  the  barge  and  with 
her  our  dispatches  will  arrive  safe  at  S''.  Louis.      Mr.  Gravlin 

'  At  this  point  begins  Codex  D,  which  is  entirely  in  Lewis's  handwriting,  and 
continues  the  journal  of  the  expedition  until  May  23,  1805.  — Ed. 

-  These  were  Francjois  Rivet  and  Philippe  Degie,  whom  the  explorers  met  on  their 
return  journey  Aug.  21,  1806.  Mrs.  E.  E.  Dye  writes  to  us  that  they  afterwards 
went  to  Oregon  and  settled  in  Cl'ampoeg,  and  were  locally  celebrated  as  being  men 
who  had  been  with  Lewis  and  Clark.  —  Ed. 

'  Coues  (i.  and  C,  i,  pp.  253-260)  gives  in  his  notes  on  this  entrv  all  the  infor- 
rrvation  he  could  gather  regarding  the  personnel  of  the  party  which  left  Fort  Mandan  to 
continue  the  transcontinental  explorations  ;  he  also  cites  a  letter  by  Lewis,  which  ex- 
plains how  Corporal  Warfington  came  to  be  retained  on  the  muster-roll  after  his  term 
of  service  had  expired.  He  was  the  only  one  of  the  party  returning  to  St.  Louis  whom 
Lewis  could  entrust  with  his  despatches  to  the  government,  and  his  commander  praises 
his  fidelity.  —  Ed. 

[283] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [April - 

who  speaks  the  Ricara  language  extreemly  well,  has  been  im- 
ployed  to  conduct  a  few  of  the  Recara  Chiefs  to  the  seat  of 
government  who  have  promised  us  to  decend  in  the  barge  to 
S':  Liwis  with  that  view. 

At  same  moment  that  the  Barge  departed  from  Fort  Man- 
dan,  Capt.  Clark  emba[r]ked  with  our  party  and  proceeded  up 
the  River,  as  I  had  used  no  exercise  for  several  weeks,  I 
determined  to  walk  on  shore  as  far  as  our  encampment  ot  this 
evening;  accordingly  I  continued  my  walk  on  the  N.  side  of 
the  River  about  six  miles,  to  the  upper  Village  of  the  Mandans, 
and  called  on  the  Black  Cat  or  Pose-cop'-se-ha',  the  great  chief 
of  the  Mandans  ;  he  was  not  at  home  ;  I  rested  myself  a  [few] 
minutes,  and  finding  that  the  party  had  not  arrived  I  returned 
about  2  miles  and  joined  them  at  their  encampment  on  the  N. 
side  of  the  river  opposite  the  lower  Mandan  village.  Our 
part[y]  now  consisted  of  the  following  Individuals.  Serg". 
John  Ordway,  Nathaniel  Prior,  &  Patric  Gass  ;  Privates,  Wil- 
liam Bratton,  John  Colter,  Reubin,  and  Joseph  Fields,  John 
Shields,  George  Gibson,  George  Shannon,  John  Potts,  John 
Collins,  Joseph  Whitehouse,  Richard  Windsor,  Alexander 
Willard,  Hugh  Hall,  Silas  Goodrich,  Robert  Frazier,  Peter 
Crouzatt,  John  Baptiest  la  Page,  Francis  Labiech,  Hue  M^.Neal, 
William  Warner,  Thomas  P.  Howard,  Peter  Wiser,  and  John 
B.  Thompson.  Interpreters,  George  Drewyer  and  Tauasant 
Charbono  also  a  Black  man  by  the  name  of  York,  servant 
to  Capt.  Clark,  an  Indian  Woman  wife  to  Charbono  with  a 
young  child,  and  a  Mandan  man  who  had  promised  us  to 
accompany  us  as  far  as  the  Snake  Indians  with  a  view  to  bring 
about  a  good  understanding  and  friendly  intercourse  between 
that  nation  and  his  own,  the  Minetares  and  Ahwahharways. 

Our  vessels  consisted  of  six  small  canoes,  and  two  large 
perogues.  This  little  fleet  altho'  not  quite  so  rispectable  as 
those  of  Columbus  or  Capt.  Cook,  were  still  viewed  by  us 
with  as  much  pleasure  as  those  deservedly  famed  adventurers 
ever  beheld  theirs  ;  and  I  dare  say  with  quite  as  much  anxiety 
for  their  safety  and  preservation,  we  were  now  about  to  pene- 
trate a  country  at  least  two  thousand  miles  in  width,  on  which 
the  foot  of  civilized  man  had  never  trodden  ;  the  good  or  evil 
[  284  ] 


'8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 


It  had  in  store  for  us  was  for  experiment  yet  to  determine,  and 
these  little  vessells  contained  every  article  by  which  we  were 
to  expect  to  subsist    or  defend    ourselves.       however,  as  the 
state  of  mind  in  which  we  are,  generally  gives  the  colouring  to 
events,   when    the    immagination    is   suffered    to    wander    into 
futurity,  the   picture   which   now  presented   itself  to  me  was  a 
most  pleasing  one.      enterta[in]ing  as  I  do,  the  most  confident 
hope  of  succeeding  in  a  voyage  which  had  formed  a  da[r]ling 
project  of  mine  for  the  last  ten   years,  I  could  but  esteem  this 
moment  of  my  departure  as  among  the  most  happy  of  my  life. 
The  party  are  in  excellent  health  and  sperits,  zealously  attached 
to  the  enterprise,  and  anxious  to  proceed  ;  not  a  whisper  of 
murmur  or  discontent  to  be  heard  among  them,  but  all  act  in 
unison,  and  with  the  most   perfict  harmony.      I  took  an   early 
supper  this  evening  and  went  to  bed.      Capt.  Clark  myself  the 
two   Interpretters  and  the  woman  and  child  sleep  in  a  tent  of 
dressed  skins,     this   tent  is  in   the   Indian  stile,  formed  of  a 
number  of  dressed  Buffaloe  skins  sewed  together  with  sinues.' 
It  is  cut  in  such  manner  that  when  foalded  double  it  forms  the 
quarter  of  a  circle,  and  is  left  open  at  one  side     here  it  may  be 
attatched  or  loosened  at   pleasure  (^a)  by  strings  which' are 
sewed  to  its  sides  for  the  purpose,     to  erect  this  tent,  a  parsel 
of  ten  or  twelve  poles  are  provided,  fore  or  five  of  which  are 
attatched   together  at  one  end,  they  are  then  elivated  and  their 
lower  extremities  are  spread  in  a  circular  manner  to  a  width 
proportionate   to   the   demention   of  the   lodge;    in   the  same 
position  orther  poles  are  leant  against  those,  and  the  leather  is 
then  thrown  over  them  forming  a  conic  figure. 

l^'*''''  •]  f.  of  April  SatturJay  [SunJay]  1805  2  — 

a  windey  day.  The  Interpreter  we  Sent  to  the  Villages  re- 
turned with   Chief  of  the    Ricara's  &  j    men   of  that   nation, 

>  Citlin  enumerates  {N.  Amer.  InJs.,  i,  p.  262)  the  many  uses  made  by  the  Indians 
of  the  burtalo  in  their  domestic  economy  — for  food,  clothing,  implements,  weapons, 
etc.  —  Ed. 

-  We  obtain  Clark's  journal  from  April  7-July  3,  1805  (except  where  otherwise 
noted)    from    Clarlc-Voorhis    note-book  No.  i  ;    save  that    the  first   Clark  entry  of 
Aprd  7  is  from  Codex  C  of  the  Philadelphia  collection.  —  Ed. 
1:285] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [April  7 

this  Chief  informed  us  that  he  was  Sent  by  his  nation  to  know 
the  despositions  of  the  nations  in  this  neighbourhood  in  re- 
spect to  the  recara's  Settleing  near  them,  that  he  had  not  yet 
made  those  arrangements,  he  request  that  we  would  speelc  to 
the  Assinniboin,  &  Crow  Ind!  in  their  favour,  that  they  wished 
to  follow  our  directions  and  be  at  peace  with  all,  he  viewed 
all  nations  in  this  quarter  well  disposed  except  the  Sioux.  The 
wish  of  those  recaras  appears  to  be  a  junction  with  the  Mandans 
&  Minetarras  in  a  Defensive  war  with  the  Sioux  who  rob  them 
of  every  Spece  [species]  of  property  in  Such  a  manner  that 
they  cannot  live  near  them  any  longer.  I  told  this  Chief  we 
were  glad  to  See  him,  and  we  viewed  his  nation  as  the  Dutifull 
Children  of  a  Great  father  who  would  extend  his  protection  to 
all  those  who  would  open  their  ears  to  his  good  advice,  we 
had  already  Spoken  to  the  Assinniboins,  and  should  Speeke  to 
the  Crow  Indians  if  we  should  see  them  &c.  as  to  the  Sioux 
their  Great  father  would  not  let  them  have  any  more  good 
Guns  &c.  would  take  care  to  prosu  Such  measurs  as  would 
provent  those  Sioux  from  Murd[er]ing  and  taking  the  property 
from  his  dutyfuU  red  Children  &c.  we  gave  him  a  certificate 
of  his  good  Conduct  &  a  Small  Medal,  a  Carrot  of  Tobacco 
and  a  String  of  Wompom.  he  requested  that  one  of  his  men 
who  was  lame  might  decend  in  the  boat  to  their  nation  and 
returned  to  the  Mandans  well  Satisfied.  The  name  of  this 
Chief  of  War  is  Kah-kah,  We-to  Raven  brave.  This  Cheif 
delivered  us  a  letter  from  M'  Taboe.  informing  us  of  the  wish 
of  the  Grand  Chiefs  of  the  Recarras  to  visit  their  Great 
father  and  requesting  the  privolage  of  put'g  on  board  the 
boat  3000"!  of  Skins  &c.  &  adding  4  hands  and  himself  to  the 
party,  this  preposeal  we  Shall  agree  to,  as  that  addition  will 
make  the  party  in  the  boat  15  Strong  and  more  able  to  de- 
fend themselves  from  the  Seoux  &c.^ 


1  Here  ends  the  daily  record  kept  by  Clark,  as  contained  in  Codex  C.  The  rest 
of  the  codex  is  occupied  with  matter  outside  of  that  record,  which  will  be  found  in 
"Scientific  Data."  Towards  the  close  of  the  codex  is  Clark's  sketch  map  of  the  Red 
and  St.   Peter's  Rivers,  herewith  reproduced.  — Ed. 


[286] 


Red  and  St.  Peter's  Rivers, 
sketch-plan  by  Clark. 


i8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

^Clark  :]  Fori  ManJan  April  ;*  7^*  1805 

Sunday,  at  4  oClock  PM,  the  Boat,  in  which  was  6  Soldiers  2 
frenchmen  ik  an  Indian,  all  under  the  command  of  a  corporal 
who  had  the  charge  of  dispatches,  fi^c.  —  and  a  canoe  with  2 
french  men,  Set  out  down  the  river  for  S!  Louis,  at  the  same 
time  we  Sout  out  on  our  voyage  up  the  river  in  2  perogues 
and  6  canoes,  and  preceded  on  to  the  i"  villag.  of  Mandans  6c 
camped  on  the  S.S.  our  party  consisting  of  Serg'  Nathaniel 
Pryor  Sg!  John  Ordway.  Sg"  Pat:  Gass,  William  Bratten,  John 
Colter  Joseph  &  Reuben  Fields.  John  Shields  George  Gibson 
George  Shannon,  John  Potts,  John  Collins,  Jos:  Whitehouse, 
Richard  Windser,  Alexander  Willard,  Hugh  Hall,  Silas  Gutrich, 
Robert  Frazure,  Peter  Crouzat,  John  Baptiest  la  page,  Francis 
Labich,  Hugh  NT  Neal,  William  W^arner,  Thomas  P.  Howard, 
Peter  Wiser,  J.  B.  Thompson  and  my  servent  york,  George 
Drew  yer  who  acts  as  a  hunter  &  interpreter,  Shabonah  and 
his  Indian  Squar  to  act  as  an  Interpreter  &  interpretress  for  the 
snake  Indians  —  one  Mandan  &  Shabonahs  infant.  Sah-kah- 
gar  we  a 

[Lewis:]  April  8"*. 

Set  out  early  this  morning,  the  wind  blew  hard  against  us, 
from  the  N.W.  we  therefore  traveled  very  slowly.  I  walked 
on  shore,  and  visited  the  black  Cat,  took  leave  of  him  after 
smoking  a  pipe  as  is  their  custom,  and  then  proceeded  on 
slowly  by  land  about  four  miles  where  I  wated  the  arrival  of 
the  party,  at  12  Oclock  they  came  up  and  informed  me  that 
one  of  the  small  canoes  was  behind  in  distress.  Cap-.  Clark 
returned  fou[n]d  she  had  filled  with  water  and  all  her  loading 
wet.  we  lost  half  a  bag  of  bisquit,  and  about  thirty  pounds 
of  powder  by  this  accedent  ;  the  powder  we  regard  as  a  serious 
loss,  but  we  spread  it  to  dry  immediately  and  hope  we  shall 
still  be  enabled  to  restdre  the  greater  part  of  it.  this  was  the 
only  powder  we  had  which  was  not  perfectly  secure  from  get- 
ing  wet.  we  took  dinner  at  this  place,  and  then  proceed  on 
to  oure  encampment,  which  was  on  the  N.  side  opposite  to 
a  high    bluff."      the    Mandan   man  came  up  after  we  had  en- 

1  Near  the  present  Hancock,  N.  D.  —  Ed. 
[287] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [April  8 

camped  and  brought  with  him  a  woman  who  was  extreemly 
solicitous  to  accompany  one  of  the  men  of  our  party,  this 
however  we  positively   refused  to  permit. 

Courses  distances  and  references  for  Ap'.  8"". 

From  the  upper  point  on  an  island  (being  the  point  to  which  Capt. 
Clark  took  his  last  course  when  he  assended  the  river  in  surch  of  a 
place  for  winter  quarters  i"  November  last)  to  a  point  of  wood  land 
Star'd  side,  passing  a  high  bluff  on  the  Lar'd.     N^o° .  IF.     j'j^. 


[^Clark:]  %'!',  of  April  Monday  1805 

Set  out  very  early  wind  hard  a  head  from  the  N.W.  pro- 
ceeded on  passed  all  the  villages  the  inhabitants  of  which 
flocked  down  in  great  numbers  to  view  us,  I  took  my  leave 
of  the  great  Chief  of  the  Mandans  who  gave  me  a  par  of  ex- 
cellent mockersons,  one  canoe  filed  with  water  every  thing  in 
her  got  wet  ^3  of  a  barrel  of  powder  lost  by  this  accident. 

From  the  upper  part  of  an  island  just  below  Marpar-" 
perycopatoo's  camp  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the 
Sta"!  side  passing  a  high  bluff  on  the  La'?  containing 
many  horizontal  narrow  stratas  of  Carbonate  wood, 
some  of  which  are  sixty  feet  above  the  su  [r]  face  of 
the  water 


N.  40?  W.  3^ 


Camped  on  the  S.S.  opsf  a  high  bluff,  an  Indian  Joined  us, 
also  an  Indian  woman  with  a  view  to  accompany  us,  the 
woman  was  Sent  back  the  man  being  acquainted  with  the 
countrey  we  allowed   him   to   accompanie  us 


[^Lewis  :]  TuesJny  April  9''' 

Set  out  as  early  as  it  was  possible  to  see  this  morning  and 
proceed  about  five  miles  where  we  halted  and  took  beakfas 
the  Indian  man  who  had  promised  us  to  accompany  us  as  far 
as  the  Snake  Indians,  now  informed  us  of  his  intention  to  re- 
linquish the  journey,  and  accordingly  returned  to  his  village, 
we  saw  a  great  number  of  brant  passing  up  the  river,  some 
[288] 


>8o;]  MANDAN    TO    YKLLOWSTONE 


of  them  were  white,  except  the  large  feathers  in  the   first  and 
second  joint  of  the  wing  which  are  black,     there   is   no  other 
difterence  between  them  and  the  common  gray  brant  but  that 
of  their  colour       their  note  and  habits  are  the  same,  and   they 
are   freequently   seen    to   associate   together.      1    have    not  yet 
positively  determined  whether  they  are  the  same,  or  a  different 
species.      Capt  Clark  walked  on  shore  to-day'  and   informed 
me  on  his  return,  that  passing  through  the  prarie  he  had  seen 
an  anamal  that  precisely  resembled  the   burrowing  squrril,  ac- 
cept in  point  of  size,  it  being  only  about  one   third   as   large 
as  the  squirrel,  and  that  it  also  burrows.      I   have  observed  in 
many  parts  of  the  plains  and  praries,  the  work  of  an  anamal 
ot  which  I  could   never  obtain  a  view,     their  work  resembles 
that  of  the  salamander  common  to  the  sand  hills  of  the  States 
of  South   Carolina  and  Georgia,  and  like  that  anamal  also  it 
never  appears    above   the  ground,     the    little   hillocks  which 
are   thrown   up  by    these  anamals   have  much   the  appearance 
of  ten  or  twelve  pounds  of  loose  earth  poared  out  of  a  vessel 
on  the  surface  of  the  plain,     in  the  state  they  leave  them  you 
can   discover    no    whole    through   which    they  throw   out    this 
earth  ;  but  by  removing  the  loose  earth   gently  you  may    dis- 
cover that  the   soil   has   been   broken   in  a   circle   manner   for 
about  an  inch  and  a  half  in  diameter;  where  it  appears  looser 
than  the  adjacent  surface,  and   is  certainly   the   place  through 
which  the  earth    has   been   thrown   out,  tho'   the   operation  is 
performed   without   leaving  any    visible   aperture,     the    Bluffs 
of  the  river  which  we  passed  today  were  upwards  of  a   hun- 
dred feet  high,  formed  of  a  mixture  of  yellow  clay  and  sand  — 
many  horizontal  stratas  of  carbonated  wood,  having  every  ap- 
pearance of  pitcoal  at  a  distance;  were  seen  in   the  the  face  of 
these  bluffs,      these  stratas  are  of  unequal  thicknesses  from  i  to 
5  feet,  and  appear  at  different  elivations  above  the  water  some 
ot  them  as  much  as  eighty  feet.-     the  hills  of  the  river  are  very 
broken,  and  many  of  them  have  the  apearance  of  having  been 

»  That  Lewis  occupied  himself  with  writing  his  journal  is  evidenced  by  the  entry 
in  his  weather  diary  for  this  date  (Codex  Fe,  p.  4)  :  "  The  perogue  is  so  unsteady 
that  I  can  scarcely  write."  —  Ed. 

-  The  so-called  "  coal  "  near  Fort  Mandan  was  lignite,  extensive  beds  of  which 
exist  in  that  region.  —  Ed. 

^"■-■'■-'s  [289] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK    JOURNALS       [April  9 

on  fire  at  some  former  period,  considerable  quantities  of 
pumice  stone  and  lava  appear  in  many  parts  of  these  hills 
where  they  are  broken  and  washed  Down  by  the  rain  and 
melting  snow,  when  we  halted  for  dinner  the  squaw  busied 
herself  in  serching  for  the  wild  artichokes  which  the  mice ' 
collect  and  deposit  in  large  hoards,  this  operation  she  per- 
formed by  penetrating  the  earth  with  a  sharp  stick  about  some 
small  collections  of  drift  wood,  her  labour  soon  proved  suc- 
cessful, and  she  procured  a  good  quantity  of  these  roots,  the 
flavor  of  this  root  resembles  that  of  the  Jerusalem  Artichoke, 
and  the  stalk  of  the  weed  which  produces  it  is  also  similar, 
tho'  both  the  root  and  stalk  are  much  smaller  than  the  Jeru- 
salem Artichoke,  the  root  is  white  and  of  an  ovate  form, 
from  one  to  three  inches  in  length  and  usually  about  the  size 
of  a  man's  finger,  one  stalk  produces  from  two  to  four,  and 
somitimes  six  of  these  roots. 

at  the  distance  of  6  miles  passed  a  large  wintering  or  hunt- 
ing camp  of  the  Minetares  on  the  Star''  side,  these  lodges 
about  thirty  in  number  are  built  of  earth  and  timber  in  their 
usual  stile.  2j  miles  higher  we  passed  the  entrance  of  Miry 
Creek,  which  discharges  itself  on  the  Star'*  side,  this  creek  is 
but  small,  takes  it's  rise  in  some  small  lakes  near  the  Mouse 
river  and  passes  in  it's  course  to  the  Missouri,  through  beati- 
full,  level,  and  fertile  plains,  intirely  destitute  of  timber. 
Three  miles  above  the  mouth  of  this  creek  we  passed  a  hunt- 
ing camp  of  Minetares  who  had  prepared  a  park  and  were 
wating  the  return  of  the  Antelope ;  which  usually  pass  the 
Missouri  at  this  season  of  the  year  from  the  Black  hills  on 
the  South  side,  to  the  open  plains  on  the  north  side  of  the 
river;  in  like  manner  the  Antelope  repasses  the  Missouri  from 
N.  to  South  in  the  latter  end  of  Autumn,  and  winter  in  the 
black  hills,  where  there  is  considerable  bodies  of  woodland, 
we  proceed  on  ii^  miles  further  and  encamped  on  the  N.  side 
in  a  most  beatifull  high  extensive  open  bottom.^ 


'   Probably  gophers  ;   Coues  thinks  that    the   burrowing  animal  just    described   by 
Lewis  is  the  pouched   rat  or  pocket-gopher  (either  Geomys  or  Thomomys).  —  Ed. 
*  Not  far  above  the  present  Fort  Stevenson.  —  Ed. 

[  290  ] 


■  So,-]  MAXDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 


The  courses  and  distances  of  this  day  are  as  follow 

No  ¥ir  (1        A  miles 

.  20-  W.  to  a  StaH  point  opposte  to  a  bluff  i 

N.                 to  a  Star''  point        d°       d°       d"  i/ 

N.  80.  E.    to  a  sand  point  on  Lar''   side  1 1/ 

N.                 to  a  Lar*"  point  1/ 

N.  18.  W.  to  a  handsome  elivatcd  plain  on  Lar''   S''  i 

N.  22.  E.    to  a  point  of  willows  on  Lar''  side  opposit  1 

to  a  wintering  camp  of  the  Minetares  /  *^ 
N.  20.  VV.  to  the  mouth  of  Miry  creek  Star'  side,  passing  a  small 

run  and  a  hill  called  snake  den  2"/ 

W.  to  a  point  on  Lar"*  side  1 
S.  75  VV".  to  a  point  on  Star''  opposite  to  a  camp  of  Minetares,  and 

lower  po.'  of  a  high  bluff  , 

N.  65.  VV.  to  the  upper  point  point  of  woo[d]land  on  Sf!    s'!  3 

S.  45.  VV.  to  a  point  of  timber  on  the  Lar^   side  2 

S.  30.  VV^  to  a  sand  point  on  the  Star!    side 11/ 

S.  78.  VV.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Lar''  side  4 

CClark:]  5/4  of  April  Tuesday  1805.  — 

Set  out  this  morning  verry  early  under  a  gentle  breeze  from 
the  S.E.  at  Brackfast  the  Indian  deturmined  to  return  to  his 
nation.  I  saw  a  Musquetor  to  day  great  numbers  of  Brant 
flying  up  the  river,  the  Maple,  ^:  Elm  has  buded  &  cotton 
and  arrow  wood  beginning  to  bud.  I  saw  in  the  prarie  an 
animal  resembling  the  Prarie  dog  or  Barking  Squirel  &  bur- 
row in  the  same  way,  this  animal  was  about  '3  as  large  as  the 
barking  Squirel.  But  fiew  resident  birds  or  water  fowls  which 
I  have  Seen  as  yet  at  6  miles  passed  an  old  hunting  camp  of 
IVIenitarres  on  the  S.  S.  2^  miles  higher  passed  the  mouth 
of  Miry  Creek  on  the  S.S.  passed  a  hunting  camp  of  Mene- 
tarees  on  the  S.S.  waiting  the  return  of  the  Antilope,  Saw 
Great  numbers  of  Gees  feedin  in  the  Praries  on  the  young 
grass,  I  saw  flowers  in  the  praries  to  day,  juniper  grows  on 
the  Sides  of  the  hills,  &  runs  on  the  ground  all  the  hills 
"have  more  or  Less  indefl^erent  coal  in  stratas  at  different  hites 
from  the  waters  edge  to  80  feet,  those  stratias  from  i  inch  to 
5  teet  thick  we  camp'!  on  the  S.S.  above  some  rocks  makeing 
out  in  the  river  in  a  butifull  ellivated  plain. 
[291] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  lo 

Course  distance  &  refferences  for  the  g'"" 

N.  20°  W.    1        mile  on  the  S.  p'  ops'!  a  Bluif 

N    -    -    -        1/^   a  mile  on  the  S.  p'  d". 

N.  8o°  E       I  1/2    miles  to  a  sand  p'  on  the  L.S. 

N.   Yz    a  mile  to  the  L.  p' 

N.  1 8°  W.    I        mile  to  a  handsom  elivated  plain  on  L.S. 

N.  22?  E  iVz  miles  to  a  p!  of  willows  on  the  L.S.  opposit  a  Win- 
tering camp  of  the  Minitarrees. 

N.  20?  W.  2V(  miles  to  the  mouth  of  Miry  Creek,  pass'd  a  hill  call[ed] 
Snake  house  &  a  small  run  S.S. 

West  1        mile  to  a  p'  on  the  Larboard  side 

S.  75?  W.  4  miles  to  a  p'  on  the  S.S.  ops'?  a  Bluff  and  a  camp  of 
Miniterras. 

N.  65°  W.    3        miles  to  the  upper  part  of  the  timber  S.S. 

S.    45°  W.    2        miles  to  a  p!  of  timber  on  the  L.S. 

S.    30.  W.    I  i^    miles  to  a  Sand  p'  on  the  S.S. 

S.    78°  W.   4        miles  to  a  p'  of  wood  on  the  L.S. 

["Lewis  n  IVeJnesJay  April  10"'  1805. 

Set  out  at  an  early  hour  this  morning,  at  the  distance  of 
three  miles  passed  some  Minetares  who  had  assembled  them- 
selves on  the  Lard  [larboard]  shore  to  take  a  view  of  our  little 
fleet.  Capt  Clark  walked  on  shore  to-day,  for  several  hours, 
when  he  returned  he  informed  me  that  he  had  seen  a  gang  of 
Antelopes  in  the  plains  but  was  unable  to  get  a  shoot  at  them, 
he  also  saw  some  geese  and  swan,  the  geese  are  now  feeding 
in  considerable  numbers  on  the  young  grass  which  has  sprung 
up  in  the  bottom  praries.  the  Musquetoes  were  very  trouble- 
some to  us  to-day.  The  country  on  both  sides  of  the  mis- 
souri  from  the  tops  of  the  river  hills,  is  one  continued  level 
fertile  plain  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  in  which  there  is  not 
even  a  solitary  tree  or  shrub  to  be  seen,  except  such  as  from 
their  moist  situations  or  the  steep  declivities  of  hills  are  shel- 
tered from  the  ravages  of  the  fire,  at  the  distance  of  12  miles 
from  our  encampment  of  last  night  we  arrived  at  the  lower 
point  of  a  bluff  on  the  Lard  side;  about  x^i  miles  down  this 
bluff  from  this  point,  the  bluff  is  now  on  fire  and  throws  out 
considerable  quantities  of  smoke  which  has  a  strong  sul- 
[  292  ] 


lit     » 


i8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

phurious  smell,  the  appearance  of  the  coal  in  the  blufs  con- 
tinues as  yesterday.'  at  i.  P.M.  we  overtook  three  french 
hunters  who  had  set  out  a  few  days  before  us  with  a  view 
of  traping  beaver;  they  had  taken  I2  since  they  left  Fort 
Mandan.  these  people  avail  themselves  ot  the  protection 
which  our  numbers  will  enable  us  to  give  them  against  the 
Assinniboins  who  sometimes  hunt  on  the  Missouri  ;  and 
intend  ascending  with  us  as  f;ir  as  the  mouth  of  the  Yellow 
stone  river  and  continue  there  hunt  up  that  river,  this  is  the 
first  essay  of  a  beaver  hunter  of  any  discription  on  this  river, 
the  beaver  these  people  have  already  taken  is  by  far  the  best  I 
have  ever  seen,  the  river  bottoms  we  have  passed  to-day  are 
wider  and  possess  more  timber  than  usual,  the  courant  of  the 
Missouri  is  but  moderate,  at  least  not  greater  than  that  of 
the  Ohio  in  high  tide  ;  it's  banks  are  falling  in  but  little;  the 
navigation  is  therefore  comparitively  with  it's  lower  portion 
easy  and  safe,  we  encamped  this  evening  on  a  willow  point, 
Star'!  side  just  above  a  remarkable  bend  in  the  river  to  the 
S.W.  which   we  called  the  little  bason." 

Cou[r]ses  and  distances  of  this  day. 

miles. 

S.    45.  W.  to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  S-  Si^  3 

W.                to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  Laf^  s^  3 

S.    72.  VV.  to  a  tree  in  a  bend  on  the  Star^   side  2 

S.    32.  W.  to  a  point  of  woods  on  the  Star''   side  4 

VV.                 1)11  the  Star^  point  "/^ 

N.  40.  VV.  on  the  Star')    point  ^ 

N.  50.  E.    to  a  point  on  the  Ivar")  side,  opposite  to  a  low  bluff           2 
S.    52.  VV.  to  a  point  on  the  Star.'  side  opposite  to  a  bluf,  above 

which  a  small  creek  falls  in.  3^ 

"^ 

1  This  region  "  is  tlie  fringe  of  the  well-known  mawvaises  terres  ['  Bad  Lands'] 
to  the  south,  through  the  heart  of  which  the  Little  Missouri  flows.  .  .  .  The  coun- 
try is  underlaid  with  vast  beds  of  lignite  coal,  which  has  burned  out  over  wide  areas. 
.  .  .  Coal  veins  form  lines  plainly  distinguishable  in  the  hills  bordering  the  river, 
and  .  .  .  some  of  these  veins  are  [even  now]  burning,  and  emit  sulphurous  odors." 
—  Olin  D.  Wheeler. 

^  Not  far  from  the  site  of  Fort  Berthold,  built  by  the  American  Fur  Company  in 
1845.  The  name  was  transferred  (i86i)  to  another  post,  buih  in  the  Indian  village. 
Both   structures  were  finally  destroyed  by   fire  —  the  former  in    1S62,  the  latter  in 

1874 Ed. 

[293] 


LEWIS   AND   CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  lo 

[Clark:]  lo'/;  of  April  IVedneiJay  1805 

Set  out  verry  early,  the  morning  cool  and  no  wind  pro- 
ceeded on  passed  a  camp  of  Ind'  on  the  L.S.  this  day 
proved  to  be  verry  worm,  the  Misquetors  troublesom.  I  saw 
Several  antilope  on  the  S.S.  also  gees  &  swan,  we  over  took 
3  French  men  Trappers  The  countrey  to  day  as  usial  except 
that  the  points  of  Timber  is  larger  than  below,  the  coal  con- 
tinue to  day,  one  man  saw  a  hill  on  fire  at  no  great  distance 
from  the  river,  we  camped  on  the  S.S.  just  above  a  remarkable 
bend  in  the  river  to  the  S  W,  which  We  call  the  little  bason. 

Course  Distance  &  refferences  the  10"' 

miles  to  a  p!  of  timbered  land  on  the  S.S. 

miles  to  a  p!  of  timbered  land  on  the  L.S. 

miles  to  a  tree  in  an  elevated  plain  in  the  bend  to  the  S.  S. 

miles  to  a  p!  of  wood  on  the  S.S. 
y^   a  mile  on  the  S.  point. 
i/<   a  mile  on  the  S.  point. 

miles  to  a  p!  on  the  L.S.  ops'?  a  low  bluff. 
y,    miles   to  a   p'  on  the  S.S.  ops'?   a  blutf  above  which  a 
18  1/        small   creek   falls  in 

[Lewis:]  Thursday  April  \ith. 

Set  out  at  an  early  hour;  I  proceeded  with  the  party  and 
Capt.  Clark  with  George  Drewyer  walked  on  shore  in  order  to 
procure  some  fresh  meat  if  possible,  we  proceeded  on  abot 
five  miles,  and  halted  for  breakfast,  when  Capt.  Clark  and 
Drewyer  joined  us ;  the  latter  had  killed,  and  brought  with 
him  a  deer,  which  was  at  this  moment  excep[t]able,  as  we  had 
had  no  fresh  meat  for  several  days,  the  country  from  fort 
Mandan  to  this  place  is  so  constantly  hunted  by  the  Mine- 
taries  that  there  is  but  little  game,  we  halted  at  two  P.M. 
and  made  a  comfortable  dinner  on  a  venison  stake  and  beavers 
tales  with  the  bisquit  which  got  wet  on  the  B""  ins',  by  the  acci- 
dent of  the  canoe  filling  with  water  before  mentioned,  the 
powder  which  got  wet  by  the  same  accedent,  and  which  we  had 
spread  to  dry  on  the  baggage  of  the  large  perogue,  was  now 
examined  and  put  up  ;  it  appears  to  be  almost  restored,  and 


S.    45- 

W. 

3 

West 

S 

S     72° 

w. 

2 

S.    32? 

w. 

4 

West 

N.  40? 

w. 

N.  50? 

E 

2 

S     52? 

w 

3 

i8o5]  MANUAN     lO    YHLLOVVS'IONL: 

our  loss  is  therefore  not  so  great  as  we  had  at  first  appre- 
hended, the  country  much  the  same  as  yesterday,  on  the 
sides  of  the  hills  and  even  the  banks  of  the  rivers  and  sand- 
bars, there  is  a  white  substance  t[h]at  appears  in  considerable 
quantities  on  the  surface  of  the  earth,  which  tastes  like  a 
mixture  of  common  salt  and  glauber  salts,  many  of  the 
springs  which  flow  from  the  base  of  the  river  hills  are  so 
strongly  impregnated  with  this  substance  that  the  water  is 
extreemly  unpleasant  to  the  taste  and  has  a  purgative  effect.' 
saw  some  large  white  cranes  pass  up  the  river  these  are  the 
largest  bird  ot  that  genus  common  to  the  country  through 
which  the  Missouri  and  Mississippi  pass,  they  are  perfectly 
white  except  the  large  feathers  of  the  two  first  joints  of  the 
wing  which  are  black,  we  encamped  this  evening  on  the  Star'! 
shore  just  above  the  point  of  woodland  which  formed  to 
extremity  of  the  last  course  of  this  day.  there  is  a  high  bluff 
opposite  to  us,  under  which  we  saw  some  Indians,  but  the 
river  is  here  so  wide  that  we  could  not  speake  to  them  ;  sup- 
pose them  to  be  a  hunting  party  of  Minetares.  we  killed  two 
gees  to-day. 


The  courses  and  distances  of  this  day 

miles 
S.    85.  W.  to  the  upper  point  of  a  bluff  on  Lar'?   S^  3 

N.  38.  VV.  to  a  point  on  the  Larl  shore,  oppo!  a  bluff  2 

S.  30.  W.  to  the  upper  part  of  a  timbered  bottom  on  the  Lar? 
side,  a  large  sand  bar  making  out  from  the  Star") 
side  I  ^  miles  wide  2 

N.  52.  VV.  to  a  red   knob  in  a  bend  to  the  Sta'?  side  near  the 

upper  part  of  a  timbered  bottom  5 

S.    70.  W.  to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  Star""  Sd.  6 

W.  on  the  Star?  point  i 

19 

1  The  famous  "alkali"  of  the  West,  often  rendering  the  water  undrinkable,  and 
•covering  great  areas  like  snow.     It  consists  largely  or  mainly  of  sulphate  of  soda.  —  Ed. 


[  -'95  ] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  n 

[Clark:]  >''.''  of  April  Thursday  1805. 

Set  out  verry  early  I  walked  on  Shore,  saw  fresh  bear 
tracks,  one  deer  &  2  beaver  killed  this  morning  in  the  after 
part  of  the  day  killed  two  gees,  saw  great  numbers  of  Gees 
Brant  &  Mallard  Some  White  Cranes  Swan  &  guls,  the 
plains  begin  to  have  a  green  appearance,  the  hills  on  either 
side  are  from  5  to  7  miles  asunder  and  in  maney  places  have 
been  burnt,  appearing  at  a  distance  of  a  redish  brown  choler, 
containing  Pumice  Stone  &  lava,  some  of  which  rolin  down  to 
the  base  of  those  hills.  In  many  of  those  hills  forming  bluffs 
to  the  river  we  prosieve  Several  Stratums  of  bituminious  sub- 
stance which  resembles  coal\  thoug[h]  Some  of  the  pieces 
appear  to  be  excellent  coal,  it  resists  the  fire  for  some  [time], 
and  consumes  without  emiting  much  flaim. 

The  plains  are  high  and  rich  some  of  them  are  sandy  con- 
taining small  pebbles,  and  on  some  of  the  hill  Sides  large 
Stones  are  to  be  seen.  In  the  evening  late  we  observed  a 
party  of  Menetarras  on  the  L.S.  with  horses  and  dogs  loaded 
going  down,  those  are  a  part  of  the  Minitarras  who  camped 
a  little  above  this  with  the  Ossinniboins  at  the  mouth  of  the 
little  Missouri  all  the  latter  part  of  the  winter,  we  camped  on 
the  S.S.  below  a  falling  in  bank,      the  river  raise  a  little. 

Course  distance  &c.  the  11'.'' 

S.  85°  W.  2  miles  to  the  upper  part  of  a  Bluff"  in  a  bend  to  the  Lar- 
board Side. 

N.  38°  W.   3   miles  to  a  point  on  the  L.S.  ops^  a  bluff. 

S.  30°  W.  2  miles  to  the  upper  part  of  a  timbered  bottom  on  the  L.S. 
a  large  sand  bar  makeing  out  from  the  S.S.  il  mi'.' 

N  52°  W.  5  miles  to  a  red  knob  in  a  bend  to  the  S.S.  near  the  upper 
part  of  wood  bottom. 

S.    70°  W.   6   miles  to  a  timbered  point  on  the  S.S. 

West  I    mile  on  the  S.  point. 

[^Lewis  :]  Friday  April  the  12"'  1805 

Set    out    at    an   early   hour,     our    peroge    and    the   Canoes 
passed  over  to  the  Lard  side,  in  order  to  avoid  a  bank  which 
was  rappidly  falling  in  on  the  Starl     the  red  perogue  contrary 
[296] 


i8o,-]  MANDAX     lO    YELLOWSTONE 

to  my  expectation  or  wish  passed  under  this  bank  by  means 
ot  her  toe  line ;  where  I  expected  to  have  seen  her  carried 
under  every  instant.  I  did  not  discover  that  she  was  about  to 
make  this  attempt  untiil  it  was  too  late  for  the  men  to  re- 
embark,  and  retreating  is  more  dangerous  than  proceeding  in 
such  cases;  they  therefore  continued  their  passage  up  this 
bank,  and  much  to  my  satisfaction  arrived  safe  above  it.  this 
cost  me  some  moments  of  uneasiness,  her  cargo  was  of  much 
importance  to  us  in  our  present  advanced  situation.  We  pro- 
ceeded on  six  miles  and  came  too  on  the  lower  side  of  the 
entrance  of  the  little  Missouri  on  the  Lard  shore  in  a  fine 
plain  where  we  determined  to  spend  the  dav  for  the  pur- 
pose ot  celestial  observation,  we  sent  out  lo  hunters  to 
procure  some  fresh  meat,  at  this  place  made  the  following 
observations. 

Point  of  Observation  N°  I. 
Observed  O'  Magnetic  Azimuth  with  Circumfer"     S.  88^  E. 


Time  bv  Chronometer  A.M. 

Altitude  by  Sextant      .... 

O's  Magnetic  Azimuth  by  Circumferenter 

Time  by  Chronometer 

Altitude  by  Sextant     .... 


8.   20.    25. 

52°.  20'.  45". 

S.  87°.  E. 

S\  25'.  22". 

53°-  55'-  3°"- 


Observed  equal  altitudes  of  the  O  with  Sextant. 

b  m  s 

A.M.   8.   30.    II.  P.M.   the  P.M.  observation 

".   31.    52.    5  was  lost  in  consequence 

".    33.   31.  of  the  Clouds. 

Alt'?  by  Sextant  at  the  time  of  observation      .     55'.  28'.  45". 
Observed  Meridian  altitude  of  the  O'  U.  L. 

with  Octant  by  the  back  observation  .     81°.  25'.  15". 

Latitude  deduced  from  this  observation      [blank  space  in  MS.] 

Remarks. 

The  artifi'  Horizon  recommended  bv  M'  A.  EUicott,  in  which  water 
forms  the  reflecting  surface,  is  used  in  all  observations  which  requirs  the 
the  uce  of  an  Artiticial  horizon,  except  when  expresslv  mentioned  to 
the  contrary. 

The  altitude  of  any  object  in  the  fore  observation  as  here  entered  is 

[297] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [April  12 

that   deduced   immediately    from   the  graduated   limb  of  the  instrument, 
and  is  of  course  the  double  altitudes  of  the  object  observed. 

The  altitudes  of  objects  observed  by  the  back  observation,  with  Octant 
as  here  entered,  is  that  shewn  by  the  graduated  limb  of  the  Instrument 
at  the  time  of  observation,  and  is  the  compliment  of  180°  of  the  double 
altitude  of  the  object  observed. 

Error  of  Sextant  —  Subtractive  -.    8'.  45". 

Error  of  Octant  fore  observation —  2°      -.        ".x 

Error  of      d°       in  back  observation  add'"    2°  40'.        -  .x 
The  night  proved  so  cloudy  that  I  could  make  no  further  observations. 

George  Drewyer  shot  a  Beaver  this  morning,  which  we  found 
swiming  in  the  river  a  small  distance  below  the  entrance  of  the 
little  Missouri,  the  beaver  being  seen  in  the  day,  is  a  proof 
that  they  have  been  but  little  hunted,  as  they  always  keep 
themselves  closly  concealed  during  the  day  where  they  are  so. 
found  a  great  quantity  of  small  onions  in  the  plain  where  we 
encamped  ;  had  some  of  them  collected  and  cooked,  found 
them  agreeable,  the  bulb  grows  single,  is  of  an  oval  form, 
white,  and  about  the  size  of  a  small  bullet;  the  leaf  resem- 
[bles]  that  of  the  shive,  and  the  hunters  returned  this  ev[en]- 
ing  with  one  deer  only,  the  country  about  the  mouth  of  this 
river  had  been  recently  hunted  by  the  Minetares,  and  the  little 
game  which  they  had  not  killed  and  frightened  away,  was  so 
extreemly  shy  that  the  hunters  could  not  get  in  shoot  of  them. 
The  little  Missouri  disembogues  on  the  S.  side  of  the 
Missouri  1693  miles  from  the  confluence  of  the  latter  with 
the  Mississippi,  it  is  134  yards  wide  at  it's  mouth,  and  sets  in 
with  a  bould  current  but  it's  greatest  debth  is  not  more  than  i^A 
feet,  it's  navigation  is  extreemly  difficult,  owing  to  it's  rapid- 
ity, shoals  and  sand  bars  it  may  however  be  navigated  with 
small  canoes  a  considerable  distance,  this  river  passes  through 
the  Nothern  extremity  of  the  black  hills  where  it  is  very  narrow 
and  rapid  and  it's  banks  high  an[d]  perpendicular,  it  takes  it's 
rise  in  a  broken  countrv  West  of  the  Black  hills  with  the  waters 
of  the  yellow  stone  river,  and  a  considerable  distance  S.W.  of  the 
point  at  which  it  passes  the  black  hills,  the  country  through 
which  it  passes  is  generally  broken  and  the  highlands  possess 
but  little  timber,  there  is  some  timber  in  it's  bottom  lands, 
[298] 


>8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 


which  consists  of  Cottonwood  red   Elm,  with  a  small  propor- 
tion of  small  Ash  and  box  alder,     the  under  brush  is  willow, 
red   wood,  (sometimes  called  red  or  swamp  willow')  the   red 
burry,  and   Choke   cherry     the   country   is   extreamly   broken 
about  the  mouth  of  this  river,  and  as  far  up  on  both  sides,  as 
we  could  observe  it  from  the  tops  of  some  elivated  hills,  which 
stand   betwcn   these  two  rivers,  about  j  miles  from   their  junc- 
tion,     the  soil  appears  fertile  and  deep,  it  consists  generally  of  a 
dark  rich  loam  intermixed  with  a  small  proportion  of  fine  sand, 
this  river  in  it's  course  passes  near  the  N.W.  side  of  the  turtle 
mountain,  which  is  said  to  be  no  more  than  4  or  5  leagues  dis- 
tant trom  it's  entrance  in  a  straight  direction,  a  little  to  the  S. 
of  West,     this   mountain  and   the  knife  river   have  therefore 
been  laid  down  too  far  S.W.      the  colour  of  the  water,  the  bed 
of  the  river,  and  it's  appearance  in  every  respect,  resembles  the 
Missouri ;   I   am  therefore  induced   to  believe  that  the  texture 
of  the  soil   of  the  country  in  which  it  takes  it's  rise,  and   that 
through    which   it   passes,   is   similar   to   the   country   through 
which  the  Missouri  passes  after  leaving  the  woody  country,  or 
such  as  we  are  now  in.     on  the  side  of  a  hill   not  distant  from 
our  camp   I   found  some  of  the  dwarf  cedar  of  which   I   pre- 
served a  specimen  (See   N°  2.)     this  plant  spreads  it's  limbs 
alonge   the   surface   of  the   earth,   where   they   are   sometimes 
covered,  and  always  put  forth  a  number  of  roots  on  the  under 
side,  while  on  the  upper  there  are  a  great    number  of  small 
shoots  which  with   their  leaves  seldom   rise  higher  than   6  or 
eight  inches,     they  grow  so  close  as  perfectly  to  conceal   the 
ea[r]th.     it  is  an  evergreen;   the  leaf  is  much   more  delicate 
than  the  common  Cedar,  and  it's  taste  and  smell  the  same.      I 
have  often  thought  that  this  plant  would  make  very  handsome 
edgings  to  the  borders  and   walks  of  a  garden;  it' is  quite  as 
handsom  as  box,  and  would  be  much  more  easily  propegated. 
the  appearance  of  the  glauber  salts  and  Carbonated  wood  still 
continue. 

Cou[r]sc  and  distance  of  this  day  was. 
N.  80°  W.  to  the  entrance  of  the  little  Missouri  —  4"^ 

»  This  is  not  a  willow,  but  a  cornel  {Corpus  stolonifera) ;  its  bark  is  used  in  the 
preparation  of  kmnikinick.  —  En. 

[399] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  12 


[Clark  0  '  ^'"  ^P"^  ^"'^"y  '  ^°S 

a  fine  morning  Set  out  verry  early,  the  murcury  stood 
56°  above  °.  proceeded  on  to  the  mouth  of  the  Little  Missouri 
river  and  formed  a  camp  in  a  butifuU  elivated  plain  on  the 
lower  side  for  the  purpose  of  takeing  Some  observations  to  fix 
the  Latitude  &  Longitude  of  this  river,  this  river  falls  in  on  the 
L.  Side  and  is  1J4  yards  wide  and  2  feet  6  Inches  deep  at 
the  mouth,  it  takes  its  rise  in  the  N  W  extremity  of  the  black 
mountains,  and  [runs]  through  a  broken  countrey  in  its  whole 
course  washing  the  N  W  base  of  the  Turtle  Mountain  which 
is  Situated  about  6  Leagues  S  W  of  its  mouth,  one  of  our 
men  Baptiest  who  came  down  this  river  in  a  canoe  informs  me 
that  it  is  not  navagable,      he  was  45  days  descending. 

One  of  out  men  Shot  a  beaver  swimming  below  the  mouth 
of  this  river. 

I  walked  out  on  the  lower  Side  of  this  river  and  found  the 
countrey  hilley  the  soil  composed  of  black  mole  &  a  small  per- 
portion  of  sand  containing  great  quantity  of  Small  peable  some 
limestone,  black  flint,  &  sand  Stone 

I  killed  a  Hare  changeing  its  colour  some  parts  retaining 
its  long  white  fur  &  other  parts  assumeing  the  short  grey,  I 
saw  the  Magpie  in  pars,  flocks  of  Grouse,  the  old  field  lark  & 
crows,  &  observed  the  leaf  of  the  wild  chery  half  grown, 
many  flowers  are  to  be  seen  in  the  plains,  remains  of  Mlne- 
tarra  &  Ossinneboin  hunting  camps  are  to  be  seen  on  each  side 
of  the  two  Missouris 

The  wind  blew  verry  hard  from  the  S.  all  the  after  part  of 
the  day,  at  3  oClock  PM.  it  became  violent  &  blowey  ac- 
companied with  thunder  and  a  little  rain.  We  examined  our 
canoes  &c  found  Several  men  which  had  already  commenced 
cutting  our  bags  of  corn  &  parched  meal,  the  water  of  the 
little  Missouri  is  of  the  same  texture  colour  &  quallity  of  that 
of  the  Big  Missouri  the  after  part  of  the  day  so  cloudy  that 
we  lost  the  evening  observation. 

Course  &  Distance  of  the  1 1'!" 

N.  80°  W.  41/    miles  to  tlie   mouth   of  the   Little   Missouri   River  on 
the  S.S. 

[  300  ] 


1DD)©LS  ©J  TEIIE  MAMiaftM  IHIDIAHS 


1 80,-]  MAN  DAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

[Lewis  :]  Saturday  April  i  3'* 

Being  disappointed  in  my  observations  of  yesterday  for 
Longitude,  1  was  unwilling  to  remain  at  the  entrance  of  the 
river  another  day  for  that  purpose,  and  therefore  determined 
to  set  out  early  this  morning;  which  we  did  accordingly;  the 
wind  was  in  our  favour  after  9  A.M.  and  continued  favourable 
untill  three  3.  P.  M.  we  therefore  hoisted  both  the  sails  in  the 
White  Perogue,  consisting  of  a  small  squar  sail,  and  spritsail, 
which  carried  her  at  a  pretty  good  gate,  untill  about  2  in  the 
afternoon  when  a  suddon  squall  of  wind  struck  us  and  turned 
the  perogue  so  much  on  the  side  as  to  allarm  Sharbono  who 
was  steering  at  the  time,  in  this  state  of  alarm  he  threw  the 
perogue  with  her  side  to  the  wind,  when  the  spritsail  gibing 
was  as  near  overseting  the  perogue  as  it  was  possible  to  have 
missed,  the  wind  however  abating  for  an  instant  I  ordered 
Drewyer  to  the  helm  and  the  sails  to  be  taken  in,  which  was 
instant[ly]  executed  and  the  perogue  being  steered  before  the 
wind  was  agin  plased  in  a  state  of  security,  this  accedent  was 
very  near  costing  us  dearly,  beleiving  this  vessell  to  be  the 
most  steady  and  safe,  we  had  embarked  on  board  of  it  our 
instruments.  Papers,  medicine  and  the  most  valuable  part  of 
the  merchandize  which  we  had  still  in  reserve  as  presents  for 
the  Indians,  we  had  also  embarked  on  board  ourselves,  with 
three  men  who  could  not  swim  and  the  squaw  with  the  young 
child,  all  of  whom,  had  the  perogue  overset,  would  most  prob- 
ably have  perished,  as  the  waves  were  high,  and  the  perogue 
upwards  of  200  yards  from  the  nearest  shore;  however  we 
fortunately  escaped  and  pursued  our  journey  under  the  square 
sail,  which  shortly  after  the  accident  I  directed  to  be  again 
hoisted,  our  party  caught  three  beaver  last  evening;  and  the 
French  hunters  7.  as  there  was  much  appearance  of  beaver 
just  above  the  entrance  of  the  little  Missouri  these  hunters 
concluded  to  remain  some  days,  we  therefore  left  them  without 
the  expectation  of  seeing  them  again,  just  above  the  entrance 
of  the  little  Missouri  the  great  Missouri  is  upwards  of  a  mile 
in  width,  tho'  immediately  at  the  entrance  of  the  former  it  is 
not  more  than  200  yards  wide  and  so  shallow  that  the  canoes 
passed  it  with  seting  poles,  at  the  distance  of  nine  miles  passed 
[301] 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  13 

the  mouth  of  a  creek  on  the  Star?  side  which  we  called  onion 
creek  from  the  quantity  of  wild  onions  which  grow  in  the  plains 
on  it's  borders.  Capt.  Clark  who  was  on  shore  informed  me 
that  this  creek  was  16  yards  wide  a  mile  &  a  half  above  it's 
entrance,  discharges  more  water  than  creeks  of  it's  size  usually 
do  in  this  open  country,  and  that  there  was  not  a  stick  of 
timber  of  any  discription  to  be  seen  on  it's  borders,  or  the 
level  plain  country  through  which  it  passes,  at  the  distance 
of  10  Miles  further  we  passed  the  mouth  of  a  large  creek,  dis- 
charging itself  in  the  center  of  a  deep  bend,  of  this  creek  and 
the  neighbouring  country,  Capt.  Clark  who  was  on  shore  gave 
me  the  following  discription.  "  This  creek  I  took  to  be  a 
small  river  from  it's  size,  and  the  quantity  of  water  which  it 
discharged;  I  ascended  it  i^  miles,  and  found  it  the  discharge 
of  a  pond  or  small  lake,  which  had  the  appearance  of  having 
formerly  been  the  bed  of  the  Missouri,  several  small  streams 
discharge  themselves  into  this  lake,  the  country  on  both  sides 
consists  of  beautifull  level  and  elivated  plains  ;  asscending  as 
they  recede  from  the  Missouri ;  there  were  a  great  number 
of  Swan  and  gees  in  this  lake  and  near  it's  borders  I  saw  the 
remains  of  43,  temperary  Indian  lodges,  which  I  presume  were 
those  of  the  Assinniboins  who  are  now  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  British  establishments  on  the  Assinniboin  river"  This 
lake  and  it's  discharge  we  call  goos  Egg  from  the  circumstance 
of  Capt.  Clark  shooting  a  goose  while  on  her  nest  in  the  top 
of  a  lofty  cotton  wood  tree,  from  which  we  afterwards  took  one 
egg.  the  wild  gees  frequently  build  their  nests  in  this  manner, 
at  least  we  have  already  found  several  in  trees,  nor  have  we  as 
yet  seen  any  on  the  ground,  or  sand  bars  where  I  had  supposed 
from  previous  information  that  they  most  commonly  deposited 
their  eggs,  saw  some  Buffaloe  and  Elk  at  a  distance  to-day 
but  killed  none  of  them,  we  found  a  number  of  carcases  of 
the  Buffaloe  lying  along  shore,  which  had  been  drowned  by 
falling  through  the  ice  in  winter  and  lodged  on  shore  by  the 
high  water  when  the  river  broke  up  about  the  first  of  this 
month,  we  saw  also  many  tracks  of  the  white  bear  of  enor- 
mous size,  along  the  river  shore  and  about  the  carcases  of 
the  Buffaloe,  on  which  I  presume  they  feed,  we  have  not 
[  302  ] 


«8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YKLLOVVSTONE 


as   yet  seen   one  of  these  anamals,   tho'    their  tracks   are   so 
abundant    and    recent.        the    men    as    well    as    ourselves    are 
anxious  to  meet  with  some  of  these  bear,     the  Indians  give  a 
very  formidable  account  of  the  streng[t]h  and  ferocity  of  this 
anamal,  which   they  never  dare  to  attack   but  in   parties  of  six 
eight  or  ten  persons;  and  are  even   then   frequently  defeated 
with  the  loss  of  one  or  more  of  their  party,      the  savages  attack 
this  anamal  with  their  bows  and  arrows  and  the  indifferent  guns 
with  which   the  traders  furnish   them,     with  these  they  shoot 
with  such  uncertainty  and  at  so  short  a  distance,  that  {unless 
shot  thro    head  or  heart  wound  not  mortal)  they  frequently  mis 
their  aim  &  fall  a  sacrefice  to  the  bear,      two  Minetaries  were 
killed  during  the  last  winter  in  an  attack  on  a  white  bear,      this 
anamall  is  said  more  frequently  to  attack  a  man  on   meeting 
with  him,  than  to  flee  from  him.      When  the  Indians  are  about 
to  go  in  quest  of  the  white  bear,  previous  to  their  departure, 
they  paint  themselves  and  perform  all  those  supersticious  rights 
commonly  observed  when  they  are  about  to  make  war  uppon 
a  neighbouring  nation.      0[b] served  more  bald  eagles  on  this 
part  of  the   Missouri  than  we  have  previously  seen,     saw  the 
small    hawk,    frequently    called    the    sparrow    hawk,   which   is 
common  to  most  parts  of  the  U.  States,     great  quantities  of 
gees  are  seen  feeding  in  the  praries.     saw  a  large  flock  of  white 
brant  or  gees  with  black  wings  pass  up  the  river;     there  were 
a  number  of  gray  brant  with  them ;  from   their  flight   I   pre- 
sume they   proceed   much  further  still  to  the  N.W.      we  have 
never  been  enabled  yet  to  shoot  one  of  these  birds,  and  cannot 
therefore   determine  whether   the   gray   brant   found  with   the 
white,  are  their  brude  of  the  last  year  or  whether  they  are  the 
same  with  the  grey  brant  common  to  the  Mississippi  and  lower 
part  of  the  Missouri,     we  killed  2  antelopes  to-day  which  we 
found  swiming  from  the  S.  to  the  N.  side  of  the  river;   they 
were  very  poor.      We  encamped  this  evening  on  the  Star:"  shore 
m  a  beautifuU  plain,  elivated  about  :>,o  feet  above  the  river. 


303 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  13 


The  courses  and  distances  of  this  day  are  as  follow. 

miles. 

N.  18°  W.  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  L.  side,  point  on  the  Lar'? 

at  I  y,  miles  7  yi 

N.  10.  W.  to  the  upper  point  of  a  Low  bluft'  on  the  Sta"?  pass  a 

creek  on  Star"?  side.  5 

N.  45.  W.  to  a  point  of  Woodland  on  Lar'?  side  4. 

N.  28.  W.  to  a  point  of  Woodland  Star''  side  3. 

S.  35.  W.  to  a  point  of  Woodland  on  Sff  side,  passed  a  creek  on 
Star'?  side  "near  the  commencement  of  this  course 
also,  two  points  on  the  Lar"!  side,  the  one  at  a  mile, 
and  the  other  i^  a  mile  further,  also  a  large  sand 
bar  in  the  river  above  the  entrance  of  the  creek  4. 

23;^ 
Note  our  encampment  was  one  mile  short  of  the  extremity  of  the  last 

course.  — 


QClark:]  n'*  of  April  Sattuniay  1805 

Set  out  this  morning  at  6oClock.,  the  Missouri  above  the 
mouth  of  Little  Missouri  widens  to  nearly  a  mile  containing  a 
number  of  Sand  bars  this  width  &c.  of  the  River  continues 
Generally  as  high  as  the  Rochejhone  River.  Cought  3  beaver 
this  morning,  at  9  miles  passed  the  mouth  of  a  Creek  on  the 
S.S.  on  the  banks  of  which  there  is  an  imense  quantity  of  wild 
onions  or  garlick,  I  was  up  this  Creek  }4  a  m[ile]  and  could 
not  See  one  Stick  of  timber  of  any  kind  on  its  borders,  this 
creek  is  16  yds  wide  j4  a  mile  up  it  and  discharges  more  water 
than  is  common  for  Creeks  of  its  Size,  at  about  10  miles 
higher  we  pass  a  creek  about  30  yards  wide  in  a  deep  bend  to 
the  N  W.  This  creek  I  took  to  be  a  Small  river  from  its  size 
&  the  quantity  of  water  which  it  discharged,  I  assended  it 
lyi  miles  and  found  it  the  discharge  of  a  pond  or  Small  Lake 
which  has  appearance  of  haveing  been  once  the  bead  of  the 
river.  Some  small  streams  discharge  themselves  into  this 
Lake,  the  countery  on  both  sides  is  butifull  elevated  plains 
assending  in  Some  parts  to  a  great  distance  near  the  aforesaid 
Lake  (what  we  call  Goose  egg  L  from  a  circumstance  of  my 
shooting  a  goose  on  her  neast  on  some  sticks  in  the  top  of  a 
[304] 


i8os]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 


high  cotton  wood  tree  in  which  there  was  one  egg)  We  saw 
8  biirtalow  at  a  distance  which  were  verry  wild,  I  saw  near 
the  Lake  the  remains  of  4J  lodges,  which  has  latterly  been 
abandoned  I  suppose  them  to  have  been  Ossinniboins  and 
now  near  the  british  establishments  on  the  Ossinniboin  River 
tradeing.  we  camped  on  the  S.S.  in  a  butifull  Plain.  I  ob- 
serve more  bald  Eagles  on  this  part  of  the  Missouri  than  usial 
also  a  small  Hawk      Killed  a  Antelopes  in  the  river  to  day. 

Course  distance  &^"  the  13'.''  of  April  1805 

N.  18°  W  -jy.  miles  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  L.S.  passed  a  point 
on  the  L.S.  at  ly,  miles 

N.  10°  W.  5  miles  to  the  upper  point  of  a  low  bluff  on  the  S.S. 
passed  a  creek  on  the  S.S.  (  i ) 

N.  45°.  W.   4        miles  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  L.S. 

N.  28°  W.  3  miles  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  S.S.  the  river  make- 
ing  a  Deep  bend  to  the  N.W. 

S     35°  W.  4        miles  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  S.  S.  passed  a  creek  (2) 

231^        on  the  S.S.  near  the  commencement  of  this  course, 

also  two  points  on  the  L.S  one  at  a  mile  &  the 

other  y^  a  mile  further,  also  a  large  sand  bar  in  the 

middle  of  the  river  above  the  mouth  of  the  creek 

emence  numbers  of  Geese  to  be  seen  pared  ik'.  a  Gange 
of  brant  pass  one  half  of  the  gange  white  with  black  wings  or 
the  large  feathers  of  the  1"  &  21  joint  the  remd!  of  the 
com  [mo]  n  col[o]r.  a  voice  much  like  that  of  a  goos  & 
finer  &c. 


^^^"''^0  Sunday  /Ipril  i4«'  ,805. 

One  of  the  hunters  saw  an  Otter  last  evening  and  shot  at  it, 
but  missed  it.  a  dog  came  to  us  this  morning,  which  we  sup- 
posed to  have  been  lost  by  the  Indians  who  were  recently 
encamped  near  the  lake  that  we  passed  yesterday,  the  min- 
eral appearances  of  salts,  coal  and  sulphur,  together  with  birnt 
hills  &  pumice  stone  still  continue,  while  we  remained  at  the 
entrance  of  the  little  Missouri,  we  saw  several  pieces  of  pumice 
stone  floating  down   that  stream,  a  considerable  quant[it]y  of 

VO,...._20  [3^.    J 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  i  + 

which  had  lodged  against  a  point  of  drift  wood  a  little  above 
it's  entrance.  Capt.  Clark  walked  on  shore  this  morning,  and 
on  his  return  informed  me  that  he  had  passed  through  the 
timbered  bottoms  on  the  N.  side  of  the  river,  and  had  ex- 
tended his  walk  several  miles  back  on  the  hills ;  in  the 
bottom  lands  he  had  met  with  several  uninhabited  Indian 
lodges  built  with  the  boughs  of  the  Elm,  and  in  the  plains  he 
met  with  the  remains  of  two  large  encampments  of  a  recent 
date,  which  from  the  appearance  of  some  hoops  of  small  kegs, 
seen  near  them  we  concluded  that  they  must  have  been  the 
camps  of  the  Assinniboins,  as  no  other  nation  who  visit  this 
part  of  the  missouri  ever  indulge  themselves  with  spirituous 
liquor,  of  this  article  the  Assinniboins  are  pationately  fond, 
and  we  are  informed  that  it,  forms  their  principal  inducement 
to  furnish  the  British  establishments  on  the  Assinniboin  river 
with  the  dryed  and  pounded  meat  and  grease  which  they  do. 
they  also  supply  those  establishments  with  a  small  quantity  of 
fur,  consisting  principally  of  the  large  and  small  wolves  and 
the  small  fox'  skins,  these  they  barter  for  small  kegs  of  rum 
which  they  generally  transport  to  their  camps  at  a  distance 
from  the  establishments,  where  they  revel  with  their  friends 
and  relations  as  long  as  they  possess  the  means  of  intoxication, 
their  women  and  children  are  equally  indulged  on  those  occa- 
tions  and  are  all  seen  drunk  together,  so  far  is  a  state  of 
intoxication  from  being  a  cause  of  reproach  among  them,  that 
with  the  men,  it  is  a  matter  of  exultation  that  their  skill  and 
industry  as  hunters  has  enabled  them  to  get  drunk  frequently, 
in  their  customs,  habits  and  dispositions  these  people  very 
much  resemble  the  Siouxs  from  whom  thev  have  descended. 
The  principal  inducement  with  the  British  fur  companies,  tor 
continuing  their  establishments  on  the  Assinniboin  river,  is 
the  Buffaloe  meat  and  grease  they  procure  from  the  Assinni- 
boins, and  Christanoes,  by  means  of  which,  they  are  enabled 
to  supply  provision  to  their  engages  on  their  return  from 
rainy  Lake  to  the  English  river  and  the  Athabaskey  country 
where  thev   winter ;     without    such    resource    those    voyagers 


1  The  kit  fox  {Vulpes  njelo.x).  —  Ed. 

[306] 


t-st-i.     /fy.J^  0^ 


^9-^  a.-^.*Ci    lt,.A-«^  'A*^^/    e-^^£.i^  ,t^    /:,  ^i^a 
t/f.^f/hr.  Cr^  ^  /^►t,*^*'^^  /»w.^>a<^-..'^  c^^i^   v^^ft.     ^_    ,  "3-4. 

^^ 
«2»^  ^?tA  —        


^*/..    C^>^^  a-A-o.^^^  /tx^/tXc.1^  ^  ^^^{^^i^<-,y 


tv4=       ^ 


<%»7*:fi*«    -26 


'^l.^^i-^^ikS!^  V^^'  ^8'/»r^. 


MS.  Page,  by  Lewis,  dated  April  i8,  1805. 


'8o5j  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 


would  frequently  be  straitened  for  provision,  as  the  country 
through  which  they  pass  is  but  scantily  supplyed  with  game, 
and  the  rappidity  with  which  they  are  compelled  to  travel  in 
order  to  reach  their  winter  stations,  would  leave  them  but 
little   leasure   to  surch   for   food  while  on   their  voyage. 

The  Assinniboins  have  so  recently  left  this  neighbourhood, 
that  the  game  is  scarce  and  very  shy.  the  river  continues 
wide,  and  not  more  rapid  than  the  Ohio  in  an  averge  state  of 
it's  current,  the  bottoms  are  wide  and  low,  the  moister  parts 
containing  some  timber;  the  upland  is  extreemly  broken, 
chonsisting  of  high  gaulded  nobs  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach 
on  ether  side,  and  entirely  destitute  of  timber,  on  these  hills 
many  aromatic  herbs  are  seen  ;  resembling  in  taste,  smel  and 
appearance,  the  sage,  hysop,  wormwood,  southernwood,'  and 
two  other  herbs  which  are  strangers  to  me;  the  one  resem- 
bling the  camphor  in  taste  and  smell,  rising  to  the  hight  of  2 
or  J  feet ;  the  other  about  the  same  size,  has  a  long,  narrow, 
smo[o]th,  soft  leaf  of  an  agreeable  smel  and  flavor;  of  this 
last  the  A[n]teIope  is  very  fond;  they  feed  on  it,  and  perfume 
the  hair  of  their  foreheads  and  necks  with  it  by  rubing  against 
It.  the  dwarf  cedar  and  juniper  is  also  found  in  great  abun- 
dance on  the  sides  of  these  hills,  where  the  land  is  level,  it  is 
uniformly  fertile  consisting  of  a  dark  loam  intermixed  with  a 
proportion  of  tine  sand,  it  is  generally  covered  with  a  short 
grass  resembling  very  much  the  blue  grass.  the  miniral 
appearances  still  continue  ;  considerable  quantities  of  bitu- 
menous  water,  about  the  colour  of  strong  lye  trickles  down  the 
sides  of  the  hills  ;  this  water  partakes  of  the  taste  of  glauber 
salts  and  slightly  of  allumn.  while  the  party  halted  to  take 
dinner  today  Capt.  Clark  killed  a  buffaloe  bull ;  it  was  meagre, 
and  we  therefore  took  the  marrow  bones  and  a  small  propor- 
tion of  the  meat  only,  near  the  place  we  dined,  on  the  Lard, 
side,  there  was  a  large  village  of  burrowing  squirrels.  I  have 
remarked  that  these  anamals  generally  celect  a  South  Easterly 
exposure  for  their  residence,  tho'  they  are  sometimes  found  in 

1  Probably  the  common  sage-brush  {Artemisia  tridentala),  which  Lewis  is  com- 
paring to  all  these  garden  herbs  which  he  names.  The  identity  of  the  two  other 
plants  is  not  plain.  —  Ed. 

[  307  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  14 


the  level  plains,  passed  an  Island,  above  which  two  small 
creeks  fall  in  on  Lar"!  side;  the  upper  creek  largest,  which  we 
called  Sharbono's  Creek,  after  our  interpreter  who  encamped 
several  weeks  on  it  with  a  hunting  party  of  Indians,  this  was 
the  highest  point  to  which  any  whiteman  had  ever  ascended, 
except  two  Frenchmen  {one  of  whom  Lapage  was  now  with  us. 
See  at  Mandari)  who  having  lost  their  way  had  straggled  a  few 
miles  further,  tho'  to  what  place  precisely  I  could  not  learn. ^ 
I  walked  on  shore  above  this  creek  and  killed  an  Elk,  which 
was  so  poor  that  it  was  unfit  for  uce;  I  therefore  left  it,  and 
joined  the  party  at  their  encampment  on  the  Star"!  shore  a  little 
after  dark,  on  my  arrival  Capt.  Clark  informed  me  that  he 
had  seen  two  white  bear  pass  over  the  hills  shortly  after  I 
fired,  and  that  they  appeared  to  run  nearly  from  the  place 
where  I  shot,  the  larl  shore  on  which  I  walked  was  very 
broken,  and  the  hills  in  many  places  had  the  appearance  of 
having  sliped  down  in  masses  of  several  acres  of  land  in  sur- 
face, we  saw  many  gees  feeding  on  the  tender  grass  in  the 
praries  and  several  of  their  nests  in  the  trees  ;  we  have  not  in  a 
single  instance  found  the  nest  of  this  bird  on  or  near  the 
ground,  we  saw  a  number  of  Magpies  their  nests  and  eggs, 
their  nests  are  built  in  trees  and  composed  of  small  sticks 
leaves  and  grass,  open  at  top,  and  much  in  the  stile  of  the 
large  blackbird  comm  to  the  U. 'States,  the  egg  is  of  a  bluish 
brown  colour,  freckled  with  redish  brown  spots,  one  of  the 
party  killed  a  large  hooting  owl ;  I  observed  no  difference 
between  this  bird  and  those  of  the  same  family  common  to  the 
U. 'States,  except  that  this  appeared  to  be  more  booted  and 
more  thickly  clad  with   feathers. 


'  Lewis  and  Clark  here  distinctly  state  that  they  have  now  passed  beyond  the 
highest  point  on  the  Missouri  heretofore  explored  by  white  men.  Chaboneau  had 
been  as  far  as  the  creek  named  for  him  (probably  Indian  Creek  of  to-day),  and 
Lepage,  another  recruit  from  the  Mandan  towns,  had,  with  one  other  Frenchman, 
gone  a  few  miles  farther  ;  but  beyond  that  they  were  entering  virgin  territory.  This 
is  important,  for  it  shows  that  the  quest  for  furs  had  not  yet  been  pushed  appreciably 
west  of  the  Mandan  villages  by  the  British  fur  companies.  —  O.  D.   Wheeler. 


[308] 


i8o;] 


MAN  DAN     TO    VI  I.LOVVSTONK 


2>^ 
2 


The  courses  and  distances  of  the  14'''  April. 

S.  45.  W.  to  the  mouth  of  a  small  creek  at  the  upper  part  of  a 
timbered  bottom 

W.       -        to  a  point  of  Woodland  oti  the  Lar''    side 

N.  85.  VV.  to  a  point  on  the  Staf^   opposite  to  a  bluff 

N.  80.  W.  to  a  point  on  Star**  opposite  to  a  bluff  on  La'! 

\V'.  to  the  lower  point  of  an  Island  which   from  the  cir- 

cumstance of  our  arriving  at  it  on  sundav  ~  we 
called  Sunday  Island,  the  river  washes  the  base 
of  the  hills  on  both  sides  of  this  Island 

N.  70.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Star!  Side  the  Island 
and  it's  sandbar  occupy  y,  the  distance  of  this 
course  pass  two  small  creeks  on  the  Lar!  Side, 
the  upper  one  the  largest,  called  Sharbono's  creek. 

Miles 
Point  of  Observation  N?  2. 

On  the  Starl  shore  i^  of  a  mile  above  the  cxtremitv  of  the  third 
course  of  this  day  observed  Meridian  Alt'!  O'  L.  L.  with  Octant  by  the 
back  Ob;  81?   34'  i-'  — 

Latitude  deduced  from  this  Observat"- 

Point  of  Observation  N°  3. 
At   our  encampment  of  this  evening  on  the  S''  S'.''  observed  time  and 
distance  of  3 '' Western  limb  from  Regulus,  with  Sextant.     5)e  West. — 


VA 

»4 


P.M.   10 


Sextant. 


P.M.    II 


Time 

- 

Distance.  — 

•  47- 

2  — 

72 

20. 

30- 

•  5'- 

10. — 

(I 

21. 

- 

•  53- 

19  — 

" 

21. 

4S- 

.56. 

2. — 

" 

23- 

- 

58. 

58- 

" 

24. 

'S- 

■ed  t 

me  an 

d  d 

Stance  of 

*• 

East.  - 

- 

Time. 

Distance. 

22. 

-.— 

82 

16. 

45- 

27. 

-.— 

" 

16. 

•5 

30. 

23— 

" 

IS- 

30- 

32- 

27— 

" 

IS- 

'S- 

34- 

39-— 

" 

•5- 

15- 

Distance.  ■ 


P.M.   II 


2.     2. —  72 

4-  27.—  " 

7-  S5  —  " 

10.  19  —  " 

12.  12  —  " 


2S-  45 

27.  15 
29.  - 
30-  - 
3'-  15 


Time 


Distance. 


P..M. 


.36. 

47-— 

82 

'4- 

30 

39- 

34— 

" 

•4- 

- 

43- 

2. — 

" 

13- 

15 

.46. 

8.— 

" 

'3- 

30 

48. 

16.— 

" 

'3- 

- 

[309] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [April  ,4 

[[Clark  Q  14'*  of  April  Sunday  1805. 

a  fine  morning,  a  dog  came  to  us  this  morning  we  sup- 
pose him  to  be  left  by  the  Ind'  who  had  their  camps  near  the 
Lake  we  passed  yesterday  not  long  sence,  I  observed  several 
single  Lodges  built  of  stiks  of  [cjotten  timber  in  different 
parts  of  the  bottoms,  in  my  walk  of  this  [day]  which  was 
through  the  wooded  bottoms  and  on  the  hills  for  several 
miles  back  from  the  river  on  the  S.S.  I  saw  the  remains  of 
two  Indian  incampmints  with  wide  beeten  tracks  leading  to 
them,  those  were  no  doubt  the  camps  of  the  Ossinnaboin 
Indians  (a  Strong  evidence  is  hoops  of  Small  Kegs  were  found 
in  the  incampments)  no  other  nation  on  the  river  above  the 
Sioux  make  use  of  Spiritious  licquer.  The  Ossinniboins  is 
said  to  be  pasionately  fond  of  Licquer,  and  is  the  principal 
inducement  to  their  putting  themselves  to  the  trouble  of 
catching  the  fiew  wolves  and  foxes  which  they  furnish,  and 
receive  their  [liquor]  always  in  small  Kegs.  The  Ossinniboins 
make  use  of  the  Same  kind  of  Lodges  which  the  Sioux  and 
other  Indians  on  this  river  make  use  of  Those  lodges  or 
tents  are  made  of  a  number  of  dressed  buffalow  Skins  sowed 
together  with  sinews  &  deckerated  with  the  tales,  &  Porcu- 
pine quils,  when  open  it  forms  a  half  circle  with  a  part  about 
4  Inches  wide  projecting  about  8  or  9  Inches  from  the  center 
of  the  Streight  Side  for  the  purpose  of  attaching  it  to  a  pole 
to  it  the  hight  they  wish  to  raise  the  tent,  when  the[y]  errect 
this  tent  four  poles  of  equal  length  are  tied  near  one  end, 
those  poles  are  elevated  and  8,  10  or  12  other  poles  are 
anexed  forming  a  circle  at  the  ground  and  lodging  in  the  forks 
of  the  four  attached  poles,  the  tents  are  then  raised,  by  at- 
taching the  projecting  part  to  a  pole  and  incumpassing  the 
poles  with  the  tent  by  bringing  the  two  ends  together  and  at- 
tached with  a  cord,  on  land  as  high  as  is  necessary,  leaveing 
the  lower  part  open  for  about  4  feet  for  to  pass  in  &  out,  and 
the  top  is  generally  left  open  to  admit  the  smoke  to  pass. 
The  Borders  of  the  river  has  been  so  much  hunted  by  those 
Indians  who  must  have  left  it  about  8  or  10  days  past  and  I 
presume  are  now  in  the  neighbourhood  of  British  establish- 
ments on  the  Ossinniboin  ;  the  game  is  scerce  and  verry  wild. 
[310] 


i8o5]  MAN  DAN    TO    VKI.LOVVS  TONK 


The  River  continues  wide  and  the  current  jenfle  not  more 
rapid  than  the  current  of  the  Ohio  in  middle  State.  The 
bottoms  are  wide  and  low  and  the  moist  parts  of  them  contain 
Som  wood  such  as  cotton  Elm  &  small  ash,  willow  rose 
bushes  &?  &c.  &  next  to  the  hills  Great  quantity  of  wild 
Isoop,  [hyssop]  the  hills  are  high  broken  in  every  direction, 
and  the  mineral  appearance  of  Salts  continue  to  appear  in  a 
greater  perportion,  also  Sulpher,  coal  &:  bitumous  water  in  a 
smaller  quantity,  I  have  observed  but  five  burnt  hills,  about 
the  little  Missouri,  and  I  have  not  seen  any  Pumey  stone 
above  that  River  I  saw  Buffalow  on  the  L.S.  crossed  and 
dureing  the  time  of  dinner  killed  a  Bull,  which  was  pore,  we 
made  use  of  the  best  of  it,  I  saw  a  village  of  Burrowing  dogs 
on  the  L.  S.  passed  a  Island  above  which  two  small  creeks 
falls  in  on  the  L.S.  the  upper  of  which  is  the  largest  and  we 
call  Shabonas  Creek  after  our  interpreter  who  incamped  several 
weeks  on  this  creek  and  is  the  highest  point  on  the  Missouri 
to  which  a  white  man  has  been  previous  to  this  time.  Cap! 
Lewis  walked  out  above  this  creek  and  killed  an  Elk  which 
he  found  so  meager  that  it  was  not  fit  for  use,  and  joined  the 
boat  at  Dusk  at  our  camp  on  the  S.S.  opposit  a  high  hill 
several  parts  of  which  had  sliped  down,  on  the  side  of  those 
hills  we  Saw  two  white  bear  running  from  the  report  of  Capl 
Lewis  Shot,  those  animals  assended  those  Steep  hills  with 
supprising  ease  &  verlocity,  they  were  too  far  to  discover  their 
prosise  colour  &  size.  Saw  several  gees  nests  on  trees,  also  the 
nests  &  egs  of  the  Magpies,  a  large  grey  owl  killed,  booted  & 
with  ears  &c. 

Course  distance  &■:  the  14'!'  of  April 
S.    45?  VV.    2}<    miles  to  the  mouth  of  a  small  creek  at  the  upper  part 

of  a  wood  bottom  in  a  bend  to  L.S. 
West  3  'j    miles  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  L.S. 

N.  85°  VV.    2        miles  to  a  point  on  the  S.  S.  opposit  a  bluff" 
N.  80°  W     I  5^    m'  to  a  point  on  S.  S.  pass'.'   a  bluff"  on  the  L.  S. 
West  I         mile  to  a  small  Island      ops'*  the  upptr  point  the  river 

washes  the  base  of  the  hill  on  both  sides,  which  we 

call  Sunday  IsH  &!^ 
N.  70?  W.   3  '^    miles  to  a  p'  of  wood  land  on  the  S.S.  the  Island  &  its 
14  sand  bars  Occupv  half  the  distance,      passed  2  small 

creeks  on  the  L.S.  the  upper  the  largest. 

[311  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [April  15 


[Lewis:]  Monday  April  i^"^  \%o^. 

Set  out  at  an  early  hour  this  morning.  I  walked  on  shore, 
and  Capt.  Clark  continued  with  the  party  it  being  an  invariable 
rule  with  us  not  to  be  both  absent  from  our  vessels  at  the 
same  time.  I  passed  through  the  bottoms  of  the  river  on  the 
Starl  side,  they  were  partially  covered  with  timber,  were  ex- 
tensive, level  and  beatifull.  in  my  walk  which  was  about  6 
miles  I  passed  a  small  rivulet  of  clear  water  making  down  from 
the  hills,  which  on  tasting,  I  discovered  to  be  in  a  small  de- 
gree brackish,  it  possessed  less  of  the  glauber  salt,  or  alumn, 
than  those  little  streams  from  the  hills  usually  do.  in  a  little 
pond  of  water  fromed  by  this  rivulet  where  it  entered  the 
bottom,  I  heard  the  frogs  crying  for  the  first  time  this  season  ; 
their  note  was  the  same  with  that  of  the  small  frogs  which  are 
common  to  the  lagoons  and  swam[p]s  of  the  U.  States.  I  saw 
great  quantities  of  gees  feeding  in  the  bottoms,  of  which  I  shot 
one.  saw  some  deer  and  Elk,  but  they  were  remarkably  shy. 
I  also  met  with  great  numbers  of  Grouse  or  prarie  hens  as  they 
are  called  by  the  English  traders  of  the  N.W.  these  birds 
appeared  to  be  mating ;  the  note  of  the  male,  is  kuck,  kuck, 
kuck,  coo,  coo,  coo.  the  first  part  of  the  note  both  male  and 
female  use  when  flying,  the  male  also  dubbs  [drums  with  his 
wings)  something  like  the  pheasant,  but  by  no  means  as  loud. 
After  breakfast  Capt.  Clark  walked  on  the  Sf!  shore,  and  on 
his  return  in  the  evening  gave  me  the  following  account  ot  his 
ramble.  "I  assended  to  the  high  country,  about  9  miles  dis- 
tant from  the  Missouri,  the  country  consists  of  beatifull, 
level  and  fertile  plains,  destitute  of  timber.  I  saw  many  little 
dranes,  which  took  their  rise  in  the  river  hills,  from  whence  as 
far  as  I  could  see  they  run  to  the  N.  E."  these  streams  we 
suppose  to  be  the  waters  of  Mous  river  a  branch  of  the  Assin- 
niboin  which  the  Indians  informed  us  approaches  the  Missouri 
very  nearly,  about  this  point.  "  I  passed,"  continued  he,  a 
Creek  about  20  yards  wide,  which  falls  into  the  Missouri ;  the 
bottoms  of  this  creek  are  wide  level  and  extreemly  fertile,  but 
almost  entirely  destitute  of  timber,  the  water  of  this  creek  as 
well  as  all  those  creeks  and  rivulets  which  we  have  passed 
since  we  left  Fort  Mandan  was  so  strongly  impregnated  with 
[312] 


i8os]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

salts  and  other  miniral  substances  that  I  was  incapable  of  drink- 
ing it.  I  saw  the  remains  of  several  camps  of  the  Assinniboins  ; 
near  one  of  which  in  a  small  ravcne,  there  was  a  park  which 
they  had  formed  of  timber  and  brush,  for  the  purpose  of  tak- 
ing the  cabrie'  or  Antelope,  it  was  constructed  in  the  follow- 
ing manner,  a  strong  pound  was  first  made  of  timbers,  on  one 
side  of  which  there  was  a  small  apparture,  sufficiently  large  to 
admit  an  Antelope;  from  each  side  of  this  apparture,  a  cur- 
tain was  extended  to  a  considerable  distance,  widening  as  they 
receded  from  the  pound."  we  passed  a  rock  this  evening 
standing  in  the  middle  of  the  river,  and  the  bed  of  the  river 
was  formed  principally  of  gravel,  we  encamped  this  evening 
on  a  sand  point  on  Lar*!  side,  a  little  above  our  encampment 
the  river  was  confined  to  a  channel  of  80  yards  in  width. 

Courses  and  distances  of  the  15'.''  April.  ^j,^ 

N.  to  a  point  of  wood  on  Lar')  side,  opposite  to  a  high  hill  2. 

N.  18.  W.  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  Star'?    side  opposite   to  the 

lower  point  of  an  Island  in  a  Lar'J  bend  of  the  river  5. 
N.  20.  E.    to  a  blutf  point  on  Star'?      passed  the  upper  part  of  the 

Island  at  2  Miles  31/ 

N.  30.  E.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  Lar'f  side.  21^ 
N.  10.  VV.  on  the  Lar*?  point  r^ 

N.  15.  W.  on  the  Lar'?  point  1/ 

N.  12.  W.  to  the  lower  part  of  a  bluff  on  the  Sta'?  side,  passing  a 

creek  on  Star'  1 1^ 

N.  52.  W.  to  a  high  bluff  on  the  Stal  side  2. 

N.  75.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Star'?  Si'}  3. 

N.  16.  VV.  to  a  point  of  Woodland  on  Lar'?  side  3. 

miles      23. 
Point  of  Observation  N'?  4. 

Apl.  ij'!"  iSoj.  On  the  Sta'?  shore,  one  mile  above  the  extremity  of 
the  2"'  course  of  this  day,  I  took  two  altitudes  of  the  sun  with  the  Sex- 
tant and  artificial  horizon. 

Time  Altitudes, 

b        m         1.  o  .  „ 

A.  M.     9.  9.  33  69.  20.  45. 

10.  3.  28.  84.  24.   15. 

Chronometer  to  fast  at  the  time  of  observation  on  mean  time. 

1  A  common  name  for  the  American  antelope  ;  corrupted  from  Spanish  cabra, 
"goat."  —  Ed. 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      April  ■; 

[Clark  :]  i  s'*  of  ^pril  Monday  i  805 

Set  out  at  an  early  hour,  Cap'  Lewis  walked  on  shore  and 
Killed  a  goose,  passed  a  Island  in  a  bend  to  the  L.S.  the 
wind  hard  from  the  S.  E.  after  brackfast  I  walked  on  Shore 
and  assended  to  the  high  Countrey  on  the  S.  S.  and  off  from 
the  Missouri  about  three  miles  the  countrey  is  butifull  open 
fertile  plain  the  dreans  [drains]  take  theer  rise  near  the  clifts 
of  the  river  and  run  from  the  river  in  a  N  E  derection  as  far  as 
I  could  See,  this  is  the  part  of  the  River  which  Mouse  river 
the  waters  of  Lake  Winnipec  approaches  within  a  fiew  miles 
of  Missouri,  and  I  believe  those  dreans  lead  into  that  river,  we 
passed  a  creek  about  20  yd!  wide  on  the  S.  S.  the  bottoms  of 
this  creek  is  extensive  &  fertile,  the  water  of  this  as  also,  all 
the  Streams  which  head  a  fiew  miles  in  the  hills  discharge  water 
which  is  black  &  unfit  for  use  (and  can  safely  say  that  I  have 
not  seen  one  drop  of  water  fit  for  use  above  fort  Mandan  ex- 
cept Knife  and  the  little  Missouris  Rivers  and  the  Missouri,  the 
other  Streams  being  so  much  impregnated  with  mineral  as  to 
be  verry  disagreeble  in  its  present  state.  1  saw  the  remains 
of  Several  camps  of  ossinniboins,  near  one  ot  those  camps  & 
at  no  great  distance  from  the  mouth  of  the  aforesaid  creek,  in 
a  hollow,  I  saw  a  large  Strong  pen  made  for  the  purpose  of 
catching  the  antelope,  with  wings  projecting  from  it  widining 
from  the  pen. 

Saw  several  gangs  of  Buffalow  and  som  elk  at  a  distance,  a 
black  bear  seen  from  the  Perogues  to  day.  passed  a  rock  in 
the  Middle  of  the  river,  some  smaller  rocks  from  that  to  the 
L.  Shore,  the  dog  that  came  to  us  yesterday  morning  con- 
tinues to  follow  us,     we  camped  on  a  sand  point  to  the  L.S. 

Course  distance  h".    he  15't'  of  April 

North  2        m.  to  a  p' of  wood  on  the  L*)  Si"!    a  high  hill  on  the  S'i  Si4 

N.  18?  VV.   5        miles  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  S'^  Si^  op""  the  lower 

point  of  an  Island  L.  Bend 
N.  20°  E.     3'/(   miles  to  a   Bluff  point  on  the  S^  Si^  passed  the  upper 

part  of  the  Island  at  2  miles 
N.  30°  E.     21^   miles  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  L.  Side 
N.  10°  .W      i/^   a  mile  on  the  La'!  point 

[314] 


>8o5]  MANUAN'    TO    YELLOWSTONE 


N.  15?  W.      ^   of  a   mile  on  the  L.  p'       here  the  waters  of  jVIouse 

river  is  near 
N.  I  2°  VV.    1  y.    miles  to  the  lower  part  of  a  Bluff  on  the  S^  Side  pass- 
ing a  creek  on  the  S.  Side.  Goat  pen  creek 
N.  52°  VV.   2        miles  to  a  high  Bluff  on  the  S'l  Side 
N.  75°  VV.   3        miles  to  a  p'  of  woodland  on  the  S.  Side 
N.  16?  VV.   3        miles  to  a  point  of  woods  on  the  L.  S. 

C^'*'*-]  ruaday  April  16'*  1805. 

Set  out  very  early  this  morning.  Capt.  Clark  walked  on 
shore  this  morning,  and  killed  an  Antelope,  rejoined  us  at  ^ 
after  eight  A.M.  he  informed  me  that  he  had  seen  many 
Buffaloe  Elk  and  deer  in  his  absence,  and  that  he  had  met 
with  a  great  number  of  old  hornets  nests  in  the  woody  bottoms 
through  which  he  had  passed,  the  hills  of  the  river  still  con- 
tinue extreemly  broken  for  a  few  miles  back,  when  it  becomes 
a  fine  level  country  of  open  fertile  lands,  immediately  on  the 
river  there  are  many  fine  leavel  extensive  and  extreemly  fertile 
high  plains  and  meadows.  I  think  the  quantity  of  timbered 
land  on  the  river  is  increasing,  the  mineral  appearances  still 
continue.  I  met  with  several  stones  today  that  had  the  ap- 
pearance of  wood  first  carbonated  and  then  petrefyed  by  the 
water  of  the  river,  which  I  have  discovered  has  that  effect  on 
many  vegitable  substances  when  exposed  to  it's  influence  for 
a  length  of  time.  I  believe  it  to  be  the  stratas  of  coal  seen  in 
those  hills  which  causes  the  fire  and  birnt  appearances  fre- 
quently met  with  in  this  quarter,  where  those  birnt  appear- 
ances are  to  be  seen  in  the  face  of  the  river  bluffs,  the  coal  is 
seldom  seen,  and  when  you  meet  with  it  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  stratas  of  birnt  earth,  the  coal  appears  to  be  presisely  at 
the  same  hight,  and  is  nearly  of  the  same  thickness,  togeter 
with  the  sand  and  a  sulphurious  substance  which  ususually 
accompanys  it.  there  was  a  remarkable  large  beaver  caught 
by  one  of  the  party  last  night,  these  anamals  are  now  very 
abundant.  I  have  met  with  several  trees  which  have  been 
felled  by  them  ao  Inches  in  diameter,  bark  is  their  only  food; 
and  they  appear  to  prefer  that  of  the  Cotton  wood  and  willow  ; 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  i6 

as  we  have  never  met  with  any  other  species  of  timber  on  the 
Missouri  which  had  the  appearance  of  being  cut  by  them,  we 
passed  three  small  creeks  on  the  Star"!  side,  they  take  their 
rise  in  the  river  hills  at  no  great  distance,  we  saw  a  great 
number  of  geese  today,  both  in  the  plains  and  on  the  river  I 
have  observed  but  tew  ducks,  those  we  have  met  with  are  the 
Mallard  and  blue  winged  Teal. 

Courses  and  distances  of  16'''  April. 

S.    80.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Star*!  side  3. 

N.  36.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Lar")  side.  2]^ 
S.    60.  VV.  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  Sta'?  side,  opposite  to  a  bluff 

which  commences  i  mile  below  on  the  bar's  side  31^ 

N.  25.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Lar')  side  2y^ 
S.    70.  W.  to  a  point   of  woodland  on   the   Lar"!  side,  passing  a 

point  of  wood  and  large  sand  bar  on  the  Star's  side  6. 
S.    65.  W.  along  the  Lar*"  point  of  woods  to  our  encampment  of 

this  evening  y^ 

Miles    18. 

Note.      The  distances  we  are  obliged  to  pass  around  the  sand  bars  is 
much  greater  than  those  here  stated  from  point  to  point. 


[Clark  :3  le'*  of  April  Tuesday  1805 

Wind  hard  from  the  S.  E  I  walked  on  shore  and  Killed 
an  antilope  which  was  verry  meagre,  Saw  Great  numbers  of 
Elk  &  some  buffalow  &  Deer,  a  verry  large  Beaver  cought 
this  morning.  Some  verry  handsom  high  planes  &  extensive 
bottoms,  The  mineral  appearances  of  coal  &  Salt  together 
with  some  appearance  of  Burnt  hil[l]s  continue,  a  number 
of  old  hornets  nests  Seen  in  every  bottom  more  perticularly 
in  the  one  opposit  to  the  place  we  camped  this  night,  the 
wooded  bottoms  are  more  extensive  to  day  than  Common, 
passed  three  small  creeks  on  the  S.  S.  to  day  which  take  their 
rise  in  the  hills  at  no  great  distance,  Great  numbers  of  Gees 
in  the  river  &  in  the  Plains  feeding  on  the  Grass. 


[316 


s. 

80°  vv. 

S 

N. 

36°  w. 

z!' 

S. 

60?  w 

3'/ 

N. 

25°  vv. 

2'/ 

S. 

70"?  W. 

6 

1805]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

Course  Distance  &f  April  ib"" 

miles  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  S'J  Side, 
miles  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  L.  Side 
miles  to  a  point  of  wood  on  the  S'l    Side  ops'!  a  blufF 

which  commences  i  mile  below  on  the  Larboard  Side, 
miles  to  a  p]  of  wood  land  on  the  L.  Side, 
miles  to  a  point  of  Wood  land  on  the  L.  Side,  passing 

a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  S'!  Side,  passing  a  large 

Sand  bar  S"* 
S.    65°  VV.      1/    a  mile  along  the  L.  Point  of  wood. 
78 

QLewis:]  IVeJneiJay  April  i-j"!  1805. 

A  delightfiill  morning,  set  out  at  an  erly  hour,  the  country 
th[r]ough  which  we  passed  to  day  was  much  the  same  as  that 
discribed  ot  yesterday;  there  wase  more  appearance  of  hirnt 
hills,  furnishing  large  quanties  of  lava  and  pumice  stone;  of 
the  latter  some  pieces  were  seen  floating  down  the  river. 
Capt.  Clark  walked  on  shore  this  morning  on  the  Star"!  side, 
and  did  not  join  us  untill  half  after  six  in  the  evening,  he 
informed  me  that  he  had  seen  the  remains  of  the  Assinniboin 
encampments  in  every  point  of  woodland  through  which  he 
had  passed,  we  saw  immence  quantities  of  game  in  every 
direction  around  us  as  we  passed  up  the  river;  consisting  of 
herds  of  Bufl^aloe,  Elk,  and  Antelopes  with  some  deer  and 
woolves.  tho'  we  continue  to  see  many  tracks  of  the  bear  we 
have  seen  but  very  few  of  them,  and  those  are  at  a  great  dis- 
tance generally  runing  from  us;  I  the[re]fore  presume  that 
they  are  extreemly  wary  and  shy  ;  the  Indian  account  of  them 
dose  not  corrispond  with  our  experience  so  far.  one  black 
bear  passed  near  the  perogues  on  the  i6'I'  and  was  seen  by 
myself  and  the  party  but  he  so  quickly  disappeared  that  we 
did  not  shoot  at  him.  at  the  place  we  halted  to  dine  on  the 
Lar'l  side  we  met  with  a  herd  of  bufFaloe  of  which  I  killed 
the  fatest  as  I  concieved  among  them,  however  on  examining 
it  I  found  it  so  poar  that  I  thought  it  unfit  for  uce  and  onlv 
took  the  tongue;  the  party  killed  another  which  was  still 
more   lean,     just    before   we  encamped    this   evening   we    saw 


LEWIS   AND   CLARK    JOURNALS      [April  17 

some  tracks  of  Indians  who  had  passed  about  24  hours  ;  they 
left  four  rafts  of  tim  [ber]  on  the  Star"!  side,  on  which  they  had 
passed,  we  supposed  them  to  have  been  a  party  of  the 
Assinniboins  who  had  been  to  war  against  the  rocky  Moun- 
tain Indians,  and  then  on  their  return.  Capt.  Clark  saw  a 
Curlou  to-day.  there  were  three  beaver  taken  this  morning 
by  the  party,  the  men  prefer  the  flesh  of  this  anamal,  to  that 
of  any  other  which  we  have,  or  are  able  to  procure  at  this 
moment.  I  eat  very  heartily  of  the  beaver  myself,  and  think 
it  excellent;  particularly  the  tale,  and  liver  we  had  a  fair 
wind  today  which  enabled  us  to  sail  the  greater  part  of  the 
distance  we  have  travled,  encamped  on  the  Lar'i  shore  the 
extremity  of  the  last  course. 

Courses  and  distances  of  the  17".'' 
S.    70.  W.  to  a  point  of  willows  on  the  Star"?  side  3. 

S.    75.  W.  along  the  Starf  point,  opposite  to  a  bluff  ^. 

N.  75.  W.  to  a  wood  in  a  bend  on  the  S'."*  side  3. 

N.  50.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  Star?  side  i-}4- 

S.    60.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on   Star?  side  opposite  to  a 

bluff  on  Lard,  just  above  which,  a  creek  falls  in  on 

the  Lar?  about  10  yards  wide.  .}^ 

N.  80.  W.  to  a  willow  point  on  the  LafJ  side.  3.^ 

S.    85.  W.  to  a  point   of  woodland   Lar?  opposite   to   a  bluff  on 

Star?  side  ^.ji 

West.  Along  the  Lar?  point,  opposite  to  a  high   bluff  above 

which  a  small  run  falls  in  I. 

S.    40.  W.  along  the  same  point  of  woodland  Lar?  side.  i 

S.    30.  W.  along  the  Lar?  side  to  a  willow  point  .'^ 

S.     14.  W.  to  the  upper  part  of  the  high  timber  on  the  Star?  side    4. 
S.    28.  W.  to  a   point   of  woodland   on  the  Lar?  side  where  we 

encamped  for  the  night  2 

Miles     .26 

I^Clark:]  iff;  of  April  IVednesday  1805 

a  fine  morning  wind  from  the  S  E.  Gen'!'  to  day  handsom 
high  extencive  rich  Plains  on  each  side,  the  mineral  appear- 
ances continue  with  greater  appearances  of  coal,  much  greater 
appearance  of  the  hills  haveing  been  burnt,  more  Pumice 
Stone  &  Lava  washed  down  to  the  bottoms  and  some  Pumice 
[318] 


'80S]  MAN  DAN    TO    YKLLOWSTONE 


Stone  floating  in  the  river,      I   walked  on   the  S.S.  saw  great 
numbers  of  Butfalow  feeding  in  the  Plains  at  a  distance     Cap' 
Lewis  killed  2  Buffaiow  buls  which  was  near  the  water  at  the 
time  of  dineing,      they  were  so  pore  as  to  be  unfit  for  use.      I 
saw   Several   Small   parties   of  antelopes   large    herds   of   Elk, 
Some  white  wolves,  and  in  a  pond  (formed  on  the   S.S.  by  the 
Missouries  changeing  its  bead)  I  seen  Swan,  Gees,  6c  difl^erent 
kinds  of  Ducks  in  great  numbers  also  a  Beaver  house.      Passed 
a  small  creek  on  the  S.S.  ik  several  runs  of  water  on  each  side. 
Saw  the  remains  of  Indian  camps  in  every  point  of  timbered 
land   on  the  S.S.     in  the  evining  a  thunder  gust  passed  from 
the  S  W.  without  rain,     about  sunset  saw  some  fresh   Indians 
track  and  four  rafts  on  the  shore  S.S.     Those  I  prosume  were 
Ossinniboins  who  had  been  on  a  war  party  against  the  Rockey 
Mountain   Indians.     Saw  a  curlow,     some  verry  large  beaver 
taken  this  morning,     those  animals  are  made  use  of  as  food 
and  preferred  by  the  party   to  any  other  at  this  season 
Course  distance  &"  17""  of  April  1805 
miles  to  a  point  of  willows  on  the  S.S^ 
miles  on  the  S'i  Side  opposid  a  Bluff 
miles  to  a  wood  in  a  bend  to  the  S'!  Side 
miles  to  a  point  of  wood  Land  S*?  Side 
■^4'  of  a   mile  to  a  p'  of  wood  land  on  the  S.  S'?  opposit  to 
a   Bluff  on  the   L'f  Side  just  above  which  a  creek 
falls  in  on  the  LaW  about  10  y"  wide. 
N.  80°  W.   3  i/^    miles  to  a  willow  point  on  the  L.  S'l  a  Lake  &  creek 

St^  Halls  Strand  lake 
S.    85°  W.   33-^   miles  to  a  L.  p!  of  wood  land  opposit  to  a  bluff  on 

the  Starboard  Side. 
\^est  '         mile  along  the  L.  p!  of  wood  land,  a  high  bluff  on  the 

S.S.  above  which  a  run   falls  in      burnt  hills 
S.    40°  W.    I        mile  along  the  same  point  of  wood  land  Lar'J  S. 
S.    30"?  W.      i^   of  a  mile  on  the  La'l  Side  of  a  willow  point. 
S.    14°  W.  4        miles  to  the  upper  part  of  a  high  timber  on  the  Star- 
board Side. 
S.    28°  W.    2        miles  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  L.  Side  where  we 
m'.»      26  camped  for  the  night. 

AW     The  distance  we  are  obliged  to  go  round  sand  bars  5.-;  is  much 
greater  than  those  called  for  in  the  courses  from  point  to  point  &? 
[319] 


s. 

yo°-  W. 

3 

s 

75°- W- 

■/ 

N. 

75-  W. 

3 

N. 

50"?  VV 

sv 

S 

60"?  W 

3 

LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [April  18 

^Lewis:]  ThursJay  April  i  8'*  1805. 

A  fine  morning,  set  out  at  an  early  hour,  one  Beaver 
caught  this  morning  by  two  traps,  having  a  foot  in  each  ;  the 
traps  belonged  to  different  individuals,  between  whom,  a  con- 
test ensued,  which  would  have  terminated,  most  probably,  in  a 
serious  rencounter  had  not  our  timely  arrival  at  the  place  pre- 
vented it.  after  breakfast  this  morning,  Capt.  Clark  walked 
on  Sta'!  shore,  while  the  party  were  assending  by  means  of 
their  toe  lines,  I  walked  with  them  on  the  bank;  found  a 
species  of  pea  bearing  a  yellow  flower,  and  now  in  blume  ;  it 
seldom  rises  more  than  6  inches  high,  the  leaf  &  stalk  resem- 
bles that  of  the  common  gardin  pea,  the  root  is  perenial.  (see 
specimen  of  vegi tables  N°  3.)  I  also  saw  several  parsels  of 
buffaloe's  hair  hanging  on  the  rose  bushes,  which  had  been 
bleached  by  exposure  to  the  weather  and  became  perfectly 
white,  it  [had]  every  appearance  of  the  wool  of  the  sheep, 
tho'  much  finer  and  more  silkey  and  soft.  I  am  confident 
that  an  excellent  cloth  may  be  made  of  the  wool  of  the 
Buffaloe.  the  Buffaloe  I  killed  yesterday  had  cast  his  long 
hare,  and  the  poil  which  remained  was  very  thick,  fine,  and 
about  2  inches  in  length.  I  think  this  anamal  would  have 
furnished  about  five  pounds  of  wool.'  we  were  detained 
to-day  from  one  to  five  P.  M.  in  consequence  of  the  wind 
which  blew  so  violently  from  N.  that  it  was  with  difficulty  we 
could  keep  the  canoes  from  filling  with  water  altho'  they  were 
along  shore;  I  had  them  secured  by  placing  the  perogues  on 
the  out  side  of  them  in  such  manner  as  to  break  the  waves  off 
them,  at  5  we  proceed,  and  shortly  after  met  with  Capt. 
Clark,  who  had  killed  an  Elk  and  a  deer  and  was  wating  our 
arrival,  we  took  the  meat  on  board  and  continued  our  march 
untill  nearly  dark  when  we  came  too  on  the  Star"^  side  under  a 
boald  well-timbered  bank  which   sheltered  us   from  the  wind 


'  When  Jolliet  first  encountered  the  buffalo,  he  observed  the  possibility  of  vising 
its  wool —  "  with  the  wool  of  these  oxen  he  could  make  cloth,  much  finer  than  most 
of  that  which  we  bring  from  France."  Marest  says  that  the  Illinois  made  from  this 
hair  various  articles,  as  leggings,  girdles,  and  pouches.  See  Jes.  Relations,  Iviii,  p. 
107;  Ixvi,  p.  231.  Catlin  recommends  (M  Amer.  Inds.,  i,  p.  263)  the  utilization 
of  the  buffalo's  hair  for  woollen  manufactures.  —  Ed. 


> 


; 


m 
s 


a 


^ 

H 
&» 


i8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

which  had  abated  but  not  yet  ceased,     here  we  encamped,  it 
being  the  extremity  of  the  last  course  of  this  day. 

Courses  and  distances  of  the  18'''  April. 
South  to  a  sand  point  on  the  Star^  side  3. 

N.  75.   W.  to  a  point  of  Woodland  on  Lar'?  side  2.  >/< 

N.  85.  W.  along  the  Lar'?  point  i^ 

S.    25.   E.    to  a  sand  point  Star"?  side  2. 

S.    60.   VV.  to  a  willow  point  Star''  side  I. 

S.    65.   W.  along    the   Star')   shore  to  a   point   of  timbered  land, 

opposite  to  a  bluff  on  Lar'f  i^ 

N.  25.   W.  to  a  copse  of  wood  on  star''  side,  in  a  bend  2. 

S.    50.   VV.  to  a  point   of  timbered  land  on  Star''    side  where  we 

encamped  for  the  night  I   v/^ 

Miles      13 
Point  of  Observation  N?  5. 
On  the  Star')  shore  at  the  extremity  of  the  fifth  course  of  this  day 

Observed  Meridian  Alt')    of  O''  L.  L.  with  Octant    by 

the  back  Observation  79°    12'   00" 

Latitude  deduced  from  this  observatf 


[;Clark:]  ig';*  of  April  Thursday  1805 

Set  out  at  an  earlv  hour  one  Beaver  &  a  Musrat  cought 
this  morning,  the  beaver  cought  in  two  traps,  which  like  to 
have  brought  about  a  missunderstanding  between  two  of  the 
party  &c.  after  brackfast  I  assended  a  hill  and  observed  that 
the  river  made  a  great  bend  to  the  South,  I  concluded  to  walk 
thro'  the  point  about  2  miles  and  take  Shabono,  with  me,  he 
had  taken  a  dost  of  Salts  &^  his  squar  followed  on  with  her 
child,  when  I  struck  the  next  bend  of  the  [river]  could  see 
nothing  of  the  Party,  left  this  man  &  his  wife  &  child  on  the 
river  bank  and  went  out  to  hunt,  Killed  a  young  Buck  Elk, 
&  a  Deer,  the  Elk  was  tolerable  meat,  the  Deer  verry  pore. 
Butchered  the  meat  and  continued  untill  near  Sunset  before 
Cap'  Lewis  and  the  party  came  up,  thev  were  detained  by  the 
wind,  which  rose  soon  after  I  left  the  boat  from  the  N  W.  & 
blew  verry  hard  untill  verrv  late  in  the  evening.  We  camped 
V0L...-2.  [3,1] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  19 


on  the  S.S.  in  an  excellent  harbor,  Soon  after  we  came  too, 
two  men  went  up  the  river  to  set  their  beaver  traps  they  met 
with  a  Bear  and  being  without  their  arms  thought  prodent  to 
return  &f  The  wild  cheries  are  in  bloom,  Great  appearance 
of  Burnt  hills  Pumice  Stone  &?  the  coal  &  salt  appearance 
continues,  the  water  in  the  small  runs  much  better  than  below. 
Saw  several  old  Indian  camps,  the  game,  such  as  Buffalow 
Elk,  antelopes  &  Deer  verry  plenty 

Course  distance  &C.  18""  of  April 
South  3        miles  to  a  point  on  the  Sf!  Side 

N.  75°  W.   2^    miles  to  a  wood  point  on  the  L.  Side 
N.  85°  W.      y,   a  mile  along  the  La^  Side 
S.    25°  E      2        miles  to  a  sand  point  on  the  S'i  Side 
S.    60°  W.    I        mile  to  a  p'  of  Willows  on  the  S''  Side 
S.    65°  W        i^    mile  along  the  S'!  po'  to  a  point  of  timbered  land  ops^  a 

Bluff  on  the  La4  Side 
N.  25°  W   2.        miles  to  a  Copse  of  woods  on  the  S"?  Side 
S.    50?  VV.    I  i/<    miles  to  the   upper  part  of  a  wood   on   the  Sta'?  Side 
miles        13  &  camped 

[Lewis:]  Friday  April  x^":   lio^. 

The  wind  blew  so  hard  this  morning  from  N.W.  that  we 
dared  not  to  venture  our  canoes  on  the  river.  Observed  con- 
siderable quantities  of  dwarf  Juniper  on  the  hill  sides  (see 
specimen  N°  4)^  it  seldom  rises  higher  then  3  feet,  the  wind 
detained  us  through  the  couse  of  this  day,  tho'  we  were  fortu- 
nate in  having  placed  ourselves  in  a  safe  harbour,  the  party 
killed  one  Elk  and  a  beaver  today.  The  beaver  of  this  part 
of  the  Missouri  are  larger,  fatter,  more  abundant  and  better 
clad  with  fur  than  those  of  any  other  part  of  the  country  that 
I  have  yet  seen  ;  I  have  remarked  also  that  their  fur  is  much 
darker. 

[^ClarkQ  19"!  of  April  Friday  1805 

a  blustering  windey  day  the  wind  so  hard  from  the  N.W. 
that  we  were  fearfull  of  ventering  our  Canoes  in  the  river,  lay 
by  all  day  on  the  S.  Side  in  a  good  harber,     the  Praries  appear 

1  This  should  be  No.  104.     See  "  Scientific  Data  :  Botany,"  in  vol.  vi, /><;//. — Ed. 
[  Z22  ] 


i8o5]  MAN  DAN    TO    YLLLOW  STONE 

to  Green,  the  cotton  trees  bigin  to  leave,  Saw  some  plumb 
bushes  in  full  bloom,  those  were  the  plumb  bushes  which  I 
have  seen  for  some  time.  Killed  an  Klk  an[d]  a  Beaver  to 
day.  The  beaver  of  this  river  is  much  larger  than  usial,  Great 
deal  of  Sign  of  the  large  Bear, 


QLewis:]  SalurJay  April  lo":    1805. 

The  wind  continued  to  blow  tolerably  hard  this  morning  but 
by  no  means  as  violently  as  it  did  yesterday  ;  we  determined 
to  set  out  and  accordingly  departed  a  little  before  seven.  I 
walked  on  shore  on  the  N.  side  of  the  river,  and  Capt  Clark 
proceeded  with  the  party,  the  river  bottoms  through  which  I 
passed  about  seven  miles  were  tertil  and  well  covered  with 
Cottonwood  some  Boxalder,  ash  and  red  Elm.  the  under 
brush,  willow,  rose  bushes  Honeysuccles,  red  willow,  goosbury, 
currant  and  servicebury  &c  in  the  open  grounds  along  the  foot 
o\  the  river  hills  immence  quantities  of  the  hisop.'  in  the 
course  of  my  walk  I  killed  two  deer,  wounded  an  Elk  and  a 
deer  ;  saw  the  remains  of  some  Indian  hunting  camps,  near 
which  stood  a  small  scaffold  of  about  7  feet  high  on  which  were 
deposited  two  doog  slays  with  their  harnis.  underneath  this 
scaffold  a  human  body  was  lying,  well  rolled  in  several  dressed 
buffaloe  skins  and  near  it  a  bag  of  the  same  materials  con- 
ta[in]ing  sundry  articles  belonging  to  the  disceased  ;  consisting 
of  a  pare  of  mockersons,  some  red  and  blue  earth,  beaver's 
nails,  instruments  for  dressing  the  Buffalo  skin,  some  dryed 
roots,  several  platts  of  the  sweet  grass,  and  a  small  quantity  of 
Mandan  tobacco.  I  presume  that  the  bodv,  as  well  as  the 
bag  containing  these  articles,  had  formerly  been  placed  on  the 
scaftold  as  is  the  custom  of  these  people,  but  had  fallen  down 
by  accedent.     near  the  scaffold  I  saw  the  carcase  of  a  large  dog 

'  In  the  MS.  occurs  here  a  red-ink  interlineation  (cancelled,  however,  by  another 
pen),  "copy  this  for  Dr.  Barton."  As  previously  explained,  in  Biddle's  text  most 
'of  the  n.-itural  history  notes  are  omitted,  because  he  had  intended  that  this  material 
should  be  worked  up  by  Dr.  Benjamin  Smith  Barton.  The  latter  failed  to  do  this; 
and  the  often  elaborate  observations  of  Lewis  and  Clark  on  the  fauna,  flora,  and 
silva  of  the  Great  West  have  therefore  been  hitherto  practically  lost  to  the  scientific 
world.  —  Ed. 

[323  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  20 

not  yet  decayed,  which  I  supposed  had  been  killed  at  the  time 
the  human  body  was  left  on  the  scaffold;  this  was  no  doubt  the 
reward,  which  the  poor  doog  had  met  with  for  performing 
the  [blank  space  in  MS.]  friendly  office  to  his  mistres  of  trans- 
porting her  corps  to  the  place  of  deposit,  it  is  customary  with 
the  Assinniboins,  Mandans,  Minetares  &c  who  scaffold  their 
dead,  to  sacrefice  the  favorite  horses  and  doggs  of  their  dis- 
ceased  relations,  with  a  view  of  their  being  servicable  to  them 
in  the  land  of  sperits.  I  have  never  heard  of  any  instances  of 
human  sacrefices  on  those  occasions  among  them. 

The  wind  blew  so  hard  that  I  concluded  it  was  impossible 
for  the  perogues  and  canoes  to  proceed  and  therefore  returned 
and  joined  them  about  three  in  the  evening.  Capt.  Clark 
informed  me  that  soon  after  seting  out,  a  part  of  the  bank  of 
the  river  fell  in  near  one  of  the  canoes  and  had  very  nearly 
filled  her  with  water,  that  the  wind  became  so  hard  and  the 
waves  so  high  that  it  was  with  infinite  risk  he  had  been  able 
to  get  as  far  as  his  present  station,  the  white  perogue  and 
several  of  the  canoes  had  shiped  water  several  times  but  happily 
our  stores  were  but  little  injured  ;  those  which  were  wet  we 
put  out  to  dry  and  determined  to  remain  untill  the  next  morn- 
ing, we  sent  out  four  hunters  who  soon  added  3  Elk  4  gees 
and  2  deer  to  our  stock  of  provisions,  the  party  caught  six 
beaver  today  which  were  large  and  in  fine  order,  the  Buffaloe, 
Elk  and  deer  are  poor  at  this  season,  and  of  cours  are  not  very 
palitable,  however  our  good  health  and  apetites  make  up 
every  necessary  deficiency,  and  we  eat  very  heartily  of  them, 
encamped  on   Star*^  side  ;  under  a  high  well   timbered  bank. 


Courses  and  Distances  of  this  dav. 


Miles 


South  to  the  upper  part  of  a  timbered  bottom  at   a  bluff  on 

the  Lar'}  side  i  y^ 

VVest  to  a  point  of  high  timber  on  the  Sta''  Si'J  passing  over 

a  large  sand  point  on  SfJ  side  I  i/!^ 

N.  45.  W.  to  a  large  tree  in  a  bend  on  star''  side  opposite  a  large 

sand  point  I  Yz 

S.    45.  W.  to  a  point  of  low  willows  on  Sta"?  side  2 

Miles     61^ 
[  3-^4  ] 


i8o5]  MAN  DAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 


^^"^  0  2o'*  of  April  Satturday  1805 

Wind  a  head  from  the  N  VV.  we  set  out  at  7  oCIock  pro- 
ceeded on,  soon  after  we  set  out  a  Bank  fell  in  near  one  of 
the  canoes  which  like  to  have  filled  her  with  water,  the  wind 
became  hard  and  waves  so  rough  that  we  proceeded  with  our 
little  canoes  with  much  risque,  our  situation  was  such  after 
setting  out  that  we  were  obliged  to  pass  round  the  i'.'  Point  or 
lay  exposed  to  the  blustering  winds  &  waves,  in  passing 
round  the  Point  several  canoes  took  in  water  as  also  our  large 
Perogue  but  without  injuring  our  stores  &'  much  I  proceeded 
on  to  the  upper  part  of  the  i"  bend  and  came  too  at  a  butifull 
Glade  on  the  S.S.  about  i  mile  below  Cap'  Lewis  who  had 
walked  thro'  the  point,  left  his  Coat  &  a  Deer  on  the  bank 
which  we  took  on  board,  a  short  distance  below  our  Camp 
I  saw  some  rafts  on  the  S.  S.  near  which,  an  Indian  woman 
was  scaffeled  in  the  Indian  form  of  Deposing  their  Dead  and 
fallen  down  She  was  or  had  been  raised  about  6  feet,  inclosed 
in  Several  robes  tightly  laced  around  her,  with  her  dog  Slays, 
her  bag  of  Different  coloured  earths  paint  small  bones  of 
animals  beaver  nales  and  Several  other  little  trinkets,  also  a 
blue  jay,  her  dog  was  killed  and  lay  near  her.  Cap!  Lewis 
joined  me  soon  after  I  landed  &  informed  me  he  had  walked 
several  miles  higher,  &  in  his  walk  killed  2  Deer  &  wounded 
an  Elk  &  a  Deer,  our  party  shot  in  the  river  four  beaver  & 
cought  two,  which  were  verry  fat  and  much  admired  by  the 
men,  after  we  landed  they  killed  3  Elk  4  Gees  &  2  Deer 
we  had  some  of  our  Provisions  &!  which  got  a  little  wet  aired, 
the  wind  continued  so  hard  that  we  were  compelled  to  delay 
all  day.  Saw  several  buftalow  lodged  in  the  drift  wood  which 
had  been  drouned  in  the  winter  in  passing  the  river;  saw  the 
remains  of  2  which  had  lodged  on  the  side  of  the  bank  &  eat 
bv  the  bears. 


[325] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS      [April  21 


Course  distance  &■;  20".''  of  April  1805 

South  I  ]/>    miles  to  the  upper  part  of  a  timbered  bottom  at  a  bluff 

on  the  La''  Side 
West  i]/,    miles  to   a   high   timber  on  the  S*!  Side  passing  over  a 

large  Sand  point  on  S.S. 
N.  45-  W.    I  y,    mile  to  a  tree   in  a  Glade   in  a  bend  to  the  Starboard 

Side      a  sand  p'  ops^ 
S.    45°  W.    2        miles  to  a  point  of  low  willows  on  the  S'?  Side. 

This  morning  was  verry  cold,  some  snow  about  2  oCloclc 
from  flying  clouds,  Some  frost  this  morning  &  the  mud  at 
the  edge  of  the  water  was  frosed 


QLewis  :]  Sunday  April  2 1 '.'  1 805. 

Set  out  at  an  early  hour  this  morning.  Capt  Clark  walked 
on  shore;  the  wind  tho'  a  head  was  not  violent,  the  country 
through  which  we  passed  is  very  simelar  in  every  respect  to 
that  through  which  we  have  passed  for  several  days.  We  saw 
immence  herds  of  buffaloe  Elk  deer  &  Antelopes.  Capt. 
Clark  killed  a  buffaloe  and  4  deer  in  the  course  of  his  walk 
today  ;  and  the  party  with  me  killed  3  deer,  2  beaver,  and  4 
buffaloe  calves,  the  latter  we  found  very  delicious.  I  think 
it  equal  to  any  veal  I  ever  tasted,  the  Elk  now  begin  to  shed 
their  horns,  passed  one  large  and  two  small  creeks  on  the 
Larl  side,  tho'  neither  of  them  discharge  any  water  at  present, 
the  wind  blew  so  hard  this  evening  that  we  were  obliged  to 
halt  several  hours,  we  reached  the  place  of  incampment  after 
dark,  which  was  on  the  Lar"!  side  a  little  above  IVh'ite  earth 
river  which  discharges  itself  on  the  Sta'."*  side,  immediately  at 
the  mouth  of  this  river  it  is  not  more  then  10  yards  wide  being 
choked  up  by  the  mud  of  the  Missouri;  tho'  after  leaving  the 
bottom  lands  of  this  river,  or  even  sooner,  it  becomes  a  boald 
stream  of  sixty  yards  wide  and  is  deep  and  navigable,  the 
course  of  this  river  as  far  as  I  could  see  from  the  top  of  Cut 
bluff,  was  due  North,  it  passes  through  a  beatifull  level  and 
[  3-^6  ] 


i8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YKLLOWSTONE 

fertile  vally  about  five  miles  in  width.  I  think  I  saw  about 
25  miles  up  this  river,  and  did  not  discover  one  tree  or  bush 
of  any  discription  on  it's  borders,  the  vally  was  covered  with 
Elk  and  buffaloe.  saw  a  great  number  of  gees  today  as  usual, 
also  some  swan  and  ducks. 


Courses  and  Distances  of  this  day. 

o  mill 

S.     18.  E.    to  a  sand  point  Sfi  opposite  to  a  bluf  La"?  i  y^ 

N.  75.  W.  to  a  point  of  high  timber  on  SfJ  opposite  a  biff.  ^ 

N.  40.  W.  to  a  willow  point  on  Lar'!  opposite  to  a  biufF.  3."^ 

N.  60.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  Star'',  side,  oposite  to  a 
bluff,  just  below  which  on  the  Lar'f  side  a  creek 
falls  in.  4-5^ 

N.  25.  E.    to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  Lar"*  opposite  to  a  high  bluff.      2. 
N.  10.  W.  to  the  upper  part  of  a  bluff  Star'f  and  in  a  Star'!  bend.      2. 
S.    50.  W.  to  the  upper  point  of  the  timbered   bottom   on   Lar'! 
side  below  a  high  bluff  point  which  we  called  Cut 
bluffs     at  Yi  mile  Pass  White  Earth  river  on  Star'!      2  ^ 

16  14 


CCIark  Q  1 1  ff  of  April  Sunday  1805. 

Set  out  early  the  wind  gentle  &  from  the  N.W.  the 
river  being  verry  crooked,  I  concluded  to  walk  through  the 
point,  the  countrey  on  either  side  is  verry  similar  to  that  we 
have  passed.  Saw  an  emence  number  of  Elk  &  Buffalow,  also 
Deer  Antelopes  Geese  Ducks  &  a  fiew  Swan,  the  Buffalow 
is  about  Calveing  I  killed  a  Buffalow  &  4  Deer  in  my  walk 
to  day,  the  party  killed  2  deer  2  beaver  &  4  Buffalow  Calves, 
which  was  verry  good  veele.  I  saw  old  camps  of  Indians  on 
the  L.  Side,  we  passed  i  large  &  2  small  creeks  on  the  L. 
Side  neither  of  them  discharge  any  water  into  the  river,  in 
the  evening  the  wind  became  verry  hard  a  head,  we  made 
camp  at  a  late  hour  which  was  on  the  L.  Side  a  little  above  the 
mouth  of  White  Earth  River  which  falls  in  on  the  Sta""  Side 
and  is  60  yds.  wide,  several  ml!  up 

[  r-7  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [April  22 

miles     Corse     distance  &c.  21''  of  ap! 

S     18°  E     1)4    ml.  to  a  sand  p'  S.  S.  ops:'  a  bluff  on  the  L.S. 

N.  75°  W      ^    to  a  p'  of  high  timber  on  the  S.S':'  ops'?  a  Bluff 

N.  40°  W   2y2    to  a  willow  p'  L.  S'!  ops^  a  Bluff  on  the  S.S'* 

N.  60°  W  43/   to  a    p'    of  wood  land   on  the  S.S"!    ops'?    a   bluff  just 

below  which  a  creek  falls  in  on  the  L.S. 
N.  25°  E     2       to  a  p'  of  wood  land  on  the  L.  S'?  oppos"?  to  a  high  bluff 

on  the  Star"?  Side 
N.  10°  W   2        to  the  upper  part  of  a  low  bluff  on   the  S.S**   ops'?   to  a 

p'  of  timber  on  the  L.  Side 
N    50°  W   2}4    miles  to  the  upper   part  of  a  timber  at  a  high  short 
miles       1 51/        bluff  on  the  Lar'?  Side,  passed  white  earth  river  at  JX 

mile  on  the  S"!  Side 


[^Lewis  :  2  Monday  April  22'"'  1805. 

Set  out  at  an  early  hour  this  morning  ;  proceeded  pretty 
well  untill  break.fa[s]t,  when  the  wind  became  so  hard  a  head 
that  we  proceeded  with  difficulty  even  with  the  assistance  of 
our  toe  lines,  the  party  halted  and  Cp!  Clark  and  myself 
walked  to  the  white  earth  river  which  approaches  the  Missouri 
very  near  at  this  place,  being  about  4  miles  above  it's  entrance, 
we  found  that  it  contained  more  water  than  streams  of  it's  size 
generally  do  at  this  season,  the  water  is  much  clearer  than 
that  of  the  Missouri,  the  banks  of  the  river  are  steep  and 
not  more  than  ten  or  twelve  feet  high  ;  the  bed  seems  to  be 
composed  of  mud  altogether,  the  salts  which  have  been 
before  mentioned  as  common  on  the  Missouri,  appears  in 
great  quantities  along  the  banks  of  this  river,  which  are  in 
many  places  so  thickly  covered  with  it  that  they  appear  per- 
fectly white,  perhaps  it  has  been  from  this  white  appearance 
of  it's  banks  that  the  river  has  derived  it's  name,  this  river 
is  said  to  be  navigable  nearlv  to  it's  source,  which  is  at  no 
great  distance  from  the  Saskashawan,  and  I  think  from  it's 
size  the  direction  which  it  seems  to  take,  and  the  latitude  of 
it's  mouth,  that  there  is  very  good  ground  to  believe  that  it 
['  328  ] 


'8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 


extends    as    far    North    as    latitude    50^'     this    stream   passes 
through  an  open  country  generally,      the  broken  hills  of  the 
Missouri  about  this  place  exhibit  large  irregular  and   broken 
masses   of  rocks    and   stones;    some   of  which    tho'   200   feet 
above  the  level  of  the  water  seem  at  some  former  period  to 
have  felt  it's  influence,  for  they  appear  smoth  as  if  woarn   by 
the  agetation  of  the  water,     this  collection  consists  of  white  & 
grey  gannite,  a  brittle   black  rock,  flint,  limestone,  freestone 
some  small  specimens  of  an  excellent  pebble  and   occasionally 
broken  stratas  of  a  stone  which  appears  to  be  petrefved  wood'- 
It  IS  of  a  black  colour,  and  makes  excellent  whetstones      Coal 
or  carbonated  wood  pumice  stone  lava  and  other  mineral  apear- 
ances  still  continue,      the  coal  appears  to  be  of  better  quality  ■ 
I  exposed  a  specimen  of  it  to  the  fire  and  found   that  it  birnt 
tolerably  well,  it  afl^orded   but  little  flame  or  smoke,  but  pro- 
duced a  hot  and   lasting  fire.      I   asscended  to  the  top  of  the 
cutt  blufl^  this  morning,  from  whence  I  had  a  most  delightfull 
view    of  the    country,    the  whole   of  which   except   the   vally 
formed    by   the    Missouri   is   void    of  timber   or    underbrush 
exposing  to  the  first  glance  of  the  spectator  immence  herds  of 
Bufl^aloe,  Elk,  deer,  &  Antelopes  feeding  in  one  common  and 
boundless  pasture,     we  saw  a  number  of  bever  feeding  on  the 
bark  of  the  trees  alonge  the  verge  of  the  river,  several  of  which 
we  shot,  found   them    large  and   fat.     walking  on   shore  this 
evening   I    met  with   a   buflliloe  calf  which  attatched  itself  to 
me  and   continued   to  follow  close  at  my   heels   untill   I   em- 
barked and   left  it.-'     it  appeared  allarmed   at   my  dog  which 
was  probably  the  cause  of  it's  so  readily  attatching  itself  to  me. 
Capt  Clark  informed  me  that  he  saw  a  large  drove  of  bufl^aloe 
pursued   by   wolves  today,  that   they  at  length  caught  a  calf 
vvhich  was  unable  to  keep  up  with  the  herd,     the  cows  only 
defend  their  young  so  long  as  they  are  able  to  keep  up  with 
the  herd,  and  seldom  return  any  distance  in  surch  of  them. 

.      '  White  Earth  River  rises  in  the  Coteau  du  Missouri,  near  the  49th  parallel.  -  Ed 

■  •  fu  Tf?"'  ^^-  "'""'■  '"'''■'  ''  "55.  ^S6)  the  docile  and  affectionate  dispol 
s.fon  of  the  buffalo  calf,  he  was  able  to  lure  .0  his  camp  a  dozen  of  them,  who  were 
successfully  fed  on  the  millc  of  a  domestic  cow.  He  succeeded  in  transporting  one 
ot  these  to  the  Chouteau  farm  near  St.  Louis,  where  it  throve  well.  —  Ed. 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  22 


miles 


Courses  and  distances  of  22"''  of  April.  1805. 

N.  60°  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Lar'?  side. 
W.  along  the  woodland  on  Lar'J  shore 

S.    70.  W.  to  the  lower  point  of  a  bluff  in  a  bend  on  star's  side 
S.    20.  W.  to  the  upper  part  of  the  star"!  bluff. 
S.    60.  E.    to  a  point  of  woods  in  a  bend  on  Star's 
S.    30.  E.    to  a  willow  point  on  the  Star^  side. 
N.  65.  E.    to  an  object   in  a  bend  on  Lar'i  where  we  encampei 
for  the  evening 

Miles 


i>^ 


Point  of  Observation  N';  6.  —  April  22"?  1805. 

On  the  Lar^  shore  one  mile  above  the  cut  bluff 

Observed   time  and  distance  of  ©'*  and   I)"*  nearest  limbs,  with  Sex- 
tant, the  O  East. 


A.M. 


10 

44.      3.-84.    20. 

46.    16. "  .    20. 

48.      8.—    "  .    20. 

49.   28.  —    "  .    19. 

50.    24.—    "  .    19. 

51.   27.—   "  .    19. 

52.   35.—    ".    19. 

53.  40.—  "  .  i8. 

A.M. 

1 1 

I. 

54.-84 

>5- 

" 

4- 

25.—  " 

14. 

" 

6. 

8.—  » 

13- 

" 

7- 

2.  —  " 

12. 

" 

8. 

3-—  " 

12. 

" 

9- 

4-—  " 

12. 

" 

10. 

20.  —  " 

12. 

" 

12. 

40. —  " 

12. 

45- 
45 
45 

30 


Observed  equal  altitudes  of  the  Q  with  Sextant 


A.M. 


1.  21.  49. 
"•  23.  38 
"  .   25.   29. 


P.M.  5.   13.  38. 
"•    15-  31- 


Altitude  by  Sextant  at  the  time  of  observation    77°  52'  45'' 


[[Clark  :]  12";'  of  April  Monday  1805 

a  verry  cold  morning  Some  frost,     we  set  out  at  an  early 
hour  and   proceeded   on   verry  well   untill  brackfast  at   which 
time  the  wind  began  to  blow  verry  hard  ahead,  and  continued 
[330] 


'5]  MANDAN    TO    YKLLOWSTONE 


hard  all  day  we  proceeded  on  with  much  dificuelty  with  the 
assistance  of  the  toe  Ropes.  Cap!  Lewis  &  my  self  walked  to 
the  River  which  is  near  the  Missouri  four  miles  above  its 
mouth,  this  river  is  60  yards  wide  and  contains  a  greater 
perportion  of  water  at  this  time  than  is  common  for  Rivers  of 
its  size  it  appears  navagabie  as  fur  as  any  of  the  party  was, 
and  1  am  told  to  near  its  source  in  morrasses  in  the  open 
Plains,  it  passes  (as  far  as  we  can  see  which  is  6  or  7  Leagus) 
thro'  a  butifull  extinsive  vallee,  rich  &  fertile  and  at  this  time 
covered  with  Butfalow,  Elk  &  antelopes,  which  may  be  Seen 
also  in  any  other  direction  in  this  quarter,  this  river  must 
take  its  rise  at  no  great  distance  East  of  the  Saskashawan,  and 
no  doubt  as  far  N.  as  Laf!  50; 

Some  of  the  high  plains  on  the  broken  rivers  [banks]  of 
the  river  contains  great  quantity  of  Pebble  Stones  of  various 
sizes,  The  Stratum  of  coal  is  much  richer  than  below,  the 
appearances  of  Mineral  &  burnt  hills  still  continue  the 'river 
rising  a  little.  Saw  an  emence  number  of  beaver  feeding  on 
the  waters  edge  &  swiming  killed  several,  Cap'  Lewis  as- 
sended  a  hill  from  the  top  of  which  he  had  a  most  inchanting 
prospect  of  the  Countrey  around  &  the  meanderings  of  the 
two  rivers,  which  is  remarkable  crooked,  a  bufFalow  calf 
which  was  on  the  shore  alone  followed  Cap  Lewis  some  dis- 
tance, I  observed  a  large  drove  of  bufFalow  prosued  by 
wolves  cought  one  of  their  calves  in  my  view,  those  animals 
defend  their  young  as  long  as  they  can  keep  up  with  the  drove 

Course  &  Distance  221,''  of  April 

miles 

N.  60?  VV.    2j/  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  L'i  Side 

West  I  along  the  wood  on  the  L''  point 

S.    70?  VV..  I  to  the  lower  point  of"  a  bluff  in  a  bend  to  the  Starboard 

Side 

S.    20°  W.    2  to  the  upper  part  of  the  Said  bluff  on  the  Starboard  Side 

S.    60?  E       I  to  a  wood  in  a  bend  to  the  S"!    Side 

S.    30°  E       2  to  a  willow  point  on  the  S'?    Side 

N.  65?  E       1%  to  an  object  in  a  bend  to  the  L.  S.  and  camped 


II 


[331 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  23 

^ Lewis  :]  Tuesday  April  z^.'^ 

Set  out  at  an  early  hour  this  morning,  about  nine  A.M. 
the  wind  arose,  and  shortly  after  became  so  violent  that  we 
were  unabled  to  proceed,  in  short  it  was  with  much  difficulty 
and  some  risk  that  I  was  enabled  to  get  the  canoes  and  per- 
ogues  into  a  place  of  tolerable  safety,  there  being  no  timber  on 
either  side  of  the  river  at  this  place,  some  of  the  canoes  shiped 
water,  and  wet  several  parsels  of  their  lading,  which  I  directed 
to  be  opened  and  aired,  we  remained  untill  five  in  the  even- 
ing when  the  wind  abating  in  some  measure,  we  reloaded,  and 
proceeded,  shortly  after  we  were  joined  by  Capt.  Clark  who 
had  walked  on  shore  this  morning,  and  passing  through  the 
bottom  lands  had  fallen  on  the  river  some  miles  above,  and 
concluding  that  the  wind  had  detained  us,  came  down  the  river 
in  surch  of  us.  he  had  killed  three  black-taled,  or  mule  deer, 
and  a  buffaloe  Calf,  in  the  course  of  his  ramble,  these  hard 
winds,  being  so  frequently  repeated,  become  a  serious  source 
of  detention  to  us.      incamped  on  the  Star'?  side.' 

Courses  and  distances  of  the  23"'  April. 

o  Miles 

S.  25.  E.    to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  Staff  -  2.^ 

S.                 along  this  Star')  point  of  woodland,    a  high  bluff  opposite  i. 

S.  78.  W.  to  a  cops  of  woods,  under  a  hill  on  Star'?    in  a  bend  4. 
S.  14.  E.    to  a  point  of  high  timber  in   a  Lar''  bend   passing   the 

extremity  of  a  little  bay  S!''  4  y^ 

S.    25.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Lar')  side.  I  yi 

13  >< 

nciark  Q  23*;^  of  April  1805 

A  cold  morning  at  about  9  oClock  the  wind  as  usial  rose 
from  the  N  W  and  continued  to  blow  verry  hard  untill  late  in 
the  evening  I  walked  on  Shore  after  brackfast  in  my  walk 
on  the  S  Side  passed  through  extensive  bottoms  of  timber  inter- 
sperced  with  glades  &  low  open  plains,  I  killed  3  mule  or 
black  tail  Deer,  which  was  in  tolerable  order.  Saw  Several 
others,  I  also  killed  a  Buffalow  calf  which  was  verry  fine,  I 
struck  the  river  above  the   Perogus  which   had  come  too  in  a 


^  This  was  above  Painted  Wood  Creek.  —  En. 


'8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 


bend  to  the  L.S.  to  shelter  from  the  wind  which  had  become 
violently  hard,  I  joined  Cap'  Lewis  in  the  evening  &  after 
the  winds  tailing  which  was  late  in  the  evening  we  proceeded 
on  &  encamped  on  the  S.S.  The  winds  of  this  countrey  which 
blow  with  some  violence  almost  every  day,  has  become  a  serious 
obstruction  in  our  progression  onward,  as  we  cant  move  when 
the  wind  is  high  with[out]  great  risque,  and  [if]  there  was  no 
risque  the  winds  is  generally  a  head  and  often  too  violent  to 
proceed 

Course  &  Distance  23'^  April 

S.  25?  E  lyi  miles  to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  Starboard  Side 
South  I        mile  on  the  S'.'  point,  of  wood  land     a  high  Blurt" opposit. 

S.  78°  W.  4        miles  to  a  copse  of  woods  under  a  hill  to  the  S'^  Side  in 

a  bend 
S.  14?  E.     4IJ    miles   to   a   point   of  high    timber   in   a   larboard   bend, 

passing  the  enterence  of  a  little  bay  to  S.S. 
S.  25°  W.    i]/,    miles  to  a  point  of  woods  on  the  L*!  Side 
miles      13}^ 


[Lewis  :]  If'ednesJay  April  z^'." 

The  wind  blew  so  hard  during  the  whole  of  this  dav,  that 
we  were  unable  to  move,  notwithstanding  that  we  were  shel- 
tered by  high  timber  from  the  effects  of  the  wind,  such  was  it 's 
violence  that  it  caused  the  waves  to  rise  in  such  manner  as  to 
wet  many  articles  in  the  small  canoes  before  they  could  be 
unloaded,  we  sent  out  some  hunters  who  killed  4  deer  &  2 
Elk,  and  caught  some  young  wolves  of  the  small  kind.  Soar 
eyes  is  a  common  complaint  among  the  party.  I  believe  it 
origenates  from  the  immence  quantities  of  sand  which  is  driven 
by  the  wind  from  the  sandbars  of  the  river  in  such  clouds  that 
you  are  unable  to  discover  the  opposite  bank  of  the  river  in 
many  instances,  the  particles  of  this  sand  are  so  fine  and  light 
that  they  are  easily  supported  by  the  air,  and  are  carried  by 
■the  wind  for  many  miles,  and  at  a  distance  exhibiting  every 
appearance  of  a  collumn  of  thick  smoke,  so  penitrating  is  this 
sand  that  we  cannot  keep  any  article  free  from  it ;  in  short  we 
are  compelled   to  eat,  drink,  and    breath  it  very   freelv.      my 


LEWIS    AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  24 

pocket  watch,  is  out  of  order,  she  will  run  only  a  few  minutes 
without  stoping.  I  can  discover  no  radical  defect  in  her  works, 
and  must  therefore  attribute  it  to  the  sand,  with  which,  she 
seems  plentitully  charged,  notwithstanding  her  cases  are  double 
and  tight. 


[Clark:]  24'''  of  April  IVednesday  1805 

The  wind  rose  last  night  and  continued  blowing  from  the 
N.  &  N  W.  and  sometimes  with  great  violence,  untill  7 
oClock  P. M,  Several  articles  wet  in  the  Perogues  by  their 
takeing  water  &?  as  the  wind  was  a  head  we  could  not  move 
to  day  Sent  out  hunters,  they  killed  4  Deer  2  Elk  &  cought 
some  young  wolves  of  the  small  kind,  The  party  complain 
much  of  the  Sand  in  their  eves.  The  sand  is  verry  fine  and 
rises  in  clouds  from  the  Points  and  bars  of  the  river,  I  may 
say  that  dureing  those  winds  we  eat  Drink  &  breeth  a  pre- 
portion  of  sand. 

[^Lewis:]  Thursday  April  ■^c^":  1805. 

The  wind  was  more  moderate  this  morning,  tho'  still  hard  ; 
we  set  out  at  an  early  hour.'  the  water  friezed  on  the  oars 
this  morning  as  the  men  rowed,  about  10  oclock  A.M.  the 
wind  began  to  blow  so  violently  that  we  were  obliged  to  lye 
too.  my  dog  had  been  absent  during  the  last  night,  and  I  was 
fearfull  we  had  lost  him  altogether,  however,  much  to  my 
satisfaction  he  joined  us  at  8  oclock  this  morning.  The  wind 
had  been  so  unfavorable  to  our  progress  for  several  days  past, 
and  seeing  but  little  prospect  of  a  favourable  chang ;  knowing 
that  the  river  was  crooked,  from  the  report  of  the  hunters  who 
were  out  yesterday,  and  beleiving  that  we  were  at  no  verv  great 
distance  from  the  Yellow  stone  River ;  I  determined,  in  order 
as  mush  as  possible  to  avoid  detention,  to  proceed  by  land  with 
a  few  men  to  the  entrance  of  that  river  and  make  the  necessary 
observations  to  determine  it's  position,  which  I  hoped  to  effect 
by   the   time   that   Capt.   Clark   could  arrive  with  the   party; 

1  I  remarked,  as  a  singular  circumstance,  that  there  is  no  dew  in  this  countrj-,  and 
very  little  rain.      Can  it  be  owing  to  the  want  of  timber  ?  —  Gass  (p.   1 14). 

[334] 


i8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

accordingly  I  set  out  at  1 1  OCf  on  the  Larl*  side,  accompanyed 
by  four  men.  we  proceeded  about  four  miles,  when  falling  in 
with  some  bufFaloe  I  killed  a  yearling  calf,  which  was  in  good 
order;  we  soon  cooked  and  made  a  hearty  meal  of  a  part  of  it, 
and  renewed  our  march,  our  rout  lay  along  the  foot  of  the 
river  hills.  when  we  had  proceeded  about  four  miles,  1 
ascended  the  hills  from  whence  I  had  a  most  pleasing  view  of 
the  country,  particularly  of  the  wide  and  fertile  vallies  formed 
by  the  niissouri  and  the  yellowstone  rivers,  which  occasionally 
unmasked  by  the  wood  on  their  borders  disclose  their  meander- 
ings  for  many  miles  in  their  passage  through  these  delightfull 
tracts  of  country.  I  could  not  discover  the  junction  of  the 
rivers  immediately,  they  being  concealed  by  the  wood  ;  how- 
ever, sensible  that  it  could  not  be  distant  I  determined  to 
encamp  on  the  bank  of  the  Yellow  stone  river  which  made  it's 
appearance  about  2  miles  South  of  me.  the  whol  face  of  the 
country  was  covered  with  herds  of  Buffaloe,  Elk  &  Antelopes; 
deer  are  also  abundant,  but  keep  themselves  more  concealed  in 
the  woodland,  the  bufFaloe  Elk  and  Antelope  are  so  gentle 
that  we  pass  near  them  while  feeding,  without  apearing  to 
excite  any  alarm  among  them  ;  and  when  we  attract  their  atten- 
tion, they  frequently  approach  us  more  nearly  to  discover  what 
we  are,  and  in  some  instances  pursue  us  a  considerable  distance 
apparenly  with  that  view,  in  our  way  to  the  place  I  had 
determined  to  encamp,  we  met  with  two  large  herds  of  buffaloe, 
of  which  we  killed  three  cows  and  a  calf  two  of  the  former, 
wer  but  lean,  we  therefore  took  their  tongues  and  a  part  of 
their  marrow-bones  only.  I  then  proceeded  to  the  place  of 
our  encampment  with  two  of  the  men,  taking  with  us  the  Calf 
and  marrowbones,  while  the  other  two  remained,  with  orders 
to  dress  the  cow  that  was  in  tolerable  order,  and  hang  the  meat 
out  of  the  reach  of  the  wolves,  a  precaution  indispensible  to 
it's  safe  keeping,  even  for  a  night,  we  encamped  on  the  bank 
of  the  vellow  stone  river,  2  miles  South  of  it's  confluence  with 
"the  Missouri.  On  rejoining  Cap!  Clark,  the  26'!'  in  the  even- 
ing, he  informed  me,  that  at  5.  P.M.  after  I  left  him  the  wind 
abated  in  some  measure  and  he  proceeded  a  few  miles  further 
and  encamped. 

[335] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  25 

The  courses  and  distances  of  this  day  (25''')  being  as  follow. 

Miles 

N.  68°  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  Lar^  side  ^.yz 

West            to  a  tree  in  a  low  plain,  in  a  bend  on  St"?  i.i^ 

South.           to  the  upper  part  of  a  low  bluff  in  a  bend  on  Star'J  side  i.^ 

East.             to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  Star'?  side.  2.^ 

S.    28°  E.    along  the  Star"?  point,  opposite  a  blufF  .^ 

S.    20°  W.  along  the  Star'J  point  opposite  a  bluff  i. 
N.  65°  W.  to  the  upper  part  of  a  timbered  bottom  in  a  bend  on 

Star"!  side  3. 
S.    72°  VV.  to  the  lower  point  of  some  timber  in  a  bend  on  Star'J 

side  1.3/ 


miles.      14  y. 


[^Clark:]  z^".- of  April  Thursday  1805 

The  wind  was  moderate  &  ahead  this  morning,  we  set  out 
at  an  early  hour  The  morning  cold,  some  flying  clouds  to  be 
seen,  the  wind  from  the  N:  ice  collected  on  the  ores  this 
morning,  the  wind  increased  and  became  so  violent  about 
1  oClock  we  were  obliged  to  lay  by  our  canoes  haveing  taken 
in  some  water,  the  Dog  which  was  lost  yesterday,  joined  us 
this  morning. 

finding  that  the  winds  retarded  our  pregression  for  maney 
days  past,  and  no  app[e]arance  of  an  alteration,  and  the  river 
being  [so]  crooked  that  we  could  never  have  3  miles  fair  wind, 
Cap'  Lewis  concluded  to  go  by  land  as  far  as  the  Rochejhone 
or  yellow  Stone  river,  which  we  expect  is  at  no  great  distance 
by  land  and  make  Some  Selestial  observations  to  find  the 
situation  of  its  mouth,  and  by  that  measure  not  detain  the 
Perogues  at  that  place  any  time  for  the  purpose  of  makeing 
those  necessary  observations  he  took  4  men  &  proceeded  on 
up  the  Missouri  on  the  L.  Side,  at  5  oClock  the  wind  luled 
and  we  proceeded  on  and  incamped 


l2,i(^ 


> 


I 

Q 
u 

I 

Pi 
^^ 
<^ 
Q 


A 


iik 


I 


i8o5j  MAN  DAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

Course  Distance  &f  2^'*'  of  April 

N.  68°  W.    2}4    miles  to  point  of  wood  land  on  the  Larboard  Side 
West  ii/^    miles  to  a  tree  in  a  bend  to  the  S'!*  Side  in  a  low  plain 

South  13X    miles  to  the  upper  part  of  a  low  bluff  in  a  bend  to  the 

S'!  Side 
East  2}4    miles  to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  Starboard  Side. 

S.    28°  E.        .'^    on  the  S.""  point.      Bluft'  ops'? 
S     20°  W.    I         mile  on  the  Sf)  point  bluff  ops'? 
N.  65?  W    3        miles  to  the  upper  part  of  a  timbered  bottom  in  a  bend 

to  the  S.S'' 
S.    72°  W.    I  ^   mile  to  the  lower  part  of  some  timber  in  a  bend  to  the 
141^        S.  Side 


[Lewis  :]  FriJay  April  26"  1805. 

This  morning  I  dispatched  Joseph  Fields  up  the  yellow- 
stone  river  with  orders  to  examine  it  as  far  as  he  could  con- 
veniently and  return  the  same  evening ;  two  others  were 
directed  to  bring  in  the  meat  we  had  killed  last  evening,  while 
I  proceeded  down  the  river  with  one  man  in  order  to  take  a 
view  of  the  confluence  of  this  great  river  with  the  Missouri, 
which  we  found  to  be  two  miles  distant  on  a  direct  line  N.W. 
from  our  encampment,  the  bottom  land  on  the  lower  side  of 
the  Yellowstone  river  near  it's  mouth,  for  about  one  mile  in 
width  appears  to  be  subject  to  inundation  ;  while  that  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  Missouri  and  the  point  formed  by  the 
junction  of  these  rivers  is  of  the  common  elivation,  say  from 
twelve  to  18  feet  above  the  level  of  the  water,  and  of  course 
not  liable  to  be  overflown  except  in  extreem  high  water,  which 
dose  not  appear  to  be  verv  frequent,  there  is  more  timber  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  junction  of  these  rivers,  and  on  the 
Missouri  as  far  below  as  the  White-earth  river,  than  there  is 
on  any  part  of  the  Missouri  above  the  entrance  of  the  Chyenne 
river  to  this  place,  the  timber  consists  principally  of  Cotton- 
wood, with  some  small  elm,  ash  and  boxalder.  the  under 
growth  on  the  sandbars  and  verge  of  the  river  is  the  small 
leafed  willow;  the  low  bottoms,  rose  bushes  which  rise  to 
three  or  four  fe[e]t  high,  the  redburry,  serviceburv,  and  the 

VOL.  r.-.3  [ZZ7]  ' 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS      [April  26 

redwood ;  the  high  bottoms  are  of  two  discriptions,  either 
timbered  or  open  ;  the  first  lies  next  to  the  river  and  it's  under 
brush  is  the  same  with  that  of  the  low  timbered  bottoms  with 
the  addition  of  the  broad  leafed  willow,  Goosbury,  choke 
cherry,  purple  currant,  and  honeysuckle  bushis ;  the  open 
bottoms  border  on  the  hills,  and  are  covered  in  many  parts  by 
the  wild  hyssop  which  rises  to  the  hight  of  two  feet.  I 
observe  that  the  Antelope,  BufFaloe  Elk  and  deer  feed  on  this 
herb  ;  the  willow  of  the  sandbars  also  furnish  a  favorite  winter 
food  to  these  anamals  as  well  as  the  growse,  the  porcupine, 
hare,  and  rabbit,  about  12  0[c]lock  I  heard  the  discharge  of 
several  guns  at  the  junction  of  the  rivers,  which  announced  to 
me  the  arrival  of  the  pa[r]ty  with  Capt  Clark;  I  afterwards 
learnt  that  they  had  fired  on  some  buffaloe  which  they  met 
with  at  that  place,  and  of  which  they  killed  a  cow  and  several 
Calves  ;  the  latter  are  now  fine  veal.  I  dispatched  one  of  the 
men  to  Capt  Clark  requesting  him  to  send  up  a  canoe  to  take 
down  the  meat  we  had  killed  and  our  baggage  to  his  encampnt, 
which  was  accordingly  complyed  with,  after  I  had  completed 
my  observations  in  the  evening  I  walked  down  and  joined  the 
party  at  their  encampment  on  the  point  of  land  formed  bv  the 
junction  of  the  rivers  ;  found  them  all  in  good  health,  and 
much  pleased  at  having  arrived  at  this  long  wished  for  spot, 
and  in  order  to  add  in  some  measure  to  the  general  pleasure 
which  seemed  to  pervade  our  little  community,  we  ordered  a 
dram  to  be  issued  to  each  person;  this  soon  produced  the 
fiddle,  and  they  spent  the  evening  with  much  hilarity,  singing 
&  dancing,  and  seemed  as  perfectly  to  forget  their  past  toils, 
as  they  appeared  regardless  of  those  to  come,  in  the  evening, 
the  man  I  had  sent  up  the  river  this  morning  returned,  and 
reported  that  he  had  ascended  it  about  eight  miles  on  a 
streight  line;  that  he  found  it  crooked,  meandering  from  side 
to  side  of  the  valley  formed  by  it ;  which  is  from  four  to  five 
miles  wide,  the  corrent  of  the  river  gentle,  and  it's  bed  much 
interrupted  and  broken  bv  sandbars ;  at  the  distance  ot  five 
miles  he  passed  a  large  Island  well  covered  with  timber,  and 
three  miles  higher  a  large  creek  falls  in  on  the  S.E.  side  above 
a  high  bluff  in  which  there  are  several  stratas  of  coal,  the 
[338] 


i8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

country  bordering  on  this  river  as  far  as  he  could  percieve, 
like  that  of  the  Missouri,  consisted  of  open  plains,  he  saw 
several  of  the  bighorned  anamals  in  the  cou[rJse  of  his  walk  ; 
but  they  were  so  shy  that  he  could  not  get  a  shoot  at  them  ; 
he  found  a  large  horn  of  one  of  these  anamals  which  he 
brought  with  him.  the  bed  of  the  Yellowstone  river  is  entirely 
composed  of  sand  and  mud,  not  a  stone  of  any  kind  to  be 
seen  in  it  near  it's  entrance.  Capt  Clark  measured  these 
rivers  just  above  their  confluence;  found  the  bed  of  the  Mis- 
souri 520  yards  wide,  the  water  occupying  330.  it's  channel 
deep,  the  yellowstone  river  including  it's  sandbar,  858  v'"  of 
which,  the  water  occupyed  297  yards;  the  depest  part  12  feet; 
it  was  falling  at  this  time  &  appeard  to  be  nearly  at  it's 
summer  tide,  the  Indians  inform  that  the  yellowstone  river 
is  navigable  for  perogues  and  canoes  nearly  to  it's  source  in 
the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  that  in  it's  course  near  these 
mountains  it  passes  within  less  than  half  a  day's  march  of  a 
navigable  part  of  the  Missouri,  it's  extreem  sources  are  adja- 
cent to  those  of  the  Missouri,  river  platte,  and  I  think  probably 
with  some  of  the  South  branch  of  the  Columbia  river.'  the 
first  part  of  its  course  lies  through  a  mountanous  rocky  country 
tho'  well  timbered  and  in  many  parts  fertile  ;  the  middle,  and 
much  the  most  extensive  portion  ot  the  river  lies  through  a 
delightful!  rich  and  fertile  country,  well  covered  with  timber, 
intersperced  with  plains  and  meadows,  and  well  watered  ;  it  is 
some  what  broken  in  many  parts,  the  lower  portion  consists 
of  fertile  open  plains  and  meadows  almost  entirely,  tho'  it 
possesses  a  considerable  proportion  of  timber  on  it's  borders, 
the  current  of  the  upper  portion  is  extreemly  rappid,  that  of 
the  middle  and  lower  portions  much  more  gentle  than  the 
Missouri,  the  water  of  this  river  is  turbid,  tho'  dose  not 
possess  as  much  sediment  as  that  of  the  Missouri,     this  river 


'  The  name  Yellowstone  is  simplv  the  English  of  the  French  name  Roche  Jaune, 
itself  without  doubt  translated  from  an  earlier  Indian  appellation.  Chittenden  thinks 
that  this  name  originated  from  the  yellow  color  of  the  rocks  which  form  the  walls  of 
the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Yellowstone  ;  see  his  Telloivitone  National  Park  (Cincin- 
nati, 1895),  pp.  1-7.  The  name  Yellowstone  appears  to  have  been  first  recorded 
(1798)  by  David  Thompson,  the  British  explorer.  —  Ed. 

[339I 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  26 

in  it's  course  recieves  the  waters  of  many  large  tributary 
str[e]ams  principally  from  the  S.E.  of  which  the  most  con- 
siderable are  the  Tongue  and  bighorn  rivers  {&'  Clark's  fork) 
the  former  is  much  the  largest,  [rather  the  smallest  —  next  in 
size  Clarkes  fork,  and  the  Big  horn  the  largest  by  ?nuch.)  and 
heads  with  the  river  Platte  and  Bighorn  river,  as  dose  the 
latter  with  the  Tongue  river  and  the  river  Platte,  a  suficient 
quantity  of  limestone  may  be  readily  procured  for  building 
near  the  junction  of  the  Missouri  and  Yellowstone  rivers.  I 
could  observe  no  regular  stratas  of  it,  the'  it  lies  on  the  sides 
of  the  river  hills  in  large  irregular  masses,  in  considerable 
quantities ;  it  is  of  a  light  colour,  and  appears  to  be  of  an 
excellent  quality. 

The  courses  and  distances  of  the  26'.''  as  the  party  ascended  the 
Missouri,  are  as  follow 

Miles 

S.    45.  E.    to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Star"!  side  2i/^ 

S.    40.  W.  along  the  Sta"!  point,  opposite  a  bluff  i  1^ 

N.  75.  W.  to  the  commencement  of  the  wood  in  a  bend  on  Star"? 

side  7. 

South.  to  the  point  of  land  formed  by  the  junction   of  the 

Missouri   and  yellow   stone   rivers  i. 

Miles—    "sT 
Point  of  Observation  N°  7.     April  26""  1805. 

On  the  Lar!  bank  of  the  yellowstone  river  2  miles  S.E.  of  it's  junc- 
tion with  the  Missouri  observed  Equal  altitudes  of  the  O  with  Sextant 
and  artificial  horizon. 


A.M.  9.  41.    13.  —  P.M.   6.   49.      3.  ~j  Alt'!   given  by  Sextant  at  the 
".   42.    52    —  ".    50.    41.  \-time  of  observation 


■■■} 

44-  31-  —  "■   5-'-    17- -'  48?   57'-  45' 


Chronometer  too  fast  mean  time  [blank  space  in  MS.] 
]^^.  the  clouds  this  morning  prevented  my  observing  the  moon 
with  a.  Aquilae  ;  and  as  the  moon  was  not  again  observeable  untill  the 
I"  of  May,  I  determined  not  to  wait,  but  reather  to  relinquish  for  the 
present  the  obtaining  the  necessary  data  to  fix  the  longitude  of  this  place. 
Observed  Meridian  altitude  of  O''  L.  L.  with  Octant  by  the 

back  observation  73?  47' 

Latitude  deduced  from  this  observation,  [blank  space  in  MS.] 
[340] 


'8o5]  MANDAN     lU    YELLOWS  ION  I-: 


^^^"^■1  .„  ,  ,,/  .,/,r,/  FrUay  .805 

last  night  was   vcrry  cold,      tlic   Thermometer  stood   at  32 
abov  o  this  morning.      1   set  out  at  an  earlv  hour,     as  it  was 
cold  I  walked  on  the  bank,  ik  in  my  walk  Shot  a  beaver  be  2 
Deer,  one  of  the  Deer  in  tolerable  order,     the  low  bottom  of 
the   river  is   generaly    covered   with   wood[,]    willows   ik    rose 
bushes,   red    berry,   wild  cherry   &  red   or   arrow  wood   inter- 
sperccd   with   glades     The  timber  is  Cottonwood   principally. 
Elm  small  ash  also  furnish  a  portion  of  the  timber.     The  clay 
of  the    bluffs   appear    much    whiter   than    below,   and   contain 
several   Stratums  of  coal,     on  the  hill  sides  I   observe  pebbles 
of  different  size   &   colour.     The   river  has   been    riseing   for 
several    days,   &    raised   3    inches    last    night,     at    12   oClock 
arrived   at    the   forks   of  the    Roche   Johne   &    Missouri   and 
formed   a  camp   on    the   point.     Soon   after  George   Drewyer 
came  from  Cap"  Lewis  &:  informed  me  that  he  was  a  little  way 
up  the   Rochejohne  and  would  join   me  this  evining,     I   sent 
a  canoe   up    to   Cap'   Lewis  and   proceeded   [to]   measure  the 
width  of  the   [river],  and  find  the  debth.     The   Missouri  is 
520  yards  wide  above  the  point  of  Yellow  Stone  and  the  water 
covers  330  yards,     the  YellowStone  River  is   858   yards  wide 
includeing  its  sand  bar,     the  water  covers   297  yards  and  the 
deepest   part  is    12   feet  water,     it  is  at  this  time  falling,  the 
Missouri   rising     The   Indians  inform   that  the  Yellow  Stone 
River  is  navagable  for  Perogues  to  near  its  source  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains,     it    has    many    tributary    streams,    principally   on 
the  S.E.  side,  and   heads  at  no  great  distance   from   the   Mis- 
souri,    the   largest   rivers   which    fall   into   it  is   Tongue   river 
which  heads  with  the  waters  of  River  Piatt,  and  Bighorn  river 
which  also  heads  with   Piatt  &  Tongue  R     the  current  of  this 
river  is  said  to  be  rapid     near  its  mouth  it  is  verry  jentle,  and 
Its  water  is  of  a  whitish  colour  much  clearer  of  Sediment  than 
the  Missouri,     the  Countrey  on  this  river  is  said  to  be  broken 
in   Its  whole   course   &   contains   a  great  deel   of  wood,     the 
countrey  about  its  mouth  is  verry  fine,  the  bottoms  on  either 
side  is   wooded   with    Cotton   wood,  ash,   Elm,   &!     near  the 
banks  of  the  river     back  is   higher  bottoms  and   covered  with 
red    berry.   Goose   berry   &  rose  bushes   &.   interspersed  with 
[341] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  26 

small  open  Glades,  and  near  the  high  land  is  Generally  open 
rich  bottoms,  at  our  arrival  at  the  forks  I  observed  a  Drove 
of  BufFalow  Cows  &  Calves  on  a  sand  bar  in  the  point,  I 
directed  the  men  to  kill  the  fattest  Cox,  and  3  or  4  calves, 
which  they  did  and  let  the  others  pass,  the  cows  are  poor, 
calves  fine  veele. 

Course  &  Distance  26""  of  April 

S.    45°  E      2  i^    miles  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  Starboard  Side 

S.    40°  W.    1 1^    miles  on  the  S.  p'  a  bluff  opposit 

N.  75°  W.   3        miles  to  the  commencement  of  a  wood  bottom  in  a 

bend  to  the  Sfl    Side 
South  1        mile  to  the  junction   of    Rochejhone  or   yellowstone 

River  &  the  Mis[s]ouri 
~8 

Capt  Lewis  joined  me  in  the  evening  after  takeing  equal 
altitudes  a  little  way  up  the  Yellowstone  river  the  countrey 
In  every  direction  is  plains  except  the  moul[d]  bottoms  of  the 
river,  which  are  covered  with  some  indifferent  timber  such  as 
Cotton  wood.  Elm  &  small  ash,  with  different  kind  of  S[h]rubs 
&  bushes  on  the  forks  about  i  mile  from  the  point  at  which 
place  the  2  rivers  are  near  each  other  a  butifull  low  leavel 
plain  commences,  and  extends  up  the  Missouri  &  back,  this 
plain  is  narrow  at  its  commencement  and  widens  as  the  Mis- 
souri bends  north,  and  is  bordered  by  an  extencive  wood  land 
for  many  miles  up  the  Yellow  Stone  river,  this  low  plain  is 
not  Subject  to  over  flow,  appear  to  be  a  fiew  inches  above  high 
water  mark  and  affords  a  butifull  commanding  situation  for  a 
fort  near  the  commencement  of  the  Prarie,  about  [blank 
space  in  MS.]  miles  from  the  Point  &  [blank  space  in  MS.] 
yards  from  the  Missouri  a  small  lake  is  Situated,  from  this 
lake  the  plain  rises  gradually  to  a  high  butifull  countrey,  the 
low  Plain  continues  for  some  distance  up  both  rivers  on  the 
Yellow  Stone  it  is  wide  &  butifull  ops'!  the  point  on  the  S. 
Side  is  some  high  timbered  land,  about  i^  miles  below  on 
the  same  side  a  little  distance  from  the  water  is  an  elivated 
plain.  Several  of  the  party  was  up  the  Yellow  Stone  R  several 
miles,  &  informed  that  it  meandered  through  a  butifull  coun- 
[342  ] 


i8o;]  MAN  DAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

trey  Joseph  Fields  discovered  a  large  creek  falling  into  the 
Yellowstone  River  on  the  S  E.  Side  8  miles  up  near  which  he 
saw  a  big  horned  animal,  he  found  in  the  Prarie  the  horn  of 
one  of  those  animals  which  was  large  and  appeared  to  have 
laid  several  years  I  Saw  maney  buffalow  dead  on  the  banks  of 
the  river  in  different  places  some  of  them  eaten  by  the  white 
bears  &  wolves  all  except  the  skin  &  bones,  others  entire, 
those  animals  either  drounded  in  attempting  to  cross  on  the 
ice  dureing  the  winter  or  swiming  across  to  bluff  banks  where 
they  could  not  get  out  &  too  weak  to  return  we  saw  several 
in  this  Situation,  emence  numbers  of  antelopes  in  the  forks 
of  the  river,  Buffalow  &  Elk  &  Deer  is  also  plenty,  beaver 
is  in  every  bend.  I  observe  that  the  Magpie  Goose  duck  &c 
Eagle  all  have  their  nests  in  the  Same  neighbourhood,  and  it 
is  not  uncommon  for  the  Magpie  to  build  in  a  few  rods  of  the 
eagle,  the  nests  of  this  bird  is  built  verrv  strong  with  sticks 
covered  verry  thickly  with  one  or  more  places  through  which 
they  enter  or  escape,  the  Goose  I  make  no  doubt  falls  a  pray 
to  those  vicious  eagles 


QLewisQ  Saturday  Afrit  zj'!'   1805 

Previous  to  our  seting  out  this  morning  I  made  the  follow- 
ing observations. 

Point  of  observation  N"  8. 
Suns  magnetic  azimuth  by  Circumferentor       N.  81°  E. 

h  m         • 

Time  by  Chronometer  A.M.  9.    27.    14. 

Altitude  by  sextant  44°  56^  30'.' 

Sun's  magnetic  azimuth  by  Circumf'.'  N.  82°  E. 

h         m  s 

Time  by  Chronometer  A.  M.  9.   34.   29. 

Altitude  by  Sextant  47.  22.    -  . 


Sun's  Magnetic  azimuth  by  CircumP/  N.  83.  E. 

h         m  I 

Time  by  Chronometer.    A.M.  9.  42.    17. 

Altitude  by  Sextant  49.  56.  30. 

[343] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  2- 

This  morning  I  walked  through  the  point  formed  by  the 
junction  of  the  rivers ;  the  woodland  extends  about  a  mile, 
when  the  rivers  approach  each  other  within  less  than  half  a 
mile ;  here  a  beatifuU  level  low  plain  commences  and  extends 
up  both  rivers  for  many  miles,  widening  as  the  rivers  recede 
from  each  other,  and  extending  back  half  a  mile  to  a  plain 
about  12  feet  higher  than  itself;  the  low  plain  appears  to  be  a 
few  inches  higiier  than  high  water  mark  and  of  course  will  not 
be  liable  to  be  overflown  ;  tho'  where  it  joins  the  high  plain  a 
part  of  the  Missouri  when  at  it's  greatest  hight,  passes  through 
a  channel  of  60  or  70  yards  wide  and  falls  into  the  yellowstone 
river,  on  the  Missouri  about  i]^  miles  from  the  entrance  of 
the  yellowstone  river,  and  between  this  high  and  low  plain,  a 
small  lake  is  situated  about  200  yards  wide  extending  along  the 
edge  of  the  high  plain  parallel  with  the  Missouri  about  one 
mile,  on  the  point  of  the  high  plain  at  the  lower  extremity  of 
this  lake  I  think  would  be  the  most  eligible  site  for  an  estab- 
lishment between  this  low  plain  and  the  Yellow  stone  river 
their  is  an  extensive  body  of  timbered  land  extending  up  the 
river  for  many  miles,  this  site  recommended  is  about  400 
yards  distant  from  the  Missouri  and  about  double  that  distance 
from  the  river  yellow  stone  ;  from  it  the  high  plain,  rising  very 
gradually,  extends  back  about  three  miles  to  the  hills,  and  con- 
tinues with  the  same  width  between  these  hills  and  the  timbered 
land  on  the  yellowstone  river,  up  that  stream,  for  seven  or 
eight  miles;  and  is  one  of  the  ha[n]dsomest  plains  I  ever  be- 
held, on  the  Missouri  side  the  hills  sircumscribe  it's  width, 
&  at  the  distance  of  three  miles  up  that  river  from  this  cite,  it 
is  not  more  than  400  yards  wide.  Capt  Clark  thinks  that  the 
lower  extremity  of  the  low  plane  would  be  most  eligible  for 
this  establishment;  it  is  true  that  it  is  much  nearer  both  rivers, 
and  might  answer  very  well,  but  I  think  it  reather  too  low  to 
venture  a  permanent  establishment,  particularly  it  built  ot 
brick  or  other  durable  materials,  at  any  considerable  expence ; 
for  so  capricious,  and  versatile  are  these  rivers,  that  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  say  how  long  it  will  be,  untill  they  direct  the  force  of 
their  currents  against  this  narrow  part  of  the  low  plain,  which 
when  they  do,  must  shortly  yeald  to  their  influence ;  in 
[344] 


•  8o5]  MANDAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 

such  case  a  few  years  only  would  be  necessary,  for  the  annihi- 
lation of  the  plain,  and  with  it  the  fortification.'  I  continued 
my  walk  on  shore;  at  ii.  A.  M.  the  wind  became  very  hard 
from  N.W.  insomuch  that  the  perogues  and  canoes  were  unable 
either  to  proceede  or  pass  the  river  to  me;  I  was  under  the 
necessity  therefore  of  shooting  a  goose  and  cooking  it  for  my 
dinner,  the  wind  abated  about  4.  P.M.  and  the  party  pro- 
ceeded tho'  I  could  not  conveniently  join  them  untill  night, 
altho'  game  is  very  abundant  and  gentle,  we  only  kill  as 
much  as  is  necessary  for  food.  I  believe  that  two  good  hunters 
could  conveniently  supply  a  regiment  with  provisions.  for 
several  days  past  we  have  observed  a  great  number  of  buffaloe 
lying  dead  on  the  shore,  some  of  them  entire  and  others  partly 
devoured  by  the  wolves  and  bear.  those  anamals  either 
drownded  during  the  winter  in  attempting  to  pass  the  river  on 
the  ice  during  the  winter  or  by  swiming  acr[o]ss  at  present  to 
bluff  banks  which  they  are  unable  to  ascend,  and  feeling  them- 
selves too  weak  to  return  remain  and  perish  for  the  want  of 
food  ;  in  this  situation  we  met  with  several  little  parties  of 
them,  beaver  are  very  abundant,  the  party  kill  several  of  them 
every  day.  The  Eagles,  Magpies,  and  gees  have  their  nests 
in  trees  adjacent  to  each  other  ;  the  magpy  particularly  appears 
tond  of  building  near  the  Eagle,  as  we  scarcely  see  an  Eagle's 
nest  unaccompanyed  with  two  or  three  Magpies  nests  within  a 
short  distance.  The  bald  Eagle  are  more  abundant  here  than 
I  ever  observed  them  in  anv  part  of  the  countrv. 


Courses  and  distances  27"'  April  1805. 

N.  9°  E.  to  the  upper  part  of  the  timber  on  Lar'!  in  the  point, 
the  same  being  the  commencement  of  the  low 
plain,  at  which  the  .Missouri  and  yellowstone  riv- 
ers are  about  250  yards  distant. 

West.  to  the  lower  part  of"  the  timber  in  the  bend  on  Lar^ 

side 


1  A  conclusion  justified   by   the  notable  changes  which   have  occurrej  during  the 
century  past,  in  the  courses  of  these  rivers  at  their  confluence.  —  Ed. 

[345  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  27 

N.  32.  W.  to  a  point  of  the  timbered  bottom  on  Lad  opposite 
to  a  low  bluff,  between  two  points  of  wooded  bot- 
tom i/^  a  mile  distant  from  each  other  ;  a  beautifull 
plain  back,  several  high  open  situations,  between 
the  woodlands  on  the  Star"*,  side  3 

West.  to  a  point  of  small  willows  on  the  Star'?  side,^  opposite 

a  low  white  bluff  bordering  a  beautifull  rising  plain; 
some  woodland  below  this  bluff  on  the  Lar'?  side, 
and  a  thick  wooded  bottom  on  Star"*  side,  on  this 
course  the  river  is  wide,  and  crouded  with  sandbars, 
a  little  below  the  low  bluff  on  the  Lar'^  side,  a 
timbered  bottom  commences;  here  the  country 
rises  gradually  from  the  river  on  the  Lar'!  side  3  - 

Miles       "87~ 


CClark:3  27^  of  April  Satturday  1805 

atter  tak:e[ing]  the  azmuth  of  the  Sun  &  brackfasting  we 
set  out  wind  moderate  &  a  head,  at  i  i  oClock  the  wind 
rose  and  continued  to  blow  verry  hard  a  head  from  the  N.  W. 
untill  4  oClock  PM,  which  blew  the  sand  off  the  Points  in 
such  clouds  as  almost  covered  us  on  the  opposit  bank,  at  4 
I  set  out  from  my  unpleasent  Situation  and  proceeded  on, 
Cap!  Lewis  walked  on  shore  in  the  Point  to  examine  &  view 
the  Countrey  and  could  not  get  to  the  boats  untill  night,  Saw 
great  numbers  of  Goats  or  antilopes.  Elk,  Swan  Gees  &  Ducks, 
no  bufFalow  to  day  I  saw  several  beaver  and  much  sign,  I 
shot  one  in  the  head  which  imediately  sunk,  altho  the  game 
of  different  kinds  are  in  abundance  we  kill  nothing  but  what 
we  can   make  use  of 

Course,  distance  the  27'.''  of  April 

N.  9°  E  I  mile  to  the  upper  part  of  the  wood  in  the  point  and  com- 
mencement of  a  butifull  elivated  plain  at  which  place 
the  Yellow  Stone  river  is  about  250  yards  distant  from 
the  Mi  [sjsouri 

1  At  the  site  of  old  Fort  Union  —  a  post  built  in  1830  by  the  American  Fur 
Company  J   see  Chittenden's  account  of  it  (Amer.  Fur  Trade,  pp.   959,  960). Ed. 

[346] 


•  8o5]  MAN  DAN    TO    YELLOWSTONE 


West  1    mile  to  the  lower  part  of  the  timber  in   a  bend  to  the 

Lar'f  Side  back  of  which  and  on  the  river  below  is  [a] 
high  bottom,  and  the  upper  plains  are  not  so  high  as 
below  and  butifull  as  far  as  can  be  seen 

N.  32°  VV  3  miles  to  a  point  of  the  timbered  bottom  on  the  La'.'  Side 
opposit  a  low  blurt"  between  two  points  of  wooded 
bottom  y,  a  mile  distant  from  each  a  butifull  plain 
back,  several  high  open  situations  between  the  wood 
land  in  the  S.  bend. 

West  3   miles  to  a  point  of  small  Willows  on  the  S^  Side  opposit 

miles  8  ^  '°^  white  bluft'  bordering  a  butifull  riseing  Plain, 
some  wood  land  below  this  bluff"  on  the  L.S.  and  a 
thick  wooded  bottom  on  the  S.  Side  in  this  course 
the  river  is  wide  and  crouded  with  sand  bars,  a  little 
above  the  low  bluff"  on  the  L.S.  a  timbered  bottom 
commences,  here  the  countrey  runs  gradually  from 
the  river  on  the  L.S. 


[347] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  28 


Chapter    VIII 

PART    I 
FROM    THE    YELLOWSTONE    TO    THE    MUSSELSHELL 

Lewis's  Journal,  April  28 — May  5,  1805 
Clark's  Journal,  April  28 — May  5 

[Lewis:]  Sunday  April  zi'!"   1805. 

SET  out  this  morning  at  an  early  hour ;  the  wind  was 
favourable  and  we  employed  our  sails  to  advantage. 
Capt  Clark  walked  on  shore  this  morning,  and  I  pro- 
ceeded with  the  party,  the  country  through  which  we  passed 
today  is  open  as  usual  and  very  broken  on  both  sides  near  the 
river  hills,  the  bottoms  are  level  fertile  and  partially  covered 
with  timber,  the  hills  and  bluffs  exhibit  their  usual  mineral 
appearances,  some  birnt  hills  but  no  appearance  of  Pumice- 
stone;  coal  is  in  great  abundance  and  the  salts  still  increase 
in  quantity  ;  the  banks  of  the  river  and  sandbars  are  incrusted 
with  it  in  many  places  and  appear  perfectly  white  as  if  covered 
with  snow  or  frost,  the  woods  are  now  green,  tho'  the  plains 
and  meadows  appear  to  abate  of  the  verdure  those  below 
exhibited  some  days  past,  we  past  three  small  runs  today, 
two  falling  in  on  the  Star"!  and  one  on  the  Lar"!  side,  they  are 
but  small  afford  but  little  water  and  head  a  few  miles  back  in 
the  hills,  we  saw  great  quantities  of  game  today;  consisting 
of  the  common  and  mule  deer,  Elk,  Buffaloe,  and  Antelopes  ; 
also  tour  brown  bear,  one  of  which  was  fired  on  and  wounded 
by  one  of  the  party  but  we  did  not  get  it;  the  beaver  have 
cut  great  quantities  of  timber;  saw  a  tree  nearly  3  feet  in 
diameter  that  had  been  felled  by  them.  Capt.  Clark  in  the 
course  of  his  walk  killed  a  deer  and  a  goose;  &  saw  three 
black  bear ;  he  thinks  the  bottoms  are  not  so  wide  as  they 
have  been  for  some  days  past. 

[  348  ] 


i8o5]      YELLOWSTONK     TO    MUSSKLSHHLL 


Courses  and  distances  iS""  of  April. 


Mila 

2  ■/ 


North.  to  a  point  of  timber  on  Lar.'  side. 

N.  40.  W.      to  the  upper  part  of  the  point  on  Lar'  opposite  to  a 

high  rugged  bluf  i. 

S.  50.  W.  to  a  high  bluff  on  the  Lar'f  side  just  above  a  tim- 
bered bottom,  and  opposite  a  point  of  woodland 
on  Star"!  side  2  3^ 

S.    85.    W.      to  the  center  of  a  bend  on  Lar"!  side.  i. 

N.  25.   W.     to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  Lar'?  passing  a  point 

on  Star?  side  at  i  h;^  M'.'  3. 

N.  18.    W.      to  the    lower  point  of   the  timber    in   a   bend    on 

Star*!  side  2. 

to  a  point  of  woodland  on  Star^  side.  4. 

to  a  high  bluff  point  on  Lar^  side,  the  river  making 

a  considerable  bend  to  S.E.  2. 

to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Lar'!  side  2. 

to  a  high  bluff  point  on  the  Star'?  side.  i. 

to  a  point  of  woodland  on  Star?  side.  3. 

Miles  —   24. 


s. 

4- 

vv. 

s. 

10. 

vv. 

N. 

80. 

\v. 

N. 

45- 

\v. 

S. 

80. 

vv. 

[Clark  0  28'*  of  April  SunJay  1S05 

a  tine  day  river  falling,  wind  favourable  from  the  S.E.  and 
moderate,  I  walked  on  shore  to  view  the  countrey,  from 
the  top  of  the  high  hills,  I  beheld  a  broken  &  open  countrey 
on  both  Sides,  near  the  river  some  verry  handsom  low  plains, 
I  kill''  a  Deer  &  a  goose,  saw  three  black  bear  great  numbers 
of  Elk  antelopes  &  2  Gangues  of  Buffalow.  The  hills  & 
Bluffs  show  the  stratums  of  coal,  and  burnt  appearances  in 
maney  places,  In  and  about  them  I  could  find  no  appearance 
of  Pumice  Stone,  the  wood  land  have  a  green  appearance, 
the  Plains  do  not  look  so  green  as  below.  The  bottoms  are 
not  so  wide  this  afternoon  as  below.  Saw  four  bear  this  even- 
ing, one  of  the  men  Shot  at  one  of  them.  The  antilopes  are 
nearly  red,  on  that  part  which  is  Subject  to  change  i.  e.  the 
sides  &  -/t,  of  the  back  from  the  head,  the  other  part  as  white 
as  Snow,  2  small  runs  fall  in  on  the  S.  Side  and  one  this 
evening  on  the  Lar"*  Side  those  runs  head  at  a  fiew  miles  in 
the  hills  and  discharge  but  little  water,  the  Bluffs  in  this  part 
[349] 


N. 

N. 

40? 

W, 

S. 

56° 

w. 

s. 

85° 

w. 

N. 

25° 

w 

LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  29 

as  also  below  Shew  different  stratums  of  coal  or  carbonated 
wood,  and  coloured  earths,  such  as  dark  brown,  yellow  a 
lightish  brown,  &  a  dark,  red  &c'. 

Course  Sc  distance  the  iH't"  of  April 

21^  miles  to  a  point  of  timber  on  the  La**  Side 

1  to  the  upper  part  of  the  point  on   the   L.  Side  opposit 
is  a  high  rugid  BiufFon  the  S.S. 

2  3^  To  a  high  bluff  on  the  L''  Side  opposit  to  a  point  of 
woods  &  just  above  a  wood 

I.      To  the  center  of  a  bend  on  the  La*"  Side 
3.     To  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  L'?  Side  passing  a 
point  on  the  S'  Side  at  i  ^^  miles 
N.  18°  \V.      2.      To  the  lower  point  of  a  timber  in  a  bend  to  the  Star- 
board Side. 
To  a  point  of  wood  Land  on  the  S'f  Side 
To  a  high  blufF  point  on  the  L.  Side  the  river  makeing 

a  considerable  bend  S.E. 
to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  Lar^  Side 
to  a  high  Bluff  p'  on  the  Sf  Side 
To  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  St**  Side 


I^Lewis  Q  Monday  April  zt)!^'  1805. 

Set  out  this  morning  at  the  usual  hour;  the  wind  was  mod- 
erate; I  walked  on  shore  with  one  man.  about  8.  A.M.  we 
fell  in  with  two  brown  or  yellow  [whitel  bear  ;  both  of  which 
we  wounded  ;  one  of  them  made  his  escape,  the  other  after  my 
firing  on  him  pursued  me  seventy  or  eighty  yards,  but  fortu- 
nately had  been  so  badly  wounded  that  he  was  unable  to 
pursue  so  closely  as  to  prevent  my  charging  my  gun  ;  we 
again  repeated  our  fir[e]  and  killed  him.  it  was  a  male  not 
fully  grown,  we  estimated  his  weight  at  300  lb'  not  having  the 
means  of  ascertaining  it  precisely.  The  legs  of  this  bear  are 
somewhat  longer  than  those  of  the  black,  as  are  it's  tailons  and 
tusks  incomparably  larger  and  longer,  the  testicles,  which  in 
the  black  bear  are  placed  pretty  well  back  between  the  thyes 
and  contained  in  one  pouch  like  those  of  the  dog  and  most 
quadrupeds,  are  in  the  yellow  or  brown  bear  placed  much 
[350] 


s. 

4?  w. 

4- 

s. 

10?  W. 

2. 

N. 

80?  w. 

2. 

N. 

45?  W. 

I 

S. 

80?  W. 

3 

24 

>«o5]     YELLOWSTONK    TO    MUSSELSHELL 


further  forward,  and  are  suspended  in  separate  pouches  from 
two  to  four  inches  asunder;  it's  colour  is  yellowish  brown, 
the  eyes  small,  black,  and  piercing;  the  front  of  the  fore  legs 
near  the  feet  is  usually  black;  the  fur  is  finer  thicker  and 
deeper  than  that  of  the  black  bear,  these  are  all  the  particulars 
in  which  this  anamal  appeared  to  me  to  differ  from  the  black 
bear;'  it  is  a  much  more  furious  and  formidable  anamal,  and 
will  frequently  pursue  the  hunter  when  wounded,  it  is  asston- 
ishing  to  see  the  wounds  they  will  bear  before  they  can  be  put 
to  death,  the  Indians  may  well  fear  this  anamal  equiped  as 
they  generally  are  with  their  bows  and  arrows  or  indifferent 
fuzees,  but  in  the  hands  of  skillfull  riflemen  they  are  by  no 
means  as  formidable  or  dangerous  as  thev  have  been  repre- 
sented." game  is  still  very  abundant  we  can  scarcely  cast  our 
eyes  in  any  direction  without  percieving  deer  Elk  Buffaloe  or 
Antelopes.  The  quantity  of  wolves  appear  to  increase  in  the 
same  proportion;  they  generally  hunt  in  parties  of  six  eight  or 
ten  ;  they  kill  a  great  number  ot  the  Antelopes  at  this  season  ; 
the  Antelopes  are  yet  meagre  and  the  females  are  big  with 
young;  the  wolves  take  them  most  generally  in  attempting  to 
swim  the  river;  in  this  manner  my  dog  caught  one  drowned  it 
and  brought  it  on  shore ;  they  are  but  clumsey  swimers,  tho' 
on  land  when  in  good  order,  they  are  extreemly  fleet  and 
dureable.  we  have  frequently  seen  the  wolves  in  pursuit  of 
the  Antelope  in  the  plains;  they  appear  to  decoy  a  single  one 
from  a  flock,  and  then  pursue  it,  alturnately  relieving  each 
other  untill  they  take  it.  on  joining  Capt  Clark  he  informed 
me  that  he  had  seen  a  female  and  faun  of  the  bighorned 
anamal  ;  that  they  ran  for  some  distance  with  great  aparent 
ease  along  the  side  of  the  river  bluff"  where  it  was  almost  per- 


l  By  "  white  bear,"  here  and  elsewhere  in  Lewis  and  Clark's  journals,  must  not 
be  understood  the  white  or  polar  bear  of  Arctic  regions,  but  the  animal  now  known 
as  "grizzly  bear"  {Ursuj  horrihilis),  first  adequately  described  by  our  explorers.  It 
was  technically  named  in  1815.  — Ed. 

"  '  As  no  wound  except  through  the  head  or  heart  is  mortal,  they  frequently  fall  a 
sacrifice  if  they  miss  their  aim.  He  rather  attacks  than  avoids  a  man,  and  such  is 
the  terror  which  he  has  inspired,  that  the  Indians  who  go  in  quest  of  him  paint  them- 
selves and  perform  all  the  superstitious  rites  customary  when  they  make  war  on  a 
neighboring  nation.  —  Biddle  (i,  p.  zoo). 

[351] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [April  29 

pendicular;  two  of  the  party  fired  on  them  while  in  motion 
without  effect,  we  took  the  flesh  of  the  bear  on  board  and 
proceeded.  Capt.  Clark  walked  on  shore  this  evening,  killed  a 
deer,  and  saw  several  of  the  bighorned  anamals.  there  is  more 
appearance  of  coal  today  than  we  have  yet  seen,  the  stratas  are 
6  feet  thick  in  some  instances;  the  earth  has  been  birnt  in 
many  places,  and  always  appears  in  stratas  on  the  same  level 
with  the  stratas  of  coal,  we  came  too  this  evening  in  the 
mouth  of  a  little  river,  v/hich  falls  in  on  the  Star*!  side,  this 
stream  is  about  50  yards  wide  from  bank  to  bank  ;  the  water 
occupyes  about  15  yards,  the  banks  are  of  earth  only,  abrupt, 
tho'  not  high  —  the  bed,  is  of  mud  principally.  Capt  Clark, 
who  was  up  this  streeam  about  three  miles,  informed  me  that 
it  continued  about  the  same  width,  that  it's  current  was  gentle 
and  it  appeared  navigable  for  perogues  it  meanders  through 
an  extensive,  fertile,  and  beautifull  vally  as  far  as  could  bee 
seen  about  N.  30"  W.  there  was  but  one  solitary  tree  to  be 
seen  on  the  banks  of  this  river  after  it  left  the  bottom  of  the 
Missouri,  the  water  of  this  river  is  clear,  with  a  brownish 
yelow  tint,  here  the  highlands  receede  from  th;  Missouri, 
leaving  the  vally  formed  by  the  river  from  seven  to  eight 
miles  wide,  and  reather  lower  then  usual.  This  stream  my 
friend   Capt.   C.   named   Marthas  river.^ 

Courses  and  distances  of  the  29""  of  April. 

Miles 

N.  45.  W.      to  a  point  of  woodland   on   Lar"!  side  opposite  to  a 

high  bluff  on  Star")  3. 

West.  to  a  point  of  woodland  Staf!  opposite  to  a  bluff  2. 

N.  80.  W.     along  the  Star'}  point  opposite  a  high  sharp  bluff  i.}4 

N.  45.  W.     to  a  point  of  woodland  Lar'}  opposite  to  a  bluff  2. 

N.  55.  W.     to  a  point  of  woodland  Lar4  opposite  to  a  bluff  3. 

N.  65.  W.     to  a  bluff  point  on  Stari  side  i.j{ 

S.    30    W.      to  the  upper  point  of  the  high  timber  on  the  Lar'' 

side  in  a  bend  of  the  river  3 


1  In  the  MS.  here  follows  a  line  afterward  crossed  out,  "  in  honour  of  Miss  M.," 
followed  by  another  initial  which  cannot  be  deciphered  —  but  in  Clark's  entry,  post, 
we  read,  "  in  honor  to  the  Selebrated  M.  F."  This  river  is  now  known  as  the  Big 
Muddy.  —  Ed. 

[352] 


a 


I 


m 

s 


i8o5]      YELLOWSTONE    TO    MUSSELSHELL 

S.    85    W.     to  a  point  of  woodland  on  StaH  opposite  a  blufF  i\ 

N.  55.  W.     to  the   commencement   of  a   bluff  on   Star)    side, 

passing  a  sand  point  at  2^  miles  on  Lar'!  side  3.^ 

S.  75.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  Lar)  passing  the  poil 
of  a  sandbar  on  Star"!  ,  the  river  making  a  deep 
bend  to  the  South  i.^ 

S.  75.  VV.  to  the  entrance  of  a  {Marthys)  river  in  a  bend  on 
Star"!  where  we  encamped  for  the  night,  this 
stream  we  call  [blank  space  in  MS.]  3. 


25 


[^Clark:]  i^",',  of  April  Monday  1805 

Set  out  this  morning  at  the  usial  hour,  the  wind  is  moderate 
ik.  from  the  N.E.  had  not  proceeded  far  eer  we  Saw  a  female 
&  her  faun  of  the  Bighorn  animal  on  the  top  of  a  BlufF  lying, 
the  noise  we  made  allarmed  them  and  they  came  down  on  the 
side  of  the  blufF  which  had  but  little  slope  being  nearly  pur- 
pindicular,  I  directed  two  men  to  kill  those  anamals,  one 
went  on  the  top  and  the  other  man  near  the  water  they  had 
two  shots  at  the  doe  while  in  motion  without  effect,  Those 
animals  run  &  Skiped  about  with  great  ease  on  this  declivity 
&  appeared  to  prefur  it  to  the  leavel  bottom  or  plain.  Cap! 
Lewis  &  one  man  walk''  on  shore  and  he  killed  a  yellow  Bear 
&  the  man  with  him  wounded  one  other,  after  getting  the 
flesh  of  the  bear  on  bord  which  was  not  far  from  the  place  we 
brackfast,  we  proceeded  on  Saw  4  gangus  of  bufFalow  and  great 
numbers  of  antelopes  in  every  direction  also  saw  Elk  and 
several  wolves,  I  walked  on  Shore  in  the  evening  &  killed  a 
Deer  which  was  so  meager  as  to  be  unfit  for  use.  The  hills 
contain  more  coal,  and  has  a  greater  appearance  of  being  burnt 
that  [than]  below,  the  burnt  parts  appear  on  a  parrilel  with 
the  stratiums  of  coal,  we  came  too  in  the  mouth  of  a  Little 
river  on  the  S.S.  which  is  about  50  or  60  yards  from  banks  to 
bank,  I  was  up  this  Stream  3  miles  it  continues  its  width  and 
glides  with  a  gentle  current,  its  water  is  about  15  yards  wide 
at  this  time,  and  appears  to  be  navagable  for  canoes  &^  it 
meanders  through  a  butifull  &  extencive  vallie  as  far  as  can  be 
Seen  about  N  30'  W.      I   saw  only  a  single  tree  in  this  fertile 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS     [April  30 


vallie  The  water  of  the  River  is  clear  of  a  yellowish  colour, 
we  call  this  river  Martheys  river  in  honor  to  the  Selebrated 
M.F.  Here  the  high  land  widen  from  five  to  Eight  miles 
and  much  lower  than  below.  Saw  several  of  the  big  horn 
animals  this  evening.  The  Wolves  distroy  great  numbers  of 
the  antilopes  by  decoying  those  animals  singularly  out  in  the 
plains  and  prosueing  them  alternetly,  those  antelopes  are 
curious  and  will  approach  any  thing  which  appears  in  motion 
near  them  &? 

Course  &  Distance  the  29",*;  of  April 


N.  45°  W  3 

West  2 

N    80?  W.  I  i 

N.  45?  W.  ^ 


N.  55' 

N.  65' 
S.    30' 

S.    85' 
N    55 

S     75 
N.  75 


W. 


w. 

w. 


w. 
w. 


to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  L**  Side  ops')  to  a  high 

Bluff  on  the  Star"*  Side 
to  a  wood  land  on  the  Sf*  Side  ops'!  a  Bluff 
on  the  Sf*  point,  a  high  Sharp  bluff 
to  a  point  of  wood   land  on  the   L.  Side,  a  high  bluff 

opposit  on  the  S.S. 
to  a  point  of  timbered   land  on  the  Lard  Side  a  Bluff 

on  the  S.  Side 
to  a  Bluff  point  on  the  Star")  Side, 
to  the  upper  point  of  a  high  timber  on  the  L.  Side  in 

a  lard  bend  of  the  river 
to  a  p!  of  timber  on  Star'?  S^  ops'!   a  bluff 
to  the  commencement  of  a  bluff  on  S.S.  pass^  a  sand 

p!  at  ly,  miles  on  the  Lar^  S'? 
to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  passing  a  sand  bar  the 

river  makeing  a  Deep  bend  to  the  South 
to  the  enterence  of  a  river  on  the  Star**  Side  in  a  bend, 

where  we  encamped  for  the  night. 


[^Lewis:]  Tuesday  April  la"'.   1S05. 

Set  out  at  sunrise,  the  wind  blew  hard  all  last  night,  and 
continued  to  blow  pretty  hard  all  day,  but  not  so  much,  as  to 
compell  us  to  ly  by.  the  country  as  usual  is  bare  of  timber; 
the  river  bottoms  are  level  and  fertile  and  extensive,  but  possess 
but  little  timber  and  that  of  an  indifferent  quality  even  of  it's 
kind;  principally  low  cottonwood,  either  too  small  for  build- 
[  354  ] 


i8o5]      YELLOWSTONE    TO    MUSSELSHELL 

ing,  or  for  plank,  or  broken  and  dead  at  top  and  unsound  in 
the  center  of  the  trunk,  saw  great  quantities  of  game  as  usual. 
Cap!  Clark  walked  on  shore  the  greater  part  of  the  day,  the 
Interpreter,  Charbono  and  his  Indian  woman  attended  him. 
past  some  old  Indian  lodges  built  of  drift  wood;  they  appear 
to  be  of  antient  date  and  not  recently  inhabited.  I  walked  on 
shore  this  evening  and  killed  a  buck  Elk,  in  tolerable  order; 
it  appeared  to  me  to  be  the  largest  I  had  seen,  and  was  there- 
fore induced  to  measure  it ;  found  it  five  feet  three  inches  from 
the  point  of  the  hoof,  to  the  top  of  the  sholders ;  the  leg  and 
hoof  being  placed  as  nearly  as  possible  in  the  same  position 
they   would   have  been   had   the  anamal   been  standing. 


Courses  and  distances  of  30'.''  April. 

MUe. 
S.     15°  VV.  to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  Star^  side  passing 

a  sand  point  at  3|  of  a  M^  Lar'f  2  V^ 

S.    22.    W.   to  the  upper  point  of  the  high  timber  in  the  center  of 

a  bend  Lar')  side  at  the  commencement  of  a  blutf        i   i^ 
S.    85.   VV.  to  a  point  of  timbered   land   on  Star")  side  opposite 

to  a  bluff.  i_ 

S.    75.    VV.   to  a  point  of  timber  at  the  upper  part  of  a  blutf  in  a 

bend  on  Lar"?  side. 
N.  40.   VV.  to  the  point  of  a  sandbar  on  the  Lar^  side,  passing  a 

willow  point  at  two  miles  and  a  large  sandbar  on 

Star!  r 

S.    40.   VV.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  Starl  opposite  to  a  bluff 

on  Lar^  the  river  making  a  considerable  bend  on 

Lar'!  side  7  1/ 

N.  70.  VV.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Lar''  side,  passing,  at 

the  commencement  of  this  course,  a  large  sand 

Island  in  the  Lar4  bend.  -j. 

S.    25.  VV.   to  the  upper  part  of  the  high  timber  on  the  Lar^  side.      2  y^ 
West.  to  a  point  of  high  timber  on  the  Lar*l  side,     a  large 

sand  island  in  the  bend  to  the  Star?  side.  3  y^ 

N.  80.   VV.   to  a  point  of  high  woods  on  the  Lar^  side  opposite 

to  which  we  encamped  on  a  sandbar  Star^  side '         r 


•K 


Miles  24. 


1  At  the  present  town  of  Brockton,  Mont.  —  Ed. 

[  355  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [April  30 

[Clark:]  30";  of  April  Tuesday  1805 

The  wind  blew  hard  from  the  N  E  ail  last  night,  we  Set 
out  at  Sunrise  the  wind  blew  hard  the  greater  part  of  the  day 
and  part  of  the  time  favourable,  we  did  not  He  by  to  day  on 
account  of  the  wind.  I  walked  on  Shore  to  day  our  interpreter 
&  his  squar  followed,  in  my  walk  the  squar  found  &  brought 
me  a  bush  something  like  the  currunt,  which  she  said  bore  a 
delicious  froot  and  that  great  quantitis  grew  on  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  This  shrub  was  in  bloom  has  a  yellow  flower 
with  a  deep  cup,  the  froot  when  ripe  is  yellow  and  hangs  in 
bunches  like  cheries.  Some  of  those  berries  yet  remained  on 
the  bushes.  The  bottoms  above  the  mouth  of  the  last  river  is 
extencive  level  &  fertile  and  covered  with  indifferent  timber  in 
the  points,  the  upland  appear  to  rise  gradually,  I  saw  Great 
numbers  of  antelopes,  also  scattering  Buffalow,  Elk,  Deer, 
wolves.  Gees,  ducks  &  Crows.  I  Killed  2  Gees  which  we 
dined  on  to  day.  Cap"  Lewis  walked  on  Shore  and  killed  an 
elk  this  evening,  and  we  came  too  &  camped  on  the  S.S. 
the  countrey  on  both  sides   have  a  butitull  appearance. 

Course  &  Distance  the   30'.''  of  April 

miles 

2  1/^  to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  S"*   Side   passed   a 

sand  point  at  3^  of  a  mile  L.S. 
I  j/C  to  the  upper  point  of  the  high  timber  on  the  L'?    Side 

in  a  bend  a  Bluft'  on  the  Lar"! 
I       to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  Sf*  Side  opposit  to 
a  bluff  on  the  Lard  Side 
i^  to  a  point  of  timber  at  the  upper  part  of  a  bluff  in  a 
bend  to  the  Lar"'  Side 
N.  40°  W.      5       to  a  point  of  a  Sand  bar  on  the   Lar"*  Side  passing  a 
Willow  point  at   2   miles,  and  a  large  Sand  bar  on 
S.S. 
S.    40°  W.      31^  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  SfJ  Side  opposit  to  a    Bluff 
on  the  L.  Side  the  [river]    makeing  a  considerable 
bend  L.S 
N.  70°  W.      3       to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  Lar"*  Side  passing  at 
the   commencement   of   this   course   a    large    sand 
Island   in  the   Lar"*  bend. 
[  ?^6  1 


s. 

15"  w. 

s 

22°   W. 

s 

85?  w. 

s 

75-  W 

i8o5]      YELLOWSTONE    TO    MUSSELSHELL 


S.    25^  W.      2^  miles  to  the  upper  part  of  a  high  timber  on  the  Lar"" 

Side 
West  ^y,  to  a  point   of  high   timber  on  the   Lar'  Side     a  large 

sand  Island  in  the  bend  to  the  Sf*  Side. 
N.  80^  W       1        to  a  point  of  high  woods  on  the  Larboard  Side 
24 


CLewis:]  IVednesJay  May  i".  1805. 

Set  out  this  morning  at  an  early  [hour],  the  wind  being 
favourable  we  used  our  sales  which  carried  us  on  at  a  good  pace 
untill  about  12  OC?  when  the  wind  became  so  high  that  the 
small  canoes  were  unable  to  proceed  one  of  them  which 
seperated  from  us  just  befor  the  wind  became  so  violent,  is 
now  lying  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  being  unable  to 
rejoin  us  in  consequence  of  the  waves,  which  during  those  gusts 
run  several  feet  high,  we  came  too  on  the  Lar'  shore  in  a 
handsome  bottom  well  stocked  with  cottonwood  timber;  here 
the  wind  compelled  us  to  spend  the  ballance  of  the  day.  we 
sent  out  some  hunters  who  killed  a  buffaloe,  an  Elk,  a  goat 
and  two  beaver,  game  is  now  abundant,  the  country  appears 
much  more  pleasant  and  fertile  than  that  we  have  passed  for 
several  days ;  the  hills  are  lower,  the  bottoms  wider,  and  better 
stocked  with  timber,  which  consists  principally  of  cottonwood, 
not  however  of  large  size ;  the  under-growth  willow  on  the 
verge  of  the  river  and  sandbars,  rose  bushes,  red  willow  and 
the  broad  leafed  willow  in  the  bottom  lands  ;  the  high  country 
on  either  side  of  the  river  is  one  vast  plain,  intirely  destitute 
of  timber,  but  is  apparently  fertile,  consisting  of  a  dark  rich 
mellow  looking  lome.  John  Shields  sick  today  with  the  rheu- 
matism. Shannon  killed  a  bird  of  the  plover  kind,  weight 
one  pound,  it  measured  from  the  tip  of  the  toe,  to  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  beak,  i.  foot  lo.  Inches;  from  tip  to  tip  of 
wings  when  extended  2  F.  5  L;  Beak  3  S;  inches;  tale  314 
inches;  leg  and  toe  10  In!  the  eye  black,  piercing,  prominent 
and  moderately  large,  the  legs  are  flat  thin,  slightly  imbricated 
and  of  a  pale  sky  blue  colour,  being  covered  with  feathers  as 
far  as  the  mustle  extends  down  it,  which  is  about  half  of  it's 
I  357] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS     [April  30 

length,  it  has  four  toes  on  each  foot,  three  of  which,  are 
connected  by  a  web,  the  fourth  is  small  and  placed  at  the  heel 
about  the  ^  of  an  inch  up  the  leg.  the  nails  are  black  and 
short,  that  of  the  middle  toe  is  extreemly  singular,  consisting 
of  two  nails  the  one  laping  on  or  overlaying  the  other,  the 
upper  one  somewhat  the  longest  and  sharpest,  the  tale  con- 
tains eleven  feathers  of  equal  length,  &  of  a  bluish  white  colour, 
the  boddy  and  underside  of  the  wings,  except  the  large  feathers 
of  the  i"!  &  2"'f  joints  of  the  same,  are  white,  as  are  also  the 
feathers  of  the  upper  part  of  the  4"!'  joint  of  the  wing  and  part 
of  those  of  the  3'^  adjacent  thereto,  the  large  feathers  of  the 
i'.'  or  pinion  and  the  2"^  joint  are  black;  a  part  of  the  larger 
feathers  of  the  2"^  joint  on  the  upper  side  and  all  the  small 
feathers  which  cover  the  upper  part  of  the  wings  are  black,  as 
are  also  the  tuft  of  long  feathers  on  each  side  of  the  body 
above  the  joining  of  the  wing,  leaving  however  a  stripe  of 
white  between  them  on  the  back.  the  head  and  neck  are 
shaped  much  like  the  grey  plover,  and  are  of  a  light  brickdust 
brown ;  the  beak  is  black  and  flat,  largest  where  it  joins  the 
head,  and  from  thence  becoming  thiner  and  tapering  to  a  very 
sharp  point,  the  upper  chap  being  yi  of  an  inch  the  longest 
turns  down  at  the  point  and  forms  a  little  hook,  the  nostrils, 
which  commence  near  the  head  are  long,  narrow,  connected 
and  paraellel  with  the  beak ;  the  beak  is  much  curved,  the 
curvature  being  upwards  in  stead  of  downwards  as  is  common 
with  most  birds;  the  substance  of  the  beak  precisely  resembles 
whalebone  at  a  little  distance,  and  is  quite  as  flexable  as  that 
substance,  their  note  resembles  that  of  the  grey  plover,  tho' 
is  reather  louder  and  more  varied,  their  habits  appear  also  to 
be  the  same,  with  this  difference;  that  it  sometimes  rests  on  the 
water  and  swims  which  I  do  not  recollect  having  seen  the 
plover  do.  this  bird  which  I  shall  henceforth  stile  the  Missouri 
plover,  generally  feeds  about  the  shallow  bars  of  the  river,  to 
collect  it's  food  which  consists  of  [blank  space  in  MS.],  it 
immerces  it's  beak  in  the  water  and  throws  it's  head  and  beak 
from  side  to  side  at  every  step  it  takes.' 

1  The  avocet  (^Recuruirostra  Americana).  — •  Ed. 
[358] 


i8o5]      YELLOWSTONK    TO    MUSSELSMKLL 


2 

I. 

2. 


Courses  and  distances  of  this  day 

N.  88.  W.  to  the  upper  point  of  some  high  timber  in  a  bend  on 
the  Star'i  side 

South.  to  the  upper  point  of  a  timbered  bottom  Lar?  S'^ 

S.    26°  W.  to  a  blufF  on  the  Lar-f  side 

S.    6o°  W.  to  a  single  tree  on  a  point  Lar'?  side. 

West.  to  a  point  of  woodland  Lar'?  side. 

S.  6o?  VV.  to  a  point  of  woodland  just  beneath  the  upper  point 
of  an  elivatcd  plane  on  Star!  side,  one  mile  short 
of  which  we  encamped  on  the  Lar'! 


C^'*'''  -3  May  the  V,\  ITednisJay  1 805. 

We  set  out  at  sun  rise  under  a  stiff  Breeze  from  the  East, 
the  morning  cool  &  cloudy,  one  man  J.  Shields  sick  with 
rhumetism.  one  of  the  men  (Shannon)  shot  a  Gull  or  pleaver, 
which  is  about  the  Size  of  an  Indian  hen,  with  a  Sharp  pointed 
bill  turning  up  &  4  Inches  long,  the  head  and  neck  of  a  light 
brown,  the  breast,  the  under  feathers  of  the  2".''  and  3"!  joint  of 
the  wings,  the  Short  feathers  on  the  upper  part  of  the  3"^  joint 
of  the  wings,  down  the  back  the  rump  ik.  tail  white.  The 
large  feathers  of  the  i"  joints  of  the  wing  the  upper  feathers 
of  the  2'' joints  of  the  wings,  on  the  body  on  the  joints  of  the 
wing  and  the  bill  is  black,  the  legs  long  and  of  a  skie  blue. 
The  feet  webed  &^  This  fowl  may  be  properly  stiled  the 
Missouri  Pleaver.  the  wind  became  verry  Hard  and  we  put 
too  on  the  L.  Side,  as  the  wind  continued  with  some  degree  of 
violence  and  the  waves  too  high  for  the  Canoes  we  were  obliged 
to  stay  all  day 

Course  &  Distance  i"  of  jVIay 

miles 

N.  88?  W.      \y,  to  the  upper  point  of  some  high  timber  in  a  bend  to 

the  Sf!  Side 
South  2       to  the  upper  part  of  a  timber  L"*  Side 

S.    26°  W.      I  ;i  to  a  Bluff  on  the  Lar"!  Side 
'S     60°  W       I        to  a  Single  tree  on  a  point  [on]  the  Lar""  Side 
West  2       to  a  point  [of]  wood  land  Lar""  Side 

S.    6o-  W.      2       to  a  wood  at  the  upper  part  of  an  elivated  plain  on  the 
10  S.  Side,  one  mile  short  of  which  we  camped 

[359] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS        [May  2 

[^LewisQ  Thunday  May  2"?  1805. 

The  wind  continued  violent  all  night  nor  did  it  abate  much 
of  it's  violence  this  morning,  when  at  daylight  it  was  attended 
with  snow  which  continued  to  fall  untill  about  10  A.M. 
being  about  one  inch  deep,  it  formed  a  singular  contrast  with 
the  vegitation  which  was  considerably  advanced,  some  flowers 
had  put  forth  in  the  plains,  and  the  leaves  of  the  cottonwood 
were  as  large  as  a  dollar,  sent  out  some  hunters  who  killed  % 
deer  3  Elk  and  several  buffaloe  ;  on  our  way  this  evening  we 
also  shot  three  beaver  along  the  shore ;  these  anamals  in  con- 
sequence of  not  being  hunted  are  extreemlv  gentle,  where  they 
are  hunted  they  never  leave  their  lodges  in  the  day,  the  flesh 
of  the  beaver  is  esteemed  a  delecacy  among  us  ;  I  think  the 
tale  a  most  delicious  morsal,  when  boiled  it  resembles  in  flavor 
the  fresh  tongues  and  sounds  of  the  codfish,  and  is  usually 
sufficiently  large  to  aflx)rd  a  plentiful!  meal  for  two  men. 
Joseph  Fields  one  of  the  hunters  who  was  out  today  found 
several  yards  of  scarlet  cloth  which  had  been  suspended  on  the 
bough  of  a  tree  near  an  old  indlan  hunting  cam[p],  where  it 
had  been  left  as  a  sacrefice  to  the  deity  bv  the  indians,  prob- 
ably of  the  Assinniboin  nation,  it  being  a  custom  with  them  as 
well  as  all  the  nations  inhabiting  the  waters  of  the  Missouri  so 
far  as  they  are  known  to  us,  to  offer  or  sacrefice  in  this  manner 
to  the  deity  wat-ever  they  may  be  possessed  off^  which  they 
think  most  acceptable  to  him,  and  very  honestlv  making  their 
own  feelings  the  test  of  those  of  the  deity  offer  him  the  article 
which  they  most  prize  themselves,  this  being  the  most  usual 
method  of  we[r]shiping  the  great  sperit  as  they  term  the 
deity,  is  practiced  on  interesting  occasions,  or  to  produce  the 
happy  eventuation  of  the  important  occurrances  incident  to 
human  nature,  such  as  relief  from  hungar  or  mallady,  protec- 
tion from  their  enemies  or  the  delivering  them  into  their 
hands,  and  with  such  as  cultivate,  to  prevent  the  river's  over- 
flowing and  distroying  their  crops  &c.  s[a]crefices  of  a 
similar  kind  are  also  made  to  the  deceased  by  their  friends 
and  relatives,  the  are  was  very  piercing  this  evening  the 
[water]  friezed  on  the  oars  as  they  rowed,  the  wind  dying  at 
5. P.M.  we  set  out. 

[360] 


i8o5]     YELLOWSTONE   TO    MUSSELSHELL 

Courses  and  distance  2':'  May. 
S.    70?  E.     to  the  upper  point  of  the  timber  on  the  Lar'f  side  in 
a  bend,   passing   a   point  of  timber  on    the  Lar! 
side  at  j/^  of  a  mile  2 

S.     10°  E.     to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  Star'^  side  ^ 

S.  30'  W.  to  a  point  of  low  timber  on  the  Lar'!  side,  a  little 
above  which  on  the  Star?  side,  we  encamped,  hav- 
ing passed  some  wider  fertile  bottoms  and  beat- 
ifull  high  level  plains  2 

every  thing  which  is  incomprehensible  to  the  indians  they 
call  /^ig  medicine,  and  is  the  opperation  of  the  presnts  [presence 
—  Ed.]  and  power  of  the  great  sperit.  this  morning  one  of 
the  men  shot  the  indian  dog  that  had  followed  us  for  several 
days,  he  would  steal  their  cooked  provision. 

[[Clark:]  May  2"^  Thursday  1805 

The  wind  blew  verry  hard  all  the  last  night,  this  morning 
about  sunrise  began  to  Snow,  (The  Thermomt'  at  28.  abov  o) 
and  continued  untill  about  10  oClock,  at  which  time  it  seased, 
the  wind  continued  hard  untill  about  2  P.M.  the  Snow  which 
fell  to  day  was  about  i  In  deep,  a  verry  extraodernarey  cli- 
mate, to  behold  the  trees  Green  &c  flowers  spred  on  the  plain, 
&  Snow  an  inch  deep,  we  Set  out  about  3  oClock  and  pro- 
ceeded on  about  five  Yz  miles  and  encamped  on  the  St''  Side, 
the  evening  verry  cold.  Ice  freesing  to  the  Ores.  I  shot  a 
large  beaver  &  Drewyer  three  in  walking  on  the  bank,  the 
flesh  of  those  animals  the  party  is  fond  of  eating  &■: 

Course  5c  Distance  2''  May 

S.    70°  E.       2       miles  to  the  upper  point  of  the  timber  on  the  Lar^  Side 
in  a  bend,  passing  a  point  of  timber  on  the   L.S.  at 
a  quarter  of  a  mile 
S.    10?  E          y,  mile  to  a  point  of  wood  Land  on  the  Starboard  Side 
S.    30°  W      2       miles  to  a  point  of  Low  timber  on  the  Lar^  Side  a  little 
above  which  on  the  Starboard  Side  we  encamped 

2  deer  and  3  Elk  killed 
[361] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK  JOURNALS        [Mays 

[Lewis  G  FrUay  May  ^-^-f  iSos- 

The  morning  being  very  could  we  did  not  set  out  as  early 
as  usual ;  ice  formed  on  a  kettle  of  water  j^  of  an  inch  thick, 
the  snow  has  melted  generally  in  the  bottoms,  but  the  hills 
still  remain  covered,  on  the  lar""  side  at  the  distance  of  2 
miles  we  passed  a  curious  collection  of  bushes  which  had  been 
tyed  up  in  the  form  of  a  faciene  [fascine  —  Ed.]  and  standing 
on  end  in  the  open  bottom  it  appeared  to  be  about  30  feet  high 
and  ten  or  twelve  feet  in  diameter,  this  we  supposed  to  have 
been  placed  there  by  the  Indians,  as  a  sacrefice  for  some  pur- 
pose. The  wind  continued  to  blow  hard  from  the  West  but 
not  so  strong  as  to  compel  us  to  ly  by.  Capt  Clark  walked 
on  shore  and  killed  an  Elk  which  he  caused  to  be  butch[er]ed 
by  the  time  I  arrived  with  the  party,  here  we  halted  and 
dined  being  about  12  OC'  our  usual  time  of  halting  for  that 
purpose,  after  dinner  Capt.  Clark  pursued  his  walk,  while  I 
continued  with  the  party,  it  being  a  rule  which  we  had  estab- 
lished, never  to  be  absent  at  the  same  time  from  the  party, 
the  plains  or  high  lands  are  much  less  elivated  than  they  were, 
not  being  more  than  from  50  to  60  feet  above  the  river 
bottom,  which  is  also  wider  than  usual  being  from  5  to  9  M' 
in  width ;  traces  of  the  ancient  beds  of  the  river  are  visible  in 
many  places  through  the  whole  extent  of  this  valley,  since 
the  hills  have  become  lower  the  appearance  of  the  stratas  of 
coal  burnt  hills  and  pumice  stone  have  in  a  great  measure 
ceased  ;  I  saw  none  today,  we  saw  vast  quantities  of  Buffaloe, 
Elk,  deer  principally  of  the  long  tale  kind,  Antelope  or  goats, 
beaver,  geese,  ducks,  brant  and  some  swan,  near  the  entrance 
of  the  river  mentioned  in  the  10'?  course  of  this  day,  we  saw 
an  unusual  number  of  Porcupines  from  which  we  determined 
to  call  the  river  after  that  anamal,  and  accordingly  denomi- 
nated it  Porcupine  river}  this  stream  discharges  itself  into  the 
Missouri  on  the  Star"!  side  2000  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the 
latter,  it  is  a  beatifull  bold  runing  stream,  40  yards  wide  at 
it's  entrance  ;  the  water  is  transparent,  it  being  the  first  of  this 
discription  that  I  have  yet  seen  discharge  itself  into  the   Mis- 

1  Now  Poplar  River  ;  the  name  Porcupine  is  in  our  day  applied  to  a  branch  of 
Milk  River.  —  Ed. 

[363] 


i8o5]    YELLOWSTONE   TO    MUSSELSHELL 

souri  ;  before  it  enters  a  large  sand  bar  through  which  it  dis- 
charges itself  into  the  missouri  it's  banks  and  bottom  are 
formed  of  a  stiff'  blue  and  black  clay  ;  it  appears  to  be  navi- 
gable for  canoes  and  perogues  at  this  time  and  I  have  no 
doubt  but  it  might  be  navigated  with  boats  of  a  considerable 
size  in  high  water,  it's  banks  appear  to  be  from  8  to  ten  feet 
high  and  seldom  overflow;  from  the  quantity  of  water  fur- 
nished bv  this  river,  the  appearance  of  the  country,  the  direc- 
tion it  pursues,  and  the  situation  of  it's  entrance,  I  have  but 
little  doubt  but  it  takes  it's  source  not  far  from  the  main  body 
of  the  Suskashawan  river,  and  that  it  is  probably  navigable 
150  Miles;  perhaps  not  very  distant  from  that  river,  should 
this  be  the  case,  it  would  afford  a  very  favorable  communica- 
tion to  the  Athebaskay  country,  from  whence  the  British 
N.W.  Company  derive  so  large  a  portion  of  their  valuable 
furs.  Capt.  Clark  who  ascended  this  river  several  miles  and 
passed  it  above  where  it  entered  the  hills  informed  me  on  his 
return  that  he  found  the  general  width  ot  the  bed  of  the  river 
about  one  hundred  yards,  where  he  passed  the  river  the  bed 
was  112  yards  wide,  the  water  was  knee  deep  and  38  yard  in 
width;  the  river  which  he  could  observe  from  the  rising 
grounds  for  about  20  miles,  bore  a  little  to  the  East  of  North, 
there  was  a  considerable  portion  of  timber  in  the  bottom  lands 
of  this  river.  Capt  Clark  also  met  with  limestone  on  the 
surface  of  the  earth  in  the  course  of  his  walk,  he  also  saw  a 
range  of  low  mountains  at  a  distance  to  the  W  of  N,  their 
direction  being  N.W.  the  country  in  the  neighbo[rhood]  of 
this  river,  and  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  is  level,  fertile,  open 
and  beatifuU  beyond  discription.  y-^  of  a  mile  above  the 
entrance  of  this  river  a  large  creek  tails  in  which  we  called 
2000  Mile  Creek.  I  sent  Rubin  Fields  to  examine  it,  he 
reported  it  to  be  a  bold  runing  stream,  it's  bed  30  yards  wide, 
we  proceeded  about  3  miles  above  this  creek  and  encamped  on 
the  Star*!  shore.  I  walked  out  a  little  distance  and  met  with  2 
porcupines  which  were  feeding  on  the  young  willow  which 
grow  in  great  abundance  on  all  the  sandbars;  this  anamal  is 
exceedingly  clumsv  and  not  very  watchfull  I  approached  so 
near  one  of  them  before  it  percieved  me  that  I  touched  it  with 
[  363  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK    JOURNALS        [May  3 

my  espontooii.  found  the  nest  of  a  wild  goose  among  some 
driftwood  in  the  river  from  which  we  took  three  eggs,  this  is 
the  only  nest  we  have  met  with  on  driftwood,  the  usual  posi- 
tion is  the  top  of  a  broken  tree,  sometimes  in  the  forks  ot  a 
large  tree  but  almost  invariably,  from  15  to  20  feet  or  upwards 

high. 

Courses  and  distances  May  -?"*  1805. 

•     ^  Miles 

N.  50°  W.   to  a  point  of  high  timber  in  a  bend  Star"?  3^ 

S.    65°  VV.  to  a  point  of  high  timber  in  the  center  of  a  bend  on 

Lar'i  side  2)^ 

N.  40.  W.  to  a  point  of  woodland  Star'?  side  I. 

N.  55°  W.  to  some  dead  timber  in  a  Star'?  bend  2^ 

South  to  the  upper  part  of  the  high  timber  in  a  bend  on  the 

Lar"?  side.  3 

S.    80°  VV.   to  a  point  of  woodland  Star"!  side  i^ 

S.    85°  W.  to  the  commencement  of  the  timber  on  the  Lar'?  side 

in  a  bend  I  }^ 

North.  to  the  upper  part  of  the  high  timber  in  a  bend  on  the 

Star!',  passing  a  sand  point  at  j4  mile  on  Lar'?  I  ^2 

S.    65°  W.   to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Lar?  side.  i^ 

S.  75?  VV.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Star'?  side,  at  the 
entrance  of  a  large  river  on  the  Star?  side,  called 
Porcupine  R.  i  ^ 

S.  45°  VV.  to  the  high  timber  on  the  lar"?  side,  passing  the  en- 
trance of  2000  mile  Creek  at  i^  of  a  mile  on 
Lar'?  side.  3. 

N.  40°  W.  to  some  high  timber  on  the  Star"?  side,  just  above  an 
old  channel  of  the  river  on  the  Star"?  where  we 
encamp?  i^ 

Miles  TS^ 


[Clark  0  May  37,'  Friday  1805 

we  Set  out  reather  later  this  morning  than  useal  owing  to 
weather  being  verry  cold,  a  frost  last  night  and  the  Therm! 
stood  this  morning  at  26  above  o.  which  is  6  degrees  b[e]low 
freeseing.  the  ice  that  was  on  the  Kettle  left  near  the  fire  last 
night  was  }^  of  an  inch  thick.  The  snow  is  all  or  nearly  all 
off  the  low  bottoms,  the  Hills  are  entirelev  covered  ;  three  of 
our  party  found  in  the  back  of  a  bottom  3  pieces  of  scarlet  one 
[364] 


■8o5]     YELLOWSrONK    lO    MUSSELSHELL 


brace  in  each,  which  had  been  left  as  a  sacrifice  near  one  of  their 
swet  houses,     on  the  L.S.  we  passed  to  day  a  curious  collection 
of  bushes  tied  up  in  the  shape  of/rfavw  about  lo  feet  diamuter, 
which  must  have  been  left  also  by  the  natives  as  an  offering  to 
their  medison  which   they  [are]  convinced   protected  or  gave 
them  relief  near  the  place,     the  wind  continued  to  blow  hard 
from  the  West,  altho  not  sufficently  so  to  detain  us.      I  walked 
on  shore  and  killed  an  Elk  &  had  him  bucchered  by  the  time 
the    Perogus  came  up   which   was   the  usial   time  of  dineing. 
The  high  lands  are  low  and  from  5  to  9  miles  apart  and  there 
is  evident  marks  of  the   bead  [bed]  of  the  river  having  been 
changed  frequently     but  little  appearance  of  the  coal  &  burnt 
hills  to  day.     Great  numbers  of  Buff"alow,  Elk,  Deer,  antilope, 
beaver,  Porcupins,  &  water  fowls  seen  to  dav,  such  as,  Geese, 
ducks  of  dif  kinds,  &  a  fiew  Swan.      I  continued  my  walk  on 
shore  after  dinner,  and  arrived  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  on  the 
S:  Side,  which  appeared  to  be  large,  and  I  concluded  to  go  up 
this  river   a  few  miles  to  examine  it     accordingly    I   set  out 
North  I  mile  thro  wood  or  timbered  bottom,  2  miles  through 
a  butifull  leavel  plain,  and   i   mile  over  a  high  plain  about  50 
feet  higher  than  the  bottom,  &  came  to  the  little  river,  which 
1  found  to  be  a  butifull   clear  Stream  of  about  100  yds  from 
bank  to  bank,  (I  waded   this   river  at  the  narrowest  part  and 
made  it  112  steps  from  bank  to  bank  and  at  this  place  which 
was   a  kind  of  fording  place   the  water  was  near   Knee  deep, 
and  38  steps  wide,  the  bottom  of  a  hard  stiff"  Black  clay,      I 
observed  a  Great  perportion  of  timber  in  the  bottoms  of  this 
river  as  far  as   I   could  See  which  was  to  the  East  of  N.  18  or 
20  miles,     it  appears  to  be  navagable  at  this  time  for  canoes, 
and  from  appearances  must  be  navagable  a  long  distance  for 
Perogus  &  boats  in  high  water.     This  river  we  call  Porcupines 
from    the    great   number   of  those   anamals    found   about   it's 
mouth,     a   Short  distance   above   about    ]^   mile  and   on   the 
Lar''   Side   a   large   Creek   falls   in,   which   R.    Fields   went  to 
examine  &  reports   that  it  is  a   bold   running  stream  30  yds 
wide     as  this  creek  is  2000  miles  up  the  Missouri  we  call  it 
the  2000  mile  Creek,     we  proceeded  on  3  miles  &  camped  on 
the  S.S.     here   I  joined  Cap'   Lewis  who  had  in  my  absence 
[  365  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS        [May  3 

walk''  on  the  upper  Side  of  Porcupine  River  for  some  distance. 
This  river  from  its  size  &  quantity  of  water  must  head  at  no 
great  distance  from  the  Saskashawan  on  this  river  I  saw 
emence  herds  [of]  Elk  &  BufFalow  ik  many  deer  &  Porcupine. 
I  also  saw  the  top  of  a  mountain  which  did  not  appear  verry 
high  to  the  West  of  N.  &  bore  N  W.  1  saw  on  the  high 
land  limestone  &  pebble.  The  countrey  about  the  mouth 
of  this  river  and  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach  is  butifuU  open 
countrey.     The  greater  part  of  the  snow  is  melted. 

Course  &  Distance  3^  of  May  1805 

mile 

N.  50°  W  3:j^   to  a  point  of  high  timber  on  the  SfJ  Side  in  a  bend 

S.    65°  W.      21/    to  a  point  of  high  timber  on  the  L"!  S'J  about  the  mid- 
dle of  a  bend  L.S. 
N.  40?  W       I        mile  to  a  point  of  wood  land  Sf!  Side 
N.  55    W       21^    miles  to  some  dead  timber  in  Sf!  bend 
South  3        to  the  upper  part  of  a  timber  in  a  bend  to  the  Lar"*  Side 

N.  80°  W.         y,    to  a  p'  of  wood  land  Sff  Side 
S.    85°  W.      ly    to  the  commencement  of  a  timber  on   the   Lar'*  Side 

in  a  bend 
North  I  i/^   to  the  upper  part  of  the  high  timber  in  a  bend  on  the 

Star''  Side  passing  a  Sand  point  at   '<  a  mile 
S.    65*?  VV.        i/^   to  a  point  of  wood  Land  on  the  L*"  Side 
S      75?  W.      i^   to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  St"*  Side  at  the  mouth 

of  a  large  river  on  the  Sf"  Side 
S     45^  W       3        m.  to  a  high  timber  on  the  Lar''  Side  passed  the  mouth 
of  2000  mile  Creek  at  ^  of  a.  mile  on  the  Lard  Side 
N.  40?  W.        i^   to  some  high  timber  on  the  S.  Side  just  above  an  old 

channel  of  the  river  Sf*  Side,      encamped 

181^ 


^Lewis  :]  Saturday  May  ^"'  1805. 

We  were  detained  this  morning  untill  about  9  OC^  in  order 
to  repare  the  rudder  irons  of  the  red  perogue  which  were 
broken  last  evening  in  landing;  we  then  set  out,  the  wind 
hard  against  us.  I  walked  on  shore  this  morning,  the  weather 
was  more  plesant,  the  snow  has  disappeared  ;  the  frost  seems 
to  have  effected  the  vegetation  much  less  than  could  have  been 
[  366  1 


i8o;]      YELLOWSTONE    TO    MUSSELSHELL 

expected  the  leaves  of  the  cottonwood  the  grass  the  box  alder 
willow  and  the  yellow  flowering  pea  seem  to  be  scarcely 
touched ;  the  rosebushes  and  honeysuckle  seem  to  have  sus- 
taned  the  most  considerable  injury.  The  country  on  both 
sides  of  the  Missouri  continues  to  be  open  level  fertile  and 
beautifull  as  tar  as  the  eye  can  reach  which  from  some  of  the 
eminences  is  not  short  of  30  Miles,  the  river  bottoms  are 
very  extensive  and  contain  a  much  greater  proportion  of  timber 
than  usual  ;  the  fore  part  of  this  day  the  river  was  bordered 
with  timber  on  both  sides,  a  circumstance  which  is  extreemly 
rare  and  the  first  which  has  occurred  of  any  thing  like  the  same 
extent  since  we  left  the  Mandans.  in  the  after  part  of  the  day 
we  passed  an  extensive  beautifull  plain  on  the  Star:'  side  which 
gradually  ascended  from  the  river.  I  saw  immence  quantities 
of  buft'aloe  in  every  direction,  also  some  Elk  deer  and  goats  ; 
having  an  abundance  of  meat  on  hand  I  passed  them  without 
firing  on  them  ;  they  are  extreemly  gentle  the  bull  buffaloe 
particularly  will  scarcely  give  way  to  you.  I  passed  several  in 
the  open  plain  within  fifty  paces,  they  viewed  me  for  a  moment 
as  something  novel  and  then  very  unconcernedly  continued  to 
feed.  Cap!  Clark  walked  on  shore  this  evening  and  did  not 
rejoin  us  untill  after  dark,  he  struck  the  river  several  miles 
above  our  camp  and  came  down  to  us.  we  saw  many  beaver 
some  [of]  which  the  party  shot,  we  also  killed  two  deer  today, 
much  sign  of  the  brown  bear,  passed  several  old  Indian  hunt- 
ing camps  in  the  course  of  the  day  one  of  them  contained 
two  large  lodges  which  were  fortifyed  with  old  driftwood  and 
fallen  timber;  this  fortification  consisted  of  a  circular  fence  of 
timber  lade  horizontally  laping  on  and  over  laying  each  other 
to  the  bight  off  feet,  these  pounds  are  sometimes  built  from 
20  to  30  feet  in  diameter  and  covered  over  with  the  trunks 
and  limbs  of  old  timber,  the  usual  construction  of  the  lodges 
we  have  lately  passed  is  as  follows,  three  or  more  strong  sticks 
the  thickness  of  a  man's  leg  or  arm  and  about  12  feet  long  are 
attatched  together  at  one  end  by  a  with  of  small  willows,  these 
are  then  set  on  end  and  spread  at  the  base,  forming  a  circle  of 
ten  twelve  or  14  feet  in  diameter;  sticks  of  driftwood  and 
fallen  timber  of  convenient  size  are  now  placed  with  one  end 
[  367  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS       [May  4 

on  the  ground  and  the  other  resting  against  those  which  are 
secured  together  at  top  by  the  with  and  which  support  and 
give  the  form  to  the  whole,  thus  the  sticks  are  laid  on  untill 
they  make  it  as  thick  as  they  design,  usually  about  three 
ranges,  each  piece  breaking  or  filling  up  the  interstice  of  the 
two  beneath  it,  the  whole  forming  a  connic  figure  about  10  feet 
high  with  a  small  apperture  in  one  side  which  answers  as  a 
door,  leaves  bark  and  straw  are  sometimes  thrown  over  the 
work  to  make  it  more  complete,  but  at  best  it  affords  a  very 
imperfect  shelter  particularly  without  straw  which  is  the  state 
in  which   we  have  most  usually  found  them. 

Courses  and  distances  of  the  4""  of  May 
S.    80°  W.   to  a  point  of  timber  on  the  Star"*  side  3. 

S.    72°  VV.  to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Star'^  side      river  wide 

and  filled  with  sandbars  5. 

S.    50°  W.  to  the  mouth  of  a  small  creek  in  a  deep  bend  on  Lar* 

side,  a  sand  Island  opposite  i  y^ 

N.  10°  VV.  to  a  point  of  woodland   on   the  Lar^  side  passing  a 

Star^  point  at  I  J/j^  miles  3. 

S.    45°  W.  to  a  willow  point  on  the  Star^  side,  the  river  making 

a  considerable  bend  to  the  N.  an  open  plain  on 

the  Star^  4 

S.      70°  W.  to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  Star"?   where  we 

encamped.  i  y^ 

Miles  78^ 

At  noon  the  sun  was  so  much  obscured  that  I  could  not 
obtain  his  maridian  Altitude  which  I  much  wished  in  order  to 
fix  the  latitude  of  the  entrance  of  Porcupine  river.  Joseph 
Fields  was  very  sick  today  with  the  disentary  had  a  high  fever 
I  gave  him  a  doze  of  Glauber  salts,  which  operated  very  well, 
in  the  evening  his  fever  abated  and  I  gave  him  2>^  drops  of 
laudnum. 

[^Clark:]  May  ^'/-  Satturday  1805 

The  rudder  Irons  of  our  large  Perogue  broke  off  last  night, 
the   replaceing   of  which   detained    us    this    morning  untill  9 
oClock  at  which  time  we  set  out     the  wind  a  head  from  the 
[368] 


\ 


'> 


g 

o 

en 

s 

PI 

H 
PI 

o 


^=4 
c3 


i8o5]      YELLOWSTONE    TO    MUSSELSHELL 

west,  The  countrey  on  each  side  of  the  Missouri  is  a  rich 
high  and  butifull  the  bottoms  are  extencive  with  a  great  deal 
of  timber  on  them  all  the  fore  part  of  this  day  the  wood  land 
bordered  the  river  on  both  Sides,  in  the  after  part  a  butifull 
assending  plain  on  the  St''  Side  we  camped  on  the  St!"  Side  a 
little  above,  we  passed  a  Small  Creek  on  the  L.  Side  near 
which  I  saw  where  an  Indian  lodge  had  been  fortified  many 
vear  past.  Saw  great  numbers  of  anamals  of  different  kinds 
on  the  banks,  I  saw  the  black  martin  to  day.  in  the  evening 
I  walk**  on  Shore  on  the  Sf*  Side  &  Struck  the  river  Several 
miles  above  our  camp  tk  did  not  get  to  Camp  untiil  some  time 
after  night,  we  have  one  man  Sick.  The  river  has  been  fall- 
ing for  several  days  passed  ;  it  now  begins  to  rise  a  little,  the 
rate  of  rise  &  fall  is  from  one  to  j  inches  in  24  hours 

Course  &  Distance  the  4'.''  of  May 

miles 

S.    80°    W.      3,       to  a  point  of  timber  on  the  Star^  Side. 

S.    72°     W.      5.       to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  Sf)  Side,    river  wide 

&  maney  sand  bars 
S.    50°    VV       I  i/<    to  the  mouth  of  a  creek  in  a  Deep  bend  to  the  Lard. 

Side,     a  sand  Is")  ops'! 
N    10°    W.     3.       to  a  point  of  wood  Land  on  the  Lar!  Side  passing  a 

point  S  Side  i  '^  miles. 
S     45^    W.     4        to  a  willow  point  on  the  Star*!  Side,  the  river  makeing 

a  considerable  [bend]  arround  to  the   North   an 

open  plain 
S.    70°    W.      ly^    to  a  point  of  timbered  land  on  the  Star""  Side,  where 

we  encamped 

miles      18 


[[Lewis:]  Sunday  May  $""  1805 

A  fine  rnorning  I  walked  on  shore  untiil  after  8  A.M. 
when  we  halted  for  breakfast  and  in  the  course  of  my  walk 
killed  a  deer  which  I  carried  about  a  mile  and  a  halt  to  the 
river,  it  was  in  good  order,  soon  after  seting  out  the  rudder 
irons  of  the  white  perogue  were  broken  bv  her  runing  fowl  on 
a  sawyer,  she  was  however  refitted  in  a  few  minutes  with  some 
tugs  of  raw  hide  and  nales.     as  usual  saw  a  great  quantity  of 

VOL.  I. -24  [369] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS        [May  ,- 

game  today  ;  BufFaloe  Elk  and  goats  or  Antelopes  feeding  in 
every  direction  ;  we  kill  whatever  we  wish,  the  buffaloe  fur- 
nish us  with  fine  veal  and  fat  beef,  we  also  have  venison  and 
beaver  tales  when  we  wish  them  ;  the  flesh  of  the  Elk  and 
goat  are  less  esteemed,  and  certainly  are  inferior,  we  have  not 
been  able  to  take  any  fish  for  some  time  past.  The  country  is 
as  yesterday  beatifull  in  the  extreme,  saw  the  carcases  of 
many  Bufi^aloe  lying  dead  along  the  shore  partially  devoured 
by  the  wolves  and  bear,  saw  a  great  number  of  white  brant 
also  the  common  brown  brant,  geese  of  the  common  kind 
and  a  small  species  of  geese  which  differ  considerably  from 
the  common  Canadian  goose ;  ^  their  neck  head  and  beak  are 
considerably  thicker  shorter  and  larger  than  the  other  in  pro- 
portion to  it's  size,  they  are  also  more  than  a  third  smaller, 
and  their  note  more  like  that  of  the  brant  or  a  young  goose 
which  has  not  perfectly  acquired  his  notes,  in  all  other 
rispects  they  are  the  same  in  colour  habits  and  the  number 
of  feathers  in  the  tale,  they  frequently  also  ascociate  with  the 
large  geese  when  in  flocks,  but  never  saw  them  pared  off  with 
the  large  or  common  goose.  The  white  brant  ascociate  in 
very  large  flocks,  they  do  not  appear  to  be  mated  or  pared 
off  as  if  they  intended  to  raise  their  young  in  this  quarter,  I 
therefore  doubt  whether  they  reside  here  during  the  summer 
for  that  purpose,  this  bird  is  about  the  size  of  the  common 
brown  brant  or  two  thirds  of  the  common  goose,  it  is  not  so 
long  by  six  inches  from  point  to  point  of  the  wings  when 
extended  as  the  other;  the  beak  head  and  neck  are  also  larger 
and  stronger;  their  beak  legs  and  feet  are  of  a  redish  or  flesh- 
coloured  white,  the  eye  is  of  moderate  size,  the  puple  of  a 
deep  sea  green  incircled  with  a  ring  of  yellowish  brown,  it 
has  sixteen  feathers  of  equal  length  in  the  tale;  their  note 
differs  but  little  from  the  common  brant,  their  flesh  much  the 
same,  and  in  my  opinion  preferable  to  the  goose,  the  flesh  is 
dark,     they  are  entirely  of  a  beatifull  pure  white  except  the 


^  of  these  birds,  the  small  goose  described  is  scientifically  known  as  Bernicla 
hutckinsi;  the  Canadian  goose  is  B.  canadensis.  The  brown  brant  is  B.  brenta,  and 
the  white  brant  Chen  hyperboreus ;  the  last-named  bird  goes  much  farther  north  to 
breed.  —  Ed. 

[  370  1 


i8o5]      YELLOWSTONE   TO    MUSSELSHELL 

large  feathers  of  the  i'.'  and  second  joints  of  the  wings  which 
are  jut  [jet]  black,  form  and  habits  are  the  same  with  the 
other  brants ;  they  sometimes  ascociate  and  form  one  common 
flock.  Capt  Clark  found  a  den  of  young  wolves  in  the  course 
of  his  walk  today  and  also  saw  a  great  number  of  those 
anamals ;  they  are  very  abundant  in  this  quarter,  and  are  oi 
two  species  the  small  woolf  or  burrowing  dog  of  the  praries 
are  the  inhabitants  almost  invariably  of  the  open  plains;  they 
usually  ascociate  in  bands  of  ten  or  twelve  sometimes  more 
and  burrow  near  some  pass  or  place  much  frequented  by 
game;  not  being  able  alone  to  take  a  deer  or  goat  they  are 
rarely  ever  found  alone  but  hunt  in  bands  ;  they  frequently 
watch  and  seize  their  prey  near  their  burrows;  in  these  bur- 
rows they  raise  their  young  and  to  them  they  also  resort  when 
pursued  ;  when  a  person  approaches  them  they  frequently 
bark,  their  note  being  precisely  that  of  the  small  dog.  they 
are  of  an  intermediate  size  between  that  of  the  fox  and  dog, 
verv  active  fleet  and  delicately  formed;  the  ears  large  erect 
and  pointed  the  head  long  and  pointed  more  like  that  of  the 
fox;  tale  long  and  bushey  ;  the  hair  and  fur  also  resembles 
the  fox  tho'  is  much  coarser  and  inferior,  they  are  ot  a  pale 
redish  brown  colour,  the  eye  of  a  deep  sea  green  colour  small 
and  piercing,  their  tallons  are  reather  longer  than  those  of 
the  ordinary  wolf  or  that  common  to  the  atlantic  States,  none 
of  which  are  to  be  found  in  this  quarter,  nor  I  believe  above 
the  river  Plat.'  The  large  woolf  found  here  is  not  as  large  as 
those  of  the  atlantic  states,  they  are  lower  and  thicker  made 
shorter  leged.  their  colour  which  is  not  eflFected  by  the 
seasons,  is  a  grey  or  blackish  brown  and  every  intermediate 
shade  from  that  to  a  creen  [cream]  coloured  white;  these 
wolves  resort  [to]  the  woodlands  and  are  also  found  in  the 
plains,  but  never  take  refuge  in  the  ground  or  burrow  so  tar  as 
I  have  been  able  to  inform  myself  we  scarcely  see  a  gang  of 
buffaloe  without  observing  a  parsel  of  those  faithfull  shepherds 

1  A  description  of  the  coyote  {Canit  latrans),  followed  by  that  of  the  common 
wolf  (C  lupuj  occiJenlalii).  Cones  thinks  that  Lewis  is  mistaken  as  to  the  habitat 
of  the  latter  :  "  in  some  of  its  varieties,  it  was  found  in  most  parts  of  North  America, 
though  it  is  now  exterminated  from  settled  regions"  (Z,.  and  C,  i,  p.  297).  —  Ed. 

[371   ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS        [May  ,- 

on  their  skirts  in  readiness  to  take  care  of  the  mamed  wounded, 
the  large  wolf  never  barks,  but  howls  as  those  of  the  atlantic 
states  do.  Cap"  Clark  and  Drewyer  killed  the  largest  brown 
bear  this  evening  which  we  have  yet  seen,  it  was  a  most 
tremendious  looking  anamal,  and  extreemly  hard  to  kill  not- 
withstanding he  had  five  balls  through  his  lungs  and  five 
others  in  various  parts  he  swam  more  than  half  the  distance 
acoss  the  river  to  a  sandbar,  &  it  was  at  least  twenty  minutes 
before  he  died ;  he  did  not  attempt  to  attack,  but  fled  and 
made  the  most  tremendous  roaring  from  the  moment  he  was 
shot.  We  had  no  means  of  weighing  this  monster;  Capt. 
Clark  thought  he  would  weigh  500  lb'  for  my  own  part  I 
think  the  estimate  too  small  by  100  lb!  he  measured  8.  Feet 
7^  Inches  from  the  nose  to  the  extremety  of  the  hind  feet, 
5  F.  10^4  In'  arround  the  breast,  i  F.  11.  I.  arround  the 
middle  of  the  arm,  &  3.F.  11. 1,  arround  the  neck;  his  tallons 
which  were  five  in  number  on  each  foot  were  4^^  Inches  in 
length,  he  was  in  good  order,  we  therefore  divided  him 
among  the  party  and  made  them  boil  the  oil  and  put  it  in  a 
cask  for  future  uce ;  the  oil  is  as  hard  as  hogs  lard  when  cool, 
much  more  so  than  that  of  the  black  bear,  this  bear  differs 
from  the  common  black  bear  in  several  respects;  it's  tallons 
are  much  longer  and  more  blont,  it's  tale  shorter,  it's  hair 
which  is  of  a  redish  or  bey  brown,  is  longer  thicker  and  finer 
than  that  of  the  black  bear ;  his  liver  lungs  and  heart  are  much 
larger  even  in  proportion  with  his  size  ;  the  heart  particularly 
was  as  large  as  that  of  a  large  Ox.  his  maw  was  also  ten 
times  the  size  of  black  bear,  and  was  filled  with  flesh  and  fish, 
his  testicles  were  pendant  from  the  belly  and  placed  four 
inches  assunder  in  seperate  bags  or  pouches,  this  animal  also 
feeds  on  roots  and  almost  every  species  of  wild  fruit. 

The  party  killed  two  Elk  and  a  Buffaloe  today,  and  my  dog 
caught  a  goat,  which  he  overtook  by  superior  fleetness,  the 
goat  it  must  be  understood  was  with  young  and  extreemly 
poor,  a  great  number  of  these  goats  are  devowered  by  the 
wolves  and  bear  at  this  season  when  they  are  poor  and  passing 
the  river  from  S.W.  to  N.E.  they  are  very  inactive  and 
easily  taken  in  the  water,  a  man  can   out  swim  them  with  great 

[  37^  ] 


i8o5]      VELLOWSTONK    TO    MUSSELSHKLL 

ease;  the  Indians  take  them  in  great  numbers  in  the  river  at 
this  season  and  in  autumn  when  they  repass  to  the  S.VV. 

Courses  and  distances  of  May  s'!"  1805.  Ml'- 

S.    70°  W.  to  the  willows  on  the  lower  point  of  an  Island  near 

the  Star^  shore,  opposite  a  low   bluff  3 

S.  72°  VV.  to  some  high  timber  on  a  projecting  point  on  the 
Star*?  side  opposite  a  po'  Lar:!  passing  the  upper 
part  of  IsH  at  2  miles  2^ 

S.    30°  W.   to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Star")  opposite  a  low 

bluff  on  Lar-!   side  2»^ 

N.  48°  W.   to  a  point  of  woodland  on  the  Lar"!  side  2J^ 

N.  45?  W.  to  the  extremity  of  the  sand  bar  from  the  Larl  point       i^ 
South.  to  a  willow  point  on  the  Starl  side  short  of  which 

we  encamped  on  Star''  5 

Miles  17. 

Point  of  observation  N°   9. 

On  the  Lar'?  shore  near  the  fourth  course  of  this  dav,  observed  merid- 
ian Altitude  of  the  ©'.  L.  L.  with  Octant  by  the  back  observation  to 
be  68"  47';  the  latitude  deduced  from  which  is  45  46'  5'.'6.  I  do 
think  this  observation  can  be  depended  on  as  it  was  reather  late  before  I 
could  commence  it,  the  sun  was  about  to  decline  or  perhaps  had  declined 
a  few  minutes. 


tClark  G  5'*  o/M<y  Sunday  1805 

We  set  out  verry  early  and  had  not  proceeded  far  before 
the  rudder  Irons  of  one  of  the  Perogus  broke  which  detained 
us  a  short  time  Cap"  Lewis  walked  on  shore  this  morning 
and  killed  a  Deer,  after  hrackfast  I  walked  on  shore  Saw 
great  numbers  of  Buffalow  &  Elk  Saw  also  a  Den  of  young 
wolves,  and  a  number  of  Grown  Wolves  in  every  direction, 
the  white  &  Grev  Brant  is  in  this  part  of  the  Missouri  I  shot 
at  the  white  brant  but  at  so  great  a  distance  I  did  not  kill, 
The  Countrev  on  both  sides  is  as  yesterday  handsom  &  tertiie. 
The  river  rising  6c  current  Strong  &  in  the  evening  we  saw  a 
Brown  or  Grisley  beare  on  a  sand  beech,  I  went  out  with  one 
man  Geo  Drewyer  &  Killed  the  bear,  which  was  verry  large 
and  a  turrible  looking  animal,  which  we  found  verry  hard  to 
I  373  ] 


LEWIS   AND    CLARK   JOURNALS   [Mays,  .805 

kill  we  Shot  ten  Balls  into  him  before  we  killed  him,  &  5  of 
those  Balls  through  his  lights  This  animal  is  the  largest  of 
the  carnivorous  kind  I  ever  saw  we  had  nothing  that  could 
way  him,  I  think  his  weight  may  be  stated  at  500  pounds,  he 
measured  8  feet  7^  In!  from  his  nose  to  the  extremity  of  the 
Toe,  5  feet  iqi^  In'  arround  the  breast,  i  feet  11  Ins:  around 
the  middle  of  the  arm,  3  feet  11  In!  arround  the  neck  his 
tallents  was  4  Inches  &  ^  long,  he  was  [in]  good  order, 
and  appeared  verry  different  from  the  common  black  bear  in 
as  much  as  his  tallents  {(alon  or  nail)  were  blunt,  his  tail  short, 
his  liver  &  lights  much  larger,  his  maw  ten  times  as  large  and 
contained  meat  or  flesh  &  fish  only,  we  had  him  skined  and 
divided,  the  oile  tried  up  &  put  in  Kegs  for  use.  we  camped 
on  the  Sta'^  Side,  our  men  killed  three  Elk  and  a  Buffalow 
to  day,  and  our  Dog  cought  an  antilope  a  fair  race,  this  animal 
appeared  verry  pore  &  with  young. 

Course  &  Distance  5'''  of  May 

S.    70°  W.      3        miles  to  the  willows  on  the  lower  point  of  an  Island 

near  the  S'^  Side  opposit  a  low  bluff. 
S.    72°  W.      21^    miles  to  some  high  timber  on  a  projecting  point  on  the 

Sta'?  Side  ops'!  a  p'  L.S.,  passed  the  Is''.'  at  2  miles 
S.    30°  W.      2  1/^    miles  to  a  point  of  wood   land  on  the  Star**  Side  ops'! 

a  low  Bluff  L.  Side 
N.  48°  W       2  J^    miles  to  a  point  of  wood  land  on  the  Lard  Side 
N.  45*?  W.      I  3^   miles  to  the  extremity  of  the  sand   bar  from  the  Lar"* 

point 
South  5        miles  to  a  willow  point  on  the  Star'' Side  short  of  which 

we  encamped 
miles       17 

END    OF    VOL.    I 


[374] 


TDMBS  DjF  .^SSiaTiCBOlLT  Zmai^^S  DHTJIEIES 


w^H-J  «2 


\